1
0
forked from mirrors/pacman

Compare commits

...

1787 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Allan McRae
f38de43eb6 Release 5.0.1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 13:46:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
9375715ae4 Regenerate translations for 5.0.1 2016-02-23 13:09:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
e2ca25623b Manually fix space before ellipses in translations
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 13:05:02 +10:00
Stefan Tatschner
cd4a3d03a0 Fix inconsistent status messages
This patch fixes an inconsistency in the status messages.

    :: Proceed with installation? [Y/n]
    :: Retrieving packages ...         <--- Space before "...".
     blas-3.6.0-4-x86_64
     cblas-3.6.0-4-x86_64
     lapack-3.6.0-4-x86_64
    (3/3) checking keys in keyring
    (3/3) checking package integrity
    (3/3) loading package files
    (3/3) checking for file conflicts
    (3/3) checking available disk space
    :: Processing package changes...  <--- No space before "..."
    (1/3) upgrading blas
    (2/3) upgrading cblas
    (3/3) upgrading lapack

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:56:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
5c136d85db Pull translation updates from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:56:40 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
c034a3322b makepkg: do not run prepare() with --noextract
This is partial revert of 8454daa7fe (makepkg: run pkgver() and
prepare() with --noextract).

Reasoning for the reversion (copied from FS#43498):

    Running prepare() when --noextract is used no longer allows running
    'makepkg -o && makepkg -e' with any PKGBUILD that applies patches in
    prepare(). [1]

    Sure there's --noprepare which restores the old behavior, but that's
    a lot of extra typing for what I believe is a much more common use
    of --noextract.

    For OP's use case of doing git bisects, you can specify the commit
    in the source array and thus skip --noextract since makepkg will
    checkout the correct commit each time.

    [1] I often extract the sources using 'makepkg -o', manually edit
    some source files, and then use 'makepkg -e' to package it (while
    possibly repeating the edit/package steps).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:50:04 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a724235b61 make alpm_unlock and trans_interrupt async safe
RET_ERR calls _alpm_log which includes calls that are not safe for use
in asynchronous signal handlers (see signal(7)).  Replace it in
functions called from our signal handlers with a new macro
RET_ERR_ASYNC_SAFE which is identical except that it lacks the call to
_alpm_log.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2016-02-23 12:41:36 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1d6583a58d alpm_run_chroot: always connect parent2child pipe
Commit e374e6829c closed stdin before
running scripts/hooks.  This left the exec'd process with no file
descriptor 0.  If the process subsequently opened a file it would be
assigned fd 0, and could potentially be confused for stdin.  Connecting
and immediately closing the parent2child pipe ensures that the child has
an fd 0 and that it is empty.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:33:04 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ce1f453b74 ensure gpgdir has a trailing slash
init_gpgme checks for various paths under gpgdir by concatenating them
directly, giving warning messages incorrectly if gpgdir does not end
with '/'.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:32:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2ee7a8d89a do not rely on localdb for hook matching
Relying on localdb to determine which trigger operations should match is
completely broken for PostTransaction hooks because the localdb has
already been updated.  Store a copy of the old version of any packages
being updated to use instead.

Fixes FS#47996

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-23 12:15:43 +10:00
Dominik Fischer
f63854fa96 only include .SRCINFO comments in source tarball
This avoids introducing unnecessary changes to the time stamp into
package repositories that regularly use --printsrcinfo to update the
.SRCINFO file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-21 17:10:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
83c7dc80cb alpm-hooks.5: document hook running order
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-21 17:10:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
fd936c9e73 only remove pacnew file if it is new
Check if we overwrote an exiting pacnew file before unlinking it.
Otherwise, updating to a version with an unchanged file would delete
existing pacnew files.

FS#47993

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-21 17:10:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
169287e494 makepkg: remove pkg from OPT_LONG array
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
7624101e18 Revert "makepkg: Empty/create only $pkgdir's relevant to current PKGBUILD"
This reverts commit f9423cfa5d.

This created issue when building packages with debug info multiple times.
It could be fixed, but it confirmed my initial opinion that keeping other
directories in $pkgdirbase was wrong. Use different BUILDDIRs if you want
to build different things from a single PKGBUILD.
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
a1a8d067e0 Log to file when running hooks
Useful if there's some output (to know where it comes from), or in case of
failure.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
7cf5e1aebf doc/alpm-hooks: mention that hooks must have a ".hooks" suffix.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Alastair Hughes
c72ca3d539 Make "makepkg -g" ignore the current architecture.
Commit 663c74150a
(makepkg: merge arch dependent variables after PKGBUILD linting) broke
"makepkg -g" on a PKGBUILD which did not include the current architecture, by
moving the lint_pkgbuild call before GENINTEG was processed.
Fix that by setting IGNOREARCH for the "-g" option.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
3cb1669e07 libmakepkg: increase robustness of the detection of array variables
Extract array detection into its own utility function that ensures
extglob is enabled.

Suggested-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
0fa695d0e3 repo-remove: fix checking for non-existent .db database
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Alastair Hughes
50a2db4834 Add the missing limits.h include to hook.c
PATH_MAX is only defined in limits.h in musl libc, so ensure that it is
included. Presumably this is also required on other platforms.

Signed-off-by: Alastair Hughes <hobbitalastair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:53 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
fb72eede20 doc/index.txt: update for pacman 5.0
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:52 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c1bb41a037 dump_pkg_info: fix wide character title alignment
The padding added to the end of the title was based on the return value
of mbstowcs which is the number of characters.  This caused alignment
issues for languages with characters that span multiple columns.
Instead, base the padding on the number of columns needed by the
translated string as returned by wcswidth.

Fixes #47980

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:52 +10:00
Doug Newgard
252183b409 Bring makepkg zsh completions up to date
Signed-off-by: Doug Newgard <scimmia@archlinux.info>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-02-20 14:01:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
fea9abc8db Release 5.0.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-30 10:16:36 +10:00
Allan McRae
e910d45ac0 Update translations
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-30 10:13:55 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
9604570add Update zsh completion for pacman 5
also include updates from pacman 4.2

https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/47559

Original-patch-by: Boris Staletic <bstaletic@archlinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-29 09:50:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
6ea97963b3 Create makepkg-template and system hook directories upon install
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-29 09:50:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
5343ec7661 Add HookDir to example pacman.conf
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-29 09:50:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
43a09d1663 bash_completion: update pacman completion
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-29 09:50:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
b65c7afc17 bash_completion: update makepkg completion
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-27 12:40:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
c781a85387 pacman.conf.5: document system hook directory
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-27 12:40:13 +10:00
Allan McRae
a5a9080219 pacman.8: document --hookdir
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-27 12:39:22 +10:00
Allan McRae
18d00097a2 makepkg.conf.5: document option arguments in DLAGENTS need spaces escaped
Fixes FS#43304.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-26 18:41:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
599520e489 PKGBUILD.5: document split package depends are not used during packaging
makepkg only considers global {make,}depends when checking require packages
are installed before building.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-26 18:34:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
4291500c82 Remove spacing when outputting package sizes
This spacing appears to have been added to align sizes.  It sometimes worked...

$ pacman -Si glibc | grep Size
Download Size   :   8.03 MiB
Installed Size  :  35.08 MiB

And it sometimes failed...

$ pacman -Si pacman | grep Size
Download Size   : 662.82 KiB
Installed Size  : 4045.00 KiB

Remove the spaces for a consistent output.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-25 15:30:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
47ea63ff3b makepkg: do not run prepare() and pkgver() with --repackage
Bug introduced with commit 8454daa7.

Reported-by: Zuyi Hu <hzy068808@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-25 15:23:16 +10:00
Zuyi Hu
765e29b67c Fix testing of arrays status for arch specific variables
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-25 12:36:50 +10:00
Allan McRae
ad65462a05 Pull translations updates from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-17 13:39:02 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
9ff29545e5 doc: alpm-hooks.5: Remove extra space in alpm-hooks man page
Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-15 15:01:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
8d9890d3f4 Cast events to void* before passing to callback
Silence warnings from clang about typecasting alignment.

Reported-by: Rikard Falkeborn
Original-patch-by: Olivier Brunel
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-15 14:52:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ab50864a75 add alpm_list_append
alpm_list_add always returns the provided list making it impossible for
callers to check whether or not the operation actually succeeded without
manually comparing the list length before and after.  alpm_list_append
instead returns a pointer to the newly created list item so that success
can be checked.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-15 14:47:36 +10:00
Dominik Fischer
9813107c33 test version range restrictions corner case
The test introduced herein illustrates a behavior that may be unexpected
to package writers.

It creates a package "pkg3" that is configured to depend on a
"dependency" which version is between 3 and 4, inclusive. Two other
packages are already present, providing "dependency" in version 2 and 5,
respectively. So, the situation looks roughly like this:

                 pkg1               pkg3                pkg2
               provides          depends on           provides
                  |            <------------>            |
version __________2____________3____________4____________5___________...

This seems to be enough to satisfy pacman when installing "pkg3". From
an iterative standpoint, this is completely logical: First, the
requirement "dependency>=3" is checked. There is a package that
satisfies this restriction, it is called "pkg2". Afterwards,
"dependency<=4" is covered in the same way by "pkg1".

Nonetheless, what a package writer intends when specifying

   depends=('dependency>=3' 'dependency<=4')

is most probably that pacman should only allow this package to be
installed when there indeed is a package present that provides a version
of "dependency" that lies _between_ 3 and 5.

Signed-off-by: Dominik Fischer <d dot f dot fischer at web dot de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-15 14:47:36 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
00c0329531 Add pacsort tests with invalid input
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 14:05:31 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
88f348f2b1 pacsort, introduce define for escape_char error code
The signedness of char is implementation defined. On systems where
char is unsigned, comparing a variable of type char with -1 is never
true, due to integer promotion rules. To avoid this, introduce a
define for invalid field separators where -1 is cast to char. This will
ensure that the return value check works for both unsigned and signed char.

Fixes one warning [-Wtype-limits] for comparissons with -1 when compiling
with -funsigned-char.

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 14:05:28 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
875c017e4d Make alpm_graph state signedness explicit
The signedness of char is implementation defined. Since the
alpm_graph state is clearly meant to be signed, make the
signedness explicit.

This fixes bugs on systems where char is unsigned, in comparissons
of the following type:

  if(v.state == -1)

which, if state is unsigned, will never be true due to integer
promotion rules.

Fixes failing test/pacman/tests/sync012.py when compiling with -funsigned-char.

Fixes two warnings [-Wtype-limits] for comparissons with -1 when compiling
with -funsigned-char.

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:59:19 +10:00
Allan McRae
2a0d188d6b Update NEWS for pacman-5.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
fa72c2cdc2 Update README for pacman-5.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
4742f5929d Update copyright years for 2016
make update-copyright OLD=2015 NEW=2016

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Daniel Hahler
8ca96447dd zsh_completion: add -q/--quiet for -Q/-S
This should also be added for "-Fh", but that is missing completely in
zsh_completion.

1: https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2015-November/020538.html

Signed-off-by: Daniel Hahler <git@thequod.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Alastair Hughes
6aee32102f Replace mktemp's --tmpdir option with shell code.
bacman and updpkgsums used GNU mktemp's --tmpdir option, which is not
supported by some other implementations (including busybox). Replace that with
shell code.

Signed-off-by: Alastair Hughes <hobbitalastair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
774c7eb24d Do not warn about missing files in NoExtract
The CheckSpace option checks the size of all files in a package being replaced
and gives a warning when it can not read the file.  However, files in NoExtract
are expected to be missing and should not be warned about.

Fixes FS#47470.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2016-01-04 13:27:08 +10:00
Florian Pritz
a671fa497c makepkg: Output full URL in case of download failure
Most entries in $sources contain variables so finding out why a URL
fails to download is hard because one has to manually replace the
variables when looking at the PKGBUILD. Simply output the full URL here
so that it can be easily seen what is wrong.

Old:
==> ERROR: Failure while downloading example-1.2.4.tar.gz

New:
==> ERROR: Failure while downloading http://example.org/releases/1.1/example-1.2.4.tar.gz

With the new format it is much more obvious that the directory name is
the culprint (1.1 vs 1.2) while the old one would not display that
information.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:34:30 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
eadf389607 alpm: Abort ASAP on failure in pre-transaction hooks
There is no need to run any/remaining pre-transaction hooks as soon as a failure
has occured, which will lead to aborting the transaction.

So if an error occured during the first phase (reading directories/parsing
files), or as soon as a hook flagged abort_on_fail does fail, we stop processing
them and return.

(For post-transaction hooks, all hooks are run regardless since there's no
aborting.)

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:33:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
8454daa7fe makepkg: run pkgver() and prepare() with --noextract
Modifications made to the source before running with --noextract may alter
the version string returned by pkgver(). Always run this function if present
and check build status before proceeding.  Fixes FS#46800.

Also run prepare() when --noextract is used (unless --noprepare is specified).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:28:48 +10:00
Allan McRae
686fae6d74 Give error message when --files will do nothing
Point people towards the help when using "pacman -F" or "pacman -F foo".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:15:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
d721bae443 alpm-hooks: add Description field
The "Description" field allows a hook to provide a some text for frontends
to use in describing what the hook is doing.  For example:

Description = updating info page directory

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:15:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
760bea5432 Show progress processing hooks
Introduces the ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_{START,DONE} events that are triggered
at the start and end of running an individual hook.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 20:12:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
8d3bd4ec13 Add ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_{START,DONE} events
This provides a way to detect when the processing of package changes starts,
allowing pacman to delineate hook output and package installation/removal
output.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 15:12:32 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
132ec4c3b9 Add events ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_{START,DONE}
Add events to let frontends know when hooks are being processed (and when it's
done), as that might be useful to update the UI.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
2015-12-15 15:09:28 +10:00
Allan McRae
3802cab563 Collect all triggered hooks before running them
Having a first pass that checks which hooks are triggered followed by a
second pass of the triggered hooks allows us to only provide output when
a hook is actually triggered.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-15 15:03:14 +10:00
Allan McRae
f98541400b Pull translations from Transifex and prepare for next release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-09 16:11:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2015f0d1d9 alpm_run_chroot: remove dead code
Removes a leftover error message from when fdopen and fgets were used to
read from the pipe.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 10:34:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
137ea39fa1 makepkg: record build information in .BUILDINFO
This information can be used to reproduce build conditions, which can then be
used to determine if a package builds reproducibly.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 10:20:53 +10:00
Luke
9cdfd18739 makepkg: add whirlpool to the list of hashing algorithms
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 10:11:33 +10:00
David Macek
71f9de64c6 alpm_initialize: Fix double slash in sys hook dir path
The path of the default system hook directory was created
by concatenating `myhandle->root` (usually "/"), and
SYSHOOKDIR (usually "/usr/share/libalpm/hooks/"), resulting
in "//usr/share/libalpm/hooks/". Fix this by skipping the
initial slash from SYSHOOKDIR.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 00:22:40 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8ee084dbb3 db_update: always clear db flags after update
Signature downloading and DB validation was being based on the most
recent download status for the DB.  If a DB successfully downloaded but
a signature did not, db_update would move to the next server.  If the
next server tried does not have a more recent copy of the DB, db_update
would not download the DB again and would forget that the DB had
previously been updated.  In this case it would skip validation
entirely, leaving an updated DB with the original validation status.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 00:15:35 +10:00
Alastair Hughes
d069d9714a Updated the documentation for makepkg's -L option.
At some point back in 2009, logging was expanded to cover all of the packaging
functions, but the man page was not updated to reflect that. Fix that!

Signed-off-by: Alastair Hughes <hobbitalastair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-06 00:04:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a8e2578feb remove soft interrupt handler before cleanup
The soft interrupt handler dereferences config, causing a segfault if
it is called during cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:10:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b8a7277061 extract soft interrupt handlers
Delays handler setup until after config is set to a valid
value to avoid a segmentation fault.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:10:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8089081ef9 extract SIGSEGV handler
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:10:06 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c74495a3b2 extract SIGWINCH handler
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:09:53 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4d2317dafb move signal handlers to sighandler.[ch]
Signals are special because they run asynchronously, making them
non-trivial to handle correctly.  Move the handlers a separate file to
offset them from the normal code and make them easier to separate into
individual functions without further cluttering pacman.c

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:09:39 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
220a3ce2b8 avoid unsafe functions in signal handler
signal(7) lists a set of functions that can safely be called from within
a signal handler.  Even fileno and strlen are not guaranteed to be safe.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:08:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8d11aa3cdf remove SIG_IGN check when setting signal handler
Our signal handler provides a way to gracefully interrupt a transaction
and should always be set.

The check appears to have originally been copied directly from the glibc
manual.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:08:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
85508b478e do not catch SIGTERM
On SIGTERM pacman was exiting immediately, even in the middle of
a transaction.  In this case we should leave the lock file in place as
an indication that the database may not be in a consistent state.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 18:07:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7fb8a299c2 pacman: exit without memory cleanup on signals
Memory allocation/deallocation functions are not safe to call from
signal handlers.  Just remove the lock file if there is one and exit
immediately.

Fixes: FS#46375, FS#45995, FS#47011

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:57:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7b6f7bbe09 add and expose alpm_unlock
alpm_unlock is a limited version of alpm_release that does nothing but
the actual unlinking of the lock file and is therefore safe to call from
signal handlers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:53:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
16623a7ea5 handle_unlock: return 0 if lockfile == NULL
Returning -1 is useless since we don't provide any way
to determine why it failed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:52:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4838d250e5 skip conflicts resolved by file replacement
When replacing a file with a directory, any files inside the new
directory cannot possibly exist on the filesystem and can be skipped.
This allows cross-package symlink-to-directory transitions when there
are files with the same name under both the symlinked directory and the
new directory.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:46:22 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bb5e6c3b76 always unlink files before extraction
libarchive will not extract a directory over an existing directory
symlink, making it impossible to replace a symlink with a directory
across packages.  Adding the ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_UNLINK and
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_SECURE_SYMLINKS causes libarchive to unlink the existing
symlink and prevents it from extracting any paths that contain
a symlink, which we should not be doing anyway.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:46:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
8a373096f5 Detect potential conflict when symlink to directory is changing to directory
When a symlink to a directory is changing to a directory, any package file
inside the new directory can create an unexpected conflict with the filesystem.

Reported by Neofytos and Luca from Chakra.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-05 17:46:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
088649534e Add large file support CFLAGS to pkgconfig file
Large file support is enabled by our configure script as required.  If anything
linking to libalpm does not also define large file support, there will be
differences in the size of off_t which are not caught until runtime.

Add the required CFLAGS to the pkg-config file so that users of libalpm know
what flags are required.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-12-04 11:06:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
dfa4dcb16d run_chroot: always clear script output buffer
If the script output does not end in a newline there could still be data
in the buffer after the poll loop.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-29 08:12:44 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
34bbe4cf7b pacdiff: do not require DIFFPROG for -o/--output
Signed-off-by: Evangelos Foutras <evangelos@foutrelis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 22:57:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5312e683fc hooks: pass matched targets to hooks
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 22:53:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8ad893732d allow specifying input to scriptlets
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 22:52:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b42d0852f3 allow arguments in hook Exec fields
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 16:26:51 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e0607f6ae2 tap.py: replace newlines with escape sequence
Newlines clutter tap output and can potentially confuse TAP parsers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 16:23:56 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e03fa67445 pmrule.py: add FILE_CONTENTS rule
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-28 16:23:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
23f128ad5e lint_pkgbuild/variable: increase robustness
Approach the detection of variables of the wrong type using an approach
similar to that used for construction of .SRCINFO files. While doing silly
things in bash could still result in false negatives, this approach should
be very robust to generatinf false positives results.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-23 16:03:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
663c74150a makepkg: merge arch dependent variables after PKGBUILD linting
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-23 16:02:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
ef1fb0ef81 makepkg: remove obsolete comment
Behaviour changed in commit dce82f9d.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-23 11:13:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
c26e5b81e5 lint_pkgbuild: explicitly return value
Set the return value to be local and always explictly returns it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-23 11:13:39 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
947dfda515 Refactor strtrim function
Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-11 14:03:49 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
9e22e75fa1 Use correct format specifiers
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-11 13:47:08 +10:00
Aaron Campbell
bf0e8e6b43 Refactor lint_source to work with earlier versions of Bash
Negative subscripts to indexed arrays are not supported before 4.2.  However,
since substring expansion works on arrays, we can specify an offset of -1 to
be taken relative to one greater than the maximum index of the specified
array (see Parameter Expansion section of the bash man page).  This works with
both Bash 4.1 and 4.2, and 4.1 is already the oldest supported by pacman.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Campbell <aaron@monkey.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-05 11:55:17 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8fa02036c3 files_search: reset found for each target
Otherwise any invalid targets following a successful match will not get
an error message.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 15:06:21 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
726712aa08 files_search: free compiled regex
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 15:06:08 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
978b197120 files: do not unnecessarily strdup targets
Targets are never modified so we can just use the original copy.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 15:05:52 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0d877ec429 files.c: add vim modeline
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 14:51:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
08b0b6de96 add detail to broken dependency errors
The difference between a sync target having an unmet dependency and
breaking a dependency for an installed package is a common source of
confusion.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 14:50:57 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
556c56d4d5 add --quiet to -Fh
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-04 14:50:57 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6eac7258cd ensure realloc has a positive size
If given size 0 POSIX allows realloc to return a pointer that is not
suitable for use.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-03 21:45:09 +10:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
0fd6d354a6 zsh_completion: Handle --ignore/--ignoregroup correctly
Completion now works as expected with a comma-separated sequence.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <CE.Mohammad.AlSaleh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-03 15:07:11 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
d5b0f0c26f package.c: Fix incorrect buffersize and constant-folding
Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-03 14:41:25 +10:00
Florian Pritz
906dc0ce24 Add -F --machinereadable option
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-03 14:36:59 +10:00
Florian Pritz
697377aae3 Document pacman -F
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-11-03 14:36:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
d8621b981e scripts/po: fix translated file name
This file was renamed during review and its entry in POTFILES.in was not
updated.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-28 17:04:08 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
dcc1b22cb3 _alpm_hook_run: check path length before copying
If a hook path equals or exceeds PATH_MAX characters the path will be
left unterminated.  Pre-calculating the path length also allows us to
use the more efficient memcpy over strncpy.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-28 14:22:09 +10:00
Benjamin Yates
1142a32c7f makepkg: fix $pkgname element duplication
run_split_packaging did not preserve the $pkgname array correctly, and
would create duplicate entries in the list during restore.

After restoring the backup (a b c) would become (a b c b c).

This probably went unnoticed because during --install, pacman would
reconcile the duplicates.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-28 13:26:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
960b64553d libmakepkg: fix pkgver checking
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 20:44:57 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6fdc589fc6 add alpm-hooks man page
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 19:39:22 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5b6526a2ad hook.c: print invalid option name
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 19:38:57 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b46bdeea14 order hooks by file name
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 19:38:32 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
3c67127018 Align titles automatically in information display
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 18:52:05 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
0c5dbdbfec Alpm, check for NULL in free-functions
Also, use FREE() instead of free() in _alpm_backup_free()
to set the pointers to NULL.

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 14:22:30 +10:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
4c5bf09eec zsh_completion: Add --asdeps/--asexplicit to -U options
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <CE.Mohammad.AlSaleh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 14:03:15 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
456ebe8f8e Use ARRAYSIZE macro for non-string array size computation
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-27 13:53:18 +10:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
9809102237 makepkg: Fix hard-coded debug suffix
Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <CE.Mohammad.AlSaleh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-22 09:40:37 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
e28aff4d87 pacsort: clean up if error
* free memory
* close open file

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-21 15:12:25 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
aa8a674b6b pacsort: don't overwrite memory if realloc fails
That makes it impossible to free it later.

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-21 15:11:27 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
19d373c9b9 pacsort: handle failing list_add
Since it can fail, check the return value.
If it fails, we need to free the memory of the object we wanted
to add to the list.

Signed-off-by: Rikard Falkeborn <rikard.falkeborn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-21 15:06:25 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
4b3df10d5d HACKING: Allow the use of 'sizeof' on values
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-21 14:50:56 +10:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
2c72c8b822 makepkg: Set CCACHE_BASEDIR to make paths in $srcdir relative
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 14:33:30 +10:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
2627b423ff makepkg: Correctly layer distcc and ccache
ccache expects further compiler wrappers to be specified via
CCACHE_PREFIX. Otherwise, ccache will hash the wrapper executable
instead of the real one.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 14:33:17 +10:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
70e6875ad9 libmakepkg: Add check_buildoption for distcc and ccache
makepkg used to check OPTIONS too, which could override
BUILDENV. Implement a new function that handles these
options more like OPTIONS.

This also reduces code duplication a bit.

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 14:32:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
5d4a3f101c makepkg: separate "sourcefile" into two words
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 14:25:35 +10:00
Allan McRae
5301d3fe8f Remove space before ellipses
Makes all use of ellipses consistent...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 13:48:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
29d4dcf767 Pluralize malloc failure string
Not particularly useful in English (will always be plural), but useful in
languages that have multiple plural forms.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 13:48:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
501242a35b Ignore cov-int directory for Coverity scan
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-19 13:48:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
0ee1beca12 contrib/checkupdates: separate fakeroot call and command
Separating the fakeroot command and the pacman call with "--" prevents weird
interactions with some locales.  See FS#46405.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 11:27:56 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
c99ebca83e package.c: Comment style
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 11:24:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
002acb4674 Do not print any root prefix in files database operations
Combining with the --root flag and outputing a consistent root prefix leads
to many situations that make no sense.  Instead, do not print any prefix for
any --files operations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 11:16:44 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
cbb7e180c7 package.c: Remove obsolete param from doc
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a5759cb0d7 add hook tests
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b76409609c pactest: add hook/script support
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4ceb1c5bf9 util.py: return the created path
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
60ebee7a6e pactest: use pacman --hookdir option
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7000bf9198 pacman: add user hook directories
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e8e872c8f9 validate hooks after parsing
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
16718a216e run hooks during trans_commit
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
568a89d580 add hook data types and parser
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c261210ccf handle: add hookdirs option
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
46a1ac6429 PKGBUILD.5: post_*() are functions, not scripts
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-10-18 10:59:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
e8deba3b87 makepkg: remove ability to build individual packages
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-23 01:02:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
0adb74b293 libmakepkg: remove declaration of unused local variables
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-22 16:11:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
dd3fe853b3 libmakepkg: return 1 on error in arch array
The return value was being assigned when an error was found in a PKGBUILD's
arch array but it never was returned.

Also remove error message explaining about adding the arch array to a PKGBUILD.
That was added a long time ago when the arch array first became compulsory.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-22 16:06:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
19e61a9e07 libmakepkg: update .gitignore
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-22 15:11:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
be503c6eac makepkg: remove FORCE_VER variable
This variable is no longer in VCS building.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-22 14:54:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6946d7d1b7 check fileconflicts and diskspace outside commit
This is necessary in order to be able to run PreTransaction hooks as
close to the actual commit as possible so that we don't prematurely run
hooks for a transaction that ultimately never happens.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-20 17:36:53 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
af747ef34a move ini parser into common
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-20 17:36:53 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
edbe6c2bdc move strtrim to util-common
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-20 17:36:27 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
75fe6ef104 sortbydeps: skip local packages being updated
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-19 15:12:35 +10:00
Allan McRae
486643083c libmakepkg: check if PKGBUILD variables are arrays or not as appropriate
When extracting variables from PKGBUILD (e.g. for .SRCINFO creation) we make
assumptions about whether variables are arrays or not.  This adds a check to
the PKGBUILD linter to ensure variables are arrays or not as appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-07 11:22:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
1586b23080 libmakepkg: util/pkgbuild.sh needs processing on build
pkgbuild.sh contained @DEBUGSUFFIX@ and so needs to be run through the sed
command on build.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-07 11:21:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
ec50ec8a15 pacman.8: Consistently refer to the package database
We use "package database" everywhere apart from in the description of "-y".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-09-07 11:21:58 +10:00
Sebastian Lackner
5780350751 libalpm: Force update when database is marked as corrupted.
When a database and its signature is updated non-atomically on a server,
there is a window where a user may update the database but grab the old
signature.  The database is marked as invalid by libalpm, which can be
fixed by forcing a refresh (assuming the server has caught up and the
user realizes what has happened) or with a future update of the repo.
Work around this by forcing a repository refresh whenever a database is
invalid.

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Lackner <sebastian@fds-team.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:45:09 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ae97082e98 fill in name_hash for assumeinstalled options
alpm_depend_t is an exposed data type.  Front-ends may opt for alloc'ing
one and filling the fields manually, but alpm's _alpm_hash_sdbm is not
exposed, making it impossible for them to fill in the name_hash field.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:42:26 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
48f4efd9a1 copy assumeinstalled options
All other option setters copy their input.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:41:14 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ccd3a3eb9f check assumeinstalled for meaningful mod
assumeinstalled options are used as provisions for which MOD_EQ and
MOD_ANY are the only meaningful settings.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:40:00 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1ee2032b7f check dep versions before calling strcmp
Fixes a segfault when trying to remove an assumeinstalled
option without a version.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:39:15 +10:00
Rikard Falkeborn
2d0e2bf255 pacman/util.c: Fix memory leak if realloc fails
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:36:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
b8c9385b8b Remove ko_KR translation
The "ko_KR" locale is the same as the "ko" locale.  Remove the "ko_KR" variant
as it is incomplete and has been superseded by "ko" on transifex.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-08-08 10:36:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
877578762c libmakepkg: move color settings to function
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-20 14:56:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
8566034866 pacman/files.c: fix memory leak on regex error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-20 13:41:36 +10:00
Levente Polyak
deac973188 ensure matching database and package version
While loading each package ensure that the internal version matches the
expected database version to avoid the possibility to circumvent the
version check.
This issue can be used by an attacker to trick the software into
installing an older version. The behavior can be  exploited by a
man-in-the-middle attack through specially crafted  database tarball
containing a higher version, yet actually delivering an  older and
vulnerable version, which was previously shipped.

Signed-off-by: Levente Polyak <anthraxx@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Remi Gacogne <rgacogne@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-20 12:50:39 +10:00
Dave Reisner
445aa3b52c dont remove x bit when marking pkgdir RO
f170a94c13 potentially causes $pkgdirbase/$pkg to be undeleteable
with -R or -C if a previous build was interrupted. We simply can't
traverse to this directory, and rm blows up.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-20 12:50:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
bbab90836b libmakepkg: lint_package requires cd_safe
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-20 11:43:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
3c41030964 Handle repo/pkg style arguments to sync repo file listing
Passing "-Fl pkg" will print the filelist for the first occurance of "pkg"
in the sync repos. Other version of the package can be printed using
"-Fl repo/pkg".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
fd9ff672b0 Add regex search option to sync database file searching
e.g. pacman -Fsx kcm.*print.*\.so

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
acf95f6b3b Implement searching for a file in the sync databases
Locates all packages that contain the listed file
e.g. pacman -Fs libpng.so

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
137a4086de Implement listing files from sync packages
Does the equivalent of the -Ql option for local packages

e.g. pacman -Fl glibc

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
488ca24265 Implement locating file owner in sync files database
Equivalent to -Qo but for packages in the sync database
e.g.  pacman -Fo /usr/bin/pacman

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
5782b8356c Prototype pacman files database operations
Add the -F/--files operations, -s/--sync support and nd provide dummy
functions for -s/--search, -l/-list and -o/--owns.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
e49abc9860 pacman: move database syncing to util.c
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
b0dac754d2 Add pacman support for .files databases
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
289fdf0d1d Read file lists from databases
If a sync database contains a "files" file, the file list will be read.

Currently, there is no known demand for the file list to be lazy loaded by
any libalpm frontend, so these files are read whenever present. Lazy loading
can be implemented when a demand exists.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
f6c55b3c3f Allow frontends to specify the sync database extension
This allows frontends to select between the .db and .files databases
currently supplied by repo-add or any other compatible database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-15 10:57:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
1ada16f017 Fix formatting in parsearg_upgrade
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-14 20:46:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
2d7a41539b Simplify sync_cleandb
1) Remove checks for removing pre-tardb files
2) Remove the long redundant keep_used parameter
3) Fix pacman error due to removing .sig file along with database

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-14 20:45:55 +10:00
Allan McRae
94204d1089 Do not warn about packages that optionally require a removal when ignoring deps
If a transaction is removing a package while ignoring all dependencies, there
should not be any warning about other packages optionally requiring it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-14 17:15:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
ff487212a2 Do not warn about downgrades when only downloading package
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-12 16:23:25 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2e5e496eb0 Fix overflow warnings
Fix new warnings generated by gcc-5 about potential overflows.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-07-12 16:23:18 +10:00
Lukas Fleischer
a187fa4562 Match providers when showing optdep install status
Use alpm_find_satisfier() instead of alpm_db_get_pkg() when retrieving
the install status of a package to make sure we spot providers as well.

Fixes FS#36412

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <lfleischer@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-06-20 17:32:57 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
4b0bc2cf97 repo-add: Reject armored signatures
Pacman cannot handle armored signatures, so make repo-add error out if
one is detected.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-06-20 17:32:57 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
aa9aa343cb makepkg: Add flag for printing SRCINFO to stdout
This commit adds a makepkg option to generate and print the SRCINFO file
for a PKGBUILD, required by the new AUR, to stdout.

AUR 4.0 will use Git instead of source tarballs for uploading packages,
so making makepkg capable of printing the SRCINFO would simplify package
management, instead of having to extract it from a source tarball.

It is also useful for scripting other things, so that instead of having
to parse PKGBUILDs, one can make makepkg generate the SRCINFO and then
you can parse that instead, which is much simpler and less error-prone.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-06-20 17:32:57 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
2bed2090fb repo-add: Generate unarmored DB signature
Pacman cannot handle armored signatures, so use gpg's --no-armor flag to
force an unarmored signature.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-06-20 17:32:57 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
53d9633449 util.c: table_display: Fix incorrect docstring
Commit 7b8f8753 removed the title parameter but forgot to remove it
from the docstring.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-06-20 17:32:57 +10:00
Wieland Hoffmann
0f302df5ed makepkg-template.1: Clarify which file version-less markers use
The old text could be interpreted such that makepkg-template compares
the version numbers of the templates to find the most recent
one. Rephrase this to make it explicit that "$template_name.template" is
used.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-06-20 17:32:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
3d4529335c libmakepkg: extract functions for source download and extraction
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-19 23:43:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
1a17249159 libmakepkg: extract functions for handling source URLs
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-19 23:43:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
366adc3bb0 libmakepkg: fix test style
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-19 23:43:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
23e3c48526 libmakepkg: move more functions for extracting information from PKGBIULDs
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-19 23:43:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
15b6cecdd5 libmakepkg: extract more utility functions
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-19 23:43:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
8ab106eb9b libmakepkg: extract get_full_version and get_pkg_arch
These functions group in with other functions that extract PKGBUILD
information.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
61dd7e03be Simplify libmakepkg .gitignore 2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
dbbe76b83d makepkg: put further restrictions on pkgbase
pkgbase should be subject to the same restrictions as pkgname

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
9302593cfb makepkg: merge validate_pkgver into check_pkgver
The check that pkgver is non-empty done in check_pkgver should also be
performed after running the pkgver() function.  Merge validate_pkgver
into check_pkgver and run check_pkgver after updating pkgver.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
c9a7b7e0bf libmakepkg: extract PKGBUILD linting functions
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
d38c098787 libmakepkg: extract in_array 2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
83b734a103 libmakepkg: move functions for extracting pkgbuild attributes
Also rename some functions for clarity:
funcgrep -> grep_function
extract_global_var -> extract_global_variable
extract_function_var -> extract_function_variable
pkgbuild_get_attribute -> get_pkgbuild_attribute

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-16 14:10:42 +10:00
David Macek
d5536d3eb3 libalpm: Do a sanity check before manipulating final DB URL
The change in commit 9d96bed9d6 causes download errors for the .db.sig file
in case the final URL for the .db file contains query strings or other
unexpected stuff. This commit isn't intended to be a total solution, but it
should eliminate the problem in the most obvious cases.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:55 +10:00
David Macek
d568a4335b Fix comment in alpm_db_update
Fix comment to better explain the magic constant used when allocating a buffer
for ".db.sig" URL.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:55 +10:00
Allan McRae
99c7b1b088 libmakepkg: fix test bracket style
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:55 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9a9e0203de alpm_logaction: implement documented return value
"return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)"

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:55 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1545a04253 alpm_logaction: allow falling back to syslog
Even if opening the log file fails, if a user has enabled syslog we may
still be able to log to that.  Set the error return value and continue
instead of bailing out.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e4af5e3c97 alpm_logaction: check logfile before opening
valgrind does not like calling open(NULL, ...).  This also makes the
return value 0 if logfile has not been set.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ae7067440c merge _alpm_logaction into alpm_logaction
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
David Macek
f9423cfa5d makepkg: Empty/create only $pkgdir's relevant to current PKGBUILD
Currently makepkg clears the whole $pkgbasedir which is needless. Moreover,
in the obscure case of multiple makepkg runs (with different $pkgname) that
share a $pkgdirbase, only $pkgdir's from the last run will remain. Since
I consider the contents of $pkgdir an important artifact, this commit restricts
the deletion to individual $pkgdir's.

When CLEANUP is set, the behavior is unchanged.

Discussed in:
https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2015-February/019939.html

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Charles Duffy
1040ad4e71 Fix compilation if libarchive headers are not in standard location
With commit 097d5a478b, including alpm.h also drags in archive.h.
Ensure the tools we build that depend on ALPM also include the necessary
flags to find libarchive headers if they are not installed in a standard
location.

[Dan: Add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Dominik Fischer
b0ae59724e makepkg-template: support multiple --template-dirs
Especially when maintaining local templates in addition to the ones
stored in /usr/share/makepkg-template, it can be useful to include
templates stored in multiple different locations into one PKGBUILD. This
patch makes this possible by allowing --template-dir to be specified
multiple times.

This also introduces a dedicated error message when a template cannot be
found, in contrast to the already existing "Couldn't detect version for
template '%s'".

If a template of the same name is present in more than one of the given
directories, the last one always takes precedence.

Neither the default behaviour without the option given, nor the handling
of a single template dir is changed.

Signed-off-by: Dominik Fischer <d.f.fischer@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d4e5de4bf6 pacsort: fix warning about signed overflow potential during comparison.
Some crazy person assumed we would have fewer than INT_MAX columns.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
54067c390f Silence warning from clang
clang is wrong - dbfile is always used initialized in that function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
4dbac804a3 Pluralize callback string
In English, this string only has it plural form. However, we need to use the
pluralized translation as some languages can have multiple plural formats.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
4e6848dbea Update source URL
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-05-12 14:00:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e374e6829c close stdin before running install scripts
libalpm does not guarantee that script output will be presented to the
user or that stdin will be connected to a terminal.  Close stdin so that
scripts do not attempt to use it for user interaction.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:44:14 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
721b785e73 be_package: fallback to standard filelist loading
In order to work properly, loading the filelist from an mtree file
requires a libarchive patch that has not yet been included in an
official release.[1]  Under certain circumstances, an unpatched
libarchive may refuse to read the mtree file due to inconsistencies
between it and the user's file system.  In order to allow alpm to
recover in this situation, read the mtree data into a temporary filelist
that is only copied over to the package if the entire read is
successful.

[1] 661684170b

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:44:13 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
edeafcc988 add_entry_to_files_list: pass filelist directly
Allows entries to be added to arbitrary filelists not connected to
a package.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:44:13 +10:00
Ivy Foster
bf3aec8c32 Add makepkg option --packagelist
makepkg --packagelist prints the name of each package that would
normally be produced, minus $PKGEXT, and exits.

Implements FS#42150

Signed-off-by: Ivy Foster <joyfulgirl@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:44:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
b520c6312f repo-add: merge desc and depends files
There is little point in these two files being separated as the whole sync db
is parsed at once.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
2408d46c1b makepkg: write validpgpkeys to .SRCINFO
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
eb5da52c0e PKGBUILD.5: have epoch directly following pkgver/pkgrel
These three fields should be grouped together.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
b630f455d2 update repo-add documentation for removal of -f flag
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
cb0f2bd038 Always create files database
Both the "db" and "files" databases are created in one call to repo-add.
Only the "foo.db.tar.xz" name is passed to repo-add.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
30c9dbcdeb repo-add: remove duplication finding old package details
The information needed to create a delta entry and remove the old package from
the filesystem are the same.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
6aef45ee1a repo-add: check early for xdelta if it is needed
The check for xdelta3 was done as needed (and not in all cases).  Do this
check early so that repo-add does not abort part way through.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
81d233b793 repo-add: only update database if entire command succeeded
It is not hard to think of situations where the repo database should not
be updated unless the whole operation succeeds.  Error out before a partial
database update occurs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
d2cb52de12 repo-add: move database creation into its own function
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
f3fc9af2b7 repo-add: move database rotation into its own function
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
e7e0c13762 Merge branch 'maint' 2015-03-26 14:43:13 +10:00
Ivy Foster
b543c055b9 Make get_pkg_arch treat arch as an array
We use the get_pkg_arch function with the package name parameter in two places:
1) checking if the package is already built
2) installing build packages

Currently this failed when a package override for "arch" was an array, despite
all our documentation stating that it is indeed an array.  This change makes
these two places fail if there is package override for arch that is not an
array - i.e. of the form arch='i686'.

Signed-off-by: Ivy Foster <joyfulgirl@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:42:22 +10:00
Allan McRae
b8f2d713e0 Update PKGBUILD-split.proto allowed overrides
Commit 8a02abcf19 disallowed overridding pkgver/pkgrel/epoch.  Update the
split package prototype to refelct this change.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:42:10 +10:00
Christian Hesse
eb21e9eb93 fix source package signing with SRCPKGDIR set
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-26 14:41:26 +10:00
Charles Pigott
f34e48a988 Actually return the error value of check_db_local
Signed-off-by: Charles Pigott <charlespigott@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-15 15:32:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
f9cb4f3b9c libmakepkg: move helper functions into tidy/strip
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-15 15:32:58 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
22a5128985 PKGBUILD.5.txt: Clarify note about variables available
Reported-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-15 15:32:58 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
0aded7487f PKGBUILD.5.txt: Add note about functions starting in $srcdir
Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-15 15:32:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
156d41a186 remove: use strcmp for files in skip_remove
Paths from noupgrade, the transaction skip_remove, and package backup
lists were combined into a single list matched using fnmatch causing
paths with glob characters to match unrelated files.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ba532bda6b sync_prepare: exclude removals from resolvedeps
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
David Macek
ff8de12151 Allow UPX compression for DOS/Win executables
Hi. This change allows makepkg to UPX-compress executables on Windows, but will probably affect some Linux packages as well (I'm guessing gdbserver, wine, mingw-w64).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Will Miles
965539adbf common: Avoid errors on systems that define strnlen but not strndup
Add a configure test for a system library supplied strnlen, and disable
the embedded version in common if one is found.

Signed-off-by: Will Miles <wmiles@sgl.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Will Miles
bb94729c09 util: Use util-common for strndup in pacsort and pactree
This small refactor reduces the number of replications of the local
imeplementation of strndup.

Signed-off-by: Will Miles <wmiles@sgl.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
8f92fe47a7 calculate_removed_size: ensure llstat succeeds
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
578ceb29fa sync_cleandb: ensure stat call succeeds
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
9f1c5f0251 pacsort: test string is not NULL before strlen
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
d9b5cb238d Abort of failure to add version file to empty local database
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
fc5be14dac parse_descfile: fix memory leak in error case
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
2108d95526 Fix memory leaks in dump_pkg_full
Leaks when using -Sii with package signatures

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-03 16:54:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
008bd33e38 Merge branch 'maint' 2015-03-03 14:47:50 +10:00
Allan McRae
92b8c09000 Update release history
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-03-02 01:36:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
7879a5b3e5 Merge branch 'maint' 2015-02-20 10:36:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
068f8cec42 Release 4.2.1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-20 10:25:41 +10:00
Allan McRae
e0f889e2ea Update translations from Transifex 2015-02-20 10:21:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
5baec6d5e9 Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-14 11:18:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
97fb8ada30 Update NEWS for 4.2.1 release
0002-valgrind.supp-remove-library-version-from-suppressio.patch
2015-02-14 11:18:20 +10:00
Renato Silva
0927206fc4 Fix Bazaar cloning in makepkg.
There was some manual check to know if the local repository was really a clone
of the one specified in PKGBUILD. This check has been removed because it is
buggy and not necessary.

It is buggy because this check needs to be semantic, not a simple string
comparison. For example, I was blocked from building a PKGBUILD because Bazaar
was returning two different strings for the same location (for HTTP one was
url-encoded while the other was not, and for local paths one was absolute while
the other was relative). While this may be a bug in Bazaar, the check is
unreliable since the comparison is not semantic (http://foo.com/%2Bplus and
http://foo.com/+plus obviously refer to the same location for example).

Specially, it is useless because the intention is updating the existing local
clone. However, if the local clone is not a real clone of the repository
specified in PKGBUILD (which was what this buggy check tried to tell), next step
which is a pull operation will fail anyway. This is because bzr pull does not
perform merges, it just makes one branch into a mirror of another.

There was a reason provided when this manual check was added for Git, but no
reason provided for copying such check when Bazaar support was added, see
commits below. In fact, Mercurial lacks such manual check.

* c926c39b04
* 3b02f80dcb

Fixes FS#43448.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-14 11:18:20 +10:00
Allan McRae
adc6ca1f2c libmakepkg: make package checking functions extendable
To add a new package check, drop a file in libmakepkg/lint and add the
function to the "lint_functions" array.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 14:00:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
00da25a5ea libmakepkg: make package tidy functions extendable
To add a new packaging option, drop a file into libmakepkg/tidy that contains
a 'packaging_options+=('<option>') and a function that implements that
option. The function needs added to the 'tidy_remove' array if it removes
files or the 'tidy_modify' array otherwise.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 14:00:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
bfe9b56e1f libmakepkg: move package checking out of tidy_install
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 14:00:55 +10:00
Maxim Andersson
68602f4931 paccache: added --quiet option
Less output, although errors and warnings will still be printed
(scripts/library/output_format.sh).

Cleaner to have -q,--quiet than >/dev/null in cron.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Andersson <thesilentboatman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:45:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
dff6982c83 repo-add: improve delta file detection on removal
This allows use to remove a package with the name "foo.delta" from the
repos.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:35:48 +10:00
Allan McRae
660bd1caa1 repo-add: only backup database signature if database was backed up
Ensures the backed update database and its signature are always consistent.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:35:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
3c46420367 repo-add: unify checking gpg keys
Move the PGP key checking into the check_gpg function.  This also results in
error messages being in colour.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:35:19 +10:00
Allan McRae
cf3d5e4830 repo-add: clarify invalid repo extension message
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:35:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
b5b2f0b1bf repo-add: improve removing old packages
The -R/--remove option left the old package in place when delta packages
were to be generated.  It was also removed before we ensure the generation
of the entry for the new package was generated without error.

Remove the old package at the end of database entry and delta generation. Also
improve the help message to clarify it is the old package that is removed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:35:01 +10:00
Allan McRae
27e3125c8d Merge branch 'maint' 2015-02-12 13:33:20 +10:00
Allan McRae
ba869597fb Disable directory ownership warnings
There was a lot of confusion regarding these warnings, particularly for
packages that create users post_install and then chown the directories.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:25:44 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0c9f4329f8 set package origin when adding to db cache
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:22:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
43413894d4 valgrind.supp: remove library version from suppression
glibc installs the library /usr/lib/ld-?.??.so with its version.  Wildcard
this so the suppresses the warning for all glibc versions.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:22:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c3161925c2 sync200.py.in: remove unused substitution
LIBCURL was never set in the Makefile so XferCommand was always being
set in the test file.  This removes the only substitution in our test
files which will prevent the TESTS file from being rebuilt every time
configure is run.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-12 13:22:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
295a3491ad makepkg: split package tidying into libmakepkg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:20:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
33466000d6 makepkg: split PKGBUILD/makepkg.conf option checking to libmakepkg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:20:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
c8574baa7c makepkg: rename other_options to build_options
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:20:08 +10:00
Allan McRae
7885931c96 makepkg: split message functions into libmakepkg
This performs all the needed work for libmakepkg to be included in
tarballs, installed into the correct place, and read into makepkg.

Also change the install root for libmakepkg to an architecture independant
location.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:20:08 +10:00
Christian Hesse
9917930ae1 add option to optimize PNG images with optipng
This can decrease package size by optimizing PNG image size. Images are
just stored with better compression and/or filter options. The actual
image content is not altered.

Additionally this can automatically fix broken PNG images which caused
some trouble lately.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:19:04 +10:00
Christian Hesse
bd2e95b00b remove globbing for upx and make UPXFLAGS an array variable
Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:19:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
2e48101999 Update copyright notices for 2015
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:19:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
325be32acd pmenv.py: Fix typo in copyright assignment
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:19:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
bbac318d7a Add make rule to update copyright years
Usage: make update-copyright OLD=2014 NEW=2015

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:19:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
54c630f6ec Merge branch 'maint' 2015-02-01 21:18:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
10fc538c70 makepkg: refix removing static libraries when shared uses absolute symlinks
Commit 9e5e86aa was supposed to fix this.  Instead I picked another [[ -f ]]
statement in the same region and added the hardlink test to it instead, thus
not fixing the bug.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:17:14 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
841e531c51 trans_commit: restore pm_errno after updating log
If the call to alpm_logaction failed it would overwrite pm_errno,
leading to error messages unrelated to the actual reason the transaction
failed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:13:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
3b22183a4d contrib: remove fakeroot option from PKGBUILD.vim
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:12:45 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
8391716b8a makepkg: Set the working copy destination explicitly when cloning in extract_git
This fixes the issue where if the user explicitly set the name of the cloned source
to eg. foo.git, the directory name in $SRCDEST would be foo.git as expected, but the
clone in $srcdir would be stripped of the .git suffix.

Signed-off-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:11:25 +10:00
Jeffrey Tolar
aa12a773b8 Add --noarchive to makepkg's zsh completion
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Tolar <tolar.jeffrey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:11:15 +10:00
Jeffrey Tolar
50de87e0e6 Remove --asroot from makepkg's completions
Signed-off-by: Jeffrey Tolar <tolar.jeffrey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-02-01 21:11:06 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5167160c0c extract_single_file: consolidate extraction logic
Also adds checks that the filename does not exceed PATH_MAX.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ba0d225d93 extract_single_file: use .pacnew for check files
Prevents the need to rename the file if we end up keeping it and ensures
that pacnew files always reflect the most recent version by overwriting
stale copies.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
926280cfc7 remove support for .pacorig files
Leave user files in place and save new config files with a .pacnew
extension.  This reduces the complexity of file extraction and respects
the principle that pacman shouldn't modify files it didn't create.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a82a5cf3f7 extract_single_file: use full path in messages
If an error occurs the actual path being extracted is more useful than
the original path from the package file list.  The original path is
still used for checks that use it directly.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4ba0561fe7 extract_single_file: factor out db file extraction
alpm's database files (.INSTALL, .MTREE, etc.) should be extracted no
matter what; skip mtree/needbackup/noextract/noupgrade checks for them.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
f917a4a55a extract_single_file: reduce indentation
Puts all of the conflict cases at the same level.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
63660afbc7 extract_single_file: consolidate needbackup checks
We need to know if a file needs to be backed up for all extracted files.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3b20561748 ini.c: move error output into conf.c
Move the remaining output into conf.c by notifying the callback of read
errors.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ea96b56722 ini.c: remove useless key check
key points to a statically allocated string so it can't be NULL and
empty keys are rejected by the callback.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e7d8e2b5ac ini.c: remove empty section name restriction
alpm will reject empty database names already.  Reduces error handling
in the ini parser.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4ccafc484d ini.c: remove unnecessary helper function
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
09cfe2a4c0 ini.c: move Include parsing to conf.c
Reduces the number of errors the ini parser must handle to make it more
suitable for sharing with the backend.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9eb07a81fa ini.c: remove final callback call
Storing repo information removes the need for the final callback.  This
allows the call signature to be re-purposed for indicating read errors.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7ed0d60a0d conf.c: parse config in a single pass
Fixes FS#28255

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
95121cc4f1 conf.c: use masks for siglevel inheritance
This will allow pacman to parse its config file in a single pass and
removes the need for the *_SET siglevels in alpm that were only required
for pacman's siglevel inheritance.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2aa85c3bfd conf.c: store repo settings in dedicated struct
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2015-01-21 14:27:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
92febc847c Merge branch 'maint' 2015-01-21 14:27:25 +10:00
Daniel Micay
c6263da168 fix geometric growth in _alpm_greedy_grow
It was allocating the required size rather than the calculated new size,
resulting in pathological incremental reallocations.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Micay <danielmicay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-21 14:27:04 +10:00
Daniel Micay
21281e9b69 be_local: fix _alpm_greedy_grow usage
The files_size variable contains the current capacity (in bytes) and
should not be used to calculate the next length increment. It only works
because _alpm_greedy_grow currently results in incremental growth.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Micay <danielmicay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-21 14:26:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
018fa2b48c Merge branch 'maint' 2015-01-12 15:23:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
a31426d3ea makepkg: clear destination array in array_build
If an already used array is passed array_build, some entries from the old
array could be carried over if the old array was longer than the new one.
Clear the destination array before adding elements to it to prevent this
issue.

Fixes: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/43387

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-12 15:23:01 +10:00
Florian Pritz
0108884952 test makepkg-template: Add update-version-with-newest-option
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:25 +10:00
Florian Pritz
d5f703729f test makepkg-template: Add template-without-version
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:25 +10:00
Florian Pritz
bd2473797e test makepkg-template: Add name-charset-valid
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:25 +10:00
Florian Pritz
6201f6e5ac test makepkg-template: Add name-charset-invalid
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
4dd9ccbc78 test makepkg-template: Add missing-template-symlink
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
17ad845c41 test makepkg-template: Add missing-template-file
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
287f7a575e test makepkg-template: Add keep-old-version
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
dfacd8473e test makepkg-template: Add invalid-template-line-unknown-marker
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
107eabdfb3 test makepkg-template: Add invalid-template-line-missing-name
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
207ba1e05f test makepkg-template: Add invalid-key
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
ca5af32b99 Add testrunner for makepkg-template
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Florian Pritz
f617b6acd4 makepkg-template: Remove linenumber/file from errors
die prints "at $scriptname line $linenumber." if the string does not
end with "\n". This information is not of much use for us and it makes
testing harder because we'd to remove it there.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2015-01-11 18:58:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
77ca6e4062 Merge branch 'maint' 2015-01-11 18:57:54 +10:00
Dario Giovannetti
e8d757b6ba paccache: exit in case of pacman error when -u flag is used
Fixes https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/43286

Signed-off-by: Dario Giovannetti <dariogiova@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-11 18:57:19 +10:00
Dave Reisner
fb9db2df5d makepkg: restore attr merging for write_pkginfo
acc639adf2 removed this, but shouldn't have.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-11 18:57:06 +10:00
Dave Reisner
83d5512bf1 makepkg: avoid nested quoting in string replacement
I suspect this is just wrong -- you never need to quote the replacement
side of a PE. In bash 4.3, this is essentially a no-op, but because of
a bug in bash 4.2, we get embedded quotes as a result of this
replacement. The relevant changelog item in bash is:

  Fixed a bug that caused single quotes that resulted from $'...' quoting
  in the replacement portion of a double-quoted ${word/pat/rep} expansion
  to be treated as quote characters.

But this doesn't apply to us. Let's just drop the excessive quoting...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-11 18:56:57 +10:00
Allan McRae
9e5e86aa14 makepkg: fix removing static libraries when shared use absolute symlinks
When a shared library uses an absolute symlink for its its .so file, the check
if the shared version of a static library exists fails.  Test for the presence
of a broken symlink too.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-11 18:56:44 +10:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
95da285f56 pkgdelta: Use high compression options offered by xdelta3
* Add -9 which is the highest compression level.
 * Use lzma for secondary compression.

 Decompression speed is largely unaffected as most cycles are consumed
 by xz for re-compression.

 Some numbers:

 clang x86_64 [3.5.0-2.1 to 3.5.0-3]
 17.21MiB      default      (0.73)
 15.67MiB      -9           (0.67)
 13.59MiB      -9 -S djw    (0.58)
 12.01MiB      -9 -S lzma   (0.51)

 inkscape x86_64 [0.48.5-3 to 0.48.5-4]
 02.69MiB      default      (0.21)
 01.64MiB      -9           (0.13)
 01.30MiB      -9 -S djw    (0.10)
 01.01MiB      -9 -S lzma   (0.08)

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <CE.Mohammad.AlSaleh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:48:59 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8da9be0955 initialize pointers passed to _alpm_pkg_dup
_alpm_pkg_dup leaves the destination pointer unaltered in case of fatal
errors, so when commits 2f0ca00e and be4198b3 freed the pointer, they
fixed a memory leak on non-fatal errors by replacing it with
a segmentation fault on fatal errors.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:48:59 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4060c5c77f be_package.c: fix style violation
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:48:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
0acd794226 add alpm_pkg_get_base() to README
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:44:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
62d5a71fba Remove testdb
Replaced by pacman -Dk / -Dkk

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:44:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
aa4c61f999 Document database checking options
The required adding a Database Option section to the pacman man page
and adding more complete documentation for --asdeps and --asexplicit
as well.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:44:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
e8a3e3d81a Integrate testdb into pacman
The functionality of testdb is now available in pacman. pacman -Dk will
check the local database for consistency, and pacman -Dkk will check the
sync databases.

Note that unlike testdb, you can not specify individual sync databases to
check as sync databases act as a whole and not individually. A single database
can be checked using an alternative pacman.conf file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:44:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
194dea2de1 Split install reason changing into its own function
Prepare for other functions to be added to the --database option.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:44:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
fafcbdeb8c Merge branch 'maint' 2015-01-02 21:43:56 +10:00
Jason St. John
89b9e9d1dc Fix typo in a comment in makepkg.conf
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:43:28 +10:00
Dave Reisner
80e6d8a6fe makepkg: avoid expansion of var in arithmetic context
This bombs out when "$trusted" expands to the empty string. We're
better off passing the var by name and letting bash default to "0" when
the var is empty

Fixes: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/43269

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:43:28 +10:00
Dave Reisner
ca5a2771ae updpkgsums: retain permissions on rewritten PKGBUILD
This could have been easy with something like chown's --reference flag,
but this is GNU specific. Instead, just truncate and rewrite the file.
Our exit trap cleans up after us.

Fixes: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/43272

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:43:28 +10:00
Allan McRae
39fe2d0e39 Remove outdated fakeroot information from PKGBUILD man page
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2015-01-02 21:43:28 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
f1e010a5a7 add tap_ prefix to test helper functions
Allows tap.sh to show the line number where the helper function was
called on failures.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-28 13:06:39 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
29c0d8233b use tap.sh for bash tests
tap.sh is a reusable TAP library that handles test counting and provides
useful diagnostic messages on test failures.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-28 13:06:28 +10:00
Allan McRae
4c4890dd1c Clarify "assume installed" error message
The error message on failing to add an "assume installed" entry to the backend
was not clear.  Clarify by making "assume-installed" none translatable and
adding a hyphen to match calling flag.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-28 13:06:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
2759858e8c Merge branch 'maint' 2014-12-28 13:06:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
acc639adf2 Fix .SRCINFO output with architecture specific fields
Do not merge the architecture specific fields when creating a .SRCINFO file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-28 13:05:41 +10:00
Dave Reisner
6356567ae0 makepkg: print the name of the source array being checked
I don't see an easy fix to avoid printing this more than once, so let's
at least differentiate the messaging so that it's more clear what's
going on.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:33 +10:00
Dave Reisner
7c0ff7f4b7 makepkg: call out the source array(s) missing checksums
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
763fb3d9e7 Remove logically dead code in _alpm_local_db_write
We can only get to cleanup: through fp being NULL due to fopen failing or
normal execution when fclose is called.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
804688ab6a _alpm_run_chroot: only close working directory if it was opened
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
2f0ca00e55 _alpm_db_add_pkgincache: free potential memory leak
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
60d958c78b Initialize memory to prevent issues when freeing on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
be4198b34e _alpm_recursedeps: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
32413213cb apply_deltas: fix memory leak on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
d5e93e895b pacsort: fix memory leak
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:08:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
25b492aab6 Merge branch 'maint' 2014-12-27 17:07:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
5221440b6b fix duplication of package sha256sum
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:04:53 +10:00
Dave Reisner
286dc83451 makepkg: fix typo in dep array name
We fixed this up to check architecture specific sources in ec679e09b2,
but fudged the array name in the in_array call.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-27 17:04:29 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
1f1e53c208 libalpm: Add accessors for the base field
This commit adds the necessary accessor functions to get the PKGBASE of
a package, forcing the desc file to be parsed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
9f527d2de4 libalpm: Parse and write PKGBASEs
This commit adds support to libalpm to parse the pkgbase present in
packages .PKGINFO files, writing the PKGBASE to the %BASE% section of
the local DBs desc files and for parsing it again when loading the local
DB

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
fda599df37 add vim modeline to test files
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
21faf1682e mount_point_list: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
2114ef1874 conflict_new: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
9cf1b2c004 _alpm_runscriptlet: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
88eedef6c6 add_fileconflict: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
52d2ff648d create_tempfile: fix memory leak on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
123ecb8e07 _alpm_split_backup: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
c6dd581ec5 alpm_dep_from_string: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
27506aba8f _alpm_conflict_dup: fix memory leak on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
46459da39b local_db_read: fix memory leak on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
895780bd9a _alpm_db_new: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
87e55a4ee7 _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash: check for error when loading pkgcache
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
cd5e4b89f4 _alpm_delta_parse: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
e892234207 _alpm_dep_dup: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
f4796c905c pacman/util.c: fix potential memory leak in indentprint 2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
eac09e1d9f Fix memory leak in ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL callback
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
c0d9d26070 build_payload: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
32ebd7ad5d depmiss_new: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:29 +10:00
Allan McRae
bf06efaa78 _alpm_delta_dup: free memory on error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:28 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
eb7cc246c6 checkupdates: include package versions in output
Especially useful now that pacman -Qu will also show the new version.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:28 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
c9ca363431 checkupdates: show error when fakeroot is missing
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:28 +10:00
Allan McRae
863cfb5808 Improve db upgrade error message
This message is clearer without (another) error prefix.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:19:28 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d2d00e4543 makepkg: properly correlate checksums for multiple sources
Previously, we used a single boolean value to determine correlation of
sources to checksums. Since the introduction of arch-specific sources,
this is no longer sufficient, as we must ensure that we have checksums
for (potentially) multiple source arrays.

This change inlines the logic of have_sources to build an associative
array of source array names, unsetting them as we discover their
checksums. The error condition then becomes a non-empty correlation
array.

Fixes: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/43192

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:15:38 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
c07593c64c Use correct mode bits for the log file (0000 -> 0644)
Following commit 086bbc5 (Use O_CLOEXEC as much as possible when opening
files), the log file would be created by pacman with blank permissions.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:15:25 +10:00
Peter Wu
a1c50a08c9 pacman-db-upgrade: set umask 022
This prevents the database from becoming inaccessible for non-root
users when the script was executed with a umask of 027.

Signed-off-by: Peter Wu <peter@lekensteyn.nl>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:15:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
325e20dea1 makepkg: download sources for all architectures when making source package
We validated all sources when making a source package, whether or not they
are included in the tarball.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:15:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
23850c7c99 pacman-db-upgrade: be more verbose
People have mentioned that the silent upgrade to DB version 9 when no
adjustments are needed for directory symlinks is confusion.  Always print
the upgrading message.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-24 11:14:50 +10:00
Florian Pritz
c8448bb466 makepkg-template: Remove unused printf format string
I'm pretty sure this is some kind of left over stuff that was supposed
to print the filename, linenumber and line content. This is already
done so just remove it.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-22 14:01:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
ec679e09b2 Check architecture specific fields for VCS support
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-22 14:01:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
a7c1b7a914 add VCSCLIENTS to etc/makepkg.conf
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-22 14:01:27 +10:00
Timothy Redaelli
91a56a7072 Fix double spaces in "Running %s as root is not allowed" message
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-21 16:26:45 +10:00
Evangelos Foutras
d107aced37 paclist: fix myver in usage()
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-21 16:26:36 +10:00
Dave Reisner
565c931e2c updpkgsums: add more error checking before replacement
Re-add some paranoia which was inadvertently lost with 768b65e934. In
case 'makepkg -g' fails to generate new sums (e.g. when a remote
resource cannot be fetched), or awk fails to write the new file (i have
no idea when this would happen), bail out with an error.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-19 14:31:01 +10:00
Allan McRae
bc6ada0877 Release 4.2.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-19 13:57:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
54db3745d6 Update translations from transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-19 13:53:35 +10:00
Allan McRae
14dc3389fd Update NEWS for pacman-4.2 release
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-19 11:52:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
c9e9c1ccfd Update README for pacman-4.2
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-19 11:52:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3af0268fdb remove.c: honor inverted patterns in noupgrade
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 22:22:35 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
df36fe2e79 add alpm_option_match_noupgrade
For parity with alpm_option_match_noextract.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 22:22:35 +10:00
Dave Reisner
768b65e934 updpkgsums: drop in-place rewrite hack, use a tempfile
This apparently exposes (what I think is) a subtle bug in cygwin's
handling of subst'd drives. Let's just drop the hackery and use a
tempfile, which should always work.

Also, introduce a proper die() function which replaces previous
hand-rolled error+exit pattern, but which wrote to stdout.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 16:36:18 +10:00
Dave Reisner
16259d728e shut up GCC on -Wmaybe-initialized warnings
Admittedly, these are totally bogus, but a clean build is a happy build.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 16:34:03 +10:00
Dave Reisner
0cd174efd5 makepkg: correctly add changelog files
Before this, we'd see bizzare behavior of:

  -> Adding changelog file (systemd.install)...

And, changelog files in the global section would not be added at all.

The code is clearly wrong here, as it references 'install' within a
loop of 'changelog' and 'install'. Let's use parameter indirection to
ensure that the proper file is identified and added.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 16:33:37 +10:00
Micah Saint Germain
a4b23417f9 Fix pointer declarations to be globally consistent
Refactored inconsistent pointer declarations to better improve consistency
throughout the pacman codebase which will, in turn, increase readability to
the user.

Expected format of a pointer declaration:
`typename *varname`

Signed-off-by: Micah Saint Germain <micah@lexme.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-18 16:32:55 +10:00
Miguel de Val-Borro
c54af84180 doc/translation-help.txt: Transifex example usage
Replace harcoded language code in example

Signed-off-by: Miguel de Val-Borro <miguel@archlinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-12-08 15:43:20 +10:00
Allan McRae
ed4032a908 pacman-db-upgrade: fix issue with find argument list length overflow
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-26 12:53:44 +10:00
Tobias Powalowski
41c8263ba2 pacman-key: compatibility with gnupg-2.1
GnuPG 2.1 no longer allow empty passphrases by default.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-21 20:54:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
bb878217cd Remove pacsysclean
This script parsed pacman output and was broken by the change to the use
of appropriate units for package sizes.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-21 14:13:57 +10:00
Dave Reisner
04bc3a24eb pacsort: parse inputs up front into control struct
This moves most of the parsing work out of the sorting path. The explode
and splitfile functions now call input_new and append input_t structs
to the list of sort candidates instead of raw strings. This lets us
make smarter and easier decisions in the sorting callbacks, which are
now also split into the version and file comparison methods for clarity.

This fixes two bugs:

1) Incorrect ordering with filenames containing epoch in the pkgver
2) Incorrect ordering with package names which are substrings of
each other (e.g. "systemd" and "systemd-sysvcompat").

Performance of the --files mode degrades slightly as a result of this
change, but not unreasonably. Sorting with small inputs (5-10) doubles
in runtime, but larger inputs (4000+) only increase by 20%.

ref: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/37631

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-20 14:40:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
c23ff87893 checkupdates: do not print ignored packages
FS#41223

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-19 17:09:55 +10:00
Dave Reisner
ef0577e3d5 version: fix memory leak in early return
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-19 14:14:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
3446453c72 Fix translation error and remove empty po files
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-19 14:13:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
193b2b33f8 Update po files to send to Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 15:14:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
db402d6029 Pull translation updates from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 15:12:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
eda65967ec Do not warn about missing files in NoExtract
When checking a packages files, ignore any missing files in NoExtract

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 12:50:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
96e9cf35f1 Add alpm_option_match_noextract
This is useful for frontends testing whether a file is in NoExtract

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 12:31:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
5d11605958 extract_single_file: fix memory leak in error condition
The memory assigned to checkfile was leaked in the error condition.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 11:58:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
5d618438c4 _alpm_backup_dup: fix memory leak in error case
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 11:58:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
a7298c36fd makepkg: symlink files in noextract into $srcdir
File in noextract should still be symlinked into $srcdir so that they
can be accessed without using $SRCDEST.  Using noextract on VCS files
makes no sense as these are not being extracted, so now this does
nothing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 11:58:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
d9aa7025ea Remove logging of NoExtract events
With globbing in NoExtract, these log events can quickly pile up hiding
important information from the log.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-18 11:58:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
8c00dd7341 Fix crash when using external downloader
Commit 9d96bed9 attempts to use the same effective URL for the db and its
signature download.  However, this information is not available when we use
an external downloader, resulting in a crash.

Fall back to the old method when the effective URL is unavailable.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-17 17:13:48 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
4c1f41a7c1 makepkg: svn: update existing sources in srcdir without removing them first.
This matches the behaviour with non-VCS sources. It also allows incremental
builds when subversion is used to obtain sources.

Signed-off-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-17 14:56:17 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0d24994934 makepkg: only strip vcs prefixes from front of url
Referenced by FS#41811

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-17 13:02:12 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6949012590 makepkg: do not strip bzr+ from bzr+ssh urls
bzr does not recognize bare ssh:// urls.

Fixes FS#41811

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-17 13:01:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
db2562113b makepkg: bzr: update existing sources in srcdir without removing them first.
The local changes are discarded when updating. This matches the behaviour
when non-VCS sources are used. It also allows incremental builds.

This also changes the checkout during bzr source "extraction" to a heavyweight
checkout so that pulling a specific revision does not alter the original
download.

Original-work-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-17 12:58:06 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
be3ce88bb2 makepkg: hg: update existing sources in srcdir without removing them first.
The local changes are discarded when updating. This matches the behaviour
when non-VCS sources are used. It also allows incremental builds.

Signed-off-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 18:28:47 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
f66ae5334e makepkg: checkout a revision specified in SVN fragment in download_svn.
Previously the sources were dowloaded in HEAD revision in the download_svn().
If a specific revision was requested in fragment, the code was updated to that
revision in extract_svn(). However, because SVN is a centralized system,
this means that the changed sources has to be downloaded again.

By moving the fragment handling to download_svn(), we get the correct revision
without having to download it later in extract_svn().

Signed-off-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 17:28:22 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
f6b3c9d803 makepkg: git: update existing sources in srcdir without removing them first.
The local changes are discarded when updating. This matches the behaviour
when non-VCS sources are used. It also allows incremental builds.

Signed-off-by: Lukáš Jirkovský <l.jirkovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 16:09:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
ecf0e37fc5 makepkg: improve stripping pkgdesc of whitespace for .PKGINFO
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 15:53:16 +10:00
Dave Reisner
6029a77ac0 makepkg: introduce .SRCINFO files for source packages
Similar to .PKGINFO, .SRCINFO provides structured metadata from the
PKGBUILD to be included with source packages.

The format is structured such that it contains a "pkgbase" and one to
many "pkgname" sections.  Each "pkgname" section represents an "output
package", and inherits all of the attributes of the "pkgbase" section,
and then can define their own additive fields.

For example, a simple PKGBUILD:

  pkgbase=ponies
  pkgname=('applejack' 'pinkiepie')
  pkgver=1.2.3
  pkgrel=1
  arch=('x86_64' 'i686')
  depends=('friendship' 'magic')

  build() { ...; }

  package_applejack() {
    provides=('courage')

    ...;
  }

  package_pinkiepie() {
    provides=('laughter')

    ...;
  }

Would yield the following .SRCINFO file:

  pkgbase = ponies
  	pkgdesc = friendship is magic
  	pkgver = 1.2.3
  	pkgrel = 1
  	arch = x86_64
  	arch = i686
  	depends = friendship
  	depends = magic

  pkgname = applejack
  	provides = courage

  pkgname = pinkiepie
  	provides = laughter

The code to generate this new file is taken a project which I've been
incubating[0] under the guise of 'mkaurball', which creates .AURINFO
files for the AUR. AURINFO is the exactly same file as .SRCINFO, but
named as such to make it clear that this is specific to the AUR.

Because we're parsing shell in the packaging functions rather than
executing it, there *are* some limitations, but these only really crop
up in more "exotic" PKGBUILDs. Smoketesting[1] for accuracy in the Arch
repos yields 100% accuracy for [core] and [extra]. [community] clocks in
at ~98% accuracy (.3% difference per PKGBUILD), largely due to silly
haskell packages calling pacman from inside the PKGBUILD to determine
dependencies. [multilib] currently shows about 92% accuracy -- a
statistic which can be largely improved by utilizing the recently merged
arch-specific attribute work. This is also a smaller repo so the numbers
are somewhat inflated. In reality, this is only a .8% variance per
PKGBUILD.

Together, we can make PKGBUILD better.

[0] https://github.com/falconindy/pkgbuild-introspection
[1] https://github.com/falconindy/pkgbuild-introspection/blob/master/test/smoketest

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 15:41:50 +10:00
Dave Reisner
bd746568f6 makepkg: simplify epoch handling
We can avoid setting a default value for epoch since we intend to mean
unset and "0" as the same thing. This is also a more consistent default
as the display of epoch=0 is no epoch at all in the full package
version.

The extra paranoia in get_full_version can be removed due to lint_epoch
guarding against non-integer values of epoch.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 15:35:12 +10:00
Dave Reisner
03aa44a3ec makepkg: ignore empty global attributes in extraction
This bug isn't currently exposed by any of the existing codepaths, but
an upcoming patch to introduce SRCINFO files to makepkg will expose
this.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 13:46:51 +10:00
Florian Pritz
f77933ea1e Add --assume-installed to shell completion
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-09 13:46:23 +10:00
Florian Pritz
9594f513a4 Add --assume-installed to pacman --help
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-05 11:01:09 +10:00
Dave Reisner
37aeb43644 makepkg.8: remove superfluous "::" in envvar description
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-05 11:00:43 +10:00
Dave Reisner
de442b6867 bash_completion: add --noarchive to makepkg's completions
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-05 10:59:57 +10:00
Dave Reisner
167a598265 updpkgsums: avoid exec'ing awk, so the trap actually works
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-05 10:59:30 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bd744d067d add pacman-db-upgrade-v9.py to check_SCRIPTS
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-04 20:11:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8cd41ec62b tests/pacman-db-upgrade-v9: set additional paths
--config does not respect root, causing pacman-db-upgrade to read the
local pacman.conf rather than the one in the test root.

Also add a rule to ensure the ALPM_DB_VERSION file is actually being
created.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-04 20:11:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4114e25df1 pmtest: make test paths easily available to tests
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-04 20:11:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1e0b2f6629 pacman-db-upgrade: fix --config option typo
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-04 20:11:18 +10:00
Eric Schultz
566dc23357 Exit with 0/SUCCESS if there are no packages to remove
Previously the lack of candidate packages was considered an error
and return 1/FAILURE but really this isn't an issue. Also, for
systemd (and others) this flagged the instance as having failed
for no good reason.

Signed-off-by: Eric Schultz <eric@schultzter.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-11-04 20:10:29 +10:00
Dave Reisner
75c80caebc makepkg.8: fix typo in reference to other flag
it's --syncdeps, not --syndeps
2014-10-19 21:36:19 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
82208c0239 testdb: ignore ALPM_DB_VERSION
Replaces the test for hidden files which appears to be leftover from
2e431e1cc before sync db checking was moved to a separate function.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 21:32:46 +10:00
Dave Reisner
9d4d81783d paccache: avoid spurious blank line written to stderr
this is just stylistic formatting, so write it to stdout.

ref: https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/42389

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 21:32:22 +10:00
Christian Hesse
d649dc669d dload: mark final_url as const
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 20:48:40 +10:00
Miguel de Val-Borro
91876c21f1 doc/translation-help.txt: Removed out-of-date paragraph
Signed-off-by: Miguel de Val-Borro <miguel@archlinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 20:48:18 +10:00
Miguel de Val-Borro
44bcb73327 doc/translation-help.txt: Minor rewording of Transifex usage
Updated as per Allan's suggestion and fixed Transifex URLs.

Signed-off-by: Miguel de Val-Borro <miguel@archlinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 20:48:08 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d6785a5726 makepkg: always look for sources in source=()
This regression snuck in during some reviewing of 963f7fe02f
(arch-specific sources). We must always check the source=() array for
sources.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-19 20:47:01 +10:00
Christian Hesse
d8f395fb56 dload: unlink file on filesize exceeded error
On filesize exceeded error pacman leaves a .part file in cache dir,
resulting in this error on next try:

error: failed to commit transaction (wrong or NULL argument passed)
Errors occurred, no packages were upgraded.

Unlink the file on error to avoid this.
2014-10-16 23:19:52 +10:00
Christian Hesse
11dff8a50e dload: use better error message on exceeded file size
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-16 23:19:52 +10:00
Christian Hesse
9d96bed9d6 be_sync: use effective URL for db file signature download
If download server is dynamic mirror chances are that db file download
and db file signature download are redirected to different mirrors,
resulting in invalid signature.
This uses effective URL for db file signature download and makes the
files always match.

Signed-off-by: Christian Hesse <mail@eworm.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-16 22:45:47 +10:00
Dave Reisner
a0cfed7df2 makepkg: reorder args to pkgbuild_get_attribute for consistency
In all other cases, this code gets the outvalue from the final
parameter.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 23:22:09 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
627ede8779 add pacman-db-upgrade test
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 15:10:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c1d6cec2e2 sync.c: download packages before starting commit
download_files sets the transaction state to STATE_DOWNLOADING.
Modifying the state after it has already been set to STATE_COMMITTING
created a brief window where SIGINT would fail to interrupt the process
and caused interrupted downloads to result in a 'transaction started'
message in the log with no matching transaction end.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-10-13 14:28:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
42c859e4cc pmtest: allow tests to specify test binary
Adds a cmd property to tests (defaults to pacman) which is resolved
using directories specified with --bindir (defaults to PATH).  The
ability to manually specify a particular binary is preserved in order to
allow running individual tests with differently named binaries such as
lt-pacman.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
01beca5df7 pacman: add --confirm option
--confirm cancels the effect of a previous --noconfirm.
This makes it easier for scripts to default to --noconfirm
but allow users to override it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7ddc967d7c pmtest: allow tests to specify db version
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6dd593c293 pmrule: make backup file test more robust
This prevents an exception in the event backup entries are not in the
correct format and brings the test in line with alpm's backup parsing
which splits on the last tab rather than the first.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
19c3179b7e pmdb: include directories in package file lists
Needed for checking directories with PKG_FILES.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:29 +10:00
Dave Reisner
62c11e450a makepkg: simplify attr matching in extract_function_var
Interesting attributes created with 'local' or 'declare' won't be
surfaced in .PKGINFO, so we shouldn't try to look for them.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:26 +10:00
Dave Reisner
3f0303dc92 makepkg: show full fingerprint on pgp failure
Rather than implementing suffix matching, which might clash, let's just
print the full fingerprint of the err'ing key so that the user can
copy/paste it into validpgpkeys. Also, make it clear in the manpage
that validpgpkeys needs full fingerprints, and nothing else.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:19 +10:00
Dave Reisner
926d998a75 Revert "makepkg: allow less than the full fingerprint in validpgpkeys"
This reverts commit 50296576d0.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-13 12:54:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
faf0246437 There are not hooks!
Refer to install scripts as scripts and not hooks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-10 10:02:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5002227296 pacman-db-upgrade: do not mangle file lists
grep'ing out blank lines and sorting output thoroughly breaks any file
lists with %BACKUP% entries which must be separated from the file list
by a blank line.  Adds a custom function to ensure that all paths
printed are non-empty and unique.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-06 19:00:34 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
1e3c088c2e alpm: Fix wrong xferred/total sizes when resuming downloads
When a package is already partially downloaded in the cache, its download
size will only be of what's left to be downloaded. Since pkg->download_size
is what's used when calculating the total download size for the totaldl
callback, same thing apply.

However, the download progress callback was including this initial size,
which would thus lead to invalid values (and percentage) used in frontends.
That is, the progress bar could e.g. go further than 100%

In the case of pacman, there is a sanity check for different historical
reason (44a57c89), so before the possible "overflow" was noticed, the total
download size/progress reported was wrong. Once caught, the TotalDownload
option was ignored and it would use individual file download values as
fallback instead.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-02 22:50:17 +10:00
Miguel de Val-Borro
ca8319aec9 doc/translation-help.txt: Remove link to tutorial on sarovar.org
The website sarovar.org has been shut down and the tutorial is
not relevant any more.

Signed-off-by: Miguel de Val-Borro <miguel@archlinux.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-10-02 22:40:17 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7ee01c8666 _alpm_key_in_keychain: cache known keys
Implements FS#38042

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-10-01 09:12:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
aec4241af2 check_keyring: skip keys known to be missing
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-10-01 09:10:08 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e123e04741 remove retry check from signature validation
The retry path was removed by
4ccf16dff5

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-10-01 09:03:31 +10:00
Florian Pritz
04e8048725 Add --assume-installed option
This allows to ignore specific dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-09-30 22:33:26 +10:00
Florian Pritz
4e263f24c6 libalpm: export alpm_splitdep as alpm_dep_from_depstring and alpm_dep_free
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-09-30 22:20:53 +10:00
Florian Pritz
13c9745302 deps.c: split _alpm_depcmp into _alpm_depcmp_provides
This allows to reuse the provision checker for a simple list of
provisions without a package.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-09-30 22:07:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b275e5184e table_display: only check width when non-zero
A width of 0 indicates that either pacman is not attached
to a tty or the user does not want line wrapping.  Either
way pacman should not fall back to the basic display.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-09-30 14:05:13 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
dc339faf6a avoid line wrapping if not in a tty or COLUMNS=0
Scripts that parse pacman's output (like pacsearch) generally do not
want wrapped lines.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-09-30 14:04:23 +10:00
Dave Reisner
50296576d0 makepkg: allow less than the full fingerprint in validpgpkeys
I found this feature confusing, and the documentation wasn't any help.
It was pointed out to me on IRC that validpgpkeys expects full
fingerprints, and won't accept shorter forms. This makes the
documentation insufficient, and the variable name itself misleading.

This patch bolsters the documentation to explain more about what the
contents should be, and implements suffix matching to allow matching on
shorters fingerprint suffices. Now, when makepkg tells you that a key
ID isn't valid, it's sufficient to manually check the key ID against
the known good ID, and add it as is to validpgpkeys.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-30 14:00:43 +10:00
Dave Reisner
60c1f2857b makepkg: move negation in inequality comparisons
This commit changes the few remaining instances of:

  [[ ! $foo = "$bar" ]]

to the more common:

  [[ $foo != "$bar" ]]

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-30 12:57:25 +10:00
Maxim Andersson
699937e94d paccache: parse_filename bug fix
Filenames got parsed wrongly, causing whitelist- and blacklist-checks to
always return false. Caused by 8122fae51a when full path names to pkgs
were introduced.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Andersson <thesilentboatman@gmail.com>
2014-09-30 12:57:05 +10:00
Dave Reisner
cb9489119e makepkg: abort if we can't add install/changelog to package 2014-09-30 12:56:57 +10:00
Dave Reisner
235562a85e updpkgsums: update to recognize arch-specific sources
This change reveals a bootstrapping bug -- since we call the bare
"makepkg" and rely on PATH lookup, we might not have a makepkg which
can generate architecture-specific checksums.
2014-09-30 12:56:21 +10:00
Dave Reisner
963f7fe02f PKGBUILD: add support for arch-specific sources
This implements support for declarations such as:

  arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
  ...

  source=("somescript.sh")
  source_i686=("http://evilmonster.com/i686/ponies-9001-1.i686.bin")
  source_x86_64=("http://evilmonster.com/i686/ponies-9001-1.x86_64.bin")

  md5sums=('d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e')
  md5sums_i686=('e4ca381035a34b7a852184cc0dd89baa')
  md5sums_x86_64=('4019740e6998f30a3c534bac6a83f582')

Just the same as the "untagged" sources, multiple integrity algorithms
are supported. The manpage is updated to reflect support for these
suffices.

This commit also refactors download_sources slightly:

1) to use the otherwise preferred convention of lowercase local variable
names, and to make the handling of $1 more clear.
2) rename the "fast" parameter to "novcs", to make it more clear what
this token does.
3) add a new possible token "allarch" to ensure that download_sources
will fetch all sources, for all architectures.
2014-09-30 12:56:21 +10:00
Dave Reisner
51353edc61 makepkg: break out checksum generation to its own function
This also fixes a "bug" in which a PKGBUILD without any source array
would generate "md5sums=()". While not technically wrong, we can easily
do better and emit nothing at all.
2014-09-30 12:56:21 +10:00
Dave Reisner
a3d7230e4d makepkg: break out check_checksums to reasonably sized functions 2014-09-30 12:56:21 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b52ed49d75 Revert "Remove log_cb, add ALPM_EVENT_LOG instead"
Moving logging to the event callback caused warnings
under clang due to non-literal format strings and
silenced all log messages when --print was used.

This reverts commit cd793c5ab7.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>

Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/alpm.h
	src/pacman/callback.c
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-30 12:56:21 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
31b9862600 pacman.c: Add -gg, -ii, and -yy to help summary
The sync help summaries was missing the information about:
* -gg: View all groups and members
* -ii: View extended information
* -yy: Force refresh even if DBs are up to date

Fixes FS#41388.

Original-work-by: Earnestly <zibeon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 23:29:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
24e0bd215c pacman: set SA_RESTART for signal handler
Calling a signal handler interrupts some functions, most notably read()
and therefore fgets().

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c792262b13 wrap fgets to retry on EINTR
The read() underlying fgets() can be interrupted by a signal handler
causing fgets() to return NULL.  Before we started handling SIGWINCH,
the odds of interrupting a read were low and typically resulted in
termination anyway.  Replace all fgets calls with a wrapper that retries
in EINTR.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Dave Reisner
9c066dff43 makepkg: disallow values of 'arch' which might be problematic
We rely on values in the arch array to be valid as part of variable
names, so extend the arch lint check to catch this.

This also cleans up lint_arch to restrict the use of "lint" only to the
package-specific architecture checks. It previously had an odd
declaration with a conditional expansion that would never be true.
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Dave Reisner
85c055da73 makepkg: let --source imply --ignorearch
Since source package creation is architecture independent, we should
ignore architecture-dependent behaviors such as the lint check which
will halt execution when the host machine is not a supported arch.

https://github.com/falconindy/pkgbuild-introspection/issues/15
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Dave Reisner
e1f6fe652d makepkg: use correct terminology
unix has no "folders".
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Wolfgang Bumiller
eab8cf6241 replace --reference on chmod/chown commands
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
f0c351b3fa alpm.h: remove outdated pkg_get_backup doxygen
alpm_pkg_get_backup hasn't returned strings since
54ef162a1a in 2011.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:43:16 +10:00
Allan McRae
d02efd2f20 Check the version of the local database during validation
When we check the database version directly, there is no longer a
need to scan for depends files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:43:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
1660ed3cf9 Add version file to empty local database
If a user manually creates the local database directory, or has an empty
local database for some other reason, we silently add a version file

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:27:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e9ad22ac2 Add version file when creating local database directory
The version of the local pacman database is stored in its root in the file
ALPM_DB_VERSION.  The version is starting at 9, corresponding to the
next libalpm library version.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:26:55 +10:00
Allan McRae
d3f5ab0e70 Create local database directory if it is missing
This means that a missing local database becomes an error (as it
should be immediately created).  Note this only creates the "local"
directory and not its parent, which is checked for during locking.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:25:45 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
793b9c3b42 Extend database upgrade script to handle alpm db version 9
Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-23 21:25:44 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e4773b1b82 pacman-db-upgrade: use pacman-style options
* convert dbpath from argument to option
* add --config and --root options
* read dbpath and root from config file
* if root is set but not dbpath, dbpath is set relative to root

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-16 20:05:42 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8bf2c753f5 fix improper FREELIST calls
* conflicts need to be freed with alpm_conflict_free
* sync dbs need to be unregistered and are handled by alpm_release

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-16 20:03:33 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d9cf14ff1d updpkgsums: use a throwaway build dir
This prevents updpkgsums from potentially dirtying an otherwise pristine
directory (likely $PWD) when makepkg creates the srclinks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-15 09:33:07 +10:00
lolilolicon
ee207d7c7b makepkg: do not eval dlcmd
This eval enables the following in a PKGBUILD to "just work":

  source=('$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz'::'https://host/$pkgver.tar.gz')

This has at least two problems:

- It violated the principle of least surprise.
- It could be a security issue since URLs are arbitrary input.

Instead, expand the dlagent command line into an array, replace the %o,
%u place holders, and run the resultant command line as is.

Embedded spaces in the DLAGENTS entry can be escaped with a backslash.

Fixes FS#41682

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-15 09:32:29 +10:00
William Giokas
95e1a1ef82 makepkg: Allow using sources with :: in them
Git has the ability to use helper applications for interfacing with hg,
and from what we had before, the following url::

  foo::git+hg::http://foo.bar/foobar

would get converted to something along the lines of:

  filename: foo
  URL: http://foo.bar/foobar

and the 'git+hg' part would essentially be ignored when it's getting set
up in the 'get_protocol' and 'get_downloadclient' functions. With this
patch it is possible to have a source link with '::' in it, however it
is not possible to have a filename with '::', which is the current
behavior.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-15 09:30:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
38b6de937c paccache: read default cachedir from pacman.conf
Implements FS#40738.
2014-09-15 09:27:21 +10:00
Maxim Andersson
8122fae51a paccache: add support for multiple cachedirs
Signed-off-by: Maxim Andersson <thesilentboatman@gmail.com>
2014-09-15 09:27:07 +10:00
Dave Reisner
b00269d9c8 PKGBUILD(5): arch-specific fields are always additional
Change e10775340 should have included this.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-09-15 09:26:47 +10:00
Allan McRae
879e4665c4 pacman-key: stricter parsing for -verify
Prevents trust being spoofed by using TRUST_FULLY in the signatory's name
or in an added notation.

Fixes FS#41147.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 17:29:08 +10:00
Jason St. John
3e19cd366a pkgdelta(8): Fix broken example of --min-pkg-size with human-readable values
The example for human-readable values must not contain a space between
the value and the unit; otherwise, pkgdelta will not recognize the
command options and will error out.

In prose, however, there should be a space between the value and the
unit.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 14:19:28 +10:00
Jason St. John
ab07dfdeb9 man: Improve grammar and add missing single quotes around command options
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 14:18:59 +10:00
Jason St. John
37634d22e5 man: Use uniform line spacing between sections
Remove blank lines immediately following section headings.
Ensure two blank lines before the start of a new section.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 14:09:33 +10:00
Jason St. John
db14815f46 pacman(8): Improve grammar and quoting
Notable changes:
* Add double quotes around printf-like formatting options for "--print-format"
* Add a missing backslash in '--force'

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 14:08:41 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
99a5017f55 Fix loading invalid package
In 5acfa65f when adding a new variable (hit_mtree), the initialization of a
variable (config) was dropped, which could lead to loading invalid package
files, i.e. files that aren't archive (no metadata loaded) would return a new
alpm_pkg_t with everything set to 0/NULL.

Depending on the operation/use of the package, this could lead to segfault.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-09 14:08:41 +10:00
Dave Reisner
17ed9eb734 makepkg: replace bare eval with var extraction functions 2014-08-08 13:44:40 +10:00
Dave Reisner
2b556d89de PKGBUILD: handle arch specific attributes
This introduces support for architecture-specific conflicts, depends,
optdepends, makedepends, replaces, and conflicts by appending "_$CARCH"
to the array name. For example, in the global section:

  arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
  depends=('foo')
  depends_x86_64=('bar')

This will generate depends of 'foo' and 'bar' on x86_64, but only 'foo'
on i686. Moreover, this is supported in the package functions with the
same heuristics as the generic names, e.g.

  ...
  arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
  depends=('foo')
  ...

  package_somepkg() {
    depends_x86_64=('bar')

    ...
  }

Again, will cause x86_64 to have depends of 'foo' and 'bar', but only
'foo' for i686.
2014-08-08 13:44:25 +10:00
Dave Reisner
cbd6c300b5 makepkg: refactor check_sanity, give it some sanity of its own
Break apart each of the blocks into their own separate functions. And,
instead of the hand crafted eval statements, reuse the logic from
pkgbuild-introspection[0] to abstract away the complexities of parsing
bash.

This commit fixes at least 3 bugs in check_sanity:

1) The wrong variable is shown for the error which would be thrown
when, e.g.  pkgname=('foopkg' 'bar^pkg')
2) The "arch" variable is not sanity checked when the PKGBUILD has
an arch override, but only one output package.
3) https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/40361

Lastly, there's some string changes here which should help to clarify
a few errors emitted in the linting process.

[0] https://github.com/falconindy/pkgbuild-introspection
2014-08-08 13:44:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
8d5d7f6761 Update PKGBUILD documentation for removed override options
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-08 13:41:27 +10:00
Dave Reisner
8a02abcf19 makepkg: disallow pkgver/pkgrel/epoch overrides in packages
This is a confusing feature, and no one uses it.
2014-08-08 13:40:00 +10:00
Dave Reisner
b694d84554 remove --destination-dir argument from a2x options
This option is only for HTML output, and we're building manpages here.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-08 13:35:41 +10:00
Allan McRae
1431d244f7 Add Andrew to maintainers list.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 16:18:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
574e45df28 trans_commit: log beginning and end of transaction
This makes it clear whether a transaction successfully completed and
allows log parsers to group related actions.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Ryo Munakata
7c75564af9 filecache_find_url: dereference the 'filebase' pointer
Signed-off-by: Ryo Munakata <ryomnktml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2025279eb6 replace strdup with STRDUP
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d981f93f18 sync.c: fix style violations
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4ccf49d3e7 pacman.c: simplify stdin parsing
Incorporate memory exhaustion and end-of-stream
checks into the main loop.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0bf4ae726d handle_unlock: log error when lock file is missing
Problems due to concurrent running instances of pacman can be difficult
to diagnose.  Log a warning to make it more obvious that that's what
happened, that it's a bad idea, and hopefully encourage people who do
things like removing the lock file to run pacman from an install script
to at least be courteous enough to put it back when they're done.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
03b9bf08ac handle_unlock: log lock removal failure
Rather than have individual callers log failure, just
do it directly in _alpm_handle_unlock.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7f1360b440 signing.c: remove useless error check
CHECK_ERR checks gpg_err which is a local variable.  Calling
gpg_op_import_result cannot modify it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
f4992960ad deps.c: use alpm_list_find_ptr
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0c43198ee0 dep_graph_init: filter ignored packages by name
Ignored packages are from the transaction remove list which consists of
duplicated packages so a direct pointer comparison is not appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
22e478d203 pactest: delay test object creation
The actual test object is only used to run the test.  Storing test cases
as strings limits the test object scope and allows it to be garbage
collected, reducing memory usage when multiple tests are run.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
85c80542a5 pactest: only snapshot needed files
Only a few of our tests need file snapshots at all and most of them only
need a few files.  Taking snapshots of the entire test environment for
every single test is a massive waste.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
32413ad44b handle: factor out string list option handling
Consolidates repeated code and replaces dangerous
strdup calls with STRDUP.

Also fix a couple variables named "pkg" that
refer to file paths.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
dce82f9d19 makepkg: skip dependency checking with --verifysource
Dependencies are now handled with --nobuild unless specificially skipped.
Using --verifysource will skip dependency checks unless --syncdeps is
specified.

Fixes FS#35057 and FS#36999.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e87614665 makepkg: ensure vcs download tool are installed when required
Add an array VCSCLIENTS to makepkg.conf that matches vcs source protocols
to the package containing the software needed for handling the source.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-04 14:23:56 +10:00
Dave Reisner
fbb0945bfb makepkg: improve check and error message for buildfile location
The documentation very clearly states that the buildfile has to be in
$PWD, but the error thrown by makepkg reference some mysterious "build
directory". Simplify this check so that we more directly check that the
file being referred to is in fact in our $PWD. Revise the error message
when the check fails to more plainly point out the problem.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9506409c3f sync_prepare: remove useless check for replacers
Since 017184fa, alpm_sync_sysupgrade will not add both a replacement and
a literal upgrade to the transaction.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
71da296d01 check_pkg_fast: check file type
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c3835c157a check_file_exists: replace lstat with llstat
Paths are constructed directly from package file lists and may contain
trailing slashes, causing lstat to dereference symlinks.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bbeced26f6 llstat: modify path in place
This makes llstat's signature differ from lstat's, but we never actually
use it on a const string and this saves a large number of strdup's.
This also allows stripping multiple trailing slashes and corrects a bug
where calling llstat on "/" would result in calling lstat on an empty
string.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e8de265f80 move _alpm_lstat into util-common
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0e2db97a42 add test for file type check with -Qk
If a directory has been replaced by a symlink, -Qk currently stats the
symlink target rather than the symlink itself and doesn't check that the
actual file type matches the package file list.  This will make it
difficult to discover errors once 4.2 is released and replacing
directories with symlinks is no longer supported.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
79548e0d78 pacdiff: allow DIFFPROG to contain commandline options
Also use 'vim -d' as default diff viewer.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-03 18:46:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
73717f89df pactest: check for tests before environment setup
Setting up the temporary directory and environment is pointless if there
are no tests to run.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:31 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6650c43fca pactest: check for pacman binary before running
Using fakeroot or fakechroot as the command with subprocess.call
prevents the detection and reporting of a missing pacman binary.  Some
tests even pass when run with a non-existent binary.  Checking manually
allows us to provide a meaningful error message and prevent the false
positives.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:31 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0c5e80c3b4 pactest: parse options before environment setup
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2014-08-03 18:46:31 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
80eca94c8e makepkg: Respect XDG_CONFIG_HOME
Add support for following the XDG Base Directory Specification when
reading the user-specific configuration file.

If no $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf file exists we fall back to
sourcing $HOME/.makepkg.conf

Signed-off-by: Johannes Löthberg <johannes@kyriasis.com>

[Allan] Note XDG_CONFIG_HOME takes priority.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-03 18:46:31 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0e18cefe38 filelist_intersection: manually compare paths
Prevents the need to modify paths, removing strndup as an unchecked
point of failure, and lengths only need to be calculated if the paths
match.

Also removed an old comment regarding directory/symlink compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-08-03 18:46:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
300dd62e0a Add validpgpkeys to PKGBUILD prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-07-01 14:50:19 +10:00
Allan McRae
7305768d54 makepkg: handle "epoch=" in PKGBUILD with pkgver function
After resourcing the PKGBUILD in update_pkgver(), set the epoch to 0
if it is empty.  Also adjust the get_full_version function to be more
robust if epoch somehow still is empty.

Fixes FS#41022.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-29 17:15:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e0a7682607 use monotonic clock for progress updates
gettimeofday is susceptible to backwards system time adjustments,
skewing or altogether breaking progress output.  For the sake of
platforms that lack clock_gettime support, gettimeofday is retained as
a fallback.

Fixes FS#36983

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-29 11:14:42 +10:00
Christian Hesse
e05fd5e060 libalpm: check for valid public key algorithm 2014-06-29 11:12:36 +10:00
Dave Reisner
357b9a24a9 cache terminal size, add SIGWINCH handler to reset
Refactoring getcols, yet again. We do the following:

1) Introduce a static global in src/pacman/util.c
2) getcols always prefers this cached value, but will derive it from
the COLUMNS environment var, the characteristics of stdout, or a sane
default (in that order).
3) Introduce a SIGWINCH signal handler to reset the cached value,
meaning we only call ioctl when we don't know the value.

On my machine, pacman -Syy goes from ~4300 ioctl calls to 3.
2014-06-29 11:04:17 +10:00
Allan McRae
07647d3d43 Revert refactoring in fa0c1e14
This will cause the code to break as soon as we handle another signal such
as SIGWINCH...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-29 10:59:46 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
fa0c1e1419 pacman: Correct signal handler comment and refactor
One of the comments for this function is out of sync with the code.
Since the code exhibits the more sane behavior of treating SIGINT and
SIGHUB the same way (by not exiting pacman when there is a commit in
flight) we adjust the comment.

Given this code flow, the if/else statements can be simplified somewhat
as well.

Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-24 15:53:18 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
8dbb80cfe9 events: Make alpm_event_t an union of all event-specific struct
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-24 13:57:18 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
f1fadecfb3 Update the question callback
Much like with events, instead of using a bunch of void* arguments for
all questions, we now send one pointer to an alpm_question_t union.
This contains the type of question that was triggered.

With this information, a question-specific struct can be accessed in
order to get additional arguments.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-24 13:52:15 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
d06d993d56 alpm.h: Move alpm_errno_t definition up
Because for the new question types, we'll need to use alpm_errno_t let's
move its definition up.

Of course to do so, we also need to move that of alpm_handle_t as well, so move
all opaque structures on top.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-24 13:44:51 +10:00
Hong Shick Pak
7b41952bfc Move break to a new line for consistency
This was the only break that didn't have its own line in the function
parsearg_query.

Signed-off-by: Hong Shick Pak <hong@hspak.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-23 22:35:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
537a335cc7 Use C locale for bsdtar calls during package creation
This ensures packages build on a UTF-8 locale system with non-ASCII character
names can be installed on non-UTF-8 systems.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-12 12:50:15 +10:00
Johannes Löthberg
9ff6dc93af makepkg: Remove redundant sig generation comment
Remove the comment above the signature generation command as the command
is self explanatory and no longer does what the comment says.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-10 14:27:27 +10:00
Florian Pritz
d920e7053c Add test case for the perl 5.20 dependency breakage
This test currently fails.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-10 14:24:45 +10:00
Allan McRae
b9f98ae97c Add compatibility with gpgme-1.5.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-06-02 10:31:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
4d65332ccd Clarify that -Ql prints a file list
FS#40234

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-25 14:38:35 +10:00
Andrew DeMaria
235ce32563 makepkg: pass "--nocolor" to pacman
FS#39982.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-25 14:06:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
2401468f51 makepkg: Force buildscripts to be in startdir
We expect all source file to lie in $startdir. However, using
"makepkg -p <buildscript>" can currently allows people to specify buildscripts
in other directories. This results in confusion about where other sources
should lie (in startdir or in the directory that the buildscript is in).
Explicitly disable using -p for files in other directories to avoid this issue.

Fixes FS#40293.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-25 13:53:19 +10:00
Allan McRae
ec01a22f7d Do not check makepkg-wrapper for standard options
Fixes "make distcheck".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-23 16:02:18 +10:00
Thomas Bächler
d39d3b3a09 makepkg: Introduce validpgpkeys array
If validpgpkeys is set in the PKGBUILD, signature checking fails if
the fingerprint of the key used to create the signature is not listed
in the array.

The key's trust value is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-23 15:31:00 +10:00
Thomas Bächler
d174cc8943 makepkg: Treat a signature from an untrusted key as an error
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-23 15:31:00 +10:00
Thomas Bächler
34ae6ce4e5 makepkg: Use read to parse status file during signature verification.
Instead of invoking grep multiple times, parse the status file once.

This refactoring also changes the behvaiour when signature verification
fails due to a missing public key: It is now an error instead of a
warning.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-23 15:30:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
7a5e41925f dload: avoid using CURLOPT_FAILONERROR
Use of this flag causes connections to be closed on 404s -- a common
occurrence when your config sets DatabaseOptional. Handle the error
gracefully, so that the connection can be reused.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-22 15:52:22 +10:00
Florian Pritz
b929e74f2e util: Use off_t instead of int for size values
Old output:
> Total Installed Size:  -1527.44 MiB

Fixed:
> Total Installed Size:  2568.56 MiB

Bug introduced in 7b8f8753b1.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-22 15:50:20 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
060d06d2f7 remove.c: downgrade TRANS_DUP_TARGET to warning
Matches the behavior for sync packages.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-07 14:14:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
00fbdabc55 pactest: treat arguments as files instead of globs
glob() returns an empty list if input does not match any files, causing
non-existent test files to be silently skipped.  Treating arguments as
files causes pactest to immediately bail out with an appropriate error
message on non-existent files.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-04 16:20:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
80d3709e65 pmdb.py: change siglevel name to Required
"Always" is not a valid siglevel.  sign002.py was succeeding because
pacman failed to parse the resulting config file rather than a failed
signature check.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-04 16:16:06 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
dd694f433b register_syncdb: reject db names that contain /
alpm downloads databases based on basename causing [foo] and [bar/foo]
to silently overwrite each other.

Also remove an extra tab

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-05-04 16:14:44 +10:00
Dave Reisner
5293d57840 strtrim: reset pointer after trimming leading whitespace
Breakage introduced in 92216c5864 when we changed the signature
of strtrim to return something more useful.

Fixes FS#39976.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-04-21 20:25:45 +10:00
Steven Noonan
6103183253 makepkg: use dash instead of underscore in /usr/lib/debug/.build-id
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-04-21 20:25:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
d8b09e6656 repo-add: declare pkgbase as local 2014-03-27 15:46:07 +10:00
Allan McRae
ee72c016ab Always supply base name and version info in .PKGFILE if needed
Provide pkgbase information for non-split packages with pkgbase set.
Also record the version of the "base" package.  This is useful for
matching package files to source packages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:24:22 +10:00
Allan McRae
d8f0c3e5b9 makepkg: sign source packages with --sign
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:24:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b26432dbdb conf.c: remove extra indentation
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:16:52 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b0dc547fcb check config_new return value
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:16:52 +10:00
Sören Brinkmann
fb8437b588 pacman/upgrade: Fix memory leaks
Make sure allocated memory is freed before returning.

Signed-off-by: Sören Brinkmann <soeren.brinkmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:16:52 +10:00
Sören Brinkmann
fcf0cefd1a pacman/upgrade: Refactor memory management
Refactor the upgrade routine to use an array that can be allocated in
one step instead of an alpm_list that is gradually extended in loops.

Signed-off-by: Sören Brinkmann <soeren.brinkmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-27 15:16:50 +10:00
Sören Brinkmann
3ebb7b94d9 pacman/upgrade: Check malloc() return value
Check the return value of malloc() before dereferencing the returned pointer.

Signed-off-by: Sören Brinkmann <soeren.brinkmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-16 13:43:33 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
912ea363de makepkg: Reorder some entries in usage() and getopts
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-13 15:45:04 +10:00
Allan McRae
d8ee8d0c99 makepkg: enforce fakeroot usage
Packaging outside of fakeroot can result in incorrect permissions for
package files.  It has been years since fakeroot issues during packaging
were common, so it is safe to enforce fakeroot usage.  If using fakeroot
is impossible for some reason, a two line wrapper script will suffice to
fool makepkg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-12 13:13:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
61ba5c961e makepkg: Remove --asroot option
The days of fakeroot being error ridden are long gone, so there is no
valid reason to run makepkg as root.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-12 13:13:49 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
ce3fbcb18d makepkg: Add a --noarchive option to inhibit archive creation
1. Packagers who want to test the package() function, i.e. to check the content
of the pkg/ folder.

2. Developers who want to check how the packaged version of a program looks, in
other words how the pkg/ folder looks.

3. For users of systems with no port tree, makepkg can ease package creation.
However the resulting archive of the whole makepkg process is often useless.

For all situations, makepkg will usually be called several times. But no archive
(the final package) is needed in any cases. The archive creation ends up being a
waste of time and resource, especially for big applications and slow machines.

Since this option aborts the process prematurely, it behaves like the
-o,--nobuild option, i.e. any other option acting on later stages in the process
will be automatically discarded. For --noarchive, it means that in

  $ makepkg --noarchive --install

the '--install' option does not do anything.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-12 13:13:49 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
2041586829 makepkg: Comment on install_package() return code
Previously, install_package() return code was either used as exit code or
ignored. This was rather confusing. The return code is now always ignored and a
comment on install_package() has been added.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-12 13:13:48 +10:00
Matthias Krüger
87b0818246 note that TotalDownload and XferCommand are incompatible.
Another small patch that I made long ago (but was too lazy to submit
back then).
When using XferCommand, TotalDownload option is not take into account.

Regards, Matthias

>From bff946cd9969b6bc6243875e0759f0ee02e487de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: =?UTF-8?q?Matthias=20Kr=C3=BCger?= <matthias.krueger@famsik.de>
Date: Thu, 9 May 2013 13:21:04 +0200
Subject: [PATCH] doc: pacman.conf: note that TotalDownload and XferCommand
 options are incompatible.
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

Signed-off-by: Matthias Krüger <matthias.krueger@famsik.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-08 17:29:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
ffdc2c5396 Use MALLOC throughtout libalpm
Use MALLOC instead of malloc for safety in libalpm.  Some changes are pure
refactoring, but for others this provides a success check for memory
allocation.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-08 16:58:30 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
f3a280bc67 remove check for unused ALPM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED
alpm_add_pkg does not ignore packages.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-04 14:04:29 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2e9602716c simplify check for leading "local/"
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-04 13:59:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2330a64589 sync_prepare: ignore explicitly removed conflicts
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-04 13:57:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
1afddd74a9 Fix install order in scripts Makefile
We need to use install-exec-hook instead of install-data-hook to make sure
the hook is run after the installation of the scripts into $BINDIR.
2014-03-03 20:17:39 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
e6ff630763 makepkg.8: Fix typo
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0475b2501a pactest: add prefix to temporary directory
This makes cleaning up /tmp after several --keep-root runs much easier.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0b0fe51a2c pmpkg.py: remove unused imports
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Thomas Bächler
620d2d9d58 makepkg: Support kernel.org's PGP signature scheme
Files hosted on kernel.org only provide signatures for the uncompressed tarball.
Support this scheme by transparently uncompressing the archives and piping
the data into gpg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Allan McRae
b2488eb356 Fix warnings with strict-overflow in gcc-4.9
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
e5c714f501 pacsearch: factored -Ss and -Qs parts into one single function
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
cfde337b7b pacsearch: pattern arguments work as for pacman
Previously only one pattern was allowed.

  $ pacsearch foo bar
Search for packages containing 'foo bar'.

  $ pacman -Ss foo bar
Search for packages containing both 'foo' and 'bar'.

Note that removing the quotes from the call was not enough since
  $ pacsearch 'foo|bar'
would then fail.

Note the use of '--' to indicate the end of option parsing. This way we ensure
that input will always be valid and we need not input checks anymore.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
cfaff6e0c1 Add events on pacnew/pacsave/pacorig file creation
ALPM still adds a warning to the log, but doesn't emit an event about
said warning, instead using a specific event to let the frontend what
happened/how to inform the user.

Note that there are 2 cases for installing a .pacnew file, to not
overwrite user changes and because file is in NoUpgrade. In the later case
the warning was a bit different: it happened before and said "extracting"
instead of "installed." Now both happen after and are phrased the same.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
894773eb5b pacsearch: fields are treated uniformly when printing
We include the leading space in the match for 'group' and 'installed'. This
allows us to remove the conditions when printing.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
e2fe052576 pacsearch: removed redundant sorting
Package are processed in the same order as pacman output, so there is no real
need to sort. This makes the code simpler and faster.

The only difference is that local packages will always be printed at the
end. Previously, they were printed before multilib for instance.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
fe961e6590 pacsearch: indexing by 'name version' instead of 'name'
In the old pacsearch, packages were identified uniquely by pkgfields[1], which
contained pkgname+pkgver. Since commit 4d13558 pkgver is stored in pkgfields[2],
and packages have been identified with pkgfields[1] only. Because of that
packages with a different version would appear once only.

This fixes the regression by identifying packages with both pkgfields[1] and
pkgfields[2].

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:55 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
08cddb4b4b pacsearch: removed useless comment
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Steven Noonan
bf79c02440 makepkg: implement support for stripping kernel modules
I noticed when I built a kernel package with options 'strip' and 'debug' that
the debug package was missing the debug information for the kernel modules.
This patch adds kernel modules to the targets for 'strip' and is compatible
with the split-out debug information packages.

v2: Correct logic error -- did a 'continue' after the 2nd-level case statement
    instead of in the default case.
v3: Oops, forgot to terminate outer case. Ran this version through the test
    suite and all tests passed.

Signed-off-by: Steven Noonan <steven@uplinklabs.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9bfd6ff275 restrict transaction package origins
This moves the "wrong args" error up from trans_commit to add_pkg when
used with a local pkg and adds the error for remove_pkg when used with
a sync pkg, which currently just removes the db entry.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
bd3d1a17c2 Add events _PKGDOWNLOAD_{START, DONE, FAILED}
These will be emmitted when download a package file from a repository,
indicating that the download starts, and whether it was successfull or
not.

Note that when multiple servers are available, no event is emmitted when
switching to another server.

(This doesn't apply to alpm_fetch_pkgurl(), but since it is called by
the frontend, it shouldn't have problems knowing when the download
starts and when it ends.)

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
01cc55a1f4 Add events ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_{DONE, FAILED}
To go along with RETRIEVE_START, one other event will be emmitted once
the downloads are done: RETRIEVE_DONE if all files were successfully
downloaded, else RETRIEVE_FAILED.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
cd793c5ab7 Remove log_cb, add ALPM_EVENT_LOG instead
When ALPM emits a log message, it still goes through _alpm_log() but
instead of calling a specific log callback, it goes as an event.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
28dbd5551e Update the event callback
Instead of using two void* arguments for all events, we now send one
pointer to an alpm_event_t struct. This contains the type of event that
was triggered.

With this information, the pointer can then be typecasted to the
event-specific struct in order to get additional arguments.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
b6f6a165c4 be_local: Use alpm_greedy_grow
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
5acfa65ffb be_package: Build the file list from MTREE if possible
This greatly speeds up file list generation times by avoiding
uncompressing the whole package.

pacman -S base with a deliberate file conflict:
before: 9.1 seconds
after:  2.2 seconds

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
8e60adc916 be_package: Refactor code adding a file to the files list
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
11fb1d30f4 be_package: Refactor handling of simple path checks
This is used to deduplicate code when using the mtree as the file list
source.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
42f4a5081e util: Add _alpm_realloc() and _alpm_greedy_grow()
These will be used in the following patches.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Florian Pritz
f27fad9b89 Check if a file is in the package's file list before extracting
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2014-03-03 11:25:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a7da2a47c3 _alpm_sync_prepare: fix unresolvable packages leak
If the user opted not to remove the unresolvable packages from the
transaction, the list was neither free'd nor saved to the transaction to
be free'd in trans_release.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-08 09:55:35 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
0deeb9991c pactree: removed 'provision' from linear output
Linear output is especially useful when piped to other commands, e.g.

  $ pactree -lu pacman | pacman -Qqkk -

The above command would previously show errors on packages with provisions.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-04 14:21:07 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b9601b1e59 alpm: export *_free functions
Front-ends should be able to free memory that alpm hands them.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-04 13:48:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
953808a9ee pmtest: add memory check to tests with valgrind
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-04 13:45:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4763341ea1 pmrule: add FILE_EMPTY rule
Succeeds if the specified path is a file and is empty.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-04 13:44:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
1601532a53 Give groups display text singular and plural forms
Reported on transifex

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-04 09:01:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
8014dc648f makepkg: remove unneeded "|| true"
makepkg only aborts on errors during PKGBUILD functions so the remaining
"|| true" statements are unneeded.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 17:37:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
b449878fea makepkg: Fix typo in variable name
It turns out that you should refer to variables by their actual name...
Introduced in commit a521cea9.

FS#38414.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 17:31:51 +10:00
Rafael Ferreira
236f1795e9 Do not remove source code references in PO/POT files
FS#34240.  This is useful for translators and has little cost to us since
we moved to transifex for translations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:32:55 +10:00
Lars Gustäbel
47a4741a3c Prevent makepkg creating armored signatures
If the user has "armor" in thier gpg.conf, makepkg will create an
ascii-armored signature. Use --no-armor in the gpg call to avoid.

FS#38503.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:30:59 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
e4f6edf237 pacsearch: CLI option to turn off colors
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
1e07af1b0a pacsearch: using pacman color theme
No more per-repo coloring: this was not Arch-agnostic, and there is no
reasonable, simple way to color repos in a consistant manner with only 6 colors.

'local' is in red: this way we benefit from the pacman -Ss && pacman -Qs combo.

to_color subroutine: it takes an array instead of a string, this is faster and
simpler.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
fe19a0c58d pacsearch: colors are portable (ANSI) and have natural variable names
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
15f4144e12 pacsearch: Explicitly extract group information
Also store pkgname and pkgver separately.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
135d862eb6 pacsearch: localized output
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
6fb2035dd0 pacsearch: more accurate help message
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Pierre Neidhardt
c71efe6d62 pacsearch: Copyright year bump
Signed-off-by: Pierre Neidhardt <ambrevar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Jason St. John
f5299d1752 makepkg.conf(5): Fix and improve grammar and spelling issues
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:29 +10:00
Jason St. John
6268e66efa Remove ChangeLog.proto and move important info to PKGBUILD(5)
The change log prototype should be distribution determined.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:12:27 +10:00
Jason St. John
ccabeafb3d makepkg.conf(5): Add missing backticks around vars, and use single quotes around "gpg" command
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:11:47 +10:00
Jason St. John
3dc87ec59a proto: Remove recommendation of "makepkg -g" in comments
This recommendation encouraged the practice of not checking the checksums
provided upstream.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:11:47 +10:00
Maxime Gauduin
edce7555a6 Add PKGBUILD-vcs.proto
This PKGBUILD proto covers the newly introduced VCS capabilities of
pacman. It serves as a replacement for the current bzr, git, hg and svn
protos found in ABS.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Gauduin <alucryd@gmail.com>

[Allan: add to Makefile.am]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-02-02 16:11:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
aa4d3298fb table_display: free memory on errors
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 14:22:27 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c2edd31eae _alpm_resolvedeps: free targ inside loop
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 14:12:06 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
fac9ac6c40 sync_prepare: manually set pm_errno
_alpm_resolvedeps resets pm_errno to 0 by calling alpm_checkdeps.
Whenever the last call succeeded, pm_errno was not properly set,
preventing pacman from properly handling the error and leaking
additional memory.  We know pm_errno should be ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS
if resolvedeps has failed, so just set it manually.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 14:02:31 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4d68092e2f dump_pkg_full: fix optionalfor memory leak
alpm_pkg_compute_optional returns a generated list that needs to be
free'd.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:46:58 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6be08f76f6 local_db_populate: initialize empty pkgcache
If the db directory did not exist when local_db_populate was called, the
pkgcache wouldn't be initialized, causing pkghash_add_pkg to fail.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:45:53 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
819b4cd54e Move NULL check before dereference
Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:40:25 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
77da9dc974 Another NULL check removed
Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:40:25 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
cb8eae24c9 Another unneeded NULL check removed
Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:40:25 +10:00
Silvan Jegen
d895cae16c Remove unneeded NULL check
Signed-off-by: Silvan Jegen <s.jegen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:40:24 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
aabb7c3cdd pacman: use exit status 0 for --help and --version
The user requesting usage or version information is not an error.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-30 13:12:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
7ae25ac67f Consistently use 'directory' instead of 'folder'
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 21:37:00 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
333373f90e enable_colors: always set color strings
Only setting color strings when colors is true allowed subsequent
calls to enable colors but not disable them.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:52:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5be7b6a1b2 pmtest: use valgrind --child-silent-after-fork
Silences false warnings after alpm forks to run install scripts.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:34:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d4def1c193 pmtest: use --gen-suppression=all with valgrind
Let valgrind do the work of writing any suppression rules needed by the
test suite.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:34:25 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
19b3ee6d39 pmtest: send valgrind output to var/log/valgrind
This will allow us to detect whether valgrind found any errors while
still preserving pacman's return code for tests.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:33:57 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
deaed047fd valgrind.supp: add fakeroot/fakechroot errors
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:33:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
6fa7e8aff5 HACKING: mention tab size and line width
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:30:51 +10:00
Florian Pritz
cd2370754a Remove ts and sw from vim modeline when noet is set
Forcing vim users to view files with a tabstop of 2 seems really
unnecessary when noet is set. I find it much easier to read code with
ts=4 and I dislike having to override the modeline by hand.

Command run:
find . -type f -exec sed -i '/vim.* noet/s# ts=2 sw=2##' {} +

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:19:25 +10:00
Jason St. John
83e14aeebd Add missing optdepends to the main list of variables in the split PKGBUILD prototype
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:10:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e6464f0cb6 pacman.c: free string commandline options
Plugs a memory leak when values were passed twice.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:10:49 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
4e9d88aa05 Rename ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED to _OPTDEP_REMOVAL
Because this event is triggered when an optdepend for another package is
being removed.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:10:49 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
e65a752475 pacman: Fix delayed warnings/errors sent to stdout not stderr
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:10:48 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ffe7f6d161 pacman.c: remove unnecessary optarg checks
getopt takes care of making sure that options that require a value have
one.  These checks were only added to silence clang, which no longer
complains about optarg being unchecked, and newer options already use
optarg unchecked.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-28 20:10:48 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8a434aeb46 sync_prepare: treat from_sync as a boolean
We only care that packages are being installed from a repo, not how
many.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-15 16:05:31 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
62c76cf825 base64.c: comment out unused variable
Commit e47eb9a7 commented out base64_encode, which left base64_enc_map
unused, causing warnings under clang.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-15 15:54:56 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b01c2aefd9 package.h: convert scriptlet field to int
It's a boolean, so signedness doesn't matter, and the public API already
exposes it as an int through alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet().

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-15 15:52:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
bce495e56f Consistently use #ifdef
Fix the occurances of #if to be #ifdef for consistency.
2014-01-10 14:32:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
1d3b17e251 Fix build with --disable-gpgme
The alpm_decode_signature function was made available for frontends to
display signature information, but this required libalpm to be build with
gpgme support.  As that function did not require anything from gpgme,
have it build unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-10 14:30:05 +10:00
Dan McGee
5097b162fc Fix compile warnings on systems without getmntent
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-10 14:30:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
00b6694068 Makefile.am: move test-suite.log into test/
Pushing down the testing .gitignore entries in commit e25afaf6 exposed
test-suite.log in the root.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-10 14:30:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3f34e0936a create_verbose_row: free malloc'd strings
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-10 14:30:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
480a9ff82f check_keyring: plug memory leak
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:51 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ffa4c6fc8f valgrind.supp: suppress leak in gpgme_get_key
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:51 +10:00
Dan McGee
6c917e433e Reorder and reshape the package struct for better packing
This shrinks down the total size of the package struct by a handful of
bytes, saving us some memory and cache pressure when we are loading up
the entirety of the sync and local databases.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:51 +10:00
Dan McGee
30740d9d2f Minor struct member reordering for packing concerns
Noticed using clang and `-Wpadded`.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Dan McGee
086bbc5b62 Use O_CLOEXEC as much as possible when opening files
When calling open(), use O_CLOEXEC as much as possible to ensure the
file descriptor is closed when and if a process using libalpm forks.

For most of these cases, and especially in utility functions, the file
descriptor is opened and closed in the same function, so we don't have
too much to worry about. However, for things like the log file and
database lock file, we should ensure descriptors aren't left hanging
around for children to touch.

This patch is inspired by the problem in FS#36161, where an open file
descriptor to the current working directory prevents chroot() from
working on FreeBSD. We don't need this file descriptor in the child
process, so open it (and now several others) with O_CLOEXEC.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Dan McGee
8bec8a3f6a Log more in search debug message
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Dan McGee
bad86247f7 Remove -fgnu89-inline from compile options
This was a hack done by me in commit d8e88aa017 back in 2007 that is
no longer necessary, given a sufficiently smart compiler and one that
supports the inline keyword.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Dan McGee
e25afaf673 Push down testing .gitignore entries
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Dan McGee
e205003635 Clear up definition of INFRQ_ALL
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Allan McRae
3bb3b1555a Update copyright years for 2014
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:50 +10:00
Allan McRae
77268f352f Copy validation field in _alpm_pkg_dup
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
7fa35f32d8 Update comment for local db entry creation
Mention mtree files do not need creation in addtion to install files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
19445e42e6 Add the unit tests for -Qk and -Qkk that are possible now.
The -Qk test (001) validates the existence of the package files (which
were installed to the filesystem by the framework because the package
was added to the "local" db).

The -Qkk test (002) does not validate any file's properties - it can
only check that the pacman run produces the expected warning message
saying that the package lacks an mtree.

Further tests will require modifications to the testing framework to
allow intentional damage to the filesystem and generating an mtree.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>

[Allan] Make warning message detection more specific
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6f468c2465 deps.c: remove filtered_depend functions
filtered_dep was duplicating an alpm_depend_t solely for the purpose of
overriding its depmod and would effectively cause alpm_checkdeps to
ignore ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION if the duplication failed.  Manually
overriding/restoring the depmod for the original depend removes the
duplication as a point of failure and fixes a memory leak where the
duplicated depend was not being properly freed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6a656c7429 conf.c: add missing newline to warning
Fixes tests that use pacman's output when built without libcurl.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
452ee39de1 Fix build warnings with --disable-nls
The gettext functions return a "char *", so do the same for the defines
in the case where gettext is unavailable.  This prevents a number of
warnings about const being dropped.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2014-01-06 14:38:49 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
f7f8964c23 Use the 'configure'd PYTHON to run pactest.
Use the 'configure'd PYTHON to run pactest instead of the one
hard-coded (with '#!') in pactest.py. Also remove useless '#!' from
non-main .py files.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-21 10:20:04 +10:00
Maxime Arthaud
50e9543908 makepkg: fix check for distcc
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-21 10:12:53 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2f8be5f8db trans_prepare: always sort trans->remove by deps
Packages can be removed during a sync transaction either directly or
due to conflicts and need to be sorted.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-19 15:19:52 +10:00
Dave Reisner
714609639f dload: allow curl to response to any auth challenge
Previously, we only allowed the default of responding to basic auth
challenges. Mirrors requiring authorization are far and away the edge
case, but there's no sense in preventing access to them.

Implements FS#38184.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-19 15:17:58 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
9652c27710 alpm: Rename a variable for future clarity
We will be adding event structs in the following patches.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <jjk@jjacky.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 21:58:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
31fcdec619 Fix pactest README
The --test option no longer exists.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e8ec7e54e5 remove useless continue
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
841c60f2b3 db.c: require unique database names
Allowing multiple databases with the same name causes conflicts as they
both point to the same database file but may use different servers,
usages, or siglevels.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Sébastien Luttringer
76a05e94c1 makepkg: fix consistency of downloaded sources permissions
Running 'makepkg -g' or 'makepkg' to download source files results in
different permissions on the files if the user has a non-default umask.

Put the umask definition at the "beginning" of the makepkg script to
ensure all files generated by makepkg have a 0022 umask.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
916c7085d8 alpm_sync_sysupgrade: skip packages being removed
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
b847d1d8e7 Color output from pm_vasprintf
This makes sure warning and error messages from _alpm_log are colored.
Fixes FS#35160.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Jason St. John
9749fb033c Fix misspellings and some grammar issues in output of some pacman contrib scripts
Affected files:
-- contrib/bacman.sh.in
-- contrib/paccache.sh.in
-- contrib/pacdiff.sh.in
-- contrib/rankmirrors.sh.in

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Vasiliy Korchagin
ae2c9bba5a pacdiff: do not remove pacfile after viewing
Automatically removing the file after viewing is not good if on viewing you
decide to deal with it later.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Jason St. John
af2c0a1537 pacscripts: Improve error message when sudo binary is not found
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Wolfgang Bumiller
20127e732c Close file descirptor before fork
FreeBSD chroot(2) fails with EPERM when a directory file descriptor is open
with either `kern.chroot_allow_open_directories` being 0, or when the process
already is inside a chroot.  This is exposed in alpm_run_chroot that uses
opendir() to open a file descriptor to the current directory before doing
the forking and chrooting.  Since the file descriptor is not used in the
forked process, we close it.

Fixes FS#36161.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
759c48cd34 .gitignore: Add intl directory.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
1340ed7925 paccache: clarify help output
The help output referred to variables in the script rather than what
they were labelled in the parameter argument.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-12-15 20:09:36 +10:00
Jason St. John
a15fd48016 Improve --help switch output for pacman contrib and pacman scripts
Unify the formatting of the --help switch for pacman utils, if it exists.
All of the pacman utils will now output help text using the following
format:

  util-name (pacman) v<pacman version>

  one line description of util's purpose

  Usage: util-name [options]

    -b, --bar      whatever --bar does
    -f, --foo      whatever --foo does
    -h, --help     display this help message

Reported-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Jason St. John
7bfaa358ea Replace "echo" command with "printf" in human_to_size_test.sh
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Jason St. John
1645dfd3d1 Fix typo in pacman-optimize
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Jason St. John
230bd5c2fd Fix whitespace and other formatting issues
This commit:
-- replaces space-based indents with tabs per the coding standards
-- removes extraneous whitespace (e.g. extra spaces between function args)
-- adds missing braces for a one-line if statement

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Jason St. John
b7b3f9c5e7 Fix minor grammatical issues in doc/index.txt
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d78f45ae0c log important events from the backend
This ensures that important events will be logged and consistent
regardless of the frontend.  The need for global context in the event
callback is also removed.  The event is logged before any post_* scripts
run, so this also moves the post_* script output underneath the event in
the log.

Fixes FS#36504

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ea6aeef8ba Makefile.am: fix typo in LOG_DRIVER variable
Self-executing tests were not being run through the tap log driver.
This caused `make check` to ignore discrepancies between the expected
number of tests and the actual number of tests.

Also, fix some uncommented output from test scripts that could confuse
TAP parsers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
0da98ec6ba Ignore makedepend and checkdepend entries when parsing .PKGINFO file
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
5273e38fb2 makepkg: move update_pkgver out of extract_sources
The extract_sources function should be just extracting sources.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:27 +10:00
Allan McRae
da8cd388c4 Return zero from extract_file with local source file
The call to bsdtar to check if a file needs extracted returns 1 if it does
not.  We then propegate this return value accidentally which can cause
makepkg to report an error later on.  Explicitly return 0 in this case.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-15 11:02:12 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
57090d8cba alpm_handle: store lock file descriptor
There was a brief window between opening the file descriptor and
creating a stream to it.  If the process was interrupted during that
window the lock file would not be removed correctly.

The pid is no longer printed to the lock file as this was virtually
meaningless for lock files on NFS.

Fixes FS#35603

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:05 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
af284d5fdb support ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT for file siglevels
This brings file siglevels in line with how db siglevels are handled.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:05 +10:00
Jason St. John
88df07717d Remove spaces between the opening "if" and the opening parenthesis
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:05 +10:00
Jason St. John
14cc790c59 Use title case for a heading in HACKING; fix capitalization of "Vim" in HACKING
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:05 +10:00
Dave Reisner
0c180cb7cc version: fix formatting in file to RPM upstream
This reverts a portion of 86eefc1a3a.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:05 +10:00
Allan McRae
fe824f87b9 makepkg: only remove static libraries if they have a shared version
It is fairly common that packages contain static libraries with no
shared counterpart.  These should not be removed with !staticlibs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-08 09:28:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
5c5b28833c makepkg: Allow "static library" to be translated
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-11-01 15:48:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d5acf7a44a upgrade.c: use iterator variable
remote was being used to loop over itself, making the FREELIST
ineffective.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c3493360af deps.c: pass alpm_list** to _alpm_recursedeps
Improves consistency and makes it clear that targs will be modified by
_alpm_recursedeps.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
08191b13f2 check for -1 return value from getopt_long
getopt_long returns -1 when it has finished parsing all args.  A return
value of 0 indicates that a flag was set directly by getopt_long and
parsing should continue.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1c5b94e6bb callback.c: check for negative xfered size
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
b82a0d83ce makepkg: do not allow badly formatted arch lines
It appears there are a lot of packages with arch=('i686 x86_64')
floating around.  Quote the arch array when passing as a parameter
to detect such things.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Florian Pritz
6405ecb259 pacman -Si/-Qi: Autodetect best fitting file size unit
I've tracked this back to e223366 and it looks like this just forces KiB
because back then humanize_size didn't exist, but the size was just
divided by 1024 to keep it somewhat readable. When humanize_size got
introduced in 3c8a448 this was just carried over.

The unit detected for "Download Size" is reused for "Installed Size" to
make it easier to read.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Vladimir A. Nazarenko
7e767b7e90 Use getuid instead of geteuid
If someone gives the pacman binary setuid permissions, the geteuid check
allows it to start running but subsequently fail. As we do not support
setting pacman setuid, use getuid to check permissions instead.

FS#37174.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir A. Nazarenko <naszar@ya.ru>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8f5dbd5614 libalpm/db.c: default to ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL
This allows existing front-ends other than pacman to continue working
normally.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a8285350cc makepkg: allow empty source arrays
Necessary for metapackages.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c2134fde2b sortbydeps: include local pkgs in dep graph
Detecting indirect dependencies by traversing a package's entire
dependency tree is prohibitively slow for larger transactions.  Instead
add local packages to the dependency graph.  This additionally requires
delaying dependency ordering for sync operations so that removed
packages may be excluded from dependency detection.

tests/sync012.py was also updated to ensure that the dependency cycle
was actually detected.

Fixes FS#37380

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
2194eddf30 Indicate ignored packages in -Qu output
Add "[ignored]" in the "pacman -Qu" output after packages that have their
upgrades ignored.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
23923200c3 Expose alpm_pkg_should_ignore
This function is useful for frontends to annotate package upgrades
that will be ignored.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
d4ba5bdda6 repo-add.8: Provide example usage
Detail the current standard of generating two databases - with and
without the file list.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
d63313efe1 makepkg.8: Document remaining environmental variables
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
49de11b340 makepkg.8: document environmental variables that affect gpg signing
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
2d9e7dc2bc Fix detection of joint --native and --foreign usage
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
70b2c5f5ef List signiture keyids in -Sii output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
c7f159c1c9 Make functions to decode a signature and extract keyid public
These are useful for frontends.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-31 16:20:02 +10:00
Dave Reisner
968486ecc0 makepkg: validate updated pkgver before replacement
Validate the new pkgver efore blindly ramming it into the PKGBUILD.
This gives us good feedback and prevents corrupting the PKGBUILD, e.g.

==> Starting pkgver()...
==> ERROR: pkgver is not allowed to contain colons, hyphens or whitespace.
==> ERROR: pkgver() generated an invalid version: a horse is not a pkgver

As an additional failsafe, exchange a valid for invalid character as
command separator in @SEDINPLACE@ expressions. For even more paranoia,
exit if sed fails for any reason.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
e049bb8bd6 Ensure packages have a valid version
Currently you can manually create and then install a package with a
version not containing a pkgrel.  The created local database entry is
invalid as the directory name can not be split by _alpm_splitname due
to the assumtion of hyphens separating name-pkgver-pkgrel.

Ensure the package has a valid version when it is loaded. Fixes FS#35514.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
e7ad883ebe makepkg: use source_safe when resourcing BUILDFILE
After updating the pkgver, we still need to safely source the BUILDFILE.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
c69d71d55b contrib/pacdiff: error if diffprog is not found
FS#35936

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
fb0f880f0a proto: remove missed $srcdir redundancies
Most of the redundant "cd $srcdir" in the prototypes were removed in commit
5f80d7af.  Fix the rest.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
dcfc247a2c Fix progress bar overflow while checking package integrity
On 32bit systems, the progress bar intergrity checking can show values
greater than 100% with large transactions.  This is due to the total
size of all package files being greater than a size_t.  Use uint64_t
for these sizes.

Fixes FS#36608

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Eric Toombs
3e903d34cc Added list of mandatory options to PKGBUILD's man page
[Allan: Adjust wording due to remove al license warning]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Dave Reisner
217aaaf3ea autogen.sh: remove useless shell flag and subshells
$ ./autogen.sh
./autogen.sh: 3: ./autogen.sh: BASH_SOURCE: parameter not set

The -u flag causes this (and lots of other mysterious problems). Since
there aren't even any variables in this script, it makes no sense to
use it.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
Allan McRae
ed511b141f Report which package is missing a signature
If any package in a sync transaction is missing a required signature,
we give an uninformative error message (which may or may not state that
the missing signature is the issue).  Always output the package with
the missing signature.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-15 12:40:53 +10:00
slavomir vlcek
e5f23e0ebb libalpm: move function pointer condition
Function pointer gets uselessly compared for NULL in
every iteration. Move the condition to do it just once.

Signed-off-by: slavomir vlcek <svlc@inventati.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
d79872b4c7 Add parens around tuples in Python list comprehensions.
Reported by 2to3: optional in Python 2, but required in 3.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
e9c7c3b90d Use Python's "range" instead of deprecated "xrange".
Reported by 2to3. Python 3 throws out the old range, renames the old
xrange to be the new range, leaving no xrange. A shim could be used,
but using the less efficient version does not have a noticeable impact
on the run time.  This observed (lack of an) effect is as described in
the Python 2 docs for xrange. The largest range created is only 1000
elements big, and the memory cost of those ranges is negligible when
compared to that of all the pmpkg instances created.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
95b0a868f2 Use dict iteration methods common to both Python 2 and 3.
The .items, .keys, and .values methods in Python 2 make copies, so the
test framework uses the .iter* flavors of those methods. But in Python
3 those .iter* (and even the 2.7 .view*) flavors are removed and the
original methods return views.

Measurements were taken under Python2 to see what impact the copying
had, and there was none. Thus it is not worth the effort to avoid.

Reported as a compatibility issue by 2to3.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
071ba05534 Use Python's "0o#" octal literal instead of deprecated "0#".
Reported as a compatibility issue by 2to3.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
4d24da8cda Use "exec" instead of "execfile" (deprecated in Python 3).
This was the only compatibility issue reported by "python2 -3".

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
372e26118f Bail early with a clear error message if Python runtime isn't 2.7+.
Prior to this a test that used a feature too new for the runtime would
blow up when it was "exec"d (possibly in the middle of a run of a
bunch of tests) with an error message that was not very helpful.

Remove Python 2.5 and 2.6 runtimes from the list configure searches.
2.5 suffers the problem described above. The code currently will run
on 2.6 but, as was noted on the dev list, that runtime is at the end
of its life, so 2.7 is a better cutoff.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
807f014d77 include invalid options in error messages
On invalid combinations of flags we were only printing the unhelpfully
vague message "invalid option".

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2c11e5da1d pacman: die on invalid option combinations
Fixes FS#20950

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
55ca38b4cd rename PKG_LOCALITY_LOCAL -> PKG_LOCALITY_NATIVE
PKG_LOCALITY_LOCAL was confusing because the enum is used with -Q, so
all packages are "local".  Also reversed the config->op_q_locality
assignment so that the locality matches the option used.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
64e4f627c1 do not run scriptlets with --dbonly
Running an install script does not fall under "Adds/removes the database
entry only."

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3b804cb654 imply --print from --print-format
--print-format is totally useless without --print.  Implying --print
will also save us the hassle of checking it when we add transaction
option validation.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
122e16106f use non-ascii identifiers for optflags
Removes the overlap between optflags for different operations that
allowed non-sensical combinations of flags such as:

  $ pacman -Si --changelog $package
    --changelog is -c, meaning --clean for -S

  $ pacman -Q --sysupgrade
    --sysupgrade is -u, meaning --upgrades for -Q

Also add a few missing braces.

Original-work-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0fc9545546 pacman/util: remove strsplit
strsplit was used in only one place and did the same thing as strtok.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5477f2597b submitting-patches: address common mistakes
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
dfcf918763 remove executable bit on paclog-pkglist.sh.in
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8ab44c7986 Makefile.am: remove old targets from .PHONY
These targets were part of the old test suite and no longer exist.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Jeremy Heiner
1bb0085dfe Jettison the truncation of the display of pmrules.
The truncation helped back when the test output appeared when run via
make. But now "make check" logs that output, and it makes little sense
to log the truncated rules.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Heiner <ScalaProtractor at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
31a55df3d9 makepkg: add LIBRARY variable
This points makepkg to where is library is located.  Can be
overridden by value in the environment.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Ashley: Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Ashley Whetter <ashley@awhetter.co.uk>
2013-10-14 13:01:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
c9ab8a7f6c makepkg: run locally with libtool style wrapper
Build makepkg to scripts/.lib/makepkg and add a wrapper script to
call it. This is not useful at the moment, but is the first step
to allowing makepkg to be split into smaller pieces.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
[Ashley: rebased]
Signed-off-by: Ashley Whetter <ashley@awhetter.co.uk>
2013-10-14 13:01:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
0308df07d3 makepkg: alphabetically order option variables
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:01 +10:00
Allan McRae
141d7f234f makepkg: do not refer to src/ or pkg/
Use $srcdir and $pkgdir instead.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:01:01 +10:00
Lukáš Jirkovský
043f250d0e Add a -C, --cleanbuild option to clear the source directory before building a package.
Implements FS#17175.

[Allan: Minor changes to output strings, fix removing of source directory]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 13:00:50 +10:00
Allan McRae
2f7e92ad04 Link non-vcs sources into $srcdir during extraction
The separation between downloading and extracting for non-vsc sources
was incomplete due to symlinks being made in $srcdir during the download
stage.  Have download_{local,file} just ensure the presence of the files
in $startdir or $SRCDEST (downloading if needed) and then have
extract_file symlink these files into $srcdir.

Also replace "continue" with "return" in extract_file to make it clearer
what is happening.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
d5ff21c221 Ignore failure to patch during autogen.sh
patch -N ignores the previously applied patch but still returns 1.
This causes a git build with a reused source directory to fail.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
adfab9c899 Remove makepkg license check
There is little reason for this field to be checked over all other
fields.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
37242ceb30 Use $srcdir/ rather than src/ in makepkg help
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:49 +10:00
Allan McRae
80ee9994f0 Clarify --repackage description
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:49 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3a6bb2735b Add make target for TESTS
This causes make to update TESTS when tests are added (or updated).
For simplicity, this changes TESTS from a single multi-line list to
individually appending each test file.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>

[Allan: use C locale for sorting]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:48 +10:00
Florian Pritz
d43f54e5c4 Display old and new version in pacman -Qu output
This changes the output from "foo 1.0" to "foo 1.0 -> 1.1" which makes
cronjobs that mail the -Qu output way more helpful.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-10-14 12:59:48 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8eb8995aa7 TESTS: add missing tests
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-19 10:42:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d1ac6ffc13 Fix make distcheck
* set util binary paths relative to top_builddir
* set pactest.py path relative to top_srcdir
* include tap.py in check_SCRIPTS

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-19 10:42:15 +10:00
Xyne
2379eb1fa6 makepkg: redirect downloader output to STDERR
This allows scripts to safely capture the output of "makepkg -g".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Xyne
028490ddcf makepkg: include all hash types in integlist
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Xyne
5ef0c3caa5 bacman: optionally include unmodified backup files when available
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Xyne
8561ad2256 bacman: update copyright information in version function
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Xyne
ec15e859a4 bacman: pass unshifted arguments to fakeroot
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Christian Hesse
3b3152fc50 dload: avoid renaming files downloaded via sync operations
If the server redirects from ${repo}.db to ${repo}.db.tar.gz pacman gets
this wrong: It saves to new filename and fails when accessing
${repo}.db.

We need the remote filename only when downloading remote files with
pacman's -U operation. This introduces a new field 'trust_remote_name'
to payload. If set pacman downloads to the filename given by the server.

The field trust_remote_name is set in alpm_fetch_pkgurl().

Fixes FS#36791 ([pacman] downloads to wrong filename with redirect).

[dave: remove redundant assignment leading to memory leak]

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Aaron Lindsay
3f99cfba1b contrib: Unify quoting in error messages
This fixes error messages to display the contents of variables rather
than the variable name by replacing backticks with single quotes (m4
eats backticks). It also removes $"" localization from error messages to
eliminate security holes.

For instance, `rankmirrors nonexistent_file' will now display:
	'nonexistent_file' does not exist.
rather than:
	$1 does not exist.

Signed-off-by: Aaron Lindsay <aaron@aclindsay.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Dave Reisner
9388808964 makepkg: use c-style for loops for integrity checks
These loops already maintain an independent loop counter, so cut out
the middle man. While this change doesn't necessarily require that we
drop support for sparse arrays, we do via this patch. A new lint check
is added in check_sanity to abort when a sparse array is encountered.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Dave Reisner
de570d1a65 makepkg: always use read's -r flag with filenames
These are all cases where we're reading filenames -- any backslashes
are intentional and should not be interpreted.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Dave Reisner
2091f7ab16 makepkg: inline creation of checksum indenting
With some simple math and printf formatting tokens, we can create the
whitespace necessary for this without the need for a loop and string
concatentation.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:03 +10:00
Dave Reisner
cfbc4fe809 makepkg: cleanup a few format string injections
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-18 14:28:02 +10:00
Dave Reisner
61e806b96a pactree: set full usage on DBs when registering
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
c0ee713704 pacman: add front end support for repo usage level
Add a "Usage" key to the repo section of the config which allows for the
tokens "Search", "Install", "Upgrade", "All", which correspond to values
in the alpm_db_usage_t enum. Users can specify "Usage" multiple times
for a given repo, or multiple flags per "Usage" line and they will be
OR'd together. If unspecified, the default is full usage of the repo.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
106d0fc541 libalpm: introduce a usage level for repos
This defines a level of interest a user has in a repository. These are
described by the bitmask flags in the alpm_db_usage_t enum:

  ALPM_DB_USAGE_SEARCH: repo is valid for searching
  ALPM_DB_USAGE_INSTALL: repo is valid for installs (e.g. -S pkg)
  ALPM_DB_USAGE_UPGRADE: repo is valid for sysupgrades
  ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL: all of the above are valid

Explicitly listing the contents of a repo will always be valid, and the
repo will always be refreshed appropriately on sync operations.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
5f80d7afbd proto: remove redundancy in cd for each function
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Sami Kerola
8a72761743 pacman/util.c: use switch when there are fall through statements
An 'if' clause with empty statement is allowed, but unusual construct.
When 'if' is used this way the statement should at least have orphan
semicolon ';'.  For empty statements 'switch' feels like a native way
express what is meant.

Signed-off-by: Sami Kerola <kerolasa@iki.fi>

[Allan] Keep comment
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Jason St. John
a86015f73f Improve --help switch output for pacman utils
Unify the formatting of the --help switch for pacman utils, if it exists.
All of the pacman utils will now output help text using the following
format:

  util-name (pacman) v<pacman version>

  one line description of util's purpose

  Usage: util-name [options]

    -b, --bar      whatever --bar does
    -f, --foo      whatever --foo does
    -h, --help     display this help message

The --help switch does not exist for a couple of the utils, so the
help/usage text for those will be displayed when the util is run
with no arguments.

Reported-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
4245c6b222 makepkg: add support for sha224 checksums
Implements FS#36776.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
b370f0ca42 makepkg: unify list of known hash algorithms
Unifying this list makes adding new algorithms easier. There's also
some menial cleanup in this patch to avoid use of eval and properly
treat lists of data as array instead of simple strings.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Sami Kerola
aade18cf3b libalpm: avoid name space conflict
The symbol 'err' refers to err() from err.h, and is wisest to be avoided
as a variable name.

Reference: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/err.3.html
Signed-off-by: Sami Kerola <kerolasa@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Sami Kerola
9020bcee37 common: compare value rather than pointer address
Signed-off-by: Sami Kerola <kerolasa@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
9e50e5314c makepkg.8: fix typo in usage
Looks like I fat fingered something when I refactored the original
submissions. Woops.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
3a2a752e1e alpm: log errors for scriptlets terminated by a signal
Fixes FS#36618.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-09-04 09:51:19 +10:00
Allan McRae
ce7456b4cc Store fgetc output as an int.
Bug exposed on ARM when char is unsigned resulting in the comparison
to EOF always failing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:14:01 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d8c2ab0e6f conflict.c: fix directory ownership check
* append "/" to directories before searching package file lists
* use lstat over stat so symlinks aren't resolved
* fix the inverted check for stat's return value

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:13:46 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
15b667ef36 doc/repo-add: Add note on when signatures are added to the db
Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:13:25 +10:00
Dave Reisner
3d3c7ebb0d makepkg: allow make-style environment var overrides
This allows for VAR=value and VAR+=value variable declarations.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:13:12 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9085aa4322 check.c: break backup file search loop after match
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:12:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
247b9af02b Do not refer to FlySpray numbers
These references to bug numbers assume we will forever be using that bug
tracker. It is better to properly comment the code instead (which was
done in almost all cases anyway).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:12:30 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c02b16c4cc ini.c: give recursion limit file scope
The recursion limit is an artificial limitation imposed to prevent
memory exhaustion in a recursive function.  Giving it file-level scope
increases its visibility.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4d4f46ba2a ini.c: make errors in includes fatal
If an error in the main file would be fatal there is little reason to
ignore the error in an included file.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bf1c8e3a3c ini.c: reuse line buffer
By the time we make the recursive call we have already finished with the
line buffer, making it safe to reuse.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
3d2c8e1fd0 conf.c: extract ini parsing code to separate files
Move _parseconfig to ini.c as _parse_ini and create a convenient wrapper
for the public API.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ab84249a58 conf.c: pass _parse_directive as a callback
This will allow passing arbitrary key/value handlers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
26da037fd5 conf.c: move section handling out of _parseconfig
_parseconfig now tracks the current section name directly so that the
name stored in the section struct is just a pointer to the one stored by
_parseconfig.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8287312c29 conf.c: move directive parsing out of _parseconfig
Include directives no longer have to be within a section.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
36f702ba82 conf.c: move repo parsing out of _parseconfig
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
74c8943682 conf.c: add parse_options to section_t
This consolidates all of our state information into a single variable.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:06:41 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
12e00af531 pactest: remove results summary
This functionality can be provided by a test harness.  Having pactest
output this information as well clutters the result log created by
automake.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
403c175dbc integrate tests with automake
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
228221003d pactest: accept test names without a switch
This removes the --test switch, making it easier to call pactest from
a test harness.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9263cc5874 provide default values for test scripts
Our test scripts currently require that the first argument be the
library or binary to be tested.  This makes integrating them with
automake which doesn't have a mechanism for passing specific arguments
to individual tests.  Instead, provide a default built from paths in the
environment which can be provided to all test scripts by automake.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1152052b3e convert pactest to TAP output
Each test produces a single TAP result with the rules run in a sub-test.
This reduces output when run under automake and makes it possible to
continue setting expectfailure at the test level rather than per-rule.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
429b956fb2 pactest: treat unknown rules as failures
Tests should only be skipped when they aren't relevant, not when the
test itself is bad.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d3726bbd26 convert test scripts to tap output
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2e2c614f0e query006: only set expectfailure on 32-bit systems
Use the architecture of the python interpreter running the test to
detect 32bit systems.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-08-21 11:00:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
48861f509a Report missing directory if we can not initialise alpm library
When pacman failed to initialise the alpm library due to the database
directory being missing (either via the root not existing or the database
directory itself not existing), it just printed the non-informative
message "could not find or read directory".  Add the directory
information the the error output.  E.g.:

error: failed to initialize alpm library
(could not find or read directory: /this/does/not/exist/var/lib/pacman/)

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:02:06 +10:00
Allan McRae
d7bd40045c Remove setlocale usage from the backend
Using setlocale in the backend is bound to lead to frontend issues
and we have have been using epoch in our databases since April 2007
(commit 47622eef).  Remove support for old style times.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:01:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
e81faa9d6d Warn when directory ownership differs between filesystem and package
We currently only warn if a directory's permissions differ, but using -Qkk
on my system shows that directory permissions tend to change in packages
reasonably frequently without notice.  Provide a warning in such cases
so that it can be altered.  Example output:

(1/1) reinstalling nginx
warning: directory ownership differs on /var/lib/nginx/proxy/
filesystem: 33:0  package: 0:0

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:01:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
640324f1d4 Only note backup file changes with -Qkk
Backup files are expected to be changed and should not be flagged by -Qkk.
Note changed back-up files in -Qkk but do not count them as altered. Do
not report backup files in -Qqkk.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:58 +10:00
Jason St. John
8e533b0363 Fix whitespace in makepkg.sh.in and makepkg-template.pl.in
Replace spaces with tabs in one instance.
Remove extra spaces.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:25 +10:00
Jason St. John
4ad6939980 Fix whitespace in pacsort.c and pactree.c
Replace spaces with tabs.
Remove extra spaces.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:20 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
0f22bef8c3 pacdiff: provide an --output option to show any .pac* files
This is an option to just echo's the pacnews/pacsaves instead of merging
or removing them. This can be used to check the config status such as in
a cron job without modifying the system.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
2d9dad5e14 pacdiff: make pacmandb search the default type.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
a79661225a pacdiff: improve speed, accuracy finding active configs using pacmandb
This is a new search type, using -p or --pacmandb options. It reads
config file locations directly from the local pacman db. It will find
active configs anywhere they are defined in installed packages. It is
not dependant on outside configs such as updatedb.conf or scanning a
large set of directories for find.

This will find more pacnews than find when searching with the current
default of /etc, and it is faster than both find and updatedb when
searching the entire fs. When run directly after an update, the local db
is more likely to be cached than all files in /etc or / as other methods
read. This will increase performance further post upgrade.

After a package is removed and a pacsave is created, this method will
not find these pacsaves until the base config is added to the local db
again. These files have no influence in a working system and only take
up a few blocks of disk space.

Active configs need to be dealt with immediately to keep a system
working. pacsaves related to removed configs can remain for weeks or
months without problems. I would recommend occasionally running other
methods such as --locate to remove them.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
15eea825e6 pacdiff: rework search type handling, add --find option
Change cmd tests to if (( USE_FIND ))... as it is cleaner.  All search
cmds have an option and a variable initialized to zero. The active option
should be set to 1.  Add a switch to exclude multiple search options.
set the default when all are equal to zero.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
b1b9ca01f0 pacdiff: add --nocolor option for the terminally challenged.
Allow colors to be disabled for use on broken/serial terminals.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
05e954d2cd pacdiff: allow multiple separated options
loop over arguments, this will allow adding options such as --nocolor

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
bcde027091 pacdiff: clean up and reword --help
Clean up and reword --help
get rid of all the echos to make it easier to read in source.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
c4d8da4727 pacdiff: Search and give warnings for older pacsave.[0-9]* files
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-30 13:00:10 +10:00
Ashley Whetter
6e3ea82f9b Corrected return codes for Sg flag
Non-zero is now returned if a group is searched for that doesn't exist.
Fixes FS#36097.

Signed-off-by: Ashley Whetter <awhetter.2011@my.bristol.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:30:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
58832b0d7c Fix typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:29:44 +10:00
Zulker Nayeen Nahiyan
66f3b93331 clarified descriptions for pactree -r (--help)
Signed-off-by: Zulker Nayeen Nahiyan <nahiyan02@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:29:25 +10:00
Allan McRae
29498b6a2a Clarify inter-conflicts message
Use a clear message rather than using a made up word to describe what
we are doing.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:29:07 +10:00
Ashley Whetter
a774e4d5e2 Install makedepends and checkdepends together
Fixes FS#31557

Signed-off-by: Ashley Whetter <awhetter.2011@my.bristol.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:28:52 +10:00
Jonathan Frazier
9108bfe080 pacdiff: Add quit to found pacnew options
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Frazier <eyeswide@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:28:40 +10:00
Allan McRae
bcbb6a56a1 Carry a copy of gpgme.m4
On systems without gpgme installed, autoreconf will fail with an unrelated
error message unless the gpgme.m4 file is present.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:28:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
ec24d814ab Remove autoclean.sh
Use 'git clean' instead.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:27:58 +10:00
Allan McRae
28cb22e3c2 Patch ltmain on autoreconf
We used to carry a patched version of ltmain in our repos to fix libtools
issues with -Wl,-as-needed. Now that ltmain is "generated" by autoreconf,
we manually patch it afterwards.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:27:47 +10:00
Allan McRae
1438377401 Use autoreconf in autogen.sh
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:27:35 +10:00
Allan McRae
96a4d1ca04 Update gitignore files for use with autoreconf
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:27:23 +10:00
Allan McRae
df9d19ba73 Remove autotools files
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:27:07 +10:00
Dave Reisner
24abcddc57 be_sync: avoid crashing on files in the root of a DB
If a sync DB is malformed and contains entries in the root of the
archive, load_pkg_for_entry will leave the 'filename' variable empty,
leading to a crash in the ensuing strcmp() calls which determine the DB
fragment being examined.

While this isn't a read error, this should be reported to the user so
that it can be addressed by the creator of the DB.

As seen: https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1297766

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:26:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
ef6b6fe065 Hide unused parameter warnings when building without libcurl
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:26:42 +10:00
Allan McRae
5cc099a8ab Add missing header
Exposed when building with --without-libcurl

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-22 13:26:30 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
897e2b121a use full path when checking for mountpoints
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-05 14:34:58 +10:00
Dave Reisner
eb19d41d5f do not check error from close(2)
On operating systems we support, the behavior is always such that the
kernel will do the right thing as far as invalidating the file
descriptor, regardless of the eventual return value. Therefore,
potentially looping and calling close multiple times is wrong.

At best, we call close again on an invalid FD and throw a spurious EBADF
error. At worst, we might close an FD which doesn't belong to us when a
multi-threaded application opens its own file descriptor between
iterations of the loop.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-05 14:32:23 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
7b8f8753b1 Consolidate and improve table implementations
Implement both the VerbosePkgList and the summary message with the same
table.

Improve VerbosePkgList by caching attributes and cell's lengths instead
of recaculating them.

Right align every cell that containing a file size in both the
VerbosePkgList and the summary.

Simplify the printf statements and the alignment application.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-07-05 14:32:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
dcb3b9f85f update to automake 1.14
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
96ac9c5299 query_fileowner: resolve trailing . or .. in paths
The full path needs to resolved any time it ends with "." or "..", not
just when those are the entire path.  This allows strange-but-valid
paths such as: "/home/." to be queried.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b36b87656e query_fileowner: remove useless path variable
We no longer need it for resolving package files and using it to
resolve root is unnecessary as alpm does that for us.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
de7ccedbe7 query_group: allow package filters
Relocated query_group() to allow calling filter().

Fixes FS#19716

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
2436351d6e skip unknown repo names for pacman -Sl
Brings pacman -Sl behavior in line with other listing operations.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Patrick Steinhardt
dfcea1456d Enable inverted patterns in NoExtract and NoUpgrade.
It is now possible to invert patterns in NoExtract and NoUpgrade.
This feature allows users to whitelist certain files that were
previously blacklisted by another entry.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:16 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ec831e05f5 deps.c: check for indirect deps when ordering
On upgrades, indirect dependencies were not being detected if there was
a dependency in between them that was not part of the transaction.  For
example, with the dependency chain: pkg1 -> pkg2 -> pkg3, if pkg1 and
pkg3 are being upgraded but not pkg2 pacman would not order pkg1 and
pkg3 properly.

This was particularly problematic when replacements were involved
because the replaced package(s) would be removed at the start of the
transaction.  If an install script required the replacer and lacked
a direct dependency, it could fail.

Fixes FS#32764.

Partially fixes FS#23011.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:15 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
00513823dc Make --unrequired filter packages that are optdep as well
Specify it twice to only filter direct dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:15 +10:00
Patrick Steinhardt
d7d4f47d63 Install unchanged backup files to get correct timestamps.
Fixes FS#35515.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-26 15:32:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
93f9052557 Merge branch 'maint' 2013-06-26 15:30:55 +10:00
Andrea Scarpino
af1c986383 Respect paths with spaces on --install
makepkg --install doesn't quote the absolute path, so if the path contains
spaces pacman -U fails.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-23 15:45:00 +10:00
Allan McRae
71328479f3 Merge branch 'maint' 2013-06-18 13:59:18 +10:00
Allan McRae
5a0c659a16 4.1.2 release preparation
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 13:38:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
c81615f38c contrib: update .gitignore
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 13:27:31 +10:00
Allan McRae
d985a62172 Pull translation updates
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 13:17:30 +10:00
Karol Blazewicz
cd421c8383 pacscripts: Update for pacman changes
Changes to pacman mean that -Sp can be called without root permissions
and '-d' needs passed twice to completely ignore dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 12:55:57 +10:00
Karol Blazewicz
85fde7038f pacscripts: don't read the whole package from cache
'-q' means "Exit as soon as each specified pattern or filename has
been matched." There is no reason to keep reading the whole package
from the cache when the install script has already been printed to
stdout.

Signed-off-by: Karol Błażewicz <karol.blazewicz at gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 12:55:35 +10:00
Allan McRae
31d51052e1 checkupdates: Consistency in environmental variable name
Use CHECKUPDATES_DB rather than CHECKUPDATE_DB for consistency with the
script name.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-18 12:53:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
4283199039 contrib/checkupdates: fix typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-16 16:36:20 +10:00
Allan McRae
1b08e26846 makepkg: fix typo for distcc test
Introduced in commit 9dd42dc0.  Fixes FS#35741.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-16 16:33:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
3e0e748b93 Correct INODECMD for BSD and Darwin
Fixes FS#35469.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:57:06 +10:00
Allan McRae
b7f8f5d26a paccache: make --help output look nice on 80 width terminal
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:47:32 +10:00
Phillip Smith
58782b1c55 repo-add; add option to remove existing package files from disk
When maintaining a custom repo, often it is undesirable to retain older
versions of packages. This patch adds the --remove option to remove the
current package file and it's signature from disk before adding the new
one to the database. Documentation is also updated. This is an optional
flag and default behaviour (leaving ondisk files alone) is not changed.

Signed-off-by: Phillip Smith <fukawi2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:47:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
37e85c0031 Document alpm_list files are to be stand alone
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:47:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ab3d8478c2 die if '-' is given with empty stdin
Several operations default to all packages/repos/etc if no targets are
provided.  If a user provides '-' they almost certainly expect there to
be targets on stdin and will be surprised if pacman falls back to the
default because there are none.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:47:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
9574bfd6c8 Merge branch 'maint' 2013-06-06 13:47:26 +10:00
Allan McRae
450be928da Pull translation updates and regenerate
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-06 13:12:20 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d080a469a0 pacman-key: Do not reinterpret keys from revoked keyrings
Given a revoked keyring containing only:

  BC1FBE4D2826A0B51E47ED62E2539214C6C11350

We should only disable this specific keyid. This change enforces that the
contents of the -revoked keyring file are full fingerprints which can uniquely
identify a key.

Before:

  # pacman-key --populate archlinux
  ==> Appending keys from archlinux.gpg...
  ==> Locally signing trusted keys in keyring...
    -> Locally signing key 0E8B644079F599DFC1DDC3973348882F6AC6A4C2...
    -> Locally signing key 684148BB25B49E986A4944C55184252D824B18E8...
    -> Locally signing key 44D4A033AC140143927397D47EFD567D4C7EA887...
    -> Locally signing key 27FFC4769E19F096D41D9265A04F9397CDFD6BB0...
    -> Locally signing key AB19265E5D7D20687D303246BA1DFB64FFF979E7...
  ==> Importing owner trust values...
  ==> Disabling revoked keys in keyring...
    -> Disabling key 1390420191...
    -> Disabling key E2539214C6C11350...
    -> Disabling key 8544EA82113502DE...
  ==> Updating trust database...
  gpg: next trustdb check due at 2014-01-22

After:

  # pacman-key --populate archlinux
  ==> Appending keys from archlinux.gpg...
  ==> Locally signing trusted keys in keyring...
    -> Locally signing key 0E8B644079F599DFC1DDC3973348882F6AC6A4C2...
    -> Locally signing key 684148BB25B49E986A4944C55184252D824B18E8...
    -> Locally signing key 44D4A033AC140143927397D47EFD567D4C7EA887...
    -> Locally signing key 27FFC4769E19F096D41D9265A04F9397CDFD6BB0...
    -> Locally signing key AB19265E5D7D20687D303246BA1DFB64FFF979E7...
  ==> Importing owner trust values...
  ==> Disabling revoked keys in keyring...
    -> Disabling key BC1FBE4D2826A0B51E47ED62E2539214C6C11350...
  ==> Updating trust database...
  gpg: next trustdb check due at 2014-01-22

Partially addresses FS#35478. This does nothing to confirm whether or not the
key was successfully disabled -- a ridiculously simple request which appears to
be far too difficult for gpg to manage.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-04 14:01:41 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
dd62fde53e validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repo dbs
Currently we make no effort to validate the %FILENAME% field in the
repo db. This allows for relative paths to be considered valid.

A carefully crafted db entry with a malicious relative path,
(e.g. `../../../../etc/passwd`) will cause pacman to to
overwrite _any_ file on the target's machine.

Add the following validation:

- doesn't start with '.'
- doesn't contain a '/'
- won't overflow PATH_MAX

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-04 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
fe794ccb25 Restrict pkgname from starting with a dot.
Adding this restriction means we can filter any FILENAME entry from
starting with a "/" or a ".".  Use the term "dot" as it is more
computing relevant compared to "full stop" or "period" which vary
depending on English locale.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-04 13:38:48 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
cbbd3781c2 improve dir->file transition conflict resolution
Packages removed due to conflicts are always removed at the beginning of
the transaction and as such can be included in the check for whether all
owners of a directory will be removed in a transaction.  Installed
versions of packages being upgraded, other than the one with the
conflict, cannot be used because our transaction ordering is not
intelligent enough to ensure that they are removed prior to the
installation of the conflicted package.

Also, return false from dir_belongsto_pkgs on errors.  Previously, we
simply continued which could return true even if we were unable to
actually establish that the package owned the entire tree.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
47762ab687 query_fileowner: remove symlink support
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b1e495b88d unlink_file: treat symlinks like normal files
We always want to work with the package file itself, not its target if
it's a symlink.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bc3e73fc8f extract_single_file: consolidate symlink cases
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c91d948486 conflict.c: check for file -> dir replacements
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0b3d04719d conflict.c: exclude trailing slash from file path
After the initial checks, we either use the path as a directory and have
to append the trailing slash anyway or use it as a file in which case
the trailing slash should be excluded.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
aa7e42db11 conflict.c: do not ignore symlink<->dir conflicts
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5cfa4ec47e alpm_filelist: remove resolved_path
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0c41663c7b update tests for symlink support removal
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-06-03 13:33:47 +10:00
Jason St. John
9ca423b981 Revise pacman(8)
Resolve several grammatical errors and minor formatting consistency issues
in pacman(8). Generalize the "FTP servers" and package file extension
information.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-30 13:12:00 +10:00
Jason St. John
5df5d2c411 Revise PKGBUILD(5)
Resolve several grammatical errors and minor formatting consistency issues
in PKGBUILD(5).

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-30 13:11:46 +10:00
Florian Pritz
477fd794a0 makepkg-template: add --version and some license info
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-30 13:11:02 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
f1d74d928a Remove backslash typo from makepkg man page
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:45:45 +10:00
Florian Pritz
a36d4b2831 makepkg-template: Stop using given/when
given/when has been marked experimental in perl 5.18 because it will
change it 5.20. if/else is ugly, but hiding the generated warning is no
good solution either, so we us if/else for now.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:17:21 +10:00
Florian Pritz
cbc25c22fc makepkg-template: Add gettext support
This also slighty changes the word order in the description for
--newest.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:17:21 +10:00
Florian Pritz
ce3125196d Add makepkg-template
This allows for somewhat easy templating for PKGBUILDs.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:17:21 +10:00
Jason St. John
7ea58d09f6 Update example PKGBUILD
Update doc/PKGBUILD-example.txt with several changes from the official
Arch Linux package for patch-2.7.1-1, including other changes shown below:

-- replaces spaces with tabs in functions
-- replaces 'make prefix=' with 'make DESTDIR='
-- improves quoting of the "cd" command in functions

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Jason St. John
4fadcbfab2 Quote sources in PKGBUILD prototypes and example PKGBUILD
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
dc08eca368 Improve error message when package is missing required signature
When attempting to install a package (either via -S or -U) and the
signature is missing, the current error message "invalid or corrupted
package (PGP signature)" is very unclear.  Instead inform the user
that the package is missing the required signature.

Partial fix for FS#34741.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9555ec714a pacman.8: document .pacorig files
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e5dd8c2ac5 add.c: refactor backup file modification checks
The previous implementation was overly complex with unnecessary checks
and nested conditionals.  By reordering the tests and changing them to
all be checks for positive hash matches rather than non-matches, we can
collapse several cases and make the process much more linear.  This
removes the need to set hash_orig = "" just to reach some of the checks
and corrects a faulty assumption that files are equivalent when the
hashing process fails.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Phillip Smith
5bcc058d42 makepkg: add support for CARCH environment var
Add support for overriding configuration in /etc/makepkg.conf and
~/.makepkg.conf by setting the environment variable CARCH similar to
how SRCDEST and PKGDEST behave.

Fixes FS#35030.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
a975523fb9 Clean partial downloads from cache
When using "pacman -Sc" to clean the cache, it make sense to also remove
partially downloaded files.

Fixes FS#34317.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:03 +10:00
Allan McRae
dece66ac18 makepkg: remove support for PKGBUILDs without a package() function
Not having a package() function means all building occurs as root
and repackaging can lose permissions.  Given the use of package()
functions has been around for years and we deprecated not having
one in pacman-4.1, we can remove support for PKGBUILDs without
package() functions altogether. However, keep PKGBUILDs that have
neither a build() or package() function working.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
3b4e74cb3b makepkg: Add helper to test for functions in build script
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
28dd29dedb makepkg: remove sourcing PKGBUILD from stdin
Using PKGBUILDs from stdin means that we can not use pkgver() in
packages.  Given we have the "-p" option to pass any file to
makepkg and passing a PKGBUILD in the form "cat foo | makepkg"
does not work, this feature is unneeded.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
296e630edd pmtest: set LC_ALL=C in subprocess.call
LC_ALL=C is required to force pacman's output to English for tests that
rely on that output, but setting it in Makefile.am results in those
tests breaking under different locales when pactest.py is run directly.
This will also ease an eventual transition to python3 which LC_ALL=C
causes to default to ascii encoded strings, creating problems for tests
with unicode strings.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 14:08:02 +10:00
Allan McRae
84ac55b052 Merge branch 'maint' 2013-05-29 14:02:56 +10:00
Jason St. John
7d2c7fb347 Fix various typos in NEWS
imporve -> improve
diskspace -> disk space
BTRFS -> Btrfs
filelists -> file lists
filesize -> file size

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-29 13:56:55 +10:00
Allan McRae
d235f54114 Remove incorrect bug number from NEWS
The wrong bug number is mentioned in commit 32327dc8 and this was
perpetuated into the NEWS file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-19 22:53:06 +10:00
Allan McRae
8335e169a6 makepkg: Use LOGDEST for logpipe
If LOGDEST is set, we may not check that $startdir is writable. Store
the log pipe in LOGDEST instead.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-18 23:14:21 +10:00
Allan McRae
1ed881fed3 Fix comment typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-18 22:43:12 +10:00
William Giokas
090c4006d7 contrib: Remove harcoded /etc/pacman.conf
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-18 10:43:42 +10:00
Dave Reisner
8be08f7cae Revert "paccache: avoid subshell in calling runcmd"
su is terribad. In addition to reverting, this also removes support for
privilege escalation via su. If you want to use paccache as root and
fail to comprehend how much better sudo is than su, then run paccache
directly via su.

Fixes FS#35173.

This reverts commit 597286eb25.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-18 10:43:16 +10:00
Dave Reisner
72c6d19d64 makepkg: fixup broken revision and repo references
bzr support "worked", but didn't handle any of the actual features we
wanted with makepkg. This moves the revision specification to the proper
place (extraction, rather than download), and fixes an additional broken
reference to $repo which was never set.

Fixes FS#35281.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-18 10:42:30 +10:00
Allan McRae
0f988beff8 Merge branch 'maint' 2013-05-07 12:59:44 +10:00
Allan McRae
a4a7336dff 4.1.1 release NEWS, version bumps, etc.
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-07 12:53:24 +10:00
Allan McRae
35289bc17e More translation updates
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-07 12:53:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
692633264a pacman/util.c: add missing braces
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-07 12:53:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
34da9d25e4 pacman/util.c: fix output flushing in questions
Flush stream before taking input in select_question() and only flush
once during question().  Also fix some tabs inside related fprintf
statements.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-07 12:53:23 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c5716d0e72 conflict.c: compare package pointers directly
p1 and p2 both come directly from the upgrade list without being copied
so they can be compared directly instead of comparing their names.

Also fix minor style violation.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-05-05 07:45:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
0aa9628560 Pull translation updates from transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-30 21:18:42 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
9de33488bf Add --noprepare option to makepkg
This new option disables the prepare function. Useful in combination
with -o to get an unpatched copy of the sources for testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-30 21:04:21 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
91b9ea922a Add -V/--version option to makepkg's usage function and man page
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-30 21:01:38 +10:00
Dave Reisner
c5a4b35528 makepkg: avoid redirecting stdout
If stdout is already redirected, redirecting stderr to stdout can lead
to undesirable results.

Fixes FS#34974.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-28 23:11:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
c1dfdd2010 Use libalpm version in pkg-config file
We currently use the pacman version number in the libalpm.pc file. It makes
more sense to use the libalpm version.

Fixes FS#34967.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-26 12:43:53 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
99b8d78bc6 Add prepare function to PKGBUILD proto files
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-24 13:57:50 +10:00
Connor Behan
b8c8447971 Remove ALPM_QUESTION_LOCAL_NEWER
Remove a question that hasn't been used since the 3.0 days. To prevent
us from having an ugly enum of questions that is missing a bitmask, this
changes the API of the hidden --ask option.

Signed-off-by: Connor Behan <connor.behan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-24 13:47:19 +10:00
Connor Behan
ee3b70c4a9 Unify front and backend responses for --print
When libalpm asks the user a question, there are two possible defaults.
One default for pacman (used when the user presses enter without typing
and for --noconfirm) and the libalpm default. Currently the libalpm
default gets used for the pacman "--print" option. This affects the
printing of ignored packages since the defaults differ for
"ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG". Adjust the response of this case when
using --print so pacman acts consistently.

Signed-off-by: Connor Behan <connor.behan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-18 13:26:16 +10:00
Anatol Pomozov
769facca22 Fix spelling errors using 'codespell' tool
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-18 13:20:13 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9f9cf95692 util.py: replace file() with open()
open() is the standard way to open a file in python.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-15 11:25:33 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e19091b2bf pmpkg: default mode 0755 for dirs in sync packages
TarInfo objects default to mode 0644 while mkfile in util.py uses 0755
for directories, causing pacman warnings about differing permissions on
tests involving package updates.  Set the mode on TarInfo directory
objects to 0755 unless the test specifies a different mode.

Bug referenced in FS#30723.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-15 11:25:18 +10:00
Dave Reisner
597286eb25 paccache: avoid subshell in calling runcmd
Avoids problems with one of the worst CLI tools ever created, su.

Fixes FS#34656.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-12 09:42:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
695f0e443e makepkg: fix svn repo extraction
Copy SVN repos rather than using "svn export" to keep all anotation
files in the repo for build scripts that use (e.g.) "svin info".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-12 09:42:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e0f528274 Do not use checkout directory for SVN config
Using the checkout directory for the SVN config can result in clashes
between config files and files from the SVN checkout.  Instead, use
a ".makepkg" directory within the checkout.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-12 09:42:41 +10:00
Maxime Gauduin
2bf2700b74 Add support for all bzr URLs in the PKGBUILD source array
Add support for all bzr URLs, including "lp:" URLs, in the source array.
This, however, requires an internet connection and will fall back to the
current behavior for offline builds. In that case, only the URL reported
by 'bzr config parent_location' run inside the local repo can be used,
and is outputted.

Signed-off-by: Maxime Gauduin <alucryd@gmail.com>
2013-04-11 10:56:50 +10:00
William Giokas
b7c994db8b makepkg: don't run remove_deps twice when unneeded
remove_deps already has a check and won't run unless -r is specified, so
if this was meant to remove dependencies of a failure no matter what,
then it's not doing it, and with -r it is run twice on a failure for no
real reason.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-11 10:53:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
3de8f8f1cc Rework callback message to add translation
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-11 10:53:52 +10:00
Allan McRae
32c91e2895 contrib/checkupdates: do not log
Avoid the log file filling up with "[PACMAN] synchronizing package lists".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-09 11:52:32 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
95c68d26ef pacman: add -Qkk to usage() help
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-09 11:51:46 +10:00
William Giokas
0f486adfec contrib: Use sysconfdir instead of /etc
Don't force people to see /etc.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-09 11:51:45 +10:00
Dave Reisner
87acfef166 makepkg: avoid file|grep dependency for CRLF check
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 15:37:48 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
fa601c41ed makepkg: remove extra ansi color codes
All those extra '\e[1;'s were just setting bold redundantly or
immediately being cancelled.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 15:32:21 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
f9280a0523 zsh completion: make sure -Ss works
if you put a type in pacman -Ss <regex> it doesn't work because it never
passes through they pointer ->sync_search to set $state.  All of the
other iterations like this have a case, add one for -S*s*

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 13:16:05 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
0f05bfc340 ctypes.h shouldn't be included twice
Earnestly spotted this on #archlinux.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 13:01:49 +10:00
William Giokas
7b10519835 doc: fix debug spelling mistake
with -> when

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 12:59:02 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
b5a7734a7e use off_t for table_row_t.size
size went from off_t in _display_targets to int in
add_transaction_sizes and back to off_t in humanize_size
leading to potential overflows.

Fixes FS#34616.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-06 12:55:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
5caf143faa Bump to version 4.0.0
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-01 15:53:13 +10:00
Allan McRae
e9639ad172 Update translations from transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-01 15:53:12 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
8d3ee29809 remove continue from download_local
Bug exposed by a6291858cc

popd doesn't run in the for loop in download_sources() if the continue
in download_files is executed. Causing the extract_files to extract
everything into $SRCDEST instead of $srcdir

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-04-01 15:53:12 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
afc77a808d pm_asprintf logs 'failed to allocate' already
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-31 11:08:54 +10:00
Richard Pougnet
c85d155f3a Improve documentation of libalpm interface functions
Add details to the doxygen for the initialization and relase functions
of the library.

Signed-off-by: Richard Pougnet <richard@pougnet.ca>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-31 11:08:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
950443a438 makepkg: unset GREP_OPTIONS
grep allows options to be set from the environment with GREP_OPTIONS.
Many of these options will alter grep's output, breaking makepkg.
GREP_OPTIONS=--line-number breaks installed dependency removal, for
instance.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-31 11:08:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d5c0f39144 use default foreground color instead of white
Using white made important text invisible on terminals with white
backgrounds.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-30 09:06:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
a6291858cc Ensure we are always in $SRCDEST before downloading
When VCS sources were updated, we changed into their root directory.
Any following source was then downloaded to an incorrect place causing
a failure in makepkg.  Ensure we are always in the $SRCDEST directory
before starting any download.

Fixes FS#34488.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-30 09:06:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
3f00a03db4 Final NEW update for pacman-4.1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-30 09:06:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
d413178354 Add releases and dates to table
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-30 09:06:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
a31e8bdff6 Document -Qkk
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-30 09:06:12 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
38f0a7d462 signature_display should also be colourized
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Kyle Keen
f797749c4e contrib: adding checkupdates
Signed-off-by: Kyle Keen <keenerd@gmail.com>

[Allan: update contrib/README]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
bf3618a7c1 contrib: Update bash_completion
Check all options are included in bash-completion.  Alphabetize the
pacman_key options for easier maintenance.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
6e2c15099a Remove duplicate option
The "skippgpcheck" option was specified twice.  Also, fix alphabetical
ordering.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
fb522face1 zsh_completion: remove sigfiles from package files completion
use setopt extendedglob to remove sigfiles from package completion

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
cd6ca88c49 zsh completion: make $tmp local
The tmp variable is conflicting with the $tmp variable in
${^fpath}/_main_complete(N) and which is used to complete all the
functions, and causing an error: command not found: for whatever was in
$tmp (which in this case is the last value in $words[@])

making it local fixes this.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-26 15:55:51 +10:00
Allan McRae
3eee3d67af More translation updating
Pull updates from transifex.  Add new "id" translation.  Regerate po
files with updated filelists...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-17 13:53:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
47a7ea8c86 Update POTFILES.in for libalpm and pacman
Be complete with files listed. Comment out files where code is used
or heavily based on other projects so will never have translatable
strings.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-17 13:53:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
66fe80f39b repo-add: Update copyright year
Also adjust translations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-15 13:21:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
a554e1a460 Fix typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-15 13:21:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
aa550a85f1 Merge updates from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-15 13:21:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
a97f792d3c Remove Indonesian translation
I imported this translation from transifex without realising that there
was no strings translated despite being "acitve" on transifex for quite
some time.  Remove it until translation begins...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-15 13:21:32 +10:00
Jason St. John
9cd344fb0d Update documentation to use https links for sites that support it
The Arch web site now redirects to https links for all subdomains, so it
makes sense to use these links in the docs for pacman. Links were
changed to use https for a couple other sites that support it as well,
such as gnu.org and kernel.org.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-15 13:21:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
b2ea5f6860 update util-common.h copyright year
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
e42e9ab873 Make "[removal]" translatable
Fixes FS#34241

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
0ba9b262ab Revert "makepkg: Use a recursive git clone."
This reverts commit 8b03b1a877.

It is much better to download the submodules using separate source entries
and adjust the submodule configs to point at these versions in the
prepare() function.

See https://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/2013-March/016771.html
for an example.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
William Giokas
342924f796 doc: consistent formatting for pacman.conf options
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
William Giokas
fa620685fa doc: Fix pacman-key title formatting
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
William Giokas
8c33d7f1ef doc: Fix pacman.conf formatting
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
f3f257405b Add compression defaults for lrzip and lzo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
d5a06e964c Add Local/RemoteFileSigLevel to example config
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
9ec049f518 pacman.conf: Remove empty line at end of file
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:12 +10:00
Eric Bélanger
0d99b54ba2 makepkg.conf: Add staticlibs to default OPTIONS array in comments
Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:11 +10:00
Dan McGee
163c36bdcd Save and restore old locale when manipulating via setlocale
We shouldn't assume a frontend program didn't explicitly set the LC_TIME
setting to a value not in the environment, which is what we previously
assumed. Save the old locale before forcing the 'C' locale and restore
it when we are done.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:11 +10:00
Dan McGee
62f828014f Use C locale when parsing UseDelta floating point values
We should save the current locale, use the 'C' locale during parsing,
then restore the original locale. Config files should always parse
regardless of the current user's locale setting. Fixes FS#34253.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d35a7fb6f3 alpm/remove.c: add newlines to debug output
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:11 +10:00
Dave Reisner
6c870953c5 pkgdelta: fix improper passing of file argument
Looks like I hosed this pretty hard in 5a5e712c74.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:11 +10:00
William Giokas
63f04177c3 zsh completion: Add new makepkg opts
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-14 11:47:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
1e21aa589d Update all translations files to push to Transifex
Run update-po and fix the few errors reported.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 13:32:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
0cb963df03 Remove all leading :: from pacman translations
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 13:32:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
c5652361fb Pull updated translations from transifex
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 13:32:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
1366da57fa Add new languages from Transifex
Languages: eo, nl, hr, ko, ja, fa, ar, sl, gl, id

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 13:32:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
6a85e4a9ca update transifex config
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 13:32:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
b878157c78 fix distribution of contrib files
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 11:33:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
f9be4eed42 distribute library/term_colors.sh
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 11:33:59 +10:00
Allan McRae
312e9252f4 Bump to version 4.1.0rc1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:25:49 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
41ef7eff75 zsh completion: add support for all longopts commands
add all the longopts for the operations and allow for them to be
completed just like shortopts

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
0e5c22e7a1 zsh completion: include flags that can be doubled
include the flags that could be doubled up like -Sii -Syy -Suu -Qii etc
also include the long opts of all the commands

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
0d4ecae625 zsh completion: fix doubling up of specific variables
-i -y -u -d -s etc, so that they do not disappear

In the future I hope there is an easy way to limit it to just 2, right
now the *- makes it so that it can be added as many times as you want.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
1b78e2bb1a zsh completion: add --color to completion
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
8fd62a39b5 zsh completion: make sure all indentions are tabs
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
704ab17a6a zsh completion: use consistent case statement style
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
8db7e0c98d zsh completion: fix stacked completion
Before this, if you do pacman -Sy<tab> it completes to -y.  Now, with -S
and the other operations in the actual option _arguments, it won't
remove the operations.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Daniel Wallace
e43c271650 zsh completion: add deptest and database
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <danielwallace@gtmanfred.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:07:00 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c9b7f9b0d0 testdb: quote output substitutions
Quoting output substitutions makes whitespace errors such as FS#30101
much more obvious:

old:
    missing perl-test-pod  dependency for perl-test-output
new:
    missing 'perl-test-pod ' dependency for 'perl-test-output'

Several of the quoted substitutions should not be capable of containing
whitespace in theory, but this errs on the side of caution as the point
of the tool is to find error conditions.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0ff57350fb testdb: pass empty local pkglist to alpm_checkdeps
Passing the local package list to alpm_checkdeps as both the local
packages and packages to be upgraded did nothing but cause extra
overhead as the packages were all removed from the installed package
list because they were being upgraded.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
43a2f63194 pmpkg: add missing directories to test packages
Several tests require complete file lists in order to provide accurate
results.  These can be non-obvious.  Adding missing parent directories
helps insure the integrity of tests against human error.  Filling in
parent directories also allows us to check that file lists are actually
valid.

There didn't seem to be a good place to do this that was always
guaranteed to be run, so this adds a finalize() function to packages
that will always be run before the package is actually used to allow for
this type of tidying.

Fixes FS#30723

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
2259dff7f3 makepkg: Add --verifysource to only download/verify source files
Because --noextract also implies to not download/verify source files, it wasn't
possible to simply do that, without either extracting and/or building.
(Note: --verifysource takes precedence over --noextract)

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Neer Sighted
93fa63ee8a makepkg: Make VCS download functions use get_filename
Make all VCS download functions uses get_filename to get the repo name.
In addition, creating a working directory from a Bazaar repository now shows
the short-name of the repository, not the full path on disk.

I'm not sure if the name of the variable that holds the basename of the local
clone should still be `repo`, but I have left the variable name for simplicity.

Signed-off-by: Neer Sighted <neersighted@myopera.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
William Giokas
fcdaa46b65 makepkg: Separate vcs download and extract
Previously makepkg would clone vcs sources in the download function,
regardless of the noextract settings. Now the download_* functions only
download or update the vcs sources, and the new extract_* functions just
create working copies using the specified protocols. The extract_sources
function will call the needed extract function for the protocol
specified. The tarball extraction has also been moved into its own
extract_file function to keep things consistent.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
06d761a020 make paclog-pkglist understand 'downgraded'
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
ce9fd69eba make status/log messages reflect version change
Currently pacman either prints 'adding' or 'upgrading' when installing
a package. This make pacman print and log the other possible actions:
'downgrade' and 'reinstall'

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Allan McRae
9876d97839 bash_completion: update for color
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
51276f1ac5 remove the duplicate strnlen and strndup
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
Dave Reisner
08a1244f4e libalpm/sync: remove useless intermediate variable
This also rearranges some code to ensure that declarations and code
aren't mixed.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-10 09:01:56 +10:00
William Giokas
d90641a894 contrib: Add color to paccache
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:40 +10:00
William Giokas
6e0c47d22f contrib: Add color to bacman
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:40 +10:00
William Giokas
f8ed8620d0 contrib: Make pacdiff colors the same as makepkg
Added an `ask` message function that emulates pacman's appearance.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:40 +10:00
William Giokas
5a67eee78c scripts: Add color to repo-add
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
William Giokas
79d60f0f42 scripts: Add color to pkgdelta
Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
William Giokas
81f945e2a5 scripts: Add color to pacman-optimize
Color enabled by default, use --nocolor to disable colored output.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
William Giokas
9d99914a18 scripts: Add color to pacman-key
Use --nocolor to suppress colored output from pacman-key, otherwise
output will be in color.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
William Giokas
2c91b991ee scripts: Add color to pacman-db-upgrade
Color enabled by default, use --nocolor to turn off colors.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
William Giokas
65650f2cdb scripts: Add color to library/output_format.sh
Use the same colors as makepkg in messages. Add in the 'plain' function
as well.

To use the colors, you need to include the term_colors.sh file, or add
definitions for the colors explicitly.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-08 17:04:39 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
e292b1b5a2 update documentation and config files
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
32f3b4304c colourize -Q
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
7dd1a5a58d colourize -Sl/-Ql
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
326345b378 colourize -Ss/-Qs
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
46c10c5bf3 colourize the output of -Qi/Si
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
ce06e6f9b9 colourize table output
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
5dada13a1a colourize warnings and errors
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
e8130b8f2c colourize colon_printf and question
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
6582f68c9d introduce colstr for colourizing
colstr_t colstr will hold the colourizing agents.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
c8c7a51374 add a config settings and flag for colours
Colours can be enabled in two ways:

- Add Color to pacman.conf. This enables colours automatically.
- Use --color=WHEN where WHEN is none/auto/always.

WHEN as 'never' disables colours (overrides config file), as 'auto'
enables colours when stdout is a tty, and 'always' enables colours no
matter what.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:04 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
ea42d03ea1 standardize format functions
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:03 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
ce5ee8a065 remove format from statistic messages
Remove the format component of the "Total Download Size" and related
messages. The heading will be colourized, the size won't.

However since the length of these messages can vary by language, we need
a pretty printer to format them nicely.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:03 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
b4459f1e04 split "Packages (%zd):" message
Basically all translation messages that need colouring but _also_ happen
to be format strings need to be split up.

This makes it easy to conditionally embed colour codes into the output
at runtime.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:03 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
ef5feb15a7 remove :: prefix from all message
This will substantially simplify the logic to add colours to messages.

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:03 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
098cfe516d refactor common code in query_search/sync_search
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:55:03 +10:00
Neer Sighted
8b03b1a877 makepkg: Use a recursive git clone.
Make makepkg use a recursive clone when creating the working directory.
This will initialize submodules

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:48 +10:00
Sébastien Luttringer
6831a5f4b1 makepkg: Avoid find to fork for each rm call
Reported-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:48 +10:00
Sébastien Luttringer
a03f5f55cd Add staticlibs option in PKGBUILD
This option helps to removes static library files in packages.

Related to the thread:
https://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/arch-dev-public/2013-March/024552.html

Signed-off-by: Sébastien Luttringer <seblu@seblu.net>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:48 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
017184fab5 libalpm: Search for replacers before literals
Since 882bff36 literals would be searched before replacers, resulting in a
package being replaced by another not actually being replaced under certain
conditions (e.g. they're both in the same repo).

This change effectively reversed the expectations in test sync132. This patch
switches the order back to replacers first, thus making sure if a package is
replacing another one, the change will always happen, even if both are in the
same repo.

Note that a package replacing another one in a repo with higher priority will
not be done, see FS#11737 and test sync1105

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:47 +10:00
Olivier Brunel
1b39653e96 libalpm: Fix installing update of a replaced package
During a sysupgrade, if a package is replaced by another, and an update for the
former package is found (on another repo) the replaced package would be
re-installed.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a98bb96b43 fix typos in pacman tests
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:47 +10:00
Allan McRae
e6b8d5189f Do not resolve every local package filelist on remove
Although technically correct, this results in my system taking ~30 seconds
to resolve all filelists when removing a package that has a directory not
owned by any package.  The check for if any package own the empty directory
is a rare enough occurance, and it will be even rarer when that directory
has a directory symlink in its path, so just revert this at this stage.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-03-07 15:38:47 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8e2648bf02 add SYMEXPORT to alpm_filelist_contains
alpm_filelist_contains is listed in alpm.h and should be public but was
not exported.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
3d142fe8ef dload: don't download sig if package is found in cache
Avoids the segfault seen in FS#33911.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Richard Pougnet
63baba13ec Provide full path names in warning messages
Fix FS#31556 by printing filename instead of entryname. Thus,
removing a lot of confusion from the output.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
972528c021 paccache: use xargs to execute mv/rm commands
This removes the restriction on the length of the command line, as xargs
will work around by running multiple instances of the command for us.

As seen: https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1232959

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
34749e177d Perform limited conflict checking with --force
Pacman currently bails when trying to extract a file over a directory
when using --force.  Instead of ignoring all conflict, perform the
check and skip any file-file conflicts. Conflicts between directories
and files are still flagged and cause the transation to abort.

As a bonus, we now know about files changing packages when using
--force, so we can skip removing them fixing upgrade046.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
19754b34a3 use resolved_path for filelist_contains
alpm_filelist_contains was being used to search for resolved paths, but
searching in the unresolved paths, causing it to miss matches.  We
always search unresolved paths and search the resolved paths if
available because _alpm_filelist_resolve is not public and requires
a context handle, so it can't be called from alpm_filelist_contains.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
083ac51816 return resolved paths from filelist_difference
We were comparing files based on resolved paths but returning the
original file_t structures, which were not necessarily in the same
order.  The extra file_t information was only being used to determine if
the file was a directory which can be accomplished by testing for
a trailing slash, so just return the resolved path.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9995510dc8 return resolved paths from filelist_intersection
We were comparing files based on resolved paths but returning the
original file_t structures, which were not necessarily in the same
order.  The additional file_t information was never used, so just return
the resolved path.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
4a1d93b92c add fileconflict tests for cases with symlinks
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
0bbc406ee8 use alpm_list_free on filelist intersection
alpm_filelist_intersection returns a list of pointers to internal file_t
struct's, so only the list itself should be freed.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-24 13:11:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
8803ae3b4d pmtest: install filesystem entries before packages
Installing filesystem entries first allows the filesystem to provide
a symlink to a directory.  Packages will then be able to use the symlink
as if it were a directory instead of causing an error.

For example:

self.filesystem = ["dir/", "link -> dir/"]
pkg = pmpkg("pkg1")
pkg.files = ["link/file"]
self.addpkg2db("local", pkg)

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:44 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
bc747fbfbf fix off-by-one error in _alpm_filelist_resolve
'/' should not be appended to the resolved root when root is "/".

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
d5a5a6b512 fix style violations
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
578dfcd977 fix alpm_validation_t comment
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
158a249a77 add alpm_logaction to API updates
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c1a84c03b2 find_fileconflicts: reduce path resolution calls
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Dave Reisner
0a5b79e133 makepkg: add support for .pkg.tar.lzo
Supported by libarchive as of version 3.1.0 when compiled against lzo2
or in the presence of the lzop binary.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Dave Reisner
540cae816a makepkg.conf.5: fix bulletted list item formatting
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Dave Reisner
26a79cb29d libalpm: never attempt to remove a mountpoint
Arch Linux typically runs into this with /sys when upgrading the
filesystem package in build chroots, but LXC users might also run into
this, since their /sys is shared from the host and must, for security
reasons, be mounted RO.

I've neglected to add any tests for this because they would require root
in order to run. Current tests all pass with this patch and I've
confirmed the desired behavior in a VM. Incidentally, the first hunk of
this patch (skipping can_remove_file checks for directories) resolves the
case of API mountpoints being removed since they eventually fall into
unlink_file and fail with "contains files". However, this patch should
still be the Right Thing To Do™, as we can't possibly remove a directory
that is also a mountpoint.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>

[Allan] Do not skip checking if directories can be removed. Instead test
if directories are mountpoints in can_remove_file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-16 11:06:43 +10:00
Allan McRae
8fe8233dfa Fix registering database with non-gpgme builds
We record whether the default SigLevel is set in order to add upon
it for the *FileSigLevel entries.  When using the only valid value
of "SigLevel = Never" with non-gpgme builds, we need to ignore
the ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET flag when determining if we have a valid
value for the database SigLevel.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
87ffc648b7 Fix --without-gpgme build
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
1d0a69c655 Fix gpgme detection
The gpgme detection had a couple of issues which are fixed:

1) In some cases it would not error out when gpgme was missing and
--with-gpgme was passed.

2) In some cases, the CFLAGS/LDFLAGS etc would not be properly
restored.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
3fa2830829 Add format attributes to all required functions
Fixes all clang warnings with -Wformat-literal.

Also, fix genuine formating issue discovered once adding these attributes
and add a cast to prevent a gcc warning.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
05b0d7e799 Fix --enable-warningflags
gcc gives an error on an unknown warning flag, but clang just gives a
warning.  Upgrade the warning in clang to an error by activating
-Werror=unknown-warning-option if available.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
William Giokas
42b492b2fd makepkg: fix -r and --needed conflict
In makepkg, passing -sr --needed causes there to be a conflict when
pacman goes to remove the dependencies, as the --needed flag is not an
option for pacman -R. This patch makes --needed not get added to the
PACMAN_OPTS array, but it acts like ASDEPS, and is only added to an
install function.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:33 +10:00
Allan McRae
bafee395a6 Fix compilation error on clang
This also lead me to notice that in _alpm_gpgme_checksig many things
were not being cleaned up.  Fix this by having CHECK_ERR goto gpg_error
and make the required adjustments.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:32 +10:00
Allan McRae
572b1a5de7 makepkg: add lrzip compression support
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-13 11:50:32 +10:00
Martin Panter
390b08f18b Exit with failure status if download or installation is not confirmed
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
9aead554bc pacman: print version information in debug output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
d2ce93bc54 Quieten the build process some more
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
17d4ec5ed8 Skip reading sync db deltas files if UseDelta is unset
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
711b6d3911 Update NEWS for pacman-4.1
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
3068b52f9a README: update with 4.0 -> 4.1 API changes
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
829aeb2c2c README: update alpm options
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
5f5469c774 Import key if needed when installing package from file
When installing a package with "pacman -U" that has a detached
signature, check if the needed key is in the keyring and download
if necessary.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
0d89c10f4b Prompt to delete packages with signature fails
Offer to remove the bad package when a signature fails to validate
as is done for checksum failures.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
4ccf16dff5 Remove retry path from signature validation
Now that the keyring is checked for all needed keys before the
validation, we can not reach a point of a missing key when doing
validity checks for sync operations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
31b9b264c1 Check keys are in keyring before package validation
Keys used to create signatures are checked for presence in the keyring
before package validation is performed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/alpm.h

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
198154962b Make decode_signature available to the library
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
05745089ac Add function to extract key id from signatures
This does not support all possibilities of RFC4880, but it does
cover every key currently used in Arch Linux.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
4ec6848f91 Move key importing into separate function
This will be useful for checking the availablity of all keys before
perfoming validation in sync operations and for downloading a needed
key in upgrade operations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:36 +10:00
Allan McRae
45b6d36cf7 Make key_in_keychain available in library
In preparation for checking key presence and downloading needed keys
before conflict checking.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-09 12:43:36 +10:00
Allan McRae
c0835ff08e Additions to .mailmap
Standardize on the most common name for email addresses with multiple
name variants.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Chirantan Ekbote
defa561558 Document fakeroot and fakechroot as dependencies
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
fc0ec7644c Remove outdated instructions in pactest README
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Chirantan Ekbote
2d832adf08 Remove conditional checks for fakechroot from test files
We don't want test files to do any checks for fakechroot since we will
print a warning if it is not found.

Signed-off-by: Chirantan Ekbote <chirantan.ekbote@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Chirantan Ekbote
2f137fdd39 Print a warning if fakechroot is not found
Fixes FS#33551.

Signed-off-by: Chirantan Ekbote <chirantan.ekbote@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
1631255357 use strtok_r to parse multi-value config options
This prevents multiple spaces between values from being
parsed as empty values.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
ec339969d9 document that stdin must not be a tty to read from it
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
7956441350 Better error message with "-" is specified without stdin
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
5c5cdb0eb9 doc: update PKGBUILD man page
Rearrange the functions section of the PKGBUILD man package. Clarify
that the package() function is a requirement and the rest are all
optional.  Note that $pkgdir should only be used in the package()
function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
f170a94c13 makepkg: make $pkgdir non-accessible during build()
The idea of having separate build() and package() functions is that
build() is run as a normal uses and package() as (fake)root.  Any
files placed in $pkgdir during build() can have the wrong permissions.

Restrict access to $pkgdir during build() - unless there is no package()
function.

Also, set $pkgdir to something "useful" during build().  For split
packages, this uses "<path>/pkg/$pkgbase" because it is not obvious
which $pkgdir is being referred to.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
274c3890b0 make test/scripts/human_to_size.sh executable
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
529cf928ab add missing utilities to contrib/README
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6617182229 unset executable bit on updpkgsums.sh.in
No other contrib script is executable.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Dave Reisner
7edd262a06 inline libarchive compat wrappers
Suggested-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
05d83c46fd Document LocalFileSigLevel and RemoteFileSigLevel
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Allan McRae
33b3b6d9b8 Add configuration option for Upgrade operation SigLevel
Add LocalFileSigLevel and RemoteFileSigLevel to control the signature
checking for "pacman -U <file>" and "pacman -U <url>" operations
respectively. The starting value for both these options is SigLevel,
if it is specified in the [options] section, or the built-in system
default. The specified values override and/or supplement this initial
value. Note there is no distinction between setting "Required" and
"PackageRequired" as there are no database options for Upgrade
operations.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-02-07 10:48:11 +10:00
Dan McGee
3aece8f0ee Restore libarchive 2.8.x compatibility
We still call some of these 'deprecated' methods elsewhere, so this
shouldn't present a problem. When we decide 2.x support is to be dropped,
we should update all of the code to not call deprecated methods.

Allan: Adjusted with respect to previous patches adding libarchive
compatibilty layer.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:37:32 +10:00
Dave Reisner
e1e4bbb79d Use libarchive compat header for relevant symbols
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:37:32 +10:00
Dave Reisner
2a57c2068c add libarchive compatability object
This allows us to support both libarchive 2.8.x as well as 3.x without
deprecation warnings on compile.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:37:32 +10:00
Chirantan Ekbote
266b3dd706 makepkg: Integrate check_install into tidy_install
Rearrange tidy_install so we first remove docs, unwanted files,
libtool files, and empty directories.  Then check for missing backup
files and references to $srcdir and $pkgdir.  Finally compress manpages,
strip debug symbols, and compress executables with upx.

Fixes FS33318

Signed-off-by: Chirantan Ekbote <chirantan.ekbote@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:37:25 +10:00
Dave Reisner
27067b1372 dload: pass back the effective URL to callers of _alpm_download
I suspect that eventually we're going to end up returning a pointer to
an allocated struct to describe the download result, but that's for
another patch when the need arises...

Fixes FS#33508.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:36:58 +10:00
LANGLOIS Olivier PIS -EXT
f21e1f54aa Relax requirement of what constitutes a dead connection
Users have hit issues behind corporate firewalls that initially throttle
downloads to ~1B/sec.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Langlois < olivier.pis.langlois@transport.alstom.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:36:58 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
cb43bd8dfb Consolidate --foreign/--native filtering
Also fix a small bug where pacman won't check if the sync dbs are first
downloaded when invoked with --native (it should).

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-29 13:36:58 +10:00
Maxime Gauduin
8624eddb31 Make sed follow symlinks on Linux
Signed-off-by: Maxime Gauduin <alucryd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
24a78fe731 paclog-pkglist: parse entries with caller info
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
66a9b53141 add caller prefix to alpm_logaction
prefix defaults to "UNKOWN" if null or an empty string is provided.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
8308c7b320 Update "missing" file
The latest automake release causes complaints about an out of date
'missing' file during configure.  Sync with upstream.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
William Giokas
457642231e Fix printing of paths
Originally printed a leading \ before all path names as the `' would be
removed during the make. Using '' should be just as good as using `'.

paccache.sh.in:
die "cachedir \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"

paccache
die "cachedir \%s does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
6bbf6e8fa1 add doxygen comments to conflict.c
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Dave Reisner
250aaefb27 paccache: pass the --file option to pacsort
Resolves FS#33455.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Dave Reisner
a64a713fc2 pacsort: add -f, --files option for sorting filenames
Teach pacsort to understand package filenames and optionally strip away
some of the context. alpm_pkg_vercmp() intentionally only understands
pure versions, so strings such as '18.0-2-x86_64' and '18.0.1-1-x86_64'
will be compared wrongly.

Partially addresses FS#33455.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
89ecf8cabe Make path to ldconfig configurable
The FHS (2.3) says having ldconfig in /sbin is optional and it is usually
located in /usr/sbin.  So /sbin/ldconfig should not be hard coded in
pacman.  Instead, provide a configure option --with-ldconfig that defaults
to the current path.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
e3d8197d67 Remove leading / for pactest paths
The leading / makes the pactest suite look for the file in the users
filesystem.  This meant the ldconfig tests always passed (even when
broken in pacman...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:46 +10:00
Allan McRae
801f7d1033 pactest: handle non-default scriptlet shells
pacman can be configured to use a different shell than /bin/sh for
scriplets.  Pass the cnfigured value to the pactest suite and make the
necessary "copy" of the shell in the test root.

Also update all copyright years in the pactest suite.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:38:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
ad280e1b56 Revert execvp and related commits
This reverts commit 4a8c2852a8.
This reverts commit 993700bc6b.
This reverts commit bb4d2b72c1.
This reverts commit 60b192e383.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-28 23:30:40 +10:00
William Giokas
b27886ab59 makepkg: Formatting consistency in write_pkginfo
The difference between the echo and the printf's in write_pkginfo seemed
to be somewhat sporadic. Also, the INFAKEROOT check was doing the same
exact thing as the SPLITPKG check, but formatted much differently and
consuming two extra lines. I think this makes it more readable than it
was previously, if nothing else.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Dave Reisner
132e1ac10c dload: avoid showing progress bars on some redirects
RFC 2616 doesn't forbid a 301 or 302 repsonse from having a body, and
servers exist in the wild that show this behavior. In order to prevent
pacman from showing a progress bar when we aren't actually downloading a
package (and merely following one of these pain in the butt redirects),
capture the server response code in the response header, rather than
waiting to peel it off the handle after the download has finished.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Reported-by: Alexandre Filgueira <alexfilgueira@cinnarch.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
c628d649f6 Fix release dates
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
4a8c2852a8 pmtest: resolve path to scriptlet shell
In order to support a variety of values for the --with-scriptlet-shell
configure flag, pmtest has to be aware of what kind of path was passed,
be it an absolute path or a fragment for a path lookup. For absolute
paths, leave the path alone. For fragments, search the PATH environment
var for the resolved path to the binary. In both cases, join the
resultant path to the root directory defined for the test, not a
pre-determined bin directory.

Fixes FS#31552.

With-contribution-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
993700bc6b Do not require full path for scriptlet shell
This increases robustness to the shell location changing paths.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
bb4d2b72c1 Do not use full path for ldconfig
The ldconfig binary is not guaranteed to be in /sbin. Change to calling
just "ldconfig" rather than using the full path.

This removed the check that the ldconfig binary exists. However, it is
a reasonable assumption that it will exist if its configuration file
does.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Allan McRae
60b192e383 Use execvp for running programs in chroot
This makes us more robust to utilities changing paths.  There is no
functional change when a full path is specified.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-17 22:32:54 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9c160cf3f3 Allow querying directory ownership
The restriction of not checking the ownership of a directory is
unnecessary given that all the package filelists contain this
information. Remove this restriction, with the expectation that you
might get multiple packages returned for a given directory.
Additionally attempt to minimise the number of files getting through
to the slow realpath call.

Original-work-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Original-work-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:38 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
7a83cd003a query_fileowner: don't append '/' if path is "/"
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:38 +10:00
Pierre Schmitz
49c5f515e9 pacman-key: reduce verbosity of --populate
Do not bother the user with gpg's verbose output.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
09295f7e40 pacman-key: handle local signing of multiple keys
gpg --lsign-key does not like being given multiple keys to sign.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:38 +10:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
86eefc1a3a Fix space between control structure and open parens
Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:38 +10:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
b5709b8171 Fix open braces style
Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
e13a3bf599 Fix missing spaces in operators
Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi
46e9afdd74 fix comment style // -> /* */
Signed-off-by: Gerardo Exequiel Pozzi <vmlinuz386@yahoo.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
925d44bde6 Fix spacing in HACKING spacing example
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Pang Yan Han
b6320de4be Save backup files with extension .pacsave.n
Teach pacman to save backup files with extension .pacsave.n, where n is a
positive integer. The current backup file shall be saved as <name>.pacsave,
while existing .pacsave.n files will be renamed to <name>.pacsave.n+1

Example:
1. You have subversion installed in your local repo. /etc/conf.d/svnserve
   is a file to be backed up. It contains local modifications

2. You remove subversion from your repo. /etc/conf.d/svnserve is backed up as
   /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave

2. You install subversion again

3. You edit /etc/conf.d/svnserve

4. You remove subversion. The existing /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave is renamed
   to /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave.1 and /etc/conf.d/svnserve is backed up as
   /etc/conf.d/svnserve.pacsave

Signed-off-by: Pang Yan Han <pangyanhan@gmail.com>

Rebased from original email and adjusted for util-common usage.
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Allan McRae
27d9c25ee2 Split common utility functions for libalpm and pacman
There is duplicated code in the util.c files in the libalpm and pacman
source code. Split this into a separate file so that it can be shared
via a symlink. This prevents code divergence between the two code bases.

Also, move mbasename and mdirname from pacman/util.c into util-common.c
in preparation for the following patch that uses them to add an extension
to pacsave files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-04 21:49:37 +10:00
Danny George
965e1de217 Add a -n option to repo-add to only add new packages
Packages are already in the pkg db were given a warning, and then
readded anyway.  With -n specified, the warning is printed, but skips
readding it.

Signed-off-by: Danny George <dangets@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
William Giokas
fe0586e240 makepkg: Print out full version on pkgver update
When building sources with a pkgver function, makepkg will print out the
original version before pkgver() is run, claiming that that is the
package that will be built. This patch simply re-prints the output
later, after pkgver() has been run so people can see which package they
are actually building.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
b455bbc91d Update Doxyfile
A few parameters were outdated and this produced warnings from Doxygen

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
342f079f7e doc: Fix section link in pacman-key man page
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Danny George
04821ea9ca Fixed missing asciidoc id
Generated webpage contained dead links to section 'Package and Database
Signature Checking'
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
241d6b884a makepkg: use --apparent-size when du supports it
Amazingly, using "sleep 1" to convince btrfs to report correct file
sizes is only a 90% fix.  Sometimes more sleep is needed.

Instead we use the --apparent-size argument to du to get actual file
sizes. This is used only on Linux as the various BSDs do not support
this argument.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
d5a6ce8ca1 Remove checks for geteuid
The geteuid function is defined in POSIX and we will not support any
operating systems without it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Allan McRae
5aaf5bcf83 Remove Cygwin support
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Florian Pritz
23f93118d0 pacdiff: update copyright notice
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Florian Pritz
163ba4016e pacdiff: Add option to overwrite, clarify remove option
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Florian Pritz
495460d717 pacdiff: check cmp's exit code rather than output
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Florian Pritz
6a804d55dd pacdiff: be more verbose if we rename or remove
Doesn't hurt and reassures the user that we did the right thing.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Florian Pritz
dd3762edc4 pacdiff: color filename and mention what we found
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Dan McGee
2616cb5fdc Use a defined constant in delta.c for num_matches
This allows compiling in both clang and gcc without running into
oddities regarding const vs. defined constant values.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Dan McGee
038b1815d0 util/pactree: correctly free the deps list in walk_deps()
If we are reversed, then we were correctly freeing both the list and the
contained data. However, we were leaking a list in the case of a
non-reversed traversal.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:10 +10:00
Dave Reisner
60d2588192 parseopts: remove superfluous continue/shift statements
Fun fact about bash: the below is valid and will only ever print 'a'!

  fn() {
    continue 2
  }

  for x in {1..5}; do
    for y in {a..e}; do
      echo "$y"
      fn
    done
  done

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
1dd3405813 Update copyright year for 2013
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2013-01-03 12:03:09 +10:00
Allan McRae
5186f702d3 Remove leading "./" from filenames in mtree file
A properly formatted mtree file may stick a leading "./" in front
of file names in the root directory.  Strip this if present.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
7d27b2b0f4 Check file types match before comparing properties
Bail early in file validation checks if the file type given in the
mtree file does not match that in the filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
ddd2b9e6f6 Check "install" and "changelog" files for changes
The "install" and "changelog" entries for a package  in the local
database are now checked for changes with -Qkk.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
01e093d0ae Perform full checking of files with -Qkk
The follow fields are checked:
  Directory: uid, gid, mode
  File: uid, gid, mode, size, time
  Symbolic Link: uid, gid, mode, link, time

A skeleton is added for checking a files md5sum and sha256sum when
reading this information is supported by libarchive.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
327c272bb4 Basic running of pacman -Qkk to check mtree files
If a package has an mtree file, using pacman -Qkk will read that
file and use it to perform more in depth package checking.

Currently this only checks for file presence.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
cfd9f1cc69 Separate checking a files existence into a function
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
18ddf90ff4 Move check function into its own file
There is going to be a lot of overlap in the code for the quick
and full checks that can be abstracted into their own functions.
Also many other file checking functions will be needed for the
full check. Put all these in a separate source file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
097d5a478b Add public functions for accessing mtree data
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
0445c68d9b Add internal functions for reading mtree file from local db
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
da3a0333de Extract .MTREE file into local package database
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
ad3a26c615 makepkg: add mtree file into package
Add an mtree file to the package with all file information. This
can be added to the local pacman database on install allowing full
package verification.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 13:45:12 +10:00
Allan McRae
f5d904d97f Do not warn about missing database if being downloaded
When a configured repo database is not already downloaded, a warning
message such as "warning: database file for 'testing' does not exist"
is printed.  Disable this warning when the database is scheduled to
be downloaded in the transaction.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
422a4021e4 Fix future signature timestamp warning
The warning given for a signature timstamp being in the future compared
to the system time stated the opposite.

Also, move this warning to debug output.  It is useless in its current
form as the package or database that is giving the error is not
mentioned and so other debug output is needed to find the offending
signature.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Jason St. John
a9ad5a75f2 Replace space-based indents in prototypes with tabs
The previous commit removed the Vim modelines which replaced tabs with
spaces. This commit replaces the space-based indents with tabs.

Tabs are generally more compatible with various user preferences
regarding indentation of code. Using space-based indents is not flexible
regarding user preferences at all.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Jason St. John
1dc3de3f69 Remove Vim modelines in prototype files
It makes little sense to "force" users to replace tabs with spaces, with
a width of 2. These settings should be configured by the user in their
own ~/.vimrc.

This is a resubmission based on Allan's feedback on the ML.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
95f566d98a Print package name before changelog entry with -Qc
Fixes FS#32362

Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
53d610e0a5 query.c: simplify is_foreign
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
William Giokas
0c74ffd6b6 Added LOGDEST variable
Places logs in a pre-defined location. The logs are always neatly
labeled with package names and numbers, and this way can be more easily
sent to network shares as they are written or compressed/cleaned en
masse.

Signed-off-by: William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
964640fbfc Plug various minor memory leaks
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Dave Reisner
c8417f3386 makepkg: normalize whitespace in $pkgdesc when writing .PKGINFO
Specifically, we shouldn't allow newlines in the pkgdesc field, as
pacman will ignore the continuation and end the description prematurely
as written to the local DB. Normalize ALL whitespace, replacing it with
single whitespace characters.

Fixes strange errors as seen by FS#32852.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Dave Reisner
5a5e712c74 pkgdelta: avoid use of eval and IFS manipulation
Instead of blindly consuming data from the .PKGINFO file, parse it more
closely and only declare variables as needed.

Should help to avoid nonsensical errors and possibly dangerous command
execution as seen in FS#32852.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
8e736e1c9a Display install status of optdependencies
When a packages (new) optdepends are printed in install (update),
add a note of their current installation status.  Packages currently
installed are labelled with [installed] and packages to be installed
in this transaction are labelled [pending].

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
62f1c590fc Make alpm_pkg_find public
This function is particularly useful, so make it public.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Benedikt Morbach
7a24f909fc Add pactest for "Optional for" output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
d0e5cd2c7f Add "Optional for" to package information output
Much like packages that require a give package are displayed in the
"Required by" field of its information output, alos display packages
that optionally require the package.

Inspired-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Benedikt Morbach
9a24f1ffc5 Add pactests for displaying optdep installation status
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
63a2874fe4 Display optdep install status in package query output
Indicate which optional dependencies are installed when viewing
local package information (-Qi).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
eb9e74ecc7 Notify of removed package required as optdepend
When a package is being removed, provide a notification (via a callback)
if any local package requires it as an optdepend.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
0c2edbdd49 It turns out we do care about directories...
This is a bug that has been around since at least 2007.  On a package
upgrade (either by -S or -U) a new directory could overwrite any file.
This is caused by the filelist difference calculation ignoring all
directories and thus no new directories were checked for conflicting
files on the filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Florian Pritz
4a427dbc1b Add pactests for not detecting directory conflicts with upgrades
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
5a247ccbd4 Fix overzealous package removal with unmet dependencies
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>

[Allan: Remove expected failure from fixed pactests]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
927fdc0079 pactest: variant of package removal due to unmet dependencies
Duplicate of sync140.py but with the alphabetical ordering of the
packages changed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
1c2cfc5bad pactest: removal of packages with unmet dependencies
Provide a package for removing packages with unmet dependencies.
Currently pacman removes too many packages from the transaction
(FS#30649).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
9cd7ff807d _alpm_filelist_resolve: add useful return code
Return -1 if a path is too long to resolve or we run out of memory.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
948f135a73 Avoid upgrade conflict with unchanged effective path
This applies to a case such as when /lib is a symlink to /usr/lib. If a
package is installed which contains /lib/libfoo.so, pacman will complain
if this package is then "fixed" to contain /usr/lib/libfoo.so. Since
these have the same effective path and it exists within the same
package, ignore the conflict.

Fixes FS#30681.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
88e7ea421e Resolve file paths during inter-package conflict check
File paths are resolved if necessary during inter-package conflict
checks so that packages carrying the same effective file due to
directory symlinks on the filesystem are flagged as conflicting.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
28d404f16a _alpm_filelist_resolve: use original filenames where possible
If a filename isn't resolved, the original can be used instead of strdup()ing
it.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
80bc89c147 Add _alpm_filelist_resolve
The _alpm_filelist_resolve function takes a filelist and creates
a list with any symlinks in directory paths resolved.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
2fad78974d Add resolved_path to alpm_filelist_t
Add an array to hold the resolved paths of the files in alpm_filelist_t.
When the file name and its resolved file name are identical, the pointer
to the original file name is used to avoid duplicate memory allocation.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
c1abfeae1e Detect inter-package conflicts between files and directories
Detect a conflict between a file/symlink in one package and a directory
in another when both are being installed at once.

A side effect is the creation of conflicts between a directory symlink
and a real directory (e.g lib -> usr/lib in pkg1 and /lib in pkg2).
Given we can not guarantee pkg1 is installed before pkg2, this is a
genuine conflict.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
6860e2f703 pactest: Provide a full filelist to the pactests that need it
It turns out when you set the filelist for a package to include
"usr/lib/foo" in the pactest suite, it thinks there is only the
file "usr/lib/foo" in there...  No "usr/" or "usr/lib/" directory.
This makes life difficult when testing code that scrolls through
a filelist looking for directory entries.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-12-14 12:35:34 +10:00
Allan McRae
254329f6fb makepkg: install debug symbol packages if requested
When using "makepkg -i", install the debugging symbol packages too
if present.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
dbbe3e7cb4 makepkg: assign debugging symbol directory to a variable
Simplifies the stripping of files a lot.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
13667fd4b1 makepkg: allow debug package suffix to be configurable
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e8d9dfda2 makepkg: create package from stripped debug symbols
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
a5e81f5599 makepkg: output the name of the package being created
Although it should be currently quite obvious what package is being
created when "Creating package..." is printed, it will not be in the
future when a debug package is potentially created too.  Also, given
$pkgname is always correctly set when split packaging now, we no
longer need to pass that around.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
bd4ff4a377 makepkg: strip debugging symbols into separate folder
When using the "debug" option in combination with "strip", move the
debugging symbols into a separate directory ($pkgdir-debug/usr/lib/debug)
suitable for creating a package from.

Create hardlinks between debugging symbols of hardlinked files and add
symlinks in the .build_id directory if the binary has a build ID.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
a53fd79632 makepkg: always use pkg/$pkgname as $pkgdir
Unify split and single packages to always use a folder within pkg/
as thier $pkgdir.  This will allow a folder for storing a package with
stripped debug symbols to be added within pkg/ too.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
6be96e7612 makepkg: move debug symbol stripping to separate function
Move stripping of files to a spearate function that will be expanded
for the handling of creating debug symbol packages.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
6c22ef2c82 makepkg: add option to include debugging compiler flags
Add a "debug" option that appends the compiler flags specified in the
variables DEBUG_CFLAGS and DEBUG_CXXFLAGS in makepkg.conf to their
counterpart buildflags.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
7199fb3b1a makepkg: always run tidy_install on repackaging
When using "makepkg -R" without a packge function, we should still
run tidy_install as the user might have added other packaging options
such as (e.g.) '!emptydir' to remove empty directories on repackaging.
Of course we can not revert some options when repackaging without a
package function.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
a459156a4e pactree: unindent first limb
Removing the leader for the toplevel package shifted the name left
but not it's limb.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
d9e8197e60 pactree: unify output between utf8 and ascii
Ensure that both output formats have equal spacing, and therefore an
equivalent layout. This change also removes the styling from the
toplevel package being searched for.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
8054a254cb pactree: fix style violations
Stick to c89 and avoid mixed code and declarations, and always brace
block statements, even if they're only 1 line.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
1c0c292728 pactree: autodetect and use unicode line drawing characters
Add a compile time check for langinfo.h so that we can possibly use
unicode line drawing characters if the current locale is supportive of
them. This can be explicitly disabled at runtime with the use of a new
switch: -a, --ascii.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
e1fdcfb145 pactree: style last branch node differently
Also removes the less helpful provides-specific branch tip.

  Old:                        New:
  |--pkg                      |--pkg
     +--dep1 provides dep5       |--dep1 provides dep5
     |  |--dep2                  |  `--dep2
     |--dep3                     `--dep3
        |--dep4                     `--dep4

[dreisner@archlinux.org: switch original suggestion of \-- to `--]

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Andrew Gregory
c4c5b8ba1d pactree: fix --sync getopt value
The long --sync options has apparently never worked.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
wgiokas
6b1deedf15 Add --needed option to makepkg
Simply add the option to pass the --needed flag to pacman when using -i
with makepkg. When using makepkg in scripts, particularly for git
packages with the new version functions and not just a date, this can
save disk io and time instead of reinstalling.

This would mostly be useful with the --noconfirm option.

Signed-off-by: wgiokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Jason St. John
3536975bbf Use sentence case in makepkg
Most of makepkg already uses sentence case. This cleans up the last few
stragglers.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
3531533c2f makepkg: save path to PACMAN and test availability
After we install dependencies, we source /etc/profile so that new
elements get added to the path. As this can override any local setting
of PATH, we store the full path of the PACMAN variable passed to makepkg.

Also, add a check for PACMAN availability if it is needed to deal with any
dependency operations.

Reported-by: Martin Panter <vadmium à gmail·com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Martin Panter
86233476b0 Remove last traces of handling command arguments in $PACMAN
This resolves an inconsistency with how the $PACMAN variable was interpreted.
Previously “makepkg” would extract the first word from the $PACMAN variable
and check that it existed as a command. This appears to have been happening
ever since the variable was implemented in revision 66c6d28 (makepkg: allow
to specify an alternative pacman command). Thus it looks like command
arguments were originally allowed in the variable.

However the run_pacman() function now quotes $PACMAN, so the whole variable
has to be just the command name. This quoting was introduced more recently,
perhaps in revision 622326b (makepkg: fix sudo/su calling of pacman).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Christian Hesse
0285c678ab makepkg: fix signing built package
Fixes issue introduced in 9dd42dc0

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
3232c975c6 makepkg: deprecate PKGBUILDs without a package() function
The package() function has been around since pacman-3.3 and has
significant advantages including limited fakeroot usage and correct
repackaging.  The ability to use PKGBUILDs without a package function
will be removed in a future release.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
93148d0879 makepkg: print "SKIP" for signature checksums
There are valid reasons for a source files PGP signature to be changed
(expired key, expired signature, additional person signing...). Thus
providing a checksum for signature files can potentially cause a
PKGBUILD to require unnecessary updating.

Avoid this issue by using "SKIP" for the signature checksum.
Fixes FS#31590.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
fbf96203ab makepkg: use last match in BUILDENV/OPTIONS array
Using the last match in the BUILDENV and OPTIONS arrays allows the
user to easily override these values without specifying the entire
array. For example add "BUILDENV+=(sign)" in ~/.makepkg.conf.

Fixes FS#26701.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Simon Gomizelj
fc35b16fd4 pacman: add -n/--native filter to -Q
Signed-off-by: Simon Gomizelj <simongmzlj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
b1d614a01d doc: PKGBUILD.5 - fix output of bzr command
Add quotes around 'bzr help revisionspec' to make it clearer that
this is a command to be run.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Paul Barbu Gheorghe
b25dda737b fixed erroneous memory access to newurl in alpm_db_remove_server
Signed-off-by: Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
fe8bd95092 repo-add: quote filename for consistent output style
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
ded25aeb98 etc/Makefile: simplify build rule for conf files
This lets us define the build rule and the dependency all at once, and
additionally removes the need for an intermediate temp file.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
40d6894910 buildsys: eschew use of DEFS, prefer AM_CPPFLAGS
This is redundant, and any usage of -D should belong to CPPFLAGS.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dave Reisner
768c8ba100 configure.ac: cleanup duplication in --enable-git-version
Avoid adding our own messaging, as autoconf will add this for us with
the result of the AC_CHECK_FILE test. Reuse the cache variable from
autoconf to set our local variable.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
977489d9ab m4/po.m4: Remove use of deprecated macro
Switch from AM_PROG_MKDIR_P to AC_PROG_MKDIR_P to avoid automake warning.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dan McGee
1d0ab50c05 Fix thinko in configure.ac CFLAGS empty checking
Since commit d2669b47, CFLAGS specified on the command line haven't been
respected at all, resulting in no optimization being applied to builds.
This exposed one warning flag issue in some new code, which is also
fixed here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Dan McGee
b57ada336b Fix typo in acinclude.m4 fs_old_*flags
Introduced in commit d2669b47.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-11-27 15:16:15 +10:00
Allan McRae
2abe1f1646 makepkg: fix incorrect bracket usage
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:41:46 -05:00
Gary van der Merwe
3b02f80dcb makepkg: Add Bazaar VCS support
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:41:35 -05:00
Allan McRae
ea452d0277 makepkg: fix order of --help output
Small alphabeticalization issue in options passable to pacman.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:41:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
8b9cb8e03d makepkg: allow fragment to contain a "#" character
The frament element of a vcs url may contain the "#" charcter in the
(e.g) branch or tag name.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:41:02 -05:00
Allan McRae
306c274239 makepkg: always check makepkg.conf for match to download protocol
The list of which download protocol should look in makepkg.conf for the
download agent was hard coded into makepkg.  Instead, fallback to checking
the the download agents array for any non-local or (implemented) vcs
source.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:40:44 -05:00
Allan McRae
7a4f76c2af makepkg: do not embed timestamps in compressed manpages
This will make the checksum of man pages match across architectures
despite different build times.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:40:17 -05:00
Allan McRae
2d347132ba makepkg: check if hg and svn directories are non-empty before updating
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:40:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
800799ea63 makepkg: do not create hg working directory on checkout
Creating the working directory can waste a lot of space.
Fixes FS#31221.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:39:52 -05:00
Gary van der Merwe
03ea8ca6a9 makepkg: Improvements to get_filename:
* For any vcs other that git, the fall through resulted in being handled by the
  code for std url, hence fragments were being left on.
* Handle vcs urls than end in a slash correctly, eg http://example.com/project/

Signed-off-by: Gary van der Merwe <garyvdm@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:39:37 -05:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
c926c39b04 makepkg: check if $dir is a local clone of the right git repo
Before this patch, makepkg does not check if $dir is a local clone of
the right repo.

For example, git fetch would be run even if $dir is not a local
bare clone of a git repo in present in source(), but a subdir of
a checked-out one. That means makepkg can potentially fetch from
a completely unrelated remote and update completely unrelated
dirs/files.

This patch adds a check to make sure we are fetching from the right
remote.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <msal@i2pmail.org>
2012-09-18 08:39:18 -05:00
Mohammad Alsaleh
34b52c9a60 makepkg: git clone instead of git fetch if $dir exists but empty
Before this patch, makepkg would only check if $dir exists as an
indication that a local clone exists. And if $dir does exist, makepkg
will run git fetch inside it unconditionally.

After applying this patch, makepkg will check if the existent $dir is
empty. And if it is, it will be used to store a local clone.

Signed-off-by: Mohammad Alsaleh <msal@i2pmail.org>
2012-09-18 08:39:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
8f5ee72974 Avoid interger overflow when calculating remaining line length
When the len and cidx were changed to size_t in a8a1b093, it was
possible to have an integer overflow when a line ended right at the
edge of the terminal width.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:38:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
7262f4bed4 Fix typo in documentation
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:38:15 -05:00
Allan McRae
8550680924 makepkg: fix warnings with --noextract
Three warnings after someone deliberately typed --noextract is a
tad excessive...   Also, an empty $srcdir is perfectly valid when
the source array is empty, although using --noextact then is
wasteful.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:38:08 -05:00
Dave Reisner
aa50df630c makepkg: implement dir_is_empty for dir content checks
Rather than calling upon ls for this, use a proper shell function which
uses globbing to determine the existance of files in a directory.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:37:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
369c5aa7dd Merge branch 'maint' 2012-09-18 08:36:10 -05:00
Allan McRae
c4ab50584f pacman.8: remove redundant section
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:35:57 -05:00
Florian Pritz
f7558856b1 signing.c: warn if time went backwards
GPG signatures have a timestamp which is checked and if it's in the
future, verification will fail.

Dan: slight wording change.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2012-09-18 08:35:53 -05:00
Dave Reisner
37de9df7c0 pkgdelta: pass correct args to create_delta
Somewhere in the arg parse refactoring, the args array went away and we
simply stashed our remaining parameters as positionals. Fix this up so
that pkgdelta doesn't mysteriously hang in read_pkginfo().

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:30:17 -05:00
Allan McRae
87f9377b32 Fix documentation typo
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:30:05 -05:00
Allan McRae
e32d129967 Remove incorrect documentation for unlink_file
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:29:55 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
ea35ce5d2e query_fileowner, mdirname: add error checks
Also consolidates cleanup for query_fileowner.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:28:34 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
de7a5cf346 query_fileowner: remove assumption that root is "/"
Returning "/" from mdirname removes it as a special case which allows us to
test it like any other directory.  This corrects a false positive when querying
a file in / and root is not set to /.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:27:59 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
03f2e2360a query_fileowner: remove trailing '/' from targets
Trailing '/' in paths causes lstat to dereference symlinks to
directories which causes it to break even though the symlink is a valid
target.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:27:23 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
140c76d328 query_fileowner: resolve root early
Resolving root early prevents later calls to realpath from having to do the
work of actually resolving any symlinks in root.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:24:02 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
9648887481 query_fileowner: remove resolve_path function
resolve_path is a equivalent to calling realpath(path, NULL) except that the
returned string is guaranteed to be PATH_MAX long.  We never append to the
returned string, so this is unnecessary.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:21:42 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
bad00696f3 query_fileowner: break/continue pkgfile loop
Break out of pkgfile loop on match or continue if
the pkgfile path is too long.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
2012-09-18 08:19:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
89319b5bfd Document system and user specific makepkg.conf
Add details of the system wide and user specific versions of
makepkg.conf to the man page.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:10:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
19b8298ce8 pactest: allow running with valgrind from any directory
When using the --valgrind flag with the pactest.py script, the path
to the suppression file relies on the script being called from the
source root directory.  Construct the path from the scripts location
to allow it to be called from directory.

Dan: style cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-09-18 08:09:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
0fe562011c Move important information up in -Si output
Currently, the package description is printed at the end of the -Si output.
This is probably one of the more important pieces of information so should
be nearer the top. Also move the package architecture up.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-07 21:10:16 -05:00
Jason St. John
632912261a PKGBUILD.vim: improve 'options' highlighting, add extra keywords
This fixes the current syntax highlighting behavior in the 'options'
array, which does *not* flag illegal options (e.g. typos, unsupported
options). The shDoubleQuote and shSingleQuote options were the culprits.
Now, if you enter `'!imptydurs'`, the typoed option will be flagged red.

I also added syntax highlighting for the new options listed in `man 5
makepkg.conf`, which I believe were introduced around pacman 4.0.0.

Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn@purdue.edu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-07 20:59:27 -05:00
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe
c52bb7030c removed the condition in alpm_db_set_servers since FREELIST is NULL safe
Signed-off-by: Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-07 20:56:57 -05:00
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe
527ae7092d added coding standard
Signed-off-by: Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
2012-08-07 20:56:45 -05:00
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe
a50d1bc9ab fixed typo
Signed-off-by: Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
2012-08-07 20:56:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
024bc44a25 Merge remote-tracking branch 'allan/working-split/vcs' 2012-08-07 20:55:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
0c95b294e9 Merge branch 'maint' 2012-08-07 20:54:59 -05:00
Florian Pritz
8853a6f282 coding style fixes
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-07 20:32:30 -05:00
Allan McRae
c9b31ad622 Print repo being search for replaces in debug output
Given the message is repeated for each repo, it is a good idea to
print the repo name in the output.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-07 20:30:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
a818766c6e makepkg: delay checking for build package with pkgver()
If a pkgver() function is specified, delay checking the package is
built until the pkgver is updated..

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
7e4aa9e524 makepkg: add hg url support
Supported fragments are branch, revision and tag.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
d51902c978 doc: Add --holdver information for makepkg
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
062204daa1 doc: Document using svn source url
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
c887ccf905 doc: document automatically updating the pkgver variable
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
e0cd7b0293 doc: Document using VCS sources in a PKGBUILD
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
4b129d4843 makepkg: check pkgver validity after updating
If a PKGBUILD has a pkgver() function, skip checking the pkgver validity
until it has been updated.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:39 +10:00
Allan McRae
b1e75d7dd6 makepkg: only update pkgver when all sources are available
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
6c8def6ae0 makepkg: add --holdver to control VCS source updating
Do not update VCS sources if --holdver is used. If the VCS checkout
is not present, it will still be downloaded.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
7fd56118d0 makepkg: do not download VCS sources unless needed
VCS sources are not needed for --geninteg or --source operations.
This also prevents VCS downloads outputting to stdout, which
prevented piping -g output to the PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
b3e82ec59e makepkg: rename myver
myver is a bit generic for an internal variable name.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
2042b79bcc makepkg: add support for SVN urls
Allow SVN repo sources in the form:

source=("<folder>::<repo>#<fragment>")

where <repo> must start with svn (e.g svn+http://) and a <fragment>
can specify a revision (e.g. revision=22).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
888020de90 makepkg: provide mechanism for auto-updating pkgver
Now that VCS repos are provided in the source array, it becomes too
complicated to have automatic updating pkgver as was the case with
the old VCS PKGBUILDs (there can be multiple repos of different types
in the source array, the VCS repo may not be the package primary
source, etc).

Instead provide an optional way for a PKGBUILD to update the pkgver
value through the specifing of a pkgver() function that returns the
new version string.  This is run after all source files are downloaded
so can access the VCS repo if needed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
cca9849fc2 makepkg: modify get_filepath to handle VCS sources
With VCS sources, get_filepath should return the directory of the
checkout. This allows backing up of the VCS checkout when using
--allsource.  Fixes FS#21098.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
aa6fe1160b makepkg: modify get_filename to handle VCS sources
Modify get_filename to return the name of the folder with VCS sources.
This fixes output issues in checksum checking.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
682c9af846 makepkg: fix checksum generation with VCS sources
VCS sources should have "SKIP" for their checksum value

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
91d119af1c makepkg: allow using GIT source URLs
Allow specifing GIT sources using the following syntax

source=('<folder>::<repo>#<fragment>')

This will download the git repo <repo> into <folder> (into $SRCDIR
if set, otherwise $startdir). <repo> must start with "git", but
non-git protocols are handled using (e.g.) "git+http://...".

The <fragment> can be used to specify a branch, tag, or commit to
build from. e.g. branch=maint.

Checksum entries for git sources should be "SKIP".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
57e06394dd makepkg: skip integrity checking early
If "SKIP" is provided for an integrity check, abort checking as soon
as possible.

Also swap fork to tr for bash4 conversion.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
1a04e2e11a makepkg: generalize download_sources
In order to treat all VCS sources as URLs, we need to be able to
deal with more protocols. Rewrite download_sources to use a case
statement so additional protocols are easily added.

Also fix the use of scp to not pass the protocol in the URL
(noticed by William J. Bowman <wjb@williamjbowman.com>)

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
a922d18056 makepkg: add function to return download protocol
Extract the download protocol from a source entry.  Returns "local"
for local source files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
e806414407 makepkg: reorder source handling functions
There is no actual code change here, but these related functions
were all over the place which makes this code difficult to adjust.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Allan McRae
d338b3981d makepkg: remove VCS package support
The current VCS packaging support is really, really, really bad.
It is best to strip it out completely before rewriting it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-04 00:16:38 +10:00
Pierre Schmitz
ec5e6d9029 pacman-key: Use lsign_keys function in --populate
This reduces code duplication and also makes --populate a non-interactive function.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
2012-08-02 09:46:16 -05:00
Allan McRae
d46bb6b27b Split _alpm_filelist_operation function
To improve conflict checking, we will need to make these functions
diverge to an extent where having two separate functions will be
preferable.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:40:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
72d3713cc7 Move filelist functions into separate source file
We have a few of these and might as well gather them together. This also
cleans up the code a bit by using an enum instead of integer values, as
well as makes a "search for file in filelist" function public so
frontends can do better than straight linear search of the filelists.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:39:08 -05:00
Dave Reisner
70d8c2150e pactest: avoid upgrade conflict with unchanged effective path
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:38:58 -05:00
Allan McRae
41dae68952 pactest: Do not remove symlink to directory if a to be installed package uses it
If a pacakge has a directory symlink (e.g. /lib -> usr/lib), do not
allow it to be removed if any other package is trying to install a
file into that path (e.g. /lib/foo).  This is because the local
database can become invalidated if the symlink is removed after the
package with file /lib/foo is installed (sync702.py).  If the symlink
is removed before the file is installed (sync701.py), the upgrade is
actually a success, but we can not guarantee the ordering so both
cases should fail.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:38:45 -05:00
Allan McRae
fa2eadcec7 pactest: Do not remove symlink to directory if local package uses that path
If we have a symlink to a directory (e.g. /lib -> usr/lib), then
we can not remove it if a local package thinks it has files in the
symlink directory (e.g. /lib/foo), because this will invalidate the
local file database.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:38:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
eb87155391 pactest: conflict between files having same effective path
Note failure to detect a conflict between files having the same
effective path across packages due to a directory symlink.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:38:24 -05:00
Allan McRae
6f47dfc920 pactest: conflict between directory and a file
Note failure to detect a conflict between a directory in one package
and a file in the other when the directory is not currently on the
filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:38:16 -05:00
Allan McRae
e3772f7654 Add pactest for empty subdirectory conflict
The wrong test file was inadvertantly committed in 44e9fdd0. Add the
correct test and tidy up the test which was committed.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:37:48 -05:00
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig)
49dbebcc36 Allow cleaning only some cachedirs
When cleaning the cache, ask for each cachedir separately.

Allan: add some white space in output

Signed-off-by: Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-02 09:34:45 -05:00
Dan McGee
7193ce1ecd Merge branch 'maint' 2012-08-01 09:21:33 -05:00
Allan McRae
647b9ea6d9 contrib/updpkgsums: Fix error message
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:18:58 -05:00
Enjolras
eb25a18571 Add documentation for the prepare() function
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:18:06 -05:00
Enjolras
065b7f863a Add a function prepare() to PKGBUILD
prepare is run after the source extraction, and is not run with
--noextract option.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:17:58 -05:00
Allan McRae
b782388f16 makepkg: remove unnecessary formatting
This extra newline leaves a gap that looks strange in of itself,
but is highlighted when piping -g output to a PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:17:42 -05:00
Daniel Wallace
52550a2a0a asdeps flag passed from makepkg to pacman
add the asdeps flag for makepkg so that it does pacman -U --asdeps

[Allan: clean-up whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace12@gmail.com>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:17:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
d2669b4781 Do not enable _FORTIFY_SOURCE without optimization
With glibc-2.16, using -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE requires that optimization (-O)
be used or it will prodice a warning message. Enable -Werror in our
test for _FORTIFY_SOURCE support to catch when a users specifies CFLAGS
without optimization.

The line to set CFLAGS="" when no CFLAGS are specified (either due to
being unset or geniunely empty) is required as autoconf will use
"-O2 -g" for its tests by defult when CFLAGS is unset, but will not add
them to the CFLAGS used...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:16:46 -05:00
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe
e94876089a Fix wrong parameter name in alpm_db_update's signature
Signed-off-by: Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
2012-08-01 09:14:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
f619bc61f5 Clean up exclusion list in sync cache cleanup
Make an array out of our various glob skip patterns and loop through
them looking for items to skip. Additionally, when doing a full clean,
delete all objects rather than respect this skip list.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:14:40 -05:00
Dan McGee
cc6fb2e8a7 Skip deltas and partial downloads in package cleanup
This affects -Sc only, not -Scc.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:14:32 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
3fb934b59a pactree: show tree vertical "limbs"
Showing vertical limbs makes the tree easier to follow.

Old:            New:
|--pkg          |--pkg
   |--dep1         |--dep1
      |--dep2      |  |--dep2
   |--dep3         |--dep3
      |--dep4         |--dep4

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
[Allan: fix shadow warning]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:12:45 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
a6bd14285d pactree: consolidate both walk_deps functions
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
[Allan: fix shadow warning]
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:12:29 -05:00
Allan McRae
958b41fa5f contrib/bacman: fix package architecture in filename
Give the generated package the correct architecture in its filename
rather than assuming the system architecture.

Also add updated copyright notice.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 09:02:30 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ddbd36103d util: fix line length calc in _alpm_archive_fgets
74274b5dc3 which added the real_line_size to the buffer struct
didn't properly account for what happens when archive_fgets has to loop
more than once to find the end of a line. In most cases, this isn't a
problem, but could potentially cause a longer line such as PGP signature
to be improperly read.

This patch fixes the oversight and focuses on only calculating the line
length when we hit the end of line marker. The effective length is then
calculated via pointer arithmetic as:

  (start_of_last_read + read_length) - start_of_line

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 08:53:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
35ac4e7ef3 lib/conflict: use a binary search within filelists
Take advantage of the fact that our filelists are arrays sorted by
filename with a known length and use a binary search. This should speed
up file conflict checking, particularly when larger packages are
involved.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 08:53:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c5e7eeece7 lib/be_local: ensure local filelists are sorted
This may very well be a no-op, but better safe than sorry.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 08:53:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8fe383860e lib/be_package: use qsort instead of our own msort
On the assumption that these arrays are already mostly sorted, use the
standard quicksort method to sort the files arrays. The files_msort
function name is tweaked to give it a more general name to reflect this
change.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 08:53:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
7520c0facb Add more debug logging to dir_belongsto_pkg() function
Now that we pass in the handle, we might as well add logging.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-08-01 08:52:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
e41ca0f2f6 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	etc/makepkg.conf.in
2012-07-10 08:41:18 -05:00
Dave Reisner
392fffe241 pacman: be more descriptive when opening an include fails
if fopen returns NULL, append the libc strerror-ized error message to
our own error message.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:39:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e0daaea38c update comments referring to alpm_option_get_syncdbs
This function was renamed alpm_get_syncdbs as part of b488f229d.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:37:59 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5c1ba2d5fd makepkg.conf: add -q option for curl
Avoid involving the user's ~/.curlrc file as this may alter the expected
behavior of downloads.

ref: https://bbs.archlinux.org/viewtopic.php?pid=1124441

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:36:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d7c3164fd5 makepkg.conf: enable curl's cookie engine for http
Implements FS#28098.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:36:17 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ea3439f928 diskspace: log errors when opening the mount table fails
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:33:33 -05:00
Allan McRae
44e9fdd0e8 Check empty subdirectory ownership
When checking if a package owns a directory, it is important to check
not only that all the files in the directory are part of the package,
but also if the directory is part of a package.  This catches empty
subdirectories during conflict checking for directory to file/symlink
replacements.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:31:48 -05:00
Allan McRae
717fdb8ee0 Add conflict for replacing owned empty directory
When two packages own an empty directory, pacman finds no conflict when
one of those packages wants to replace the directory with a file or a
symlink.  When it comes to actually extracting the new file/symlink,
pacman sees the directory is still there (we do not remove empty
directories if they are owned by a package) and refuses to extract.

Detect this potential conflict early and bail. Note that it is a
_potential_ conflict and not a guaranteed one as the other package owning
the directory could be updated or removed first which would remove
the conflict.  However, pacman currently can not sort package installation
order to ensure this, so this conflict requires manual upgrade ordering.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:29:37 -05:00
Ram Bhamidipaty
d6f31dc788 Add man page for pactree
Add a man page for the pactree utility.

Feedback-from: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Feedback-from: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ram Bhamidipaty <rambham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-07-10 08:02:08 -05:00
Allan McRae
0c62b36c19 Allow leading "local/" in query operations
I find that when copying the output of "pacman -Qs foo" into a
"pacman -Qi" operation to get more information on the packages, I
consistently copy the "local/" prefix. It is a minor usability
improvement to strip this if present.

Dan: Pluck out LOCAL_PREFIX and magic numbers.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:43:36 -05:00
Allan McRae
47711947dd Scripts testsuite output consistency
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:39:52 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b1bb2eaa50 paccache: adopt size_to_human
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:39:46 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a98fce0896 scripts/library: add size_to_human
This function is the reverse of human_to_size, and converts integer byte
sizes to human readable SI prefixed values.

A logical extension of this might be to mimic the formatter that pacman
uses and allow a second argument to be passed in which can coerce the
size, rather than reducing until the unit count is below 1024.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:39:34 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ab8431c929 pkgdelta: use human_to_size to parse --min-pkg-size
Update the documentation accordingly to mention that users can expect
huamn readable sizes to be acceptable.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:39:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b58489d29a scripts/library: add human_to_size
This is a bash wrapper around an awk function that parses human readable
sizes and returns their representative values in bytes, as a string. A
small test harness is added to validate the functionality.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:39:12 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e183522e31 diskspace: only load filesystem info on demand
Only load filesystem details for the mount points that we're actually
going to write to. This reduces our syscall count considerably. In the
case of installation, we would actually stat every mountpoint twice (an
extra round for download diskspace) which means (on my system) a total
of 60 syscalls to write to 3 partitions when installing the kernel
package. This change reduces the 60 syscalls down to the expected 3.

A slight debug output change is added here to discern between a
mountpoint added to our linked list versus when we actually load the fs
info.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:37:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
82c999a8bf diskspace: dedupe code for loading FS usage
add mount_point_load_fsinfo() for platforms using getmntent().

Dan: move the #ifdef slightly so we don't have unused functions on
certain platforms (e.g., OS X).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:26:50 -05:00
Daniel Wallace
377cc23a09 zsh-completion: Allow use of names in pacman-key
With pacman-key now having the ability to use names in --list-keys etc,
we can remove the comments that temporarily blocked this in the zsh
completion file.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:09:04 -05:00
Jason St. John
12866ba791 Added syntax highlighting for the sha256sums, sha384sums, and sha512sums arrays Fixed FS#29213
Signed-off-by: Jason St. John <jstjohn .. purdue . edu>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:08:35 -05:00
Allan McRae
5951e9ce84 contrib: fix typo in PKGBUILD.vim
FS#30156

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:08:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
e253968b4d repo-add: add checkdepends information
Similar to the case for makedepends, it is useful to be able to
access this information without parsing a PKGBUILD.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:08:15 -05:00
Allan McRae
81dd6ddf0c makepkg: install deps with --repackage
I have noticed that quite a number of packages fail with "makepkg -R"
when their (make)dependencies are not installed. Adjust makepkg to
check for dependencies when used with -R.  This can still be avoided
by using --nodeps/-d.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:08:08 -05:00
Jeremy Huntwork
d310b6f85c Allow wildcards in PURGE_TARGETS to match any type of file except for directories.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huntwork <jhuntwork@lightcubesolutions.com>
2012-06-25 23:07:49 -05:00
Allan McRae
3a24e44206 makepkg: allow url to be overridden in split packages
This is already being used (despite not working...) in packages
in the Arch Linux repos.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:07:03 -05:00
Jeremy Huntwork
19c2347507 Portability fixes for makepkg
Allow makepkg to work correctly when used with find from busybox.
Fix handling of cross directory symlinks.

Signed-off-by: Jeremy Huntwork <jhuntwork@lightcubesolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:06:43 -05:00
Dave Reisner
da0dcc29cf query: avoid false ownership matches for files in root
Check for an exact match when querying ownership of files in the root.
Previously, our test was too simple and would match the the basename of
package files against the query parameter, e.g.

  $ pacman -Qo config
  /config is owned by cower-git 20120614-1

Adds a new test to verify this behavior, query007.py.

Fixes FS#30388.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:05:59 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c6e47cb435 updpkgsums: avoid fancy quoting in error message
m4 has a field day parsing escapes and actually vandalizes this string,
causing the error to look like:

 ==> ERROR: \PKGBUILD\ not found or is not a file

Avoid all quoting and just match up with how makepkg reports errors (no
quoting at all).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:05:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9f751bf492 contrib: sed out @SCRIPTNAME@ in edit command
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:05:14 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f556fe8b4a add line length parameter to _alpm_strip_newline
If known, callers can pass the line size to this function in order to
avoid an strlen call. Otherwise, they simply pass 0 and
_alpm_strip_newline will do the call instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:04:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
74274b5dc3 add real_line_size to alpm_read_buffer
We inevitably call strlen() or similar on the line returned from
_alpm_archive_fgets(), so include the line size of the interesting line
in the struct.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:04:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7245bc8e8e pkgdelta: add missing --version longopt
This was missed in the switch to parseopts, and was caught by distcheck.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:02:05 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6a5370b634 check proper variable for NULL
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:01:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
1d32934769 Create repo-remove symlink in scripts dir
Fix the creation of the repo-remove symlink in the scripts/ dir
on building.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:00:41 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9ce4f80db4 diskspace: canonicalize path to download dir
With lazy loading in place, it's now quite obvious that we aren't
necessarily checking the right mountpoint for necessary download space.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-06-25 23:00:12 -05:00
Andrew Gregory
ac990b96e7 libalpm/remove.c - add doxygen
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-21 00:03:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
a64a8d6cea paccache: allow running as root
The main motivation for this change is to allow this to be run as a cron
job.

Satisfies FS#29897 and some other undocumented requests for this.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 19:32:58 -05:00
Allan McRae
9a76a458b8 makepkg: rework libdepends
Rewrite the handling of libdepends. The primary advantage are:
 - Moves functionality from write_pkginfo() to find_libdepends().
 - The order of the depends array in the PKGBUILD is kept in the package.
 - An unneeded libdepends is only a warning and not an error. This allows
   putting a libdepend on a library that is dlopened.
 - It is now modular so can be extended to library types other than
   ELF *.so.
 - Finding the list of libraries a package depends only occurs when a
   libdepend is specified in the depends array.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 19:04:38 -05:00
Allan McRae
81bc390dc1 repo-add: add makedepends information
This is useful for tools that automatically rebuild packages and
thus require to generate a build order. These entries are skipped
by pacman.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 19:03:43 -05:00
Allan McRae
18e0a97209 makepkg: write makedepends into .PKGINFO
Currently there is no way to access the makedepends for a package
apart from parsing its PKGBUILD. Put these into the .PKGINFO file
with the idea of making them available in the repo dbs so that
automated build tools can readily determine build order.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 19:00:42 -05:00
Allan McRae
7eb6dc2a9c Define _FORTIFY_SOURCE in CPPFLAGS
The -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 define should be in CPPFLAGS and not CFLAGS

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 19:00:14 -05:00
Allan McRae
8abef73ba9 makepkg: Add CPPFLAGS support
Add CPPFLAGS support in addition to the current CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
This keeps compiler flags split up in the same logical way done
everywhere else.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 18:58:17 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c4ea4e017f updpkgsums: add new contrib script
This updates checksums in a PKGBUILD in-place. If no sums are found,
they are appended to the end.
2012-05-20 17:55:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e533478e02 fix -Wshadow warnings as reported by gcc 4.4.3
Apparently gcc 4.7 has decided that -Wshadow warnings aren't worth
reporting anymore even with the flag enabled. These were found on
an Ubuntu 10.04 install.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:54:42 -05:00
Dave Reisner
363894e27b contrib/pacsysclean: use a standard vim modeline
Fix indenting to something more familiar with the rest of the codebase.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:41:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
9f6a67fee7 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/pacman-key.sh.in
2012-05-20 17:41:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
fc9002188b pacman-key: use mapfile over read
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:39:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9d3e59e311 makepkg: use mapfile where plausible
With bash4 as a requirement, we can use mapfile when reading command
output into an array. mapfile has the advantage of using block buffered
I/O rather than line buffered I/O, making it slightly faster for most
jobs.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:39:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
c2fdc38b78 pacman: support group selection delimited by commas
We support multiple arguments being comma separated elsewhere, so this
seems like a natural extension to support in our multiparse selection
code.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:38:33 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ceb2362209 pkgdelta: adopt parseopts for option parsing
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:38:33 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5de465d63e pacman-key: test for content in keyring files
Test for file content (-s) rather than just existance (-f). This fixes a
bug that manifests itself in the case of an empty -revoked file. A zero
element 'keys' array would be passed to gpg, forcing it to list and,
subsequently, revoke all known keys.

Bug introduced in d1240f67ea.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:35:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
233e5f610c contrib/pacsysclean: avoid setting bogus PACMAN_OPTS
PACMAN_OPTS would be erroneously set when it was undefined, causing
pacsysclean to error out.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 17:30:41 -05:00
Dan McGee
26abe8f600 Fix gettext usage in pkgdelta help instructions
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 11:27:36 -05:00
Dan McGee
2671581123 Update pacman-scripts message catalog
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-20 11:22:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
951d23e3ec docs: remove 'in the wild' section
We haven't updated this info in years and it is out of date.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-18 10:04:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
9e2078b179 pacman-key: clarify messages, s/keychain/keyring/
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-04 15:01:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
3f202c7808 doc: remove --recursive documentation for non-remove operations
This documentation was added in commit 857357f9 so was not caught in the
removal of this option in commit 85712814.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-04 14:37:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
1bf05e706b Ensure pre_upgrade scriptlet gets old package version
This was accidentally broken in the refactor done in commit 73139ccb.

Fixes FS#29371.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-05-04 11:41:40 -05:00
Allan McRae
9d9c12e4e2 makepkg: fix package arch detection
get_pkg_arch checked for the arch variable being overridden in the
package_$1() function when used with a package as a parameter.
However, when there was no override, it did not fall back to the
global value.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-30 20:48:59 -05:00
Dave Reisner
92e20b508d contrib: remove executable bit from input files
There's no reason to make these executable, and this also mimics what we
do in the scripts/ subdir.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-30 17:37:29 -05:00
Daniel Wallace
7fd0d03795 zsh completion for makepkg
This adds zsh completion for makepkg to the _pacman file
in /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/. it completes makepkg and allows for
stacking of flags like -si, -sci, et cetera.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
2012-04-30 17:37:18 -05:00
Daniel Wallace
d214c2347a add zsh completion to pacman-key
This patch adds zsh completion to pacman-key. It completes
files/directories for --config or --gpgdir and just completes the
command for --keyserver then it can complete keyids or files for all
the other flags.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Wallace <daniel.wallace@gatech.edu>
2012-04-30 17:37:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
5a9f5c60da Convert ALLOC_FAIL macro into a function
This path is rarely (read: never) taken in any normal run of the code,
so injecting the fprintf() call everywhere with the macro is a bit
overkill. Instead, add a lightweight _alpm_alloc_fail() function that
gets called instead.

This does have a reasonable effect on the size of the generated code;
most places using the macros provided by util.c have their code size
reduced.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 23:40:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
4d31709787 be_local: use the right length value for filename in all cases
Increment the strlen() provided value by 1 for the NULL byte so we use
the right value in all three places we later reference it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 23:23:54 -05:00
Florian Pritz
678bdfb0d0 pkgdelta/repo-add: quoting fixes
Finish the job on master; most of these were applied to maint already.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2012-04-29 21:56:57 -05:00
Allan McRae
2e6cb69bf6 Output "Packages" instead of "Targets"
Prefix the list of packages being installed/removed with "Packages"
instead of "Targets" as they are package names by this stage.

Fixes FS#23123.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 20:29:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
8c7202ca19 Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/buildsys' 2012-04-29 20:27:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
9dd42dc0da makepkg: remove subshelling from check_option and friends
Instead of creating a subshell for each of these checks (of which there
are many), pass in an expected value and make the check_* function do
the comparison for us, returning 0 (match), 1, (mismatch), or 127 (not
found).

For a measureable benefit, I tested this on a fairly simple package,
perl-term-readkey, and counted the number of clone(2) syscalls to try
and isolate those generated by makepkg itself, rather than the user
defined functions. Results as shown below:

  336 before
  180 after

So, roughly a 50% reduction, which makes sense given that a single
check_option() call could be up to 3 subprocesses in total.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 20:26:27 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8a9c666a8c makepkg: null terminate filenames to strip
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 20:26:11 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6d2fb6fd81 pacman/package.c: show checksums with -Sii
These were removed entirely by f34864cc9e, but some people (myself
included) still find them useful. Revive these details, but "demote"
them, so that they're only displayed when extra sync data is requested.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 20:25:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
52a9a5240a Move short-lived realpath buffers to the stack
There is little reason here to grab 4K from the heap only to return it a
few lines later. Instead, just use the stack to hold the returned value
saving ourselves the malloc/free cycle.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-29 20:14:10 -05:00
Dave Reisner
82b7122542 libalpm: add pkg-config file
No one seems to do this "correctly", but for the sake of having an easy
method of detecting the presence and version of libalpm on a given
system, we provide a straightforward .pc file.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-25 20:02:36 -04:00
Dan McGee
e0afd81d18 Pointer coding style cleanups
'foo_type_t *variable' rather than 'foo_type_t* variable'.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 21:05:51 -05:00
Dan McGee
dbc58d9386 be_local: write all single-valued attributes first
There isn't a whole lot of reason other than code clarity for this, but
it makes it a bit more obvious where multivalued attributes start.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 21:01:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
20ff0cd40f util/testdb: don't return crazy error values
With some contrived examples, you could easily make testdb return a very
high error count, which could easily overflow the 8-bit unsigned integer
limit. Instead, simply return 1 or 0 based on whether errors were found.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 20:59:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
1583a2079c Split check steps in Makefile into multiple targets
This allows a `make -j4 check` invocation to actually run in parallel,
even though 95% of our test suite time is currently dominated by
pactest. It also allows running something like `make test-vercmp`.

Also, add some targets to the .PHONY list that belong in it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 20:44:29 -05:00
Dave Reisner
953415c86a rankmirrors: move to contrib/
This script is of questionable value, as it ranks mirrors by an
uninteresting attribute: ping. While the script itself is interesting,
people should be encouraged to rank mirrors by more useful measures,
such as actual speed, locality, or up to date-ness.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 20:33:08 -04:00
Allan McRae
242411a1b4 makepkg: Be more consistent with missing program message
Also prevent "sudo" and "su" from being translated.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:54:59 -05:00
Allan McRae
22050f18f4 makepkg: treat list of packages to be installed as an array
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:54:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
d38a1c02db makepkg: deal with overriden package arch properly
This fixes a lot of checks done by makepkg (e.g. to see if a package
is already built and choosing which package to install).  Previously,
if a package had both "i686" and "any" versions, the "i686" one
always took precidence regardless of the value of "arch" in the
PKGBUILD for that package.  Fixes FS#27204.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:54:49 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6d10de881e paccache: adopt parseopts for options parsing
Add longopts and update usage. This removes the TODO item and
incorporates --help/--version into the standard option set.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 09:54:06 -04:00
Dave Reisner
ea4aa6f184 configure: require bash >= 4.1 at compile time
We've unofficially agreed to raise our minimum supported bash version to
4.1, and since added features that require it. Additionally, an earlier
commit adds a syntax check to the builds of scripts/ and contrib/ which
could conceivably fail with an earlier shell. Therefore, make this a
hard requirement of the build process.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 09:54:06 -04:00
Dave Reisner
03acea832a validate bash scripts with 'bash -n' during build.
Use the no-exec mode of $(BASH_SHELL) to check for syntax errors in
shell scripts. Since we use the extglob feature in various places, this
requires that we pass -O extglob to the shell as well, to ensure that
the parser is armed to handle this syntax.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 09:54:06 -04:00
Dave Reisner
1b494ab771 contrib: rename bash scripts: .in -> .sh.in
For consistency with the scripts/ directory, ensure that all bash
scripts use the same pre-build suffix.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 09:54:06 -04:00
Dave Reisner
71fcb69028 contrib: use a separate build rule for bash scripts
Treat bash scripts separately from the others to allow for a different
build rule, which is reused from the scripts/ subdir.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 09:54:06 -04:00
Dave Reisner
b2a2a98297 pacman-key: lookup keys before receiving
Perform a search for keys that clearly aren't key IDs. This allows
receiving keys by name or email address, but only if the key resolves
unambiguously.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:46:13 -05:00
Dan McGee
ca4f8687f7 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/repo-add.sh.in
2012-04-24 08:44:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
ac6ebcfe93 Merge branch 'parse-opts' 2012-04-24 08:39:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
59dc631c9a makepkg.8: remove bold from --pkg's optarg
Keep this in line with the rest of the manpages.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2d0a00b409 pacman-key: allow verification of multiple sig files
Loop through arguments passed to verify_sig and treat each as a
signature to be verified against a source file. Output each file as its
checked to avoid ambiguity.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
00ab01e634 scripts/library: remove parse_options
This is retired, as the two consumers of this function are now using the
new parseopts instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
e07a2ab45e bash_completion: update for changes to pacman-key
- only do file completion for options which expect files
- add completion for possible key ids when a relevant operation is in
  COMPWORDS.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
62dbf7ec43 scripts: avoid dumping usage on parser fail
Avoid letting the error message from parseopts get lost in the usage
output from pacman-key and makepkg (which is already verbose).
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f61f075b1c pacman-key: adopt parseopts for option parsing
This requires an ugly amount of reworking of how pacman-key handles
options. The change simply to avoid passing keys, files, and directories
as arguments to options, but to leave them as arguments to the overall
program. This is reasonable since pacman-key limits the user to
essentially one operation per invocation (like pacman).

Since we now pass around the positional parameters to the various
operations, we can add some better sanity checking. Each operation is
responsible for testing input and making sure it can operate properly,
otherwise it throws an error and exits.

The doc is updated to reflect this, and uses similar verbiage as pacman,
describing the non-option arguments now passed to pacman-key as targets.

Similar to the doc, --help is reorganized to separate operations and
options and remove argument tokens from operations.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3f9cf8471f makepkg: allow specifying --pkg multiple times
Make this option additive, so that the following two operations are
equivalent:

  makepkg --pkg foo --pkg bar
  makepkg --pkg foo,bar
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d85c71865e makepkg: adopt parseopts for option parsing
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8679cd68d8 scripts/library: introduce parseopts
This will replace our current options parser used in pacman-key,
makepkg, and ideally elsewhere. It follows heuristics closer to that of
GNU getopt long (and thus pacman itself), with the exception that it
does not allow for options with optional arguments. Due to the way this
parser will be used, this sort of functionality will not be needed.

Instead of relying on eval+set, options are normalized into an array,
OPTRET, which callers should expect to be populated after returning from
parseopts. This avoids problems with quotes and spaces in arguments,
assuming that the user quotes properly when passing into the
application.

A new test harness for parseopts is added in test/scripts.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:38:36 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1eb6a9cbfe configure: avoid linking against libssl
We're not linking to libssl, only libcrypto. -Wl,--as-needed will get
rid of this, but there's no sense in checking for and linking against a
library we don't need.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-24 08:34:17 -05:00
Dave Reisner
5f71570ec4 makepkg: restrict allowed characters in pkgname
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-20 18:14:45 -05:00
Florian Pritz
133d174e60 pkgdelta/repo-add: quoting fixes
This removes some unnecessary quotes and adds quotes in a few places to
hopefully work correctly if the tempdir has spaces.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-20 18:03:54 -05:00
Florian Pritz
839953f111 pkgdelta: implement requirments for delta generation
Big deltas or deltas for very small packages are not needed so we should
check that and not generate any.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-20 18:00:06 -05:00
Florian Pritz
70d425c1d3 pkgdelta: rework option/argument parser
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-20 17:59:57 -05:00
Dave Reisner
0fc5aea027 contrib: remove pactree make rule
This is a vestige leftover from the rewrite over a year ago in
622e7fdd4.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-19 22:59:45 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b9fc709c55 contrib: remove wget-xdelta from gitignore
I removed this in ff713a51 over a year ago.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-19 22:59:30 -05:00
Dan McGee
d7b728591a Merge branch 'maint' 2012-04-12 08:57:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
6a8e50a69e Remove SyncFirst option
This has outlived its usefulness and causes more problems than it
solves. It has historically only ever been used to install pacman first.
That should not be needed given we provide the vercmp utility (which has
no library dependencies) and so calling pacman in install scripts is a
sign of poor packaging.

Work-duplicated-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-12 08:55:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
ded66fbb62 Fix issues with unintialized variable value usage
Detected by clang scan-build static code analyzer.

* Don't attempt to free an uninitialized gpgme key variable
* Initialize answer variable before asking frontend a question
* Pass by reference instead of value if uninitialized fields are
  possible in download signal handler code
* Ensure we never call strlen() on NULL payload->remote_name value

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-09 00:46:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
8fb1948cd0 Add more warning flags
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-09 00:03:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
c27a946769 Fix a signed overflow error on i686 with GCC 4.7.0
Not sure why this one wasn't showing up on x86_64, but this fixes the
compile on i686.

    diskspace.c: In function 'calculate_removed_size':
    diskspace.c:247:4: error: assuming signed overflow does not occur when negating a division [-Werror=strict-overflow]
    cc1: all warnings being treated as errors

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:32:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
d158dde30c Merge remote-tracking branch 'dave/buildsys'
Oh god, what are we thinking thinking merging this. Hopefully this works with
only a few follow-up patches necessary.
2012-04-08 21:55:30 -05:00
Allan McRae
31091963ed makepkg: save and restore shopts when sourcing /etc/profile
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 21:52:42 -05:00
Dave Reisner
468270ce4f makepkg: complain when the buildfile isn't writeable
If the PKGBUILD isn't writeable for devel_update, throw a warning
instead of silently ignoring it. Some logical reordering is present in
this patch to reduce the number of nested if's.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 21:52:32 -05:00
Dave Reisner
8fe6791928 makepkg: catch errors sourcing files
create source_safe() function which temporarily disables extglob and
exits on error.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 21:52:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
dca10b062f makepkg: restrict usage of errexit to user functions
It's expected that this will lead to unwanted behavior, and needs
widespread testing. It's desirable to commit this for a few reasons:

- there's no reason we can't do our own error checking for code that we
  write.
- it avoids the need for ||true hacks scattered about in the code.
- it makes us immune to upstream changes in exit codes (FS#28248)

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 21:52:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
3a82885348 Merge branch 'maint' 2012-04-08 21:51:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ca090e10d2 pacman-key: avoid use of tempfile in verify_sig
Use --status-fd rather than --status-file to keep this contained in a
pipeline.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 21:46:15 -05:00
Dan McGee
b729ed0109 Add a new configure option for excessive compiler warning flags
This adds a bunch of warning flags to the list used when compiling.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dan McGee
a8a1b093eb Various tweaks to support building with excessive GCC warning flags
This fixes a bunch of small issues in order to enable a clean
successful build with a crazy number of GCC warning flags. A lot of
these changes are covered by -Wshadow, -Wformat-security, and
-Wstrict-overflow=5.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
ec91133e38 autoclean.sh: abide by POSIX shebang
Avoid non-POSIX brace expansion and rely on find to locate and destroy
files outside the root.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
30ca48df4c buildsys: move autotools bloat to build-aux
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
4b95967bd0 buildsys: move acinclude.m4 to m4/
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
5f77402577 buildsys: cleanup libtool and autoconf initialization
- Use LT_INIT over AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, as the latter is a deprecated alias
  for the former.
- Remove redundant macros which are called implicitly by LT_INIT.
- Remove unneeded AC_PROG_CXX call (we don't use c++ anywhere)
- Add AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) -- not strictly necessary, but added for
  consistency with autogen.sh and Makefile.am

ref: http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual/html_node/LT_005fINIT.html

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
793eff3704 buildsys: define warning CFLAGS in separate var
Continue the trend of not touching the environment CFLAGS, ensuring that
the user always has the final say.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
7fcb445f35 buildsys: use AC_DEFINE for CYGWIN macro
Instead of directly modifying CFLAGS, use config.h for its intended
purpose.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:45 -04:00
Dave Reisner
cb5b66367d buildsys: cleanup gpgme compile time check
- handle gpgme libs and cflags separately rather than appending to
  CFLAGS and LDFLAGS
- be consistent in AC_LINK_IFELSE check for gpgme 1.3.0 (though this is
  irrelephant since we don't actually run)
- be consistent with usage of "have" and "with" variables (this
  actually ends up reducing SLOC)
- when voluntary detection fails, unset GPGME_CFLAGS and GPGME_LIBS
- when requested support fails the version check, complain about the min
  version.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 22:28:41 -04:00
Dave Reisner
b2226ed11b buildsys: use pkg-config for libcurl detection
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 18:48:31 -04:00
Dave Reisner
059c572ca5 buildsys: use pkg-config for libarchive detection
This also introduces a versioned dependency of >=2.8.0.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 18:48:31 -04:00
Dave Reisner
c5d951846d buildsys: use pkg-config for openssl detection
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 18:48:31 -04:00
Dave Reisner
bcfc2155a0 buildsys: add pkg-config m4 macros
We'll need these for a small revamp to library detection.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 18:48:31 -04:00
Dave Reisner
f053141c87 pacman-key: verify TRUST_ULTIMATE keys as good
Extend our grep pattern to match TRUST_ULTIMATE, not just TRUST_FULLY,
as these keys are to be trusted as well.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 17:43:53 -05:00
Dave Reisner
569876f930 makepkg: treat lib{provides,depends} returns as proper arrays
Make these functions more whitespace space by treating newlines as the
element delimiter rather than every form of whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 17:42:47 -05:00
Dave Reisner
ecd6eddf13 makepkg: use proper array addition in libdeps
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 17:42:37 -05:00
Dave Reisner
87c4fb51a4 makepkg: add missing newline from libprovides output
This was a small oversight from 1917c845 which causes makepkg to write
provides entries to the .PKGINFO file improperly, e.g.

  provides = systemdlibsystemdudev=999

Add a newline in the printf format to ensure that these are spaced
appropriately.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-08 17:41:02 -05:00
Florian Pritz
62e8812fb9 repo-remove: remove deltas file if it becomes empty
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:30:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
3be02aa27c Prefix alpm_pkgfrom_t members with ALPM_
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:29:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
42d408e0c2 Return more useful error codes on package open failures
Failure isn't always due to the package file location not existing;
permission issues can also play a part on something like a FUSE-based
filesystem inaccessible to root.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:29:11 -05:00
Allan McRae
cb5ae428b6 Check minimum required gpgme version
We use interfaces first introduced in gpgme-1.3.0 so test we have
at least that version.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:28:28 -05:00
Allan McRae
b5043dd6c3 Make selecting scriptlet shell work
The initial patch to implement this achieved nothing apart from
adding a configure option.  This patch makes that configure option
do what it advertises.

Note that specifing any shell apart from /bin/sh causes testsuite
failures as /bin/sh is the only shell in the testing environment.

Bug-found-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:27:56 -05:00
Allan McRae
923214497f makepkg: safely change directories
In preparation for the removal of the global error trap we need a
way to ensure changing directories succeeds.  Add a "cd_safe"
wrapper that performs the necessary check.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:27:39 -05:00
Allan McRae
1917c845f7 makepkg: use printf rather than echo to output variable
Also make sure the strings passed to %s in printf are always quoted.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:27:23 -05:00
Allan McRae
d11192c73a makepkg: the rhs in string comparisons should be quoted
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:27:08 -05:00
Matthew Monaco
bb71d254e2 makepkg: devel_check(): cleanup for hg version
Use pushd/popd, quote args, handle some more errors
2012-04-07 11:26:44 -05:00
Matthew Monaco
0fd477238f makepkg: devel_check(): set newpkgver (cleanup)
The case structure allows the syntax to focus on what's actually being
done here.
2012-04-07 11:26:31 -05:00
Matthew Monaco
0666b13669 makepkg: devel_check(): consolidate common code 2012-04-07 11:26:16 -05:00
Matthew Monaco
80a811ec96 makepkg: devel_check(): determine vcs
Rather than prioritizing an arbitrary VCS, collect all development
directives. If there is more than one, give a warning and abort.
2012-04-07 11:26:00 -05:00
Matthew Monaco
6310bb5fbe makepkg: remove unused variable
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:25:34 -05:00
Dan McGee
4ca6590af5 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/signing.c
	lib/libalpm/sync.c
2012-04-07 11:23:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
3f1ea8b62f Revert "makepkg: calculate exact total file size"
This reverts commit b264fb9e9d.
With our "fix" of sleeping for BTRFS, we can go back to using `du` to
calculate total installed size.
2012-04-07 11:20:08 -05:00
Pierre
0145604728 pacman: show groups once with -Sg
Only displays groups that haven't appeared yet..
Previously 'pacman -Sg' iterated over syncs, printed every group.

This change does not affect '-Sgg' which still orders by sync first.

To reproduce, on a current Arch Linux with [extra] and [community]:
$ pacman -Sg|sort|uniq -c|sort -n
[...]
      1 xorg-fonts
      2 vim-plugins
      2 xfce4-goodies

Signed-off-by: Pierre <pierre@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:16:58 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b5b9860a2e makepkg.conf: enable curl's cookie engine for http
Implements FS#28098.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:07:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
b752561a52 4.0.3 release NEWS, version bumps, etc.
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 11:04:00 -05:00
Dave Reisner
3c5d5a19b3 Revert "parseopts: normalize options into an array"
This was really only half a fix for FS#28445, as it still doesn't
correctly handle the case of filenames with spaces. In the short term,
there is no obvious fix for this. In the long term, I believe the
correct decision is to rewrite the options parser to be more in line
with GNU getopt_long.

This reverts commits:
  ca41427141.
  969dcddbdf.
2012-04-07 11:03:48 -05:00
Florian Pritz
297916e6a2 pkgdelta: exit 1 upon error
This has been 0 since 9fa18d9a4b, but it
doesn't makes sense because we are raising an error.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:31:10 -05:00
Pierre Schmitz
a8f03d07c7 pacman-key: Actually verify signatures and exit with correct codes
We cannot rely on gpg's exit code. Instead we have to check the status-fd to
figure out whether a signature is valid or not.

In addition to this pacman-key --verify can now be used in scripts as it will
return an exit code of 1 if the signature is invalid.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:22:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
114d121001 pkgdelta: use bsdtar -q option
This matches the optimization made to repo-add in commit 8bbaf045b9
way back in 2009. We don't need to read the whole package file to ensure
multiple .PKGINFO entries don't exist, as well-formed packages should
have this file first in the archive.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:13:38 -05:00
Dave Reisner
391769ff89 sync: fix crash on failed downloads
Dan was right. This should have been FREE(), not free().

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:13:38 -05:00
Dave Reisner
969dcddbdf parse_options: initialize unused_options as array
Since we treat this as an array, we need to initialize it as one. This
avoids addition of an empty element to the option string when we set the
option array from the calling program, e.g.

  +/usr/bin/makepkg[2033]: set -- -i --pkg vim -- ''

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:13:37 -05:00
Dan McGee
72ba4fb83f Updates from Transifex
This encompasses a few languages that have had changes since 4.0.2
available on Transifex.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-04-07 10:13:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
d7f4e8fbcc pacman-key: change to more reliable default keyserver
User reports indicate that the SKS keyservers are more reliable
than both the gnupg.net and mit.edu ones.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-29 16:49:54 -05:00
Allan McRae
ed353d91b7 pacman-key: make the -e option work as advertised
Using -e without arguments failed to export all keys. Using --export
worked as expected.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-29 16:49:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
1eeab12228 Update all translation files
Pull updates from transifex, run update-po on all files, fix a few
errors, and push them back to Transifex.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-28 18:05:06 -05:00
Dave Reisner
7f258619c6 makepkg: avoid reporting bogus install size on btrfs
delayed allocation hoses us here and causes erroenous install sizes to
be reported. Add a short sleep to allow the transaction to be committed
to the filesystem and the stat buffers to be updated.

This is apparently a "feature", as per to some of the denizens of #btrfs
on freenode.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-28 09:56:11 -05:00
Dave Reisner
be0e044404 signing: cope with gpg2's failure at life
For key searches only, gpg2 will fail to lookup any and all keys that
are not prefixed with 0x.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-28 09:55:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
c571bd7afb bash_completion: complete pacman-key options right away
pacman-key requires at least one dashed option, so complete them right
away, rather than falling back to default completion.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-27 19:29:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
e66edf817b Drop bash 3.2 completion support
This is pretty old at this point, and upstream bash completions project
uses compopt heavily. Completions are by no means a make-or-break
feature anyway, so this is not critical. This basically reverts commit
6f4f9c1b66 made in 2010.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-27 19:25:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
38c0ec868b Change table_display() to be static
It is only used inside util.c.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 18:08:22 -05:00
Dan McGee
8da489eac5 Reduce calls to getcols
This dramatically improves upon a much older attempt in 2008 in commit
ce3d70aa99. We don't need to call it once per line we print unless
there is a reasonable expectation of being able to resize the terminal
mid-operation; this is really only the case during our callback progress
bars.

Some before and after numbers of ioctl() calls, gleaned from strace of
the following operations (no targets to any of them to maximize the
amount of output):

    pacman -Qii :  37768 ->  2616  (93.1% decrease)
    pacman -Qs  :   2616 ->     4  (99.8%)
    pacman -Sii : 133036 -> 10926  (91.8%)
    pacman -Ss  :  10926 ->    14  (99.9%)

Obviously the search results are astounding; we only call getcols()
once in the case of -Qs, and once per repo in the case of -Ss. For
-Qii and -Sii we are still calling it once per package, but this is
much better than once per line of info output.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 17:57:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
0972b7acfd Pass a file descriptor to getcols and flush_term_input
This makes these methods a bit more flexible.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 17:05:35 -05:00
Dan McGee
e6f72c61a0 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/sync.c
2012-03-16 12:08:10 -05:00
Allan McRae
f988aa6b32 makepkg: quote removed filename as it can have spaces
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 12:01:52 -05:00
Allan McRae
573bd80f14 makepkg: abort when failing to create BUILDDIR
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 12:01:26 -05:00
Allan McRae
44de3183ff makepkg: prevent issues with files starting with a hyphen
Most places in makepkg deal with full file paths, but a few use the
file name only.  Protect from potential issues when a file name
starts with a hyphen.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 12:01:15 -05:00
Allan McRae
03465ad6b6 makepkg: append pkgbase to BUILDDIR if specified
This means multiple packages can be build using the same BUILDDIR
without their source files all ending up extracted in the same
directory.  Fixes FS#28417.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 12:00:42 -05:00
Dan McGee
d521f30f07 pactest: make OPTDEPEND rule look at non-description only
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:54:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
9e1a20022d Always display download size if it applies
Currently, we try to do a bunch of funkyness constraining download size
to print only when doing a -S/--sync operation. However, it is possible
we try to download packages on a -U/--upgrade operation, and we
currently won't show any itemized download sizes.

Fix this ommission by always including the download size stuff in the
built table rows; this column will be completely omitted anyway if there
are no values due to prior work in commit 33bb7dbd35.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:49:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
56f821b72a Handle printing NULL correctly in table display
Treat this value as the empty string.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:49:32 -05:00
Dan McGee
930e93b892 Prefer fputs/fputc over fprintf when writing local database
Using fputs should be faster as no format string parsing is required. It
also prevents silly errors related to unescaped '%' signs, and removes
the need to double them up in a lot of places.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:49:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
89f4dd88d7 Extract a write_deps function from local database writing
This reduces a lot of code duplication in the write function, which
cleans it up a bit.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:49:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
83e42dccce Remove unnecessary path check from local database
This removes a call to _alpm_local_db_pkgpath() as well as an access()
call when reading the local database. This appears to be code from 2006
that has stuck around. We don't need it because:

1) We never use this path except to check it via access(); however, we
   are already in a readdir() loop so it exists, or at least did at the
   time of the call.
2) The fopen() and other calls will fail on accessing the database files
   anyway, and we need to check those for errors.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-16 09:49:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f41037358a lib/sync: avoid unwanted unlink after download fail
In case we have a mirror failure, unlink_on_fail would remain set,
causing an interrupt in a successive download attempt to be wrongly
unlinked.

This also fixes a memory leak in the url member, as we would allocate
over the previous, unfreed URL.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-03-14 22:44:49 -05:00
Dave Reisner
952ee5e6cb dload: reset payload filename members before download
To avoid conflicts on reusing a payload after a failed download, ensure
that we reset the filename hints in the payload struct prior to the
download operation.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-14 22:17:37 -05:00
Allan McRae
47d0df6c10 Skip special files when cleaning package cache
Ignore *.sig, *.db*, and *.src.tar* when cleaning the package cache.

Fixes FS#25166.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-13 08:24:11 -05:00
Dan McGee
5bda38196f Minor format-string related cleanups
We had one stubbed out so we didn't require a translation update, and
the other is more a code style issue.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-12 21:47:29 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff58e5cb2d Add 3.0.x versions to doc/index.txt
These got lost when I switched to the new Asciidoc tables syntax in
commit 1ebe5dc197.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-12 21:16:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
8de0631edb Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/be_package.c
2012-03-08 18:08:15 -06:00
Dave Reisner
1a8c3e52d7 makepkg: exit via default signal handler in trap_exit
Similar to how we manage receipt of SIGINT in pacman's internal
downloader, catch the signal and invoke our own trap handler before
unsetting it and calling the default. This requires a slight
modification to the arguments passed to trap_exit so we can pass the
raised signal to trap_exit (note that we substitue USR1 for ERR since
the latter is unique to bash).

Fixes FS#28491.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 18:01:53 -06:00
Allan McRae
f34864cc9e Simplify package validation info output for sync packages
Unify the output for local and sync packages by only printing a
list of possible validation types for sync packages.  This also
has the advantage of not printing the very long sha256 checksum
which line wrapped on a standard width terminal.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 18:00:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
4773c6b66e Remove _alpm_csum
The enum alpm_pkgvalidation_t is essentially a more generic version
of _alpm_csum, so use it instead.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:59:13 -06:00
Allan McRae
5c404268d9 Add information on how an installed package was validated
When installing a package, store information on which validation
method was used and output this on "pacman -Qi" operations.

e.g.
Validated By   : SHA256 Sum

Possible values are Unknown, None, MD5 Sum, SHA256 Sum, Signature.

Dan: just a few very minor tweaks.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:58:04 -06:00
Dave Reisner
bc311a24ce makepkg: use array instead of string
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:30:25 -06:00
Dave Reisner
8d26df5ee5 makepkg: avoid use of eval in run_pacman
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:30:15 -06:00
Dave Reisner
708a227578 makepkg: enforce decimal format for pkgrel
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:29:27 -06:00
Allan McRae
82abe079ab Point python shebangs at python2
Python PEP-394 states that all python code should point at the
python2 or python3 symlinks at maintain cross-distro compatibility.

Note that this does not matter when calling these scripts using
"make check" as they are explictly called using the detected python
version.  As this only affects manually calling these scripts, I
have not had configure/make replace the shebangs.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:28:55 -06:00
Christian Hesse
09a93b2e0e makepkg: allow specifying compression options
Adds the ability to override the commands used to compressing
compiled and source packages.  This is useful for those wanting
to use alternative implementations of the compression tools or
non-default compression options.

Allan: documented options in man page

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:28:36 -06:00
Benedikt Morbach
e85e77e6f9 Hook new optdepend structures up
No new behaviour introduced, everything should work exactly as before.

Dan: refactored to use the single alpm_depend_t structure.

Signed-off-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:26:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
00f29cbc14 Allow alpm_depend_t to have a description
This is the first step in parsing and handling optdepends. There is no
behavior change introduced in this commit; however, depends that contain
a ": " string will now be parsed as having a description and it will be
stored in the depend structure. Later patches will utilize this new
field as appropriate.

This is heavily based on the work of Benedikt, who did something similar
but introduced a new type for this rather than only a new field to the
existing type.

Heavily-influenced-by: Benedikt Morbach <benedikt.morbach@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:26:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
6a636b2b6e pacman-optimize: standardize on openssl usage, only touch local/
The rest of our scripts have been using `openssl dgst` rather than tools
like `md5sum` for some time, so convert this one too. We also make the
following other adjustments:

* Use a `find -print0 | xargs -0` pipeline so paths with spaces and or
  newlines don't totally kill us.
* Ensure the files we write out contain only paths relative to the
  database root, where we know the filenames should all be sane.
* Remove use of `diff`, this was the only time we used it in scripts and
  we can get a cheap substitute by comparing file checksums instead.
* Only touch the local/ part of the database. It makes little sense to
  do anything to the sync/ directory anymore as they are compressed
  single files that should be regularly written out in full and won't be
  fragmented on any sane filesystem.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-08 17:26:23 -06:00
Pierre Schmitz
1fe6cabc4d pacman-key: Remove useless signature verification in --populate command
Verifing the keyring at this point is useless as a malicious package is already
installed and as such has several options to bypass this check anyway.

Signed-off-by: Pierre Schmitz <pierre@archlinux.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:57:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
4ffa0401d2 Translation updates from Transifex
* it updates to all translations
* minor fr, pt_BR, de, lt, sk and uk updates
* add new strings in pacman translation catalog

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:45:23 -06:00
Allan McRae
cb64fbeac4 Do not dereference symlinks when calculating size
Passing the "-L" flag to stat means we get the size of the file
being pointed to for symlinks instead of the size of the symlink.

Keep "-L" usage in repo-add as we want the actual size of the
package/delta/signature there.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:44:34 -06:00
Florian Pritz
ea7fc8962a makepkg: fix false error with multiple libdeps
With multiple items in $libdepends this check only worked for the first
one, everything after this returned an error. This was probably an issue
with \s being treated wrong.

Fix-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2012-03-05 11:44:34 -06:00
Florian Pritz
fbfcd86650 makepkg: fix extraction of soname in find_libdepends
libperl.so results in soname="libperl.so.so" which is wrong.

This returns the correct string: "libperl.so"

Fix-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
2012-03-05 11:44:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
986e99a613 Fix a potential memory leak in filelist creation
If we begin to create a file list when loading a package, but abort
because of an error to one of our goto labels, the memory used to create
the file list will leak. This is because we use a set of local variables
to hold the data, and thus _alpm_pkg_free() cannot clean up for us.

Use the file list struct on the package object as much as possible to
keep state when building the file list, thus allowing _alpm_pkg_free()
to clean up any partially built data.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:44:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
4b384b7f0b Fix a memory leak when loading an invalid package
This is easily triggered via a `pacman -Sc` operation when it attempts
to open a delta file as a package- we end up leaking loads of memory
due to us never freeing the archive object. When you have upwards of
1200 delta files in your sync database directory, this results in a
memory leak of nearly 1.5 MiB.

Also fix another memory leak noticed at the same time- we need to call
the internal _alpm_pkg_free() function, as without the origin data being
set the public free function will do nothing.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:44:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
d1151b5ab9 Database cleanup enhancements
Ensure we give database signatures special treatment like we already did
for package signatures. Attempt to parse the database name out of them
before taking the proper steps to handle their existence. This fixes
FS#28714.

We also add an unlink_verbose() helper method that displays any errors
that occur when unlinking, optionally opting to skip any ENOENT errors
from being fatal.

Finally, the one prompt per unknown database has been removed, this has
no real sound purpose and we don't do this for packages. Simply kill
databases we don't know about; other programs shouldn't have random data
in this directory anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-03-05 11:44:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
687f7b6ba8 Use "mode" in _alpm_makepath_mode
It seems that if we pass the permissions that we want the created
directory to have, then we should probably use it...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-20 18:03:19 -06:00
Dan McGee
3849c3aec1 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	contrib/pacsysclean.in
	src/pacman/conf.h
2012-02-20 17:00:26 -06:00
Allan McRae
326c6a8eed Update copyright years
Add 2012 to the copyright range for all libalpm and pacman source files.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-20 16:54:34 -06:00
Allan McRae
5bbe342932 makepkg: rework libprovides
This reworks the implmentation of libprovides for the following
benefits:
 - Moves functionality from write_pkginfo() to find_libprovides()
 - Only calculates the version for libraries specifically requested
   and not all libraries. This has the disadvantage of running find
   over the $pkgdir for as many libraries as needed, but is unlikely
   to be an issue due to caching.
 - The order of the provides array in the PKGBUILD is kept in the
   package
 - There are more warning messages when things fail and those that
   were there are no longer errors (as I do not think failure of
   libprovides should result in complete packaging failure)
 - It is now modular so can be easy extended to other library types
   other than ELF *.so.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-20 16:54:19 -06:00
Dave Reisner
f8892b9d08 util: reduce pointer hell in _alpm_makepath_mode
Simplify the implementation:

- allocate and manipulate a copy of the passed in path rather than
  building out a path as the while loop progresses
- use simple pointer arithmetic to skip uninteresting cases
- use mkdir(3)'s return value and errno to detect failure

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-20 16:52:48 -06:00
Nagy Gabor
31d95b8679 Print error message when to-be-downloaded file cannot be created
It can happen that the to-be-downloaded file cannot be created in cachedir.
For example, I am an -Sup user, and it is comfortable to set --cachedir to
/mnt/pendrive, which is a FAT filesystem, so files like
capseo-1:0.3-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz cannot be downloaded to there.

Before this patch, pacman didn't give clear output about what happens when
the download code could not create the necessary file. This can be confusing
with -Su. An example output:
***
$ sudo pacman -S capseo bochs --cachedir /c/TEMP

resolving dependencies...
looking for inter-conflicts...

Targets (2): bochs-2.4.6-1  capseo-1:0.3-2

Total Download Size:    0.61 MiB
Total Installed Size:   2.61 MiB

Proceed with installation? [Y/n]
:: Retrieving packages from extra...
warning: failed to retrieve some files from extra
 bochs-2.4.6-1-i686       611.5 KiB   118K/s 00:05 [------------------]  97%
error: failed to commit transaction (unexpected error)
Errors occurred, no packages were upgraded.
***

After the patch, pacman will give more informative error message (and
pm_errno is set properly):
***
error: could not open file '/c/TEMP/capseo-1:0.3-2-i686.pkg.tar.xz.part': Invalid argument
error: failed to commit transaction (failed to retrieve some files)
***

Unfortunately, the "could not open file" error message is printed for
every mirror (that can be dozens of lines), which is ugly, but at least
informative... Without modifying the download logic (for example, by
introducing -2 return value for _alpm_download() to indicate giving up),
this ugliness cannot be eliminated.

Signed-off-by: Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-20 16:51:55 -06:00
Dan McGee
78adb71f20 Don't check diskspace when using --dbonly
Mostly a waste of time. Sure, we no longer make sure your pacman
database partition has enough space, but if you are using this option
you better know what you are doing anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
(cherry picked from commit ee96900605)
2012-02-20 16:49:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
fe659153d5 Give better error messages on database locking failures
This was noted when trying to perform an operation on a pacman database
on a read-only file system. Print the actual underlying errno string,
and only show the "you can remove" message if the lock file actually
exists.

Before:
    $ pacman -Su
    error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
      if you're sure a package manager is not already
      running, you can remove /e/db.lck

After:
    $ pacman -Su
    error: failed to init transaction (unable to lock database)
    error: could not lock database: Read-only file system

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-19 23:24:26 -06:00
Dan McGee
4899b5bd86 diskspace: ensure we match only full path components
If one had a mountpoint at '/e' (don't ask), a file being installed to
'/etc' would map to it incorrectly. Ensure we do more than just prefix
matching on paths by doing some more sanity checks once the simple
strncmp() call succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-19 23:04:12 -06:00
Dave Reisner
ca41427141 parseopts: normalize options into an array
Modify parse_options logic to fill an array instead of printing parsed
options. Avoid eval like the plague. Because it is the plague.

Fixes bugs such as FS#28445.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-16 17:31:16 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
242006933d pacsysclean: Fix script description and accept -o option without hyphen
Close FS#28434

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-16 17:30:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
85712814cd Revert "Add -S --recursive operation"
This reverts commit f3fa77bcf1 along with
making other necessary changes to fully back this (mis)feature out until
we can do it correctly.

The quick summary here is this was not implemented correctly; provides
are not fully taken into account in this logic, and making that happen
exposes a lot of other flaws in this code that are covered up later on
in the dependency resolving process by several other pieces of
convoluted and conditional logic.

Tests have been adjusted accordingly. Some test EXISTS conditions have
been removed as we already know the package is installed locally, and we
also are checking the VERSION condition anyway.

With these two related revert commits, we do have some changes in test
pass/fail results:

* upgrade078.py: does not pass, this is due to --recursive getting
  removed for -U/-S operations after this commit.
* sync302.py: the version checks have been disabled, so this test
  continues to pass but has been scaled back in scope.
* sync303.py: now passes, was failing before.
* sync304.py: still failing, was failing before.
* sync305.py: now passes, was failing before.
* sync306.py: still passes, was passing before.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-15 15:58:07 -06:00
Dan McGee
9a1ff474f1 Revert "Enable recursive/needed sync on SyncFirst"
This reverts commit 0903452032.

Tests affected by this revert have been adjusted; additionally a few
EXIST tests have been removed where there is already a VERSION test
doing the job for us.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-15 15:56:16 -06:00
Christoph Vigano
edd81f3e8b makepkg: fix syntax error in remove_deps
This fixes a problem that occurs if you tell makepkg to remove installed
dependencies (just to be sure) but there are none. As the $ was missing
in front of deplist, the check never happened and 'pacman -Rn' was
called which obviously failed.

Dan: later reported as FS#28448.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Vigano <mail@cvigano.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-15 15:12:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
6c78f0d560 Update SIGPIPE signal handler comment
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-14 12:12:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
13a1d5883c scripts: unset CDPATH if cd is used
This wonderful/awful little bash shell variable wrecks havoc on `cd`
calls in shell scripts. Unset CDPATH in makepkg where we use `cd` quite
heavily. In pacman-optimize, we can move the change directory logic into
the bsdtar call so we are left with no usages of `cd` in the script.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-14 10:11:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
c7321a7b80 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/sync.c
	src/util/pactree.c
2012-02-13 10:14:06 -06:00
Nathan Phillip Brink
115c0381c2 Use AM_PATH_GPGME macro from gpgme instead of home-built gpgme detection.
Fixes compilation on Gentoo, where CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/include/gpgme is
necessary.

The AC_SYS_LARGEFILE macro call has to be before the GPGME checks,
otherwise the GPGME header gives an error about ABI incompatibilities.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:07:22 -06:00
Allan McRae
48d63048f1 Add gpgme m4 autoconf macro file
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:07:15 -06:00
Allan McRae
991be28672 Do not check for ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH on remove operation
alpm_trans_prepare can not return ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH on a
remove operation so there is no point in checking for it.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:06:13 -06:00
Allan McRae
e530993392 testpkg: set gpgdir
Without setting gpgdir, testpkg outputs:
warning: Public keyring not found; have you run 'pacman-key --init'?

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:05:18 -06:00
Allan McRae
7a3f59cd66 Reset errno before opening archive
Set errno to 0 at the start of _alpm_open_archive as it is not set when
archive_read_open_fd fails.  This can result in _alpm_pkg_load_internal
thinking errno == ENOENT and setting the wrong pm_errno. e.g.

Before:
> testpkg pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig
error: could not open file pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig: Unrecognized archive format
Cannot find the given file.

After:
> testpkg pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig
error: could not open file pacman-4.0.1-4-i686.pkg.tar.gz.sig: Unrecognized archive format
Cannot open the given file.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:03:05 -06:00
Allan McRae
8741551dc9 Move ROOTDIR definition into config.h
This was the only variable of its kind when a define was done on the
compiler command line.  Move it into config.h instead.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:02:50 -06:00
Allan McRae
3ba5391839 Allow specifying shell for running scriptlets
Some distributions insist on using bash specific commands in their
install scripts under the assumption that "sh" is a symlink to bash.
This can causes issues if (e.g.) their users what to change sh to
point at another shell, such as dash, that does not support these
features. Add a configure option to explicitly set the shell being
used to run install scripts.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:02:35 -06:00
Florian Pritz
20a16f55b3 use _alpm_access in a few more places for increased debugging info
pacman -U <pkg> returns a bogus "could not find or read package" if the
file is on a fuse file system that doesn't allow root access. Debug
output isn't very helpful here either so we should log why the access
check failed.

The other 2 checks already log something when failing so logging a more
specific error won't hurt either.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:02:02 -06:00
Dave Reisner
b4f5a63e7f lib/sync: use full delta size as max download size
The max filesize for a delta download must be the full size of the delta
file, not just what's remaining.

Fixes FS#28345

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-13 10:00:28 -06:00
Dan McGee
e7bc1e3c9a 4.0.2 release updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-11 15:24:35 -06:00
Dan McGee
f8ae60bc28 Final pre-release Transifex updates
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-11 15:01:35 -06:00
Allan McRae
294f0fdf4d pactree: allow comments after repo section header
Duplicate the fix in config file parsing from d95c0494.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-11 14:58:28 -06:00
Allan McRae
31432edcbe makepkg: disable extglob when sourcing BUILDSCRIPT
PKGBUILDs are advertised as being pure bash so it would be expected
that the default bash options are in effect when sourcing it.

This inadvertantly "fixes" FS#27780 where enabling extglob causes
the bash parser to error on non-valid bash function names like
package_libxml++(). Note that these function names are unsupported
in bash and could break again even with this "fix" in future bash
releases.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-11 14:53:33 -06:00
Allan McRae
9b1ab3d767 makepkg: deal with mercurial exit codes
From mercurial-2.1, "hg pull" returns 1 when there are no updates.
Catch the return code and either pull the update or return an
error as appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-11 14:52:54 -06:00
Dan McGee
ea32924c62 Fix a handful of comment typos or misspellings
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 22:12:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
5945241469 Translation updates from Transifex, mostly scripts
This is after some manual massaging to fix issues with newlines in some
translations of the script catalogs.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 21:59:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
f55be48977 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/alpm_list.c
2012-02-06 05:50:48 -06:00
Andrew Gregory
b7c06d6d67 makepkg.sh.in - if both -r and -i are provided, only remove makedeps
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:50:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
b488f229d2 ALPM API adjustments for sanity and consistency
This makes several small adjustments to our exposed method names, and in
one case, parameters. The justification here is to make methods less odd
in their naming convention. If a method takes an alpm_db_t argument, the
method should be named 'alpm_db_*', but perhaps more importantly, if it
doesn't take a database as the first parameter, it should not.

Summary of changes:

    alpm_db_register_sync   -> alpm_register_syncdb
    alpm_db_unregister_all  -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
    alpm_option_get_localdb -> aplpm_get_localdb
    alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> aplpm_get_syncdbs
    alpm_db_readgroup       -> alpm_db_get_group
    alpm_db_set_pkgreason   -> alpm_pkg_set_reason

All methods keep the same argument list except for alpm_pkg_set_reason;
there we drop the 'handle' argument as it can be retrieved from the
passed in package object.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:49:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
f12effc6ff alpm.h: enum cleanups, comment formatting cleanup
Don't use trailing commas in enums if people really want to use a strict
C89 compiler, and document why on earth one particular enum uses bitmask
values when it doesn't seem necessary.

With comments, shoot for more consistency. When something is a
one-liner, keep it that way and move the whole /** sequence */ to one
line. When it needs more than one line, ensure we format most of them in
a similar fashion.

Two minor function signature adjustments are made that don't change
anything other than matching the parameter name (name -> filename)
and fitting in with our coding style (type* var -> type *var).

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:49:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
d8e1c450a3 Remove last explicit include of config.h
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:49:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
52afce0a10 Update translations from Transifex
The pacman-scripts catalog is omitted here due to various newline errors
I don't have the time to fix right now.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:44:35 -06:00
Andrew Gregory
216db87f99 remove.c: make "target not found" error consistent with sync.c
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:36:22 -06:00
Andrew Gregory
0fdf0b19ce makepkg.sh.in - fix remove_deps test for deps to be removed
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:34:55 -06:00
Mantas Mikulėnas
17e71fc908 makepkg: add forgotten newline in help output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-06 05:34:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
090ea28942 pactest: check return code in some upgrade tests
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-03 10:59:14 -06:00
Dan McGee
e01fdc3dba Add simple integer-only pow() implementation
We hardly need the complexity (or slowness) provided by the libm power
function; add a super-cheap one that suits our needs and is specialized
for the values we plan on passing in.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-03 08:56:17 -06:00
Thomas Dziedzic
e8db984ce5 Fix FS#27924: don't display negative zeroes
Dan: don't compute lower bound unless needed, flip argument order so
out values are last, add param Doxygen documentation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-02-03 08:56:16 -06:00
Allan McRae
47313acee4 makepkg: Fix non-writable SRCPKGDEST error message
Provide a helpful error message for when creating a source tarball
and SRCPKGDEST is not writable.

Fixes FS#28197.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-31 11:22:50 -06:00
Allan McRae
fcbae69fe8 Fix rare segfault on package removal
Very rarely a segfault would occur when removing a number of packages
due to a corrupted list for the local database (FS#27805, FS#28195).
This was caused by the alpm_list_msort function not correctly dealing
with the two new head node's prev values.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-31 11:22:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
4f54bde439 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	scripts/makepkg.sh.in
2012-01-30 22:00:26 -06:00
Dave Reisner
9aa4d9a7b9 pacman-key: call gpg fewer times for revocation keys
Instead of iterating over the revocation keyfile and calling gpg once
for each key, map the file into an array and call gpg once, iterating
over this output to mark each key as revoked.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:59:41 -06:00
Dave Reisner
2a73f4e994 pacman-key: simplify trusted keyring iteration
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:59:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
9d1e8084df Update translations
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:56:53 -06:00
Dan McGee
7b2f600d71 Update pot translation catalogs
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:49:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
5c2928aa25 Make a few more copyright date tweaks
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:43:23 -06:00
Dave Reisner
9e9835f464 scripts: always use printf with embedded gettext
This addresses two problems:

1) echo's behavior is inconsistent when dealing with flags, and can
potentially be problematic.

  $ echo -n
  $ echo -- -n
  -- -n

2) Always using the end of options markers prevents translated strings
from throwing errors, as shown in FS#28069.

The remaining "inconsistencies" are because printf is being used in a
guaranteed safe manner, e.g.

  printf '%s\n' "$(gettext "--this can never break")"

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:31:38 -06:00
Allan McRae
7ff1b945f6 makepkg: workaround for zipman issues
This "fixes" two issues:

1) MAN_DIRS contains a glob by default so should not be quoted.  It is
not quoted anywhere else so this should not cause breakage...

2) the find statement returns 1 when some of MAN_DIRS are missing. This
appears to only be exposed when running makepkg as root (which it appears
some wrappers do...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-30 21:18:28 -06:00
Dave Reisner
41db62b77a makepkg: check for license when creating srcpackage
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 13:34:28 -05:00
Dave Reisner
225ee71cae makepkg: abstract license check into separate function
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 13:34:28 -05:00
Dan McGee
be038f9cb2 Remove rmrf implementation from backend
This moves the code for removal of local database entries right into
be_local.c, which was the last user of the rmrf() function we had in our
utility source file. We can simplify the implementation and make it
non-recursive as we know the structure of the local database entries.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 12:21:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
ac239c54d0 libalpm/deps.c: access trans flags directly
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 12:21:05 -06:00
Dan McGee
e50c4a8837 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/diskspace.c
	src/pacman/util.h
2012-01-23 12:20:52 -06:00
Dave Reisner
825b4ff35a lib/dload: give uniform naming to curl CB functions
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 12:16:49 -06:00
Dan McGee
a03c35125e Fix sys/mnttab.h header include
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 12:15:53 -06:00
Dave Reisner
44f146f232 lib/dload: enforce usage of TCP keepalives
This is particularly important in the case of FTP control connections,
which may be closed by rogue NAT/firewall devices detecting idle
connections on larger transfers which may take 5-10+ minutes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 12:14:58 -06:00
Allan McRae
edd4276bbf makepkg: restrict usage of flags passed to pacman
With pacman-4.0, using --noconfirm or --noprogressbar with -Q or -T
results in pacman reporting an "invalid option" error. Restrict the
passing of these options to pacman. Fixes FS#28012.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 09:23:21 -06:00
Allan McRae
df47136bcf makepkg: fix error on unnecessary -r
The grep statement used to check for a difference between the
installed package list before and after resolving dependencies
returns 1 if there is no difference.  This sets of the error
trap when "-r" is used "unnecessarily".

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-23 09:23:15 -06:00
Dan McGee
de56874cc9 contrib/bash_completion: don't print stderr messages
If you are a crazy developer like me and have bogus options in your
pacman.conf file, the tab completion gets messed up by the output on
stderr. Suppress it.

Fix the same basic issue in zsh_completion, thanks to the work by
Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-19 16:28:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
1eb40c8328 Add diskspace checking support for Solaris/Illumos
Was able to get my hands on one of these boxes today, so add yet another
new way of doing this. I'm glad these calls are so standardized. This
was compile tested on Linux and Illumos and seems to still be working in
both places.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-19 16:28:04 -06:00
Dan McGee
562109c0e8 Update copyright on changed files since beginning of year
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:25:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
b3612e9cc1 Allow UseDelta option to specify a delta ratio
Rework the frontend and backend to allow passing a ratio value in for
UseDelta rather than having a hardcoded #define-d 0.7 value always used.
This is useful for those with fast connections, who would likely benefit
from tuning this ratio to lower values; it is also useful for general
testing purposes.

The libalpm API changes for this, but we do support the old config file
format with a no-value 'UseDelta' option; in this case we simply use the
old default of 0.7.

We clamp the ratio values to a sane range between 0.0 and 2.0, allowing
ratios above 1.0 for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:10:06 -06:00
Olivier Brunel
1b50223f82 util.c, rmrf(): only create string when needed
The entry's name is only used when not "." or ".." so only print the
string then.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:08:03 -06:00
Allan McRae
c77cec2ffc Fix missing [removal] output
Currently, a transaction is considered to be purely package removal
until the first package install is found.  This resulted in the
removed packages at the start of a combined upgrade/removal transaction
not getting the "[removal]" output.

Fixes FS#27981.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:02:38 -06:00
canyonknight
c231c9af97 Improve exit statuses and error messages in pacman-key
Return codes from gpg commands are currently lost. This adds the functionality
of taking non-zero exit statuses from gpg. This includes error reporting for all
gpg commands that are run individually, run in a loop, and run through a pipe.

Includes the check_keyids_exist function which verifies a key exists locally
prior to attempted local manipulation of the key.

If a gpg command has a non-zero status, pacman-key will now exit with a non-zero
status. It will print a gettext error message of gpg's failure.

Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:01:12 -06:00
canyonknight
24ca6ce1f9 Turn gpg commands into functions in pacman-key
Adds functions for every gpg command. By pulling out the gpg commands from the
"program start" section, additional commands can be run before or after a
specific gpg command without adding additional clutter to the function call
section.

Adds an explicit exit status of 0 to prevent arithmetic expansions from
returning non-zero, thereby falsely causing pacman-key to have a non-zero exit
status.

This change creates the framework for additional error messages and better
exit statuses being added to every pacman-key gpg call.

Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:01:00 -06:00
Dan McGee
430b0df779 repo-add: clean up help messages
Use consistent blank lines across all commands, get rid of the
translated double newlines which only serve to confuse translators, and
fix -h/--help for that extra special third command this script offers.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 22:00:13 -06:00
Olivier Brunel
d9af1a0cf2 Fix broken output when asking question and stdin is piped
When asking question and stdin is piped, the response does not get printed out,
resulting in a missing \n and broken output (FS#27909); printing the response
fixes it.

Signed-off-by: Olivier Brunel <i.am.jack.mail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 21:59:54 -06:00
Dave Reisner
4e60b9646d fetch_url: look for files in cache before downloading
We lost this logic somewhere between the libfetch and libcurl
transition, as it existed in the internal downloader, but was pulled
back only into the sync workflow. Add a helper function that will let us
check for existance in the filecache prior to calling the downloader.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 21:56:50 -06:00
Dan McGee
b426488e2b Use isdigit() rather than character range comparisons
This is safer and guaranteed to work with even exotic character sets.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 15:32:48 -06:00
Dan McGee
7b1a86b893 Remove unused strtoupper() function
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 15:32:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
be229d129e Don't remove unknown files in cache cleaning code
This removes the hack I added to skip '*.sig' files earlier since there
are other files that also fall into the same bucket- source packages
from `makepkg --source`, delta files, etc. Rather than prompting for
each and every one, simply skip them. Doing '-Scc' rather than '-Sc'
will delete these files if that is really what you want to do.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-18 12:15:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
e8a2c25456 doc/vercmp: add note about pkgrel handling
This comes from the Doxygen function documentation. Also, fix two rather
silly misspellings.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-12 17:30:08 -06:00
Dan McGee
6e8ca48cbb Reorder some operations in sig check for efficiency
We don't need to open the data to be checked if we don't have a
signature to check against, so postpone that open until we know we have
either the base64_data or a valid signature file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-12 09:31:09 -06:00
Dan McGee
b6209b4ba4 Use fileno() in isatty() call
This was our only use of the function that had a hardcoded file
descriptor.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-12 07:47:32 -06:00
Dan McGee
4f02b98338 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	lib/libalpm/signing.c

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:14:04 -06:00
Allan McRae
73d0d743bd makepkg: abort on missing download agent
makepkg would not abort on a missing download agent due to the
output variable being declared local on the same line as the
function call in the assignment. That would result in strange output
such as:

==> Retrieving Sources...
==> ERROR: There is no agent set up to handle foo URLs. Check /etc/makepkg.conf.
    Aborting...
  -> Downloading foobaz...
/home/arch/code/pacman/scripts/makepkg: line 401: foo://foobaz: No such file or directory
==> ERROR: Failure while downloading foobaz
    Aborting...

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:13:32 -06:00
Allan McRae
2b38f4eab7 makepkg: fix missing source file detection
Declaring the variable as local on the same line as the assignment
results in result of the assignment being returned rather than the
result of the function on the righthand side of the assignment.

Declaring the variable as local on a separate line means the result
of the function on the r.h.s. is returned and our error function
will be invoked if necessary  (although it is practically impossible
to ever trigger it...).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:03:56 -06:00
Allan McRae
36413aa856 makepkg: simplify source archive generation
Simplify the source tarball generation by unifying the handling of
local and remote files.  This also allows local files to be found
in $SRCDEST (FS#26580) and makepkg will abort on missing local source
files (only possible to trigger in combination with --skipinteg).

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:03:48 -06:00
canyonknight
102e6209c7 Fix zsh completion for *.pkg.tar
Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:03:36 -06:00
canyonknight
24c166f42a Fix bash completion for *.pkg.tar
Signed-off-by: canyonknight <canyonknight@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 12:03:28 -06:00
Dan McGee
7f51ba99ae Fix segfaults on opening invalid archive files
"invalid" in this case simply means files that may or may not be
archives. Discovered via a `pacman -Sc` operation with delta files in
the package cache directory, but can be triggered if any file is passed
to `pacman -Ql` that isn't an archive, for instance, or if the sync
database file is not an archive.

Fix it up so we are more careful about calling archive_read_finish()
only on archives that are valid and have not already been closed, and
teach our archive open function to set the returned archive to NULL if
we aren't going to be returning something valid anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-08 11:53:22 -06:00
Dan McGee
6f9ab22fd8 testdb: check local database for duplicate files
This adds an additional check step to find files in the local database
that claim to be owned by more than one package at once, which is
definitely not a supported setup.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-07 11:28:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
2d794cc031 Update sync database size estimation values
As the comment states, this is more like a dartboard than science.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-07 11:28:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
b7ecff160e Clean up <inttypes.h> header inclusions
In both cases we can go with the slightly leaner <stdint.h> header
include since we aren't using the print macros.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-07 11:28:37 -06:00
Dan McGee
d59324c8ff Use 32-bit wide integer type in PolarSSL code
A look at what this does on 64 bit systems since we were using the
unnecessarily large 'unsigned long' type before even though it was 64
bits wide:

$ ~/bin/bloat-o-meter libalpm.so.old lib/libalpm/.libs/libalpm.so
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/4 up/down: 0/-10412 (-10412)
function                                     old     new   delta
md5_finish                                   370     356     -14
sha2_finish                                  547     531     -16
md5_process                                 3762    2643   -1119
sha2_process                               20356   11093   -9263

The code size is nearly halved in the sha2 case (44% smaller code size),
and md5 gets a nice size reduction (27% smaller) as well.

We also move base64 code to <stdint.h> types as well; we can use
'uint32_t' rather than 'unsigned long' for at least two variables in the
decode function. This doesn't net the same size benefit as the hash code
case, but it is more proper.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-07 11:27:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
a857b9c8e0 Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-05 17:04:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
c6e1d4ddde Update scripts translation catalog
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-05 17:02:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
a1437cbf1b Remove useless logger message
We don't need two log messages back-to-back about the same thing here.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-05 16:48:21 -06:00
Dan McGee
def9e45aff Search for PGP subkeys in a keyserver-acceptable way
PGP keyservers are pieces of sh** when it comes to searching for
subkeys, and only allow it if you submit an 8-character fingerprint
rather than the recommended and less chance of collision 16-character
fingerprint.

Add a second remote lookup for the 8-character version of a key ID if we
don't find anything the first time we look up the key. This fixes
FS#27612 and the deficiency has been sent upstream to the GnuPG users
mailing list as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-05 16:34:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
6513b0ba59 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	doc/Makefile.am
2012-01-02 19:44:00 -06:00
Dave Reisner
f1d9b0a74a add new pactest for syncfirst with recursive deps
Add 1 failing for the -Su case, and the same case using -S (and
passing).

This is based on a real (current) issue of upgrading staging chroots
with the new pacman in staging for a libarchive build, and a new
toolchain in testing.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 19:42:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
0b9cd9448c pkghash improvements/modifications
This patch changes a variety of small things related to our pkghash
implementation with an eye toward performance, especially on native
32-bit systems.

* Use `unsigned int` rather than `size_t` for hash sizes. We already
  return ERANGE for any attempted creation of a hash greater than 1
  million elements, so unsigned int is more than large enough for our
  purposes. Switching to this type allows 32 bit systems to do native
  math without helper functions from libgcc.
* _alpm_pkghash_create() now internally adds extra padding for
  additional array elements, rather than that being the responsibility of
  the caller.
* #define values are moved into static const values in pkghash.c; a new
  `stride` value is also extracted (but remains set at 1).
* Division and modulus operators are removed from the normal find and
  add paths if possible. We store the upper limit of the number of
  elements in the hash so we no longer need to calculate this every
  element addition. When doing wraparound position calculations, we only
  apply the modulus operator if the value is greater than the number of
  buckets.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 19:41:42 -06:00
Allan McRae
6507fd6bf0 Prevent rebuild of man pages when using release tarballs
Commit 43cad9c8 made the building of all docs depend on the Makefile.
However, the Makefile is generated after running ./configure so is
always newer than any pregenerated docs.  This means that people
building from released pacman tarballs are forced to rebuild the
docs (and thus have asciidoc installed).  That defeats the purpose
of prebuilding the documentation.  Have the documentatin depends on
Makefile.am instead as this is probably what was intended.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 19:15:58 -06:00
Dan McGee
177beb91c9 Minor optimization on likely sync package lookup
We have a name_hash value here, so add a cheap compare of it before
falling to the strcmp() call.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 13:17:44 -06:00
Allan McRae
29e94dc065 be_package.c: fix compiler warning
be_package.c: In function 'parse_descfile':
be_package.c:181:28: error: comparison between signed and unsigned
integer expressions [-Werror=sign-compare]

ptr - key + 2 is guaranteed to be > 0 so we can cast to size_t

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:58:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
eb5cb8ec02 Remove unnecessary counters in file removal code
Now that filelist arrays know their own size, we don't need to do the
bookkeeping we used to do when they were linked lists. Remove some of
the counter variables and use math instead.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:58:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
496f7b4f64 alpm_list_msort: inline alpm_list_nth() call
This reduces the number of functions we call by log(n) in this function,
and the inlined version is trivial and barely increases the size of the
function.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:58:51 -06:00
Dan McGee
566f5210ce contrib: add install rules for bash and zsh completion
Uninstall rules are provided as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:58:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
2ce4f85f1e Convert get_update_timediff to integer return value
We don't need absolute floating point precision at all here; we can
stick to integer land and use milliseconds which are precise enough for
our purposes. This also removes most floating point math out of the
non-update code path.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:55:59 -06:00
Dan McGee
819c28bf8c Only compile delta regex once
This reduces the number of regcomp() calls when parsing delta entries in
the database from once per entry to once for the entire context handle
by storing the compiled regex data on the handle itself. Just as we do
with the cURL handle, we initialize it the first time it is needed and
free it when releasing the handle.

A few other small tweaks to the parsing function also take place,
including using the stack to store the transient and short file size
string while parsing it.

When parsing a sync database with 1378 delta entries, this reduces the
time of a `pacman -Sl deltas` operation by 50% from 0.22s to 0.12s.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2012-01-02 12:55:55 -06:00
Dan McGee
627cf6bca8 Fix delta parsing
In commit 4c5e7af32f, we changed this code to use the regex gathered
substrings. However, we failed to correctly store the delta file name
(leaking memory), as well as freeing the temporary string used to hold
the file size string.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-31 21:03:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
39cb865e71 Simplify hash function to a single multiplication
More than likely the compiler will do the three operation breakdown we
had here before (2 shifts + subtraction), but let the compiler do the
optimizations and make the actual operation more obvious. This actually
slightly shrinks the function binary size, likely due to instruction
reordering or something.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-31 21:03:24 -06:00
Dan McGee
7113ea4e08 Fix bogus string cast in search debug message
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-29 14:24:08 -06:00
Allan McRae
b264fb9e9d makepkg: calculate exact total file size
The current calculation of the total file size for a package using "du"
suffers from issues in portability and correctness.  Especially on btrfs,
this can result in clearly wrong package information such as:

Download Size  : 14684.29 KiB
Installed Size : 7628.00 KiB

Use an approach based on "stat" to calculate total file size.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-28 22:32:22 -06:00
Allan McRae
1b46137426 makepkg: Use SKIP in checksum to skip integrity check
Using the value of "SKIP" in the checksum array will cause that
integrity check to be skipped.  This makes building packages that
rely on user configurable sources less painful.

Based-on-patch-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
Based-on-patch-by: David Campbell <davekong@archlinux.us>
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-28 22:27:02 -06:00
Lukas Fleischer
a77e638c77 contrib/*: Support the "--help" and "--version" options
Add "--help"/"-h" and "--version"/"-V" support to all contrib scripts.
Also, update scripts that used "-v" as a short option for "--version"
and use "-V" for the sake of consistency.

Additionally:

* Move version and usage messages to separate convenience functions in
  all scripts.

* Add a workaround to paccache to support "--help" and "--version". This
  should be replaced by a proper POSIX-compliant command line parser
  that supports long options in a future patch.

* Add a "$myver" variable to all scripts and use it whenever we refer to
  the program version (e.g. in version messages). Also, use the pacman
  version number everywhere instead of using a different versioning
  scheme for each contrib script. This is achieved by adding a
  "PACKAGE_VERSION" placeholder that is replaced by sed(1) when the
  script is built.

* Ensure we always return with exit status 0 if "--help" is used and
  return with exit status 1 if we display the usage message due to
  invalid arguments.

* Add "AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = std-options" and add all scripts to
  "bin_SCRIPTS" to make `make installcheck` check that installed scripts
  actually support the "--help" and "--version" options.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:49:46 -06:00
Lukas Fleischer
cd75ae46ab Makefile.am: Extract "contrib/" into DIST_SUBDIRS
This implies following changes:

* contrib scripts can be built and installed easily by running make(1)
  in "contrib/". This removes the need to pick all contrib scripts
  manually when packaging pacman-contrib.

* contrib scripts will no longer be built when running make(1) in the
  top level source directory. This seems like the most natural approach.
  We install those separately and should act the same when building
  stuff.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:49:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
c34b69b5c7 Convert strtrim/strlen paired calls to only strtrim
This utilizes the new return value so we don't have to find the length
of the string again.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:47:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
38143770a9 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-12-23 14:40:59 -06:00
Timothy Redaelli
5b749eeee9 pacman-key: Add missing quotes
Signed-off-by: Timothy Redaelli <timothy.redaelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:39:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
aac639351f Remove strtrim function from backend
The last user of this was the code in the backend for loading packages,
but this no longer uses it.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
a7cb150931 be_package: be more explicit parsing key/value pairs
This eliminates the need for strtrim() usage completely, instead relying
on the fact that the only allowed delimiter between key and value is the
" = " string.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Dave Reisner
e28f321a48 pactree: cleanup register_syncs
- take advantage of the new strtrim return value
- tighten scope on line pointer

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Dave Reisner
bec0b0c823 pactree: update with new strtrim function
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
6b29374a60 Rework package removal code
Extract the actual unlinking of files into a new method, which
eliminates a goto used for flow control. Also fix up a few small issues
in the code:

* Unnecessary (unsigned long) cast, use '%zd' instead
* Total up errors returned from unlink_file calls and return to caller
* Be consistent with scriptlets- we run pre_remove on dbonly, so we
  should also run post_remove. Both can be disabled by way of the
  --noscriptlet argument.
* Don't pass an invalid pointer to oldpkg to the event callbacks;
  instead call the callback before we free the object.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Dave Reisner
92216c5864 pacman/util: return size_t from strtrim
Instead of returning the same value as the parameter to this function,
return the length of the string, which can be useful to the caller when
its non-zero (e.g. to find the end of the string).

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:37:03 -06:00
Allan McRae
d95c04945f Allow comments after repo section header in pacman.conf
Pacman assumes that the final character of a line specifing a repo
in pacman.conf is a "]".  But it did not clean whitespace from the
line after removing any comments.  So lines like:

[allanbrokeit]  # could break system

caused pacman not to recognize the repo.  Adjust config parsing to
strip comments before trimming whitespace from the end of the string.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-23 14:36:25 -06:00
Diogo Sousa
7b2f68cc21 Created hex_representation() in lib/libalpm/util.c
Used in alpm_compute_md5sum() and alpm_compute_sha256sum().

Signed-off-by: Diogo Sousa <diogogsousa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-21 18:13:17 -06:00
Dave Reisner
d6ccd44390 include config.h via Makefiles
Ensures that config.h is always ordered correctly (first) in the
includes. Also means that new source files get this for free without
having to remember to add it.

We opt for -imacros over -include as its more portable, and the
added constraint by -imacros doesn't bother us for config.h.

This also touches the HACKING file to remove the explicit mention of
config.h as part of the includes.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-21 18:13:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
6c1426842a Add note to HACKING about operator spacing 2011-12-21 18:13:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
ee96900605 Don't check diskspace when using --dbonly
Mostly a waste of time. Sure, we no longer make sure your pacman
database partition has enough space, but if you are using this option
you better know what you are doing anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-21 16:42:47 -06:00
Dave Reisner
71164b76c4 sync: avoid checking file conflicts with --dbonly
Scratches my own itch from FS#25667

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-13 10:44:37 -06:00
Dave Reisner
4c5e7af32f delta: use regex substring matching
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-13 10:44:28 -06:00
Dan McGee
2a4df070c3 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-12-12 14:07:44 -06:00
Dan McGee
370c873be5 Calculate root length only once when checking for file conflicts
It is quite easy to hoist this potentially repeated computation out of
the loop; even if we don't end up using it, it is super cheap to do it
only once.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 13:05:10 -06:00
Dave Reisner
8c8f043717 lib/conflict: save strlen call by reusing snprintf return
The return should probably be checked to ensure its not longer than
PATH_MAX, but I have no idea what the correct behavior is when that
happens.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:56:48 -06:00
Dave Reisner
67290441b8 contrib/paccache: silence possible output from cd
If CDPATH is set, this could possibly write to stdout.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:52:40 -06:00
Dave Reisner
3d4656c020 code syntax cleanup
As per HACKING file, we use 'CTRL(' rather than 'CTRL ('

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:51:59 -06:00
Eric Bélanger
b75fac5be3 pacsysclean: Add new contrib script
pacsysclean sort installed packages by decreasing installed size. It's
useful for finding large unused package when doing system clean-up. This
script is an improved version of other similar scripts posted on the
forums. Thanks goes to Dan for fixing and improving my original script.

Signed-off-by: Eric Bélanger <snowmaniscool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:48:50 -06:00
Dave Reisner
5f0df42303 makepkg: split source elements when looking for sigs
Allows renamed .asc/.sig files to be still discovered by makepkg. This
is needed for a package such as PuTTY, which provides abnormally named
sig files (.DSA and .RSA) which are valid input for gpg --verify.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:47:46 -06:00
Dan McGee
1a1f5540a4 pacman: process all sync targets before exiting on error
If someone specifies a bogus line such as

    pacman -S baz adsf/boo base-devel

we are better off trying to process all targets and showing all relevant
errors before exiting. This is easier in -U and -R operations where we
aren't dealing with groups, but here we attempt to skip group selection
once we know a target has errored to avoid cluttering the output and
hiding the real problem.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:45:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
074cf4cb95 pacman: process all targets on upgrade operation
If an early target fails, we stopped processing the rest of the list. We
should continue all the way through and show relevant errors for each
target if possible, and error out only at the end.

We do process all targets to check for URLs first and will error out if
some could not be processed; we then do a second loop and try to load
each target specified on the command line.

This mirrors a patch by Allan to do the same for removal operations.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:45:40 -06:00
Allan McRae
62fa0c7d8d pacman: list all unknown targets on removal operation
On a removal operation, pacman currently reports an error for the
package that is not found in the database and then exists.  Adjust
so that all unknown packages are reported.

Before:
> pacman -R foo bar
error: 'foo': target not found

After:
> pacman -R foo bar
error: 'foo': target not found
error: 'bar': target not found

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-12 12:45:40 -06:00
Dan McGee
781af8f91b Use automake verbose helpers in custom make rules
This converts our script generation to use the built-in AM_V_GEN macro,
which honors the V= setting passed to make and allows one to see the
full command if they truly desire. The AM_V_at macro is also used in
place of an explicit @ so verbose-mode compiles show all commands being
run.

We can also use these two macros in doc generation to quiet it down to
the level we expect.

Other minor changes:
* a pointless test call is removed in test/pacman/tests/
* sed is used instead of dos2unix as we depend on it anyway
* consecutive chmod calls are reduced to a single call (e.g., '+x,a-x')

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-08 09:17:39 -06:00
Dan McGee
dacda1f6b3 Make automake generate silent rules by default
This will require you to pass 'V=1' if you want the previous, more
verbose output.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-08 09:15:41 -06:00
Dan McGee
b5225165c0 Move items around in the alpm handle struct
This allows for the struct layout to have no empty spaces.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-07 10:05:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
86cb6e1f0f Slight local database files reading optimization
Since we know the length of the line, we can use this all the way
through and do a cheaper operation than strdup() by just invoking malloc
and memcpy directly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-07 10:04:14 -06:00
Lukas Fleischer
0e4946d559 scripts/*: Declare several constant variables read-only
Be more semantically accurate and avoid accidental overwriting of some
configuration variables that are considered to be constant.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-07 10:02:11 -06:00
Dan McGee
a3a75e0a41 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-12-07 10:00:20 -06:00
Lukas Fleischer
1038e66964 contrib/*: Hardcode program names
Add a read-only variable "$myname" to every contrib script and hardcode
program names instead of relying on "$0". The variable name "$myname"
was chosen because it is already used in pacman and because we use
"$myver" to specify the program version in the official scripts.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-07 09:59:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
48188fbeee Add 'silent-rules' to automake setup in configure.ac
This is awesome, and I don't know why we haven't already done this. It
gives us the much more less verbose make output in a few different ways:

* If you run `make V=0`, you will get the quiet output.
* If you run `./configure --enable-silent-rules`, the quiet output is
  the default; verbose output can be had by passing V=1 to make.

    make[3]: Entering directory `/home/dmcgee/projects/pacman/lib/libalpm'
      CC     add.lo
      CC     be_local.lo
      CC     be_package.lo
      CC     be_sync.lo
      CC     delta.lo
    .....

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-07 09:59:27 -06:00
Dan McGee
6a1d3948a6 Use correct size in memset
We were using the size of a pointer, not the size of the whole
archive_read_buffer struct. Thanks to Clang/LLVM 3.0 and Allan/Dave in
IRC for finding this one.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-05 23:21:56 -06:00
Dan McGee
17e0be9e6a repo-add: enforce maximum .sig file size
This prevents user error in adding a file generated via `gpg --sign`
rather than `--detach-sign`, for example. The same 16KiB limit is used
we use in our pacman download code.

The section is moved above the checksum generation to avoid presenting
info messages to the user if the signature isn't valid.

Addresses a shortcoming pointed out in FS#27453.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-05 10:48:47 -06:00
Dan McGee
d85d0ddcfe Enforce signature download size limit on -U <url> operations
We had a 16 KiB limit on database signatures, we should do the same here
too to have a slight sanity check, even if we can't do so for the
package itself yet.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-05 10:07:05 -06:00
Lukas Fleischer
61ce2ca1bb contrib/paclist: Add "--help" command line parameter
Be consistent with all other contrib scripts and support the "--help"
command line switch. Fixes FS#27258.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-12-05 09:22:12 -06:00
Dan McGee
1d98c6347c Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-30 22:34:25 -06:00
Dave Reisner
5490cd6eb2 makepkg.5: fix typo s/tar,bz2/tar.bz2/
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:30:22 -06:00
Dave Reisner
a521cea96f makepkg: avoid using comm for diff'ing package lists
Whereas comm will check inputs to see if they're sorted (and warn when
they aren't), grep doesn't even care about ordering. In this particular
instance -- neither do we. We're only interested that the two lists are
equivalent.

Fixes FS#26580.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:28:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
15aa57d51b _alpm_ldconfig: return value from _alpm_run_chroot
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:28:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
d7f8838294 Add two new pactests for pacman upgrade behavior
Both currently marked as failing.

* sync303.py encapsulates the broken behavior reported in FS#27214.
* sync304.py shows how packages depending on a specific version of a
  package in SyncFirst can cause breakage of the dependency resolver.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:28:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
f5820c8bd6 Miscellaneous post-4.0.1 updates
Some late-arriving translation updates and add the correct dates to the
index.txt releases table.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:28:13 -06:00
Dan McGee
86b5b7aa42 Add helper function for duplicating depends lists
We do this in several of the package duplication steps; add a helper
function for doing so to reduce some of the repetitive code.

Also add a free_deplist function for our repeated depend list free calls
of both the data and the list.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-30 22:26:52 -06:00
andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com
77af613efc added doxygen documentation
Made existing documentation more consistent and added
documentation where there was none. One function still
needs documentation and is marked with 'TODO'.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-22 00:31:10 -06:00
Dan McGee
96b3ba3470 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-20 21:40:50 -06:00
Florian Pritz
2141b7112d add key algo to import msg
Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:40:19 -06:00
Florian Pritz
2f96067fe7 change gpg import message to resemble gpg --list-keys
Dan: const pointers, don't worry about bitfields.

Signed-off-by: Florian Pritz <bluewind@xinu.at>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:39:33 -06:00
Phillip Smith
5ba8b83b8b makepkg: add support for PACKAGER environment var
Add support for overriding configuration in /etc/makepkg.conf and
~/.makepkg.conf by setting the environment variable PACKAGER similar to
how SRCDEST and PKGDEST behave.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:36:30 -06:00
Allan McRae
cb898be887 repo-add: Remove .tmp. prefix from output
Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:36:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
80868b0da6 repo-add: ensure database and signature files are always viewed in whole
This addresses a short but sweet race condition currently existing in
repo-add and repo-remove. We do the smart thing and zip the database to
a location in a temporary directory and not over the original database
directly. However, we then proceed to move this file directly from the
temporary directory to our final location, which is more than likely a
cross-filesystem move (/tmp on tmpfs) and thus non-atomic.

Instead, zip the file to the same directory, prefixing the filename with
'.tmp.'. We then move the file into place. This move is guaranteed to be
atomic, so any reader of the database file will get either the old
version, the new version, or ENOENT.

We also perform a hardlink if possible instead of a move when shifting
the old database out of the way to '.old'; this ensures there is no
chance of a database file not existing during the whole process.

Only one small race condition should now be present- when the database
has been fully moved into place and the signature has not, you may see a
mismatch. There seems to be no good way to address this, and it existed
before this patch.

A final note- if someone had locked-down permissions on the directory
that the database files are in (e.g., could only write to foo.db.tar.gz,
foo.db, foo.db.tar.gz.old, foo.db.old, and the lock file), this would
break.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:36:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
6a9ed33055 repo-add: ensure path to LOCKFILE is always absolute
Given our semi-frequent use of pushd/popd, if we are in any directory
but the original and the database path given was relative, we won't
unlock the database file when cleaning up after an error.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:36:30 -06:00
Dan McGee
507a2d15e6 Final changes before 4.0.1 release
* Add last-minute changes to NEWS
* Don't treat '_' or '_n' special in scripts when finding translatable
  strings; this breaks with one use of `read` and a dummy _ variable

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:29:46 -06:00
Dave Reisner
b8ef22312b makepkg: trim trailing space from whitespace sensitive vars
This applies to pkgver, pkgrel, and epoch and ensures that any trailing
whitespace outside of the context of the variable declaration itself is
properly trimmed. The Bash parser will ignore this, and so should we.

We don't need to worry about leading space because it would force a
syntax error, or fail validation.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-20 21:17:43 -06:00
Dan McGee
2752932d19 Update alpm_errno_t type to non-enum version
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-16 14:53:34 -06:00
Dan McGee
919b604c29 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-16 14:51:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
dee8144ce5 Add helper method for creating and opening archive object
This moves the common setup code of about 5 different callers into one
method. Error messages will now be common and shared in all places;
several paths did not have any messages at all before.

In addition, we now pick an ideal block size for the archive read based
off the larger value of our default buffer size or the st.st_blksize
field. For a filesystem such as NFS, this is often much larger than the
default 8192- values such as 32768 and 131072 are common.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-16 14:51:06 -06:00
Dan McGee
c79c068fe9 Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-16 14:45:25 -06:00
Dave Reisner
ad09db3c55 makepkg.conf: disable motd printing for rsync DLAGENT
Fixes FS#26806.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-15 09:37:42 -06:00
Dan McGee
9363e7dc22 Allow sync_prepare to work in certain cases without sync databases
When doing a bare -U operation on a local package that doesn't pull in
any dependencies from the sync databases, we can get away with missing
database files. This makes the check conditional on no sync targets
found in the target list. This is not the prettiest code here so we have
a bit of hackish behavior required to straighten both the behavior and
the nonsensical error message out.

Addresses FS#26899.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-15 09:12:18 -06:00
Dan McGee
f1ec3b9b10 Remove unnecessary casts in callback code
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-15 09:11:03 -06:00
Allan McRae
37ff0f5658 Update documentation regarding signature extensions
Commit e7b56f48 allowed makepkg to handle pgp signatures with the
.sign extension.  Update the man page to reflect this.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-15 08:17:08 -06:00
Jonathan Conder
a3f9399295 create a typedef for enum _alpm_errno_t
This is consistent with the other enums and structs, and should be
slightly more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Conder <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-14 08:54:03 -06:00
Dan McGee
c0ce10397a Update translations from Transifex
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-13 22:21:02 -06:00
Dan McGee
fcf0a8b203 Updates in preparation for 4.0.1 release
Bump the version, update the translation template files, and fill in
NEWS with relevant commits and changes since 4.0.0.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-13 21:55:52 -06:00
Dan McGee
1de5070bb3 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-13 13:38:57 -06:00
Dave Reisner
10241a6d76 add fnmatch support for HoldPkg
Adds test remove031.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-11-13 14:19:16 -05:00
Dave Reisner
902305f163 add support for back end fnmatch'd options
This is work originally provided by Sascha Kruse on FS#20360 with only
minor adjustments to the implementation. It's been expanded to cover:
NoUpgrade, NoExtract, IgnorePkg, IgnoreGroup.

Adds tests ignore008, sync139, sync502, and sync503.

Also satisfies FS#18988.

Original-work-by: Sascha Kruse <knopwob@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-11-13 14:19:00 -05:00
Dave Reisner
64d54f6741 invert iteration order for ignoregroup
This is a simple change that allows comparions to be more in line with
how other checks are done. It will be necessary for ensuing patchwork
that implements fnmatch for comparing and assumes a specific argument
ordering.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-11-11 16:08:21 -05:00
Dave Reisner
42e2f8bfbf makepkg: check for value before using eval'd var
This prevent bsdtar from exploding when install= or changelog= are
present without a value.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-10 09:22:17 -06:00
Dan McGee
1a994bf180 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-07 09:16:10 -06:00
Allan McRae
e7b56f48d7 makepkg: handle pgp signatures with .sign extension
Detached sgnature files with extension .sign are accepted by gnupg.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-07 09:14:09 -06:00
Dan McGee
601c808b8d Fix download progress rounding edge case
Allan's original message: Occasionally when the download rate showed
100.0 the output got messed up. This was caused by the rounding of a
number between 99.95 and 100.  Adjust the threshold to avoid this
rounding issue.

Dan: make this fix, but also show values between 0 and 9.995 with two
decimal places since we have the room.

Original-fix-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-03 09:54:33 -05:00
Dan McGee
1953fe4368 Fix thinko in _alpm_strip_newline
The point of this early compare to NULL byte check was so we could bail
early and skip the strcmp() call. Given we weren't doing the check
right, this never exited early. Fix it to work as intended.

Noticed-by: Pepe Juárez <trulustapa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 19:17:26 -05:00
Dan McGee
90477f156c libalpm/util: don't use sprintf to convert from bin to hex
This is a trivial operation that doesn't require calling a function over
and over- just do some math and indexing into a character array.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:27:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
8b3717ef0d Fix size reported in CALLOC allocation failure message
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:27:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
6df558177f Convert package and database archive reads to use file descriptors
This gives us a bit more control and over the archive reading process,
and a bit less is done behind the scenes. It also allows us to use
fstat() in preference to stat(), which should avoid some potential race
conditions.

Some reorganization is necessary to move the stat calls after the open()
calls. Error handling and cleanup in general is also improved, as we had
several potential memory and file handle leaks before in some error
paths.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:27:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
ed3cd75736 libalpm/util: use low-level I/O for copyfile and checksum routines
This removes an unnecessary level of buffering. We are not doing
line-based I/O here, so we can read in blocks of 8K at a time directly
from the file.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:27:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
ba7a056d58 Add OPEN() and CLOSE() util macros
These wrap the normal open() and close() low-level I/O calls and ensure
EINTR is handled correctly.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:27:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
a4ce3edf95 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-11-01 10:26:45 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d98ff04cc9 src/util: link vercmp against .lo, not the .o
This seems to fix FS#26652.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-11-01 10:25:15 -05:00
Dave Reisner
4c259d51f7 dload: remove redundant conditional
Replacing the strdup when after the first NULL check assures that we get
continue with payload->remote_name defined.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-10-27 17:49:09 -05:00
Dave Reisner
f4875fab9b dload: chmod tempfiles to respect umask
Dan: fix mask calculation, add it to the success/fail block instead.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-27 17:46:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
3343185473 Introduce ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE constant
This takes the place of three previously used constants:
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK, BUFFER_SIZE, and CPBUFSIZE.

In libarchive 3.0, the first constant will be no more, so we can ensure
we are forward-compatible by removing our usage of it now. The rest are
unified for consistency.

By default, we will use the value of BUFSIZ provided by <stdio.h>, which
is 8192 on Linux. If that is undefined, a default value is provided.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-27 14:59:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
1052709921 paccache: add vim modeline
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 17:46:59 -05:00
Dave Reisner
24881034f6 paccache: ensure seen/seenarch vars are set
Doesn't do a whole lot of good to compare against values that are never
set. Fixes bug where -vvv output wasn't grouping packages together
properly.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 17:46:53 -05:00
Dan McGee
8a9ce12a27 Fix issues with replacing unowned symlinks
There aretwo seperate issues in the same block of file conflict
checking code here:
1) If realpath errored, such as when a symlink was broken, we would call
   'continue' rather than simply exit this particular method of
   resolution. This was likely just a copy-paste mistake as the previous
   resolving steps all use loops where continue makes sense. Refactor
   the check so we only proceed if realpath is successful, and continue
   with the rest of the checks either way.
2) The real problem this code was trying to solve was canonicalizing
   path component (e.g., directory) symlinks. The final component, if
   not a directory, should not be handled at all in this loop. Add a
   !S_ISLNK() condition to the loop so we only call this for real files.

There are few other small cleanups to the debug messages that I made
while debugging this problem- we don't need to keep printing the file
name, and ensure every block that sets resolved_conflict to true prints
a debug message so we know how it was resolved.

This fixes the expected failures from symlink010.py and symlink011.py,
while still ensuring the fix for fileconflict007.py works.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 17:32:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
5c1885b55e Add some unowned symlink replacement tests
These should all prevent installation, and yet two of the three tests
currently fail. Not good.

The best way to see what is going on here is to diff the three new tests
side by side- there is only a small difference between the three tests,
and that is in the destination of the symlink in question that should
never be overwritten.

  symlink010.py: myprogsuffix -> myprog
  symlink011.py: myprogsuffix -> broken
  symlink012.py: myprogsuffix -> otherprog

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 17:31:43 -05:00
Dan McGee
7a6b01d46c Don't realloc a 0-length files array when loading packages
There is some pecular behavior going on here when a package is loaded
that has no files, as is very common in our test suite. When we enter
the realloc/sort code, a package without files will call the following:

    files = realloc(NULL, 0);

One would assume this is a no-op, returning a NULL pointer, but that is
not the case and valgrind later reports we are leaking memory. Fix the
whole thing by skipping the reallocation and sort steps if the pointer
is NULL, as we have nothing to do.

Note that the package still gets marked as 'files loaded', becuase
although there were none, we tried and were successful.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 15:44:55 -05:00
Dan McGee
d5f0395dc1 libalpm/util: two stat() related cleanups
First, use fstat() in preference to stat() since we already have an open
file handle. This also removes the need to check for a symlink as that
is not possible when a file is opened.

Next, use archive_entry_mode() rather than archive_entry_stat() as we
only use the mode portion of the stat struct and the call is much
cheaper. Also delay it until it is necessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-26 14:55:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
a708e7d28e Merge branch 'maint' 2011-10-25 10:40:26 -05:00
Dave Reisner
2da59e1aa9 lib/sync: inform callers of compute_download_size of a partial
Extend the return values of compute_download_size to allow callers to
know that a .part file exists for the package.

This extra value isn't currently used, but it'll be needed later on.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-25 10:38:12 -05:00
Allan McRae
571f2f7814 Fix libtool detection of --as-needed flag
The fix for -Wl,--as-needed in commit b0f9477f assumes that
--as-needed/--no-as-needed is the only option given in a -Wl line.
However, it is perfectly valid to specify multiple flags comma
separated after a single -Wl (e.g. the default LDFLAGS in Arch
Linux makepkg.conf).

Adjust the fix so it detect --as-needed in a more general context

> readelf -d lib/libalpm/.libs/libalpm.so.?.?.? | grep NEEDED | wc -l
Before: 13
After: 5

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-25 10:37:30 -05:00
Allan McRae
0d9e7da309 Update libtool files
Update for libtool-2.4.2 while keeping the fix for --as-needed from
commit b0f9477f.

Signed-off-by: Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-25 10:37:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
5853025137 Add more logging to download code
This adds a logger to the CURLE_OK case so we can always know the return
code if it was >= 400, and debug log it regardless. Also adjust another
logger to use the cURL error message directly, as well as use fstat()
when we have an open file handle rather than stat().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-24 13:49:14 -05:00
Dan McGee
90ddcbe71d Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	src/pacman/package.c

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
33bb7dbd35 Hide empty columns in table package list display
On -R operations, the "New Version" column is always empty, taking up
space and not really showing the user anything valuable. The same is
true on -S or -U operations for the "Old Version" column when packages
are only being installed and not upgraded.

Remove this column so we get a few screen columns back, especially now
that we show repo/packagename style output. This also makes some
adjustment to the padding logic. We no longer include padding in column
widths but it is included in the total table width. We also ensure the
last displayed column is always right aligned, even if this is not the
actual rightmost column.

Example output, before:
    $ sudo pacman -R eclipse
    checking dependencies...

    Targets (1):

    Name     Old Version  New Version   Net Change

    eclipse  3.7-1                     -194.02 MiB

    Total Removed Size:     194.02 MiB

And after:
    $ sudo pacman -R eclipse
    checking dependencies...

    Targets (1):

    Name     Old Version   Net Change

    eclipse  3.7-1        -194.02 MiB

    Total Removed Size:     194.02 MiB

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
32327dc8c9 pacman: show repo name in download prompt
This only applies to the VerbosePkgLists option. Lessens the
deficiencies created by earlier work to separate download records by
repository.

Satisfies FS#26334.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
89edea326b sync: move file download loop out of download_files
Create a new static function called 'download_single_file' which
iterates over the servers for each payload.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:31 -05:00
Dave Reisner
d72487cc00 sync: check for necessary disk space for download
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:31 -05:00
Dan McGee
0b155677cf sync: extract build_payload() method from find_dl_candidates
This is done by both the delta and regular file code, so we can extract
a little helper method. Done mostly to satisfy my "why are we repeating
code here" itch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 19:29:31 -05:00
lolilolicon
d6e3446e70 bacman: pkgrel does not have to be an integer
pkgrel, as with pkgver, simply mustn't contain hyphens.

Signed-off-by: lolilolicon <lolilolicon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 12:31:24 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6f2faf16ba sync: dont group sync records by repository
Break out the logic of finding payloads into a separate static function
to avoid nesting mayhem. After gathering all the records, download them
all at once.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 11:12:00 -05:00
Dan McGee
20a47aba8e Remove remaining usages of fprintf() from frontend
These can either be replaced with pm_printf() if they are error related,
or in the fprintf(stdout, ...) case a bare printf() will do.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 10:51:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
9e9ecf2183 Remove pm_fprintf() in favor of pm_printf()
Now that pm_printf() always prints to stderr, we don't need this second
function that was always used with stderr as the first argument. Thus,
this patch removes the function and makes the following sed replacement:

    sed -i -e 's#pm_fprintf(stderr, #pm_printf(#g' src/pacman/*.c

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 10:45:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
45f86ca1ca Use stderr as output stream for pm_printf()
This matches what we now do in our backend callback function- all
debug/info/warning/error/etc. messages should be on stderr. These are
all the messages with a "warning:" or other type prefix, so does not
affect general pacman output.

This should fix the output confusion noted in FS#26555.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-21 10:38:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
e47eb9a777 base64: don't compile base64_encode() function
We don't use this anywhere; "comment" it out so we still remain
relatively close to the upstream sources.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 12:03:02 -05:00
Dan McGee
4bada45464 pacman-key: add a default keyserver timeout value on --init
The default is supposidely 30 seconds from the gpg manpage, but that
sure wasn't what I was seeing- it was somewhere closer to two minutes of
silence. Add a more reasonable 10 second timeout value which should be
good enough for any keyserver that doesn't totally stink at it's job.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 09:42:46 -05:00
Dan McGee
bac670ddc9 Show an error message on failed remote key lookup
The absolutely terrible part about this is the failure on GPGME's part
to distinguish between "key not found" and "keyserver timeout". Instead,
it returns the same silly GPG_ERR_EOF in both cases (why isn't
GPG_ERR_TIMEOUT being used?), leaving us helpless to tell them apart.

Spit out a generic enough error message that covers both cases;
unfortunately we can't provide much guidance to the user because we
aren't sure what actually happened.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 09:38:35 -05:00
Dave Reisner
b633985e60 dload: add pointer to server list for each payload
Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 08:40:20 -05:00
Dave Reisner
758d3403cd diskspace: create static function mount_point_list_free
This logic is reused in both diskspace and downloadspace check
functions, so pull it out into its own static method.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 08:39:09 -05:00
Dave Reisner
6e29f02e94 diskspace: add _alpm_check_downloadspace()
This function determines if the given cachedir has at least the given
amount of free space on it. This will be later used in the sync code to
preemptively halt downloads.

Signed-off-by: Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 08:39:04 -05:00
Dan McGee
842c4422ed Table display: print message with warning: prefix
Use the normal error functions here rather than a bare fprintf().

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-17 08:28:57 -05:00
Dan McGee
ae25167bcd Large performance improvement for check for owned directories
We can take a large shortcut here that saves us a lot of time,
especially when upgrading packages with lots of directories. Obviously
iterating the full file list of every single package to determine if
this directory was present in any other package can take quite some time
on a system with many packages installed. We don't need to remove a
directory at all if we are upgrading a package and the version we are
moving to still had the directory.

Also make a small optimization on the package comparsion- we really only
care about equality here, not the result of the compare, so we can
shortcut using our name_hash.

What kind of benefit does this give us? Oh, only a reduction from 295.7
million to 1.4 million strcmp() calls (99.5% fewer) during a
`pacman -S linux libreoffice-common` operation.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 14:58:12 -05:00
Dan McGee
bf84dc4cf1 Make _alpm_filelist_contains() NULL-safe
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 14:50:27 -05:00
Dan McGee
a33424f879 Merge branch 'maint' 2011-10-14 08:16:18 -05:00
Dan McGee
020bdb4298 makepkg: don't attach traps until after argument parsing
Nothing we do in our traps is necessary this early in the script. This
fixes FS#26196.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 08:16:06 -05:00
Dan McGee
dbd54c0cb9 Use fputs and putchar in callback progress display
When we have fixed strings or output, printf overhead is unnecessary.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 08:14:44 -05:00
Dan McGee
0d2600c575 Remove -f short option for --force
This is not something that should be used on a frequent basis, and
giving it a short option encourages use without making the drawbacks
obvious. For the 1% of situations that require it, the 5 extra
keystrokes are a fair price to pay.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 08:13:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
185cbb8a44 Add missing #ifdef around cURL error code in download struct
Thanks to Eduardo Tongson on the mailing list.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-14 07:38:58 -05:00
Dan McGee
8605284e0d Use puts() instead of no-op printf() where applicable
This replaces several printf calls of the following styles:
   printf("%s", ...);
   printf("some fixed string");
   printf("x");

We can use either fputs() or putchar() here to do the same thing
without incurring the overhead of the printf format parser.

The biggest gain here comes when we are calling the print function in a
loop repeatedly; notably when printing local package files.

    $ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-before -Ql | md5sum
      0.25user 0.04system 0:00.30elapsed 98%CPU
    $ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-after -Ql | md5sum
      0.17user 0.06system 0:00.25elapsed 94%CPU

    $ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-before -Qlq | md5sum
      0.20user 0.05system 0:00.26elapsed 98%CPU
    $ /usr/bin/time ./pacman-after -Qlq | md5sum
      0.15user 0.05system 0:00.23elapsed 93%CPU

So '-Ql' shows a 17% improvement while '-Qlq' shows a 13% improvement on
382456 total files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 20:59:16 -05:00
Dan McGee
9934052b54 Remove mcheck.h support
When was the last time anyone used this? That's what I thought.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 20:49:24 -05:00
Dan McGee
53e525c4f3 Fix some strict 32-bit gcc warnings
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 16:25:21 -05:00
Dan McGee
5b5b250443 Coding style cleanups
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 15:16:59 -05:00
Dan McGee
86bc36412e curl_gethost() potential bug fixups
This is in the realm of "probably not going to happen", but if someone
were to translate "disk" to a string longer than 256 characters, we
would have a smashed/corrupted stack due to our unchecked strcpy() call.
Rework the function to always length-check the value we copy into the
hostname buffer, and do it with memcpy rather than the more cumbersome
and unnecessary snprintf.

Finally, move the magic 256 value into a constant and pass it into the
function which is going to get inlined anyway.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 15:16:10 -05:00
Dan McGee
1ebe5dc197 doc/index.txt: Reformat past releases chart
This makes it a three-column deal with releases all the way back to 1.0.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 14:54:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
43cad9c871 doc: update .gitignore, add CSS override for new tables usage
* Make all docs depend on Makefile; if we change flags here we want them
  rebuilt.
* Add explicit filenames to .gitignore so we can add our own CSS
  override file, and add an asciidoc-override.css resource.
* Adjust a few asciidoc options when generating HTML.
* Remove asciidoc-manpage.css; apparantly this doesn't exist anymore.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 14:53:52 -05:00
Dan McGee
ff87046354 Merge branch 'maint'
Conflicts:
	src/pacman/util.c
2011-10-13 11:25:50 -05:00
Dan McGee
04fd320e97 Update NEWS for missing 4.0 stuff and 4.0.1 changes so far
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 11:22:50 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
35e6136f4b scripts/*.sh.in: Honor TMPDIR environment variable
Replace "/tmp" with "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}" to allow for overriding the
hardcoded path.

Since we only use "/tmp" in conjunction with mktemp(1), we could also
have used "--tmpdir", which is GNU-ish, however (and the BSD counterpart
"-t" has been deprecated in GNU mktemp).

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 11:21:05 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
241946ccea scripts/*.sh.in: Fix signal handler error messages
This includes some fixes to the messages that are displayed when a
signal is caught in makepkg or repo-add:

* Instead of always showing "==> ERROR: TERM signal caught. Exiting...",
  replace "TERM" by whatever signal is actually caught.

* Fix a typo in the SIGERR error message in repo-add ("occurred" instead
  of "occured"). Francois already fixed this for makepkg in 1e51b81c.

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 11:20:12 -05:00
Lukas Fleischer
d4c97ea2f6 repo-add: Avoid race condition in signal handlers
There is a small chance that a user sends SIGINT (or any other signal
that is trapped) when we're already in clean_up() which used to lead to
trap_exit() being executed and the remaining code in clean_up() being
skipped due to the bash signal/trap handler blocking EXIT (since its
handler is already being executed, even if it's interrupted).

In practice, this behaviour caused unexpected results (primarily because
pressing ^C at the wrong time left a lock file behind):

    $ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
    ==> Extracting database to a temporary location...
    ^C
    ==> ERROR: Aborted by user! Exiting...
    $ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
    ==> Extracting database to a temporary location...
    ==> ERROR: File 'foobar' not found.
    ==> No packages modified, nothing to do.
    ^C
    ==> ERROR: Aborted by user! Exiting...
    $ ./repo-add extra.db.tar.gz foobar
    ==> ERROR: Failed to acquire lockfile: extra.db.tar.gz.lck.
    ==> ERROR: Held by process 18522

Fix this and reduce the chance of race conditions in signal handlers by:

* Unhooking all traps in both clean_up() and trap_exit().

* Call clean_up() explicitly in trap_exit() to make sure we remove the
  lock file and the temporary directory even if we send SIGINT when
  clean_up() is already being executed but didn't reach the unhook code
  yet.

Also, add an optional parameter to clean_up() to allow for setting an
explicit exit code when we call clean_up() from trap_exit().

Signed-off-by: Lukas Fleischer <archlinux@cryptocrack.de>
Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-13 11:20:03 -05:00
Dan McGee
12642a299b Add user-visible warning message if public keyring not found
This should help point users in the right direction if they have not
initialized via pacman-key just yet.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 17:54:08 -05:00
Dan McGee
6be492d2f7 Remove alpm_list_getdata wrapper function
This one is pretty darn useless. Just derefence the ->data attribute
since the type is public anyway and save yourself the function call.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:22:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
1b7d2b0cfa diskspace: extract check_mountpoint() function
This will be useful when extending disk space checks to free space
checking before we download package files.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:22:49 -05:00
Dan McGee
a27bdcfe51 _alpm_archive_fgets: optimize EOL search
Instead of iterating character by character, use memchr() calls to
hopefully speed up the search. A newline is the most likely culprit, so
search for that first followed by a NULL byte if there was no newline in
the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:22:48 -05:00
Dan McGee
2a18171afa signing: delay gpgme_init() until latest possible moment
In the default configuration, we can enter the signing code but still
have nothing to do with GPGME- for example, if database signatures are
optional but none are present. Delay initialization of GPGME until we
know there is a signature file present or we were passed base64-encoded
data.

This also makes debugging with valgrind a lot easier as you don't have
to deal with all the GPGME error noise because their code leaks like a
sieve.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:20:47 -05:00
Dan McGee
61c6ae01b3 VerbosePkgLists: format table lines in i18n-compatible way
This had the unfortunate implementation detail that depended on the
strings having 1 byte == 1 column hold true. As we know, this is not at
all the case once you move past the base ASCII character set.

Reimplement this whole thing so it doesn't depend on format strings at
all. Instead, simply calculate the max column widths, and then when
displaying each row add the correct amount of padding using UTF-8 safe
string length functions.

Before:

名字        旧版本新版本  净变化 下载大小

libgee                0.6.2.1-1  0.60 MiB    0.10 MiB
libsocialweb          0.25.19-2  1.92 MiB    0.23 MiB
folks                 0.6.3.2-1  1.38 MiB    0.25 MiB

After:

名字          旧版本  新版本     净变化    下载大小

libgee                0.6.2.1-1  0.60 MiB  0.10 MiB
libsocialweb          0.25.19-2  1.92 MiB  0.23 MiB
folks                 0.6.3.2-1  1.38 MiB  0.25 MiB

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:18:38 -05:00
Dan McGee
89fe19f3e1 Convert MALLOC to actually call malloc()
If you need zero-filled allocations, call CALLOC() instead.

This was from the original definition of these macros in commit
cc754bc6e3be0f3; hopefully our code is in the shape it needs to be to
switch this behavior.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:01:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
980b3faea5 Move infrequently used path variables off the stack
These backup-related paths in package extraction are used on relatively
few files during the install process, so bump them off the stack and
into the heap. This removes the artificial PATH_MAX limitation on their
length as well.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:01:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
027a8a3260 Extract a try_rename helper from extract_single_file()
This moves the repetitive (and highly unlikely) logging work to a
single location.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:01:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
5f3629bea0 Introduce alpm_time_t type
This will always be a 64-bit signed integer rather than the variable length
time_t type. Dates beyond 2038 should be fully supported in the library; the
frontend still lags behind because 32-bit platforms provide no localtime64()
or equivalent function to convert from an epoch value to a broken down time
structure.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:01:25 -05:00
Dan McGee
759f435fb9 _alpm_parsedate: use strtoll() to parse numeric value
This prepares the function to handle values past year 2038. The return type
is still limited to 32-bits on 32-bit systems; this will be adjusted in a
future patch.

Signed-off-by: Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
2011-10-12 14:01:25 -05:00
619 changed files with 188589 additions and 65992 deletions

3
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
*~
*.o
ABOUT-NLS
aclocal.m4
autom4te.cache
config.h
@@ -9,9 +10,11 @@ config.status
config.status.lineno
configure
configure.lineno
cov-int
cscope.in.out
cscope.out
cscope.po.out
intl
libtool
Makefile
Makefile.in

View File

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
@@ -10,6 +12,7 @@ Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
Jan Steffens <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
@@ -25,6 +28,7 @@ Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>

View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
[main]
host = https://www.transifex.net
host = https://www.transifex.com
[archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po

79
HACKING
View File

@@ -6,15 +6,17 @@ concerns when hacking on pacman. If you are interested in contributing, please
read link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] and
link:translation-help.html[translation-help] as well.
Coding style
Coding Style
------------
1. All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
this file) By default, source files contain the following VIM modeline:
this file.) A tab size of two spaces is used when calculating line widths,
which should be a maximum of 80 characters. By default, source files
contain the following Vim modeline:
+
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */
-------------------------------------------
2. When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
@@ -73,15 +75,7 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
NOT
return(0);
6. The sizeof() operator should accept a type, not a value. (TODO: in certain
cases, it may be better- should this be a set guideline? Read "The Practice
of Programming")
sizeof(alpm_list_t);
NOT
sizeof(*mylist);
7. When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
6. When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
conditional statement, use != 0 or == 0 and not the negation (!) operator.
It reads much cleaner for humans (using a negative to check for success is
confusing) and the compiler will treat it correctly anyway.
@@ -90,6 +84,61 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
NOT
if(!strcmp(a, b))
7. Use spaces around almost all arithmetic, comparison and assignment
operators and after all ',;:' separators.
foobar[2 * size + 1] = function(a, 6);
NOT
foobar[2*size+1]=function(a,6);
for(a = 0; a < n && n > 0; a++, n--) {}
NOT
for(a=0;a<n&&n>0;a++,n--) {}
8. Declare all variables at the start of the block.
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
{
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
newurl = url;
if(!newurl) {
return -1;
}
...
if(vdata) {
...
}
return 1;
}
-------------------------------------------
NOT
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
{
char *newurl = url;
if(!newurl) {
return -1;
}
char *vdata = NULL;
if(vdata) {
...
}
return 1;
}
-------------------------------------------
Other Concerns
--------------
@@ -103,8 +152,6 @@ general pattern, including blank lines:
[source,C]
-------------------------------------------
#include "config.h"
#include <standardheader.h>
#include <another.h>
#include <...>
@@ -133,6 +180,8 @@ For pacman:
#include "anythingelse.h"
-------------------------------------------
Never directly include config.h. This will always be added via Makefiles.
GDB and Valgrind Usage
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -147,5 +196,5 @@ For example, to run valgrind:
valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
vim:set syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

221
INSTALL
View File

@@ -1,28 +1,25 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
You will need to build and install two libraries before you can
properly build pacman.
libarchive
http://code.google.com/p/libarchive/
libcurl
http://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following
instructions are generic. Run `./configure --help` for specific
options.
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
@@ -51,7 +48,7 @@ may remove or edit it.
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
@@ -62,12 +59,22 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
@@ -76,12 +83,22 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for
details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
@@ -94,25 +111,41 @@ is an example:
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This
is known as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
@@ -123,16 +156,47 @@ Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the
default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
`make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, `make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure',
but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of
makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For
example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
at `configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
@@ -144,14 +208,58 @@ find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with `make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as
their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped
generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make'
instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
to try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
@@ -159,7 +267,8 @@ type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
@@ -177,9 +286,9 @@ eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
@@ -188,7 +297,7 @@ A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
@@ -200,18 +309,27 @@ causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use
this workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--help=short'
`--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
`configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
also present in any nested packages.
`--version'
`-V'
@@ -238,6 +356,15 @@ an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names::
for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
the installation locations.
`--no-create'
`-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.

View File

@@ -1,38 +1,60 @@
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc test/pacman test/util contrib
SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc test/pacman test/util test/scripts
if WANT_DOC
SUBDIRS += doc
endif
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) contrib src/common
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
AM_MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory
# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
# Some files automatically included, so they aren't specified below:
# AUTHORS, COPYING, NEWS, README
EXTRA_DIST = HACKING
EXTRA_DIST = HACKING test/tap.sh
# Sample makepkg prototype files
pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
dist_pkgdata_DATA = \
proto/PKGBUILD.proto \
proto/PKGBUILD-split.proto \
proto/proto.install \
proto/ChangeLog.proto
proto/PKGBUILD-vcs.proto \
proto/proto.install
# run the pactest test suite and vercmp tests
check-local: test/pacman test/util src/pacman src/util
LC_ALL=C $(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py --debug=1 \
--test $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/*.py \
-p $(top_builddir)/src/pacman/pacman
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/pacsorttest.sh \
$(top_builddir)/src/util/pacsort
$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/vercmptest.sh \
$(top_builddir)/src/util/vercmp
$(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/TESTS: $(wildcard test/pacman/tests/*.py)
@printf "TESTS += %s\n" $^ | LC_ALL=C sort -u > "$@"
# create the pacman DB and cache directories upon install
TESTS = test/scripts/parseopts_test.sh \
test/scripts/human_to_size_test.sh \
test/scripts/makepkg-template_test.sh \
test/scripts/pacman-db-upgrade-v9.py \
test/util/pacsorttest.sh \
test/util/vercmptest.sh
include $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/TESTS
TEST_SUITE_LOG = test/test-suite.log
TEST_EXTENSIONS = .py
AM_TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = \
PMTEST_UTIL_DIR=$(top_builddir)/src/util/; export PMTEST_UTIL_DIR; \
PMTEST_SCRIPT_DIR=$(top_builddir)/scripts/; export PMTEST_SCRIPT_DIR; \
PMTEST_SCRIPTLIB_DIR=$(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/; export PMTEST_SCRIPTLIB_DIR;
LOG_DRIVER = env AM_TAP_AWK='$(AWK)' $(SHELL) \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/tap-driver.sh
PY_LOG_DRIVER = env AM_TAP_AWK='$(AWK)' $(SHELL) \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/tap-driver.sh
PY_LOG_COMPILER = $(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py
AM_PY_LOG_FLAGS = \
--scriptlet-shell $(SCRIPTLET_SHELL) \
--ldconfig $(LDCONFIG) \
--bindir $(top_builddir)/src/pacman \
--bindir $(top_builddir)/scripts
# create the pacman DB, cache, makepkg-template and system hook directories upon install
install-data-local:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/pacman" "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/cache/pacman/pkg"; do \
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/pacman" "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/cache/pacman/pkg" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/makepkg-template" "$(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/libalpm/hooks"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
done
@@ -41,4 +63,11 @@ update-po:
$(MAKE) -C scripts/po update-po
$(MAKE) -C src/pacman/po update-po
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
update-copyright:
for file in $(shell sh -c 'git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"'); do \
sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-$(OLD)/-$(NEW)/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ $(OLD)/ $(OLD)-$(NEW)/" "$$file"; \
done
.PHONY: update-po update-copyright
# vim:set noet:

352
NEWS
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,342 @@
VERSION DESCRIPTION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.0.0 - pacman can run hooks pre- and post-transaction. See the
alpm-hooks(5) man page for details and an example hook (FS#2985)
- pacman can now sync and read .files databases (-Fy) and do basic
searching for files in sync repos (-Fs, -Fo) (FS#23787)
- pacman can check the validity of the local and sync databases
(-Dk and -Dkk respectively). This replaces the 'testdb'
software (FS#42444)
- the package description output (-Si ,-Qi) is now correctly
aligned regardless of locale (FS#43983, FS#45997)
- ensure internal package version matches database version after
downloading (FS#45687)
- improved signal handling and lock file removal (FS#45995,
FS#46375, FS#47011)
- print more information when encountering dependency errors
- improved configuration parsing with a new ini parser
- handle a symlink to a directory being replaced by a directory
- The 'pkgbase' variable is now recorded in the local package db
- Remove support for ".pacorig" files. Instead, packages files
are extracted as a ".pacnew" and the original stays in place
- prevent install scriptlets using stdin for user interaction
- provides are considered when displaying optdepends install
status (FS#36412)
- always update corrupt database whether or not a newer version
is found on the remote server
- fix build issues when libarchive was in a non-standard location
- Many issues found using Coverity were address (primarily freeing
memory on error conditions)
- The pactest suite was upgraded to allow parallel testing using
the tap.sh library
- makepkg:
- makepkg is in the process of being split into a library. This
allows various areas to be extended by adding a file into
libmakepkg (e.g. package/PKGBUILD checking, adjusting
files before creating the final package).
- PKGBUILD variables checked to be arrays or not as appropriate
- pkgver() and prepare() are now run with --noextract (FS#43498,
FS#46800)
- the ability to build a single package in a PKGBUILD has been
removed
- the output when checking checksums for architecture specific
sources is improved (FS#43444)
- improved handling of bazaar sources (FS#43448)
- fix source package signing with SRCPKGDIR set
- add option to compress png images with optipng
- add --packagelist option, which lists all packages build from
a PKGBUILD
- add --printsrcinfo flag to print SRCINFO file for a PKGBUILD
- record build information in a .BUILDINFO file
- add whirlpool to list of hashing options (FS#45859)
- makepkg-template:
- support multiple --template-dir
- added a testsuite
- repo-add:
- Always generate the .files database
- Only update database if the entire operation succeeds
- unarmored package signatures are rejected
- contrib:
- checkupdates: give error when fakeroot is missing
- checkupdates: provide packages versions in output
- checkupdates: fix failure in some locales (FS#40405)
- paccache: Add -q/--quiet
- pacdiff: do not require DIFFPROG for -o/--output (FS#46184)
- zsh_completion: updated to fix many missing options
4.2.1 - Remove warnings about incorrect directory ownership until
packaging files with dynamic users/groups is improved
- Do not require a specific automake version when building from
the source tarball (FS#43655)
- A number of typos and translation errors have been fixed
(FS#43257, FS#43280, FS#43279, FS#43617, FS#43739)
- set sane umask in pacman-db-upgrade (FS#43200) and make it
more verbose
- Use correct permissions when creating the log file
- Fix memory management for file list storage
- Set package origin when adding to db cache
- makepkg:
- Fix error when encountering an expired PGP key (FS#43269)
- Fix error extracting PKGBUILD attributes (FS#43387)
- Fix removal of static libraries when the shared library
uses the absolute path in symbolic links (FS#43395)
- Improve Bazaar cloning (FS#43448)
- Fix issues with architecture dependant checksum
verification (FS#43192)
- Fix .SRCINFO file with architecture dependant fields
(FS#43247)
- Fix compatibility with older bash versions
- Allow git checkouts to be downloaded into directory ending
with ".git".
- contrib:
- updpkgsums no longer changes file permissions (FS#43272)
- paccache does not remove all packages on libalpm error
(FS#43286)
4.2.0 - symlinks to directories on the filesystem are no longer
treated as directories
- pacman-db-upgrade - fix local database for files installed
into directory symlinks
- added --assume-installed option to help upgrades where not all
installed packages have been rebuilt
- --unrequired now filters needed optdepends too. Use twice
to only filter direct dependencies
- improved dependency resolving ensures correct ordering when
installing updates (FS#32764)
- A new configure keyword Usage can limit what operations a
repository is used for
- NoExtract and NoUpgrade can use inverted pattern matches
(FS#31749)
- Group queries can be filtered with --explicit/--deps (FS#19716)
- Filesystem checking now only produces a warning for altered
backup files (FS#34739)
- pacman prints a warning if an installed directory has different
permission to that already on the filesystem (FS#34740)
- both current and new versions are displayed when querying
updates
- --print-format now implies --print
- package scriptlets are not run when using --dbonly
- invalid option combinations cause pacman to abort (FS#20950)
- improve output when a package is missing a required signature
(FS#28014)
- PGP signature key IDs are listed with -Sii (FS#34742)
- indicate ignored packages in -Qu output
- use appropriate file size units with -Si/-Qi
- plugged several memory leaks
- read filelists from a packages .MTREE file if possible
- ensure packages have all the required metadata before installing
(FS#35514)
- always remove lock file on exit (FS#35603)
- fix overflow in integrity checking progress bar (FS#36608)
- ensure downloads use correct filename even if the mirror uses a
redirect (FS#36791)
- cache PGP key IDs during availability checking (FS#38042)
- fix reading responses with leading whitespace (FS#39976)
- fix potential issues when handling of UTF8 filenames
(FS#40805, FS#40762)
- makepkg:
- PKGBUILDs can now specify architecture specific sources,
dependencies, etc.
- A .SRCINFO file is added to source packages for easy parsing
- VCS package building attempts to be incremental (FS#35050)
- bzr sources can have a '+' in them (FS#35244)
- allow sources containing "::"
- add --noprepare option
- add -C/--cleanbuild option (FS#17175)
- add --noarchive option
- remove --asroot and enforce fakeroot usage
- all PKGBUILDs require a package() function
- PKGBUILDs can no longer be read from stdin
- enable make style environmental overrides
- Read CARCH environmental variable (FS#35030)
- makedepends and checkdepends are installed together (FS#31557)
- added support for sha224 checksums (FS#36776)
- remove warning when license is not specified in PKGBUILD
(FS#37011)
- only remove static libraries if they have a shared version
- prevent makepkg creating armored signatures (FS#38503)
- support stripping kernel modules
- support the kernel.org PGP signing scheme (FS#31592)
- sign created source package when using --sign
- enforce source signatures to be trusted or have their full
fingerprint listed in the validpgpkeys array of the PKGBUILD
- look for configuration in XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf
(FS#43030)
- ensure vcs tools are available when source entries require
them
- disallow pkgver/pkgrel/epoch overrides in split packages
- improve parsing of PKGBUILD variables (FS#40361)
- makepkg-template - new package build templating utility
(FS#10375)
- repo-add:
- add option to remove package files from disk
- contrib:
- checkupdates: rename CHECKUPDATE_DB to CHECKUPDATES_DB
- pacdiff: add a "Quit" option, and many other improvements
- pacsysclean is removed
4.1.2 - validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repos to prevent arbitary
file overwrites from malicious databases
- makepkg:
- restrict package name from starting with a dot
- fix BZR source revision support (FS#35281)
- Use LOGDEST for log pipe
- fix distcc disabling (FS#35741)
- correct stat usage on BSD/Darwin (FS#35469)
- pacman-key:
- Do not reinterpret keys from revoked keyrings
- contrib:
- paccache: remove broken su privilege escalation (FS#35173)
- pacscripts: update for current pacman options
- checkupdates: be consistent with naming (FS#35755)
4.1.1 - fix bug causing negative "Total Installed Size" (FS#34616)
- report libalpm version it is pkg-config file (FS#34967)
- various translation fixes and updates (FS#34395, FS#34704,
FS#34716, FS#35097)
- makepkg:
- improve SVN VCS PKGBUILD handling (FS#34675, FS#34636)
- allow "lp:" URLs for BZR sources (FS#34650)
- prevent pkgver() capturing stderr (FS#34974)
- fix attempt to remove package twice on failure (FS#34672)
- contrib:
- fix privilege escalation in paccache (FS#34656)
4.1.0 - check file properties when using -Qkk (FS#11091)
- add color to pacman output - new configuration option "Color"
- add informational messages for optdepends installation
status (FS#13035, FS#27116)
- add number suffix to pacsave files instead of overwriting
(FS#24192)
- improve needed key importing for Upgrade (FS#26520)
- add options to specify require signature level for
Upgrade operations (FS#26729)
- directory ownership can be queried
- allow wildcards in NoUpgrade, NoExtract, IgnorePkg,
IgnoreGroup and HoldPkg (FS#20360, FS#18988)
- remove -f short option for --force
- SyncFirst option has been removed (FS#26445)
- offer to delete downloaded packages failing signature check
(FS#28014)
- configure shell for running install scriptlets (FS#20557)
- make path to ldconfig configurable
- display repo in VerbosePkgLists output
- do not check file conflicts or disk space with --dbonly
(FS#25667)
- UseDelta takes a ratio for the largest delta to use
- track how installed packages were validated (FS#28040)
- add pkg-config file for libalpm
- avoid false ownership matches for files in / (FS#30388)
- only load filesystem space information when needed
- allow leading "local/" in query options
- allow cleaning only some cachedirs
- do not remove source package and package databases from
cache (FS#25166)
- improve conflict checking with directory symlinks (FS#30681)
- remove Cygwin support
- add program prefix to pacman log entries
- add --native filter to pacman -Q
- makepkg:
- require bash>=4.0
- support for VCS URLs (git, bzr, svn and hg) (FS#7816,
FS#8890, FS#13727, FS#15895, FS#16384, FS#16872, FS#19459,
FS#19476, FS#20841, FS#21098, FS#28605)
- split debugging symbols into separate package (FS#10975)
- use SKIP in checksums to skip integrity check (FS#19735)
- add prepare() function to PKGBUILD (FS#30582)
- add pkgver() function to auto-update pkgver/pkgrel
- pkgrel must be in decimal format
- PKGBUILDs without package() functions are deprecated
- support specifying CPPFLAGS in makepkg.conf
- support PACKAGER environmental variable
- allow source renaming to work on signature files
- configurable compression options (FS#27430)
- allow multiple packages to be build when using
BUILDDIR (FS#28417)
- add makedepends/checkdepends information to .PKGINFO
- url can be overridden in split packages
- allow wildcards in PURGE_TARGETS
- pass --asdep and --needed flags to pacman when installing
- use last match in BUILDENV/OPTIONS arrays (FS#26701)
- fix "arch" handling in split packages (FS#27204)
- add LOGDEST configuration option
- install makedepends with --repackage
- repo-add:
- honor TMPDIR environmental variable
- add makedepends/checkdepends information to database
- pacman-key:
- fix importing keys with quotes in file name (FS#28445)
- allow verification of multiple sig files
- add zsh completion (FS#29062)
- pkgdelta: add ratio and package size limits
- pactree: improve output
- contrib:
- updpkgsums: update checksums in a PKGBUILD
- checkupdates: new - safely check for package updates
- pacsort: add --files option to support parsing filenames
- pacdiff: improve usability
- add zsh completion
4.0.3 - frontend database cleanup enhancements (FS#28714)
- frontend package cleanup enhancements (FS#25166)
- back out changes related to SyncFirst in 4.0.0
- remove recursive/needed automatic flags on SyncFirst
- remove poorly implemented `-S --recursive` option
- improve error messages on database locking failures
- use full delta size as max download size (FS#28345)
- improved handling and fix crash after failed downloads
- fix key lookup when using gpg 2.X as GPG program
- match only full path components in disk space checking
- skip disk space checks when using --dbonly
- scripts: unset CDPATH bash variable in all scripts
- makepkg:
- fix syntax error in remove_deps (FS#28448)
- small fixes related to multiple libdeps, parsing issues
- exit via default handler in trap_exit (FS#28491)
- attempt to work around Btrfs file/block size reporting issues
- pacman-key:
- remove signature verification in --populate
- make -e option work as advertised without arguments
- exit with correct return codes when verifying signature
- pacsysclean: fix description, fix option parsing (FS#28434)
- pkgdelta: use bsdtar -q option for better performance
- translations: various updates and corrections
4.0.2 - allow comments after a repository header in pacman.conf
- search for and import PGP subkeys if necessary (FS#27612)
- fix rare segfault on removal operations (FS#27805, FS#28195)
- skip all unknown files when cleaning package cache
- restore looking for files in cache before downloading via -U
- ensure '[removal]' is displayed in trans confirmation (FS#27981)
- implement disk space checking code for Illumos
- use TCP keepalive in download to prevent dropped connections
- round and show -0.00 values as 0.00 (FS#27924)
- makepkg:
- ensure all source files are included in --source (FS#26580)
- fix locale sort/comm related issues (FS#26580)
- abort on missing download agent
- restrict flags passed to pacman (FS#28012)
- work around certain zipman glob/existence issues
- fix non-writable SRCPKGDEST error message (FS#28197)
- fix printf interpreting gettext string as arg (FS#28069)
- don't abort on non-zero hg return codes (FS#28248)
- disable extglob when sourcing BUILDSCRIPT (FS#27780)
- pacman-key: improve return codes of operations (FS#26730)
- repo-add: enforce maximum signature file size (FS#27453)
- contrib/paclist: support --help (FS#27258)
- contrib/pacsysclean: new script
- contrib/*_completion: fix completion for uncompressed packages
- translations: extensive updates and corrections
4.0.1 - ensure VerbosePkgList table display supports multibyte chars
- always use stderr for warning/error messages (FS#26555)
- add guidance message for users when public keyring not found
- fix edge case in download progress bar rounding (FS#26853)
- ensure downloads started as tempfiles have correct umask
- ensure unowned symlinks are not overwritten incorrectly
- allow -U operation even without sync databases (FS#26899)
- update libtool files and update fix for -Wl,-as-needed
- fix build when using --disable-static (FS#26652)
- pacman-key: add a keyserver timeout value in --init
- repo-add: fix race condition around lock file removal
- makepkg:
- accept changelog= or install= without a value
- trim trailing whitespace from sensitive variables
- handle PGP signatures with a .sign extension
- delay attachment of signal traps (FS#26196)
- translations: multiple updates and corrections
4.0.0 - well-integrated and powerful signed packages and databases
support in pacman, the library, and scripts (FS#5331)
- over 800 commits to pacman.git since 3.5.4 release
@@ -26,8 +363,8 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- split package verification and load stages
- sync database reading refactor for performance
- use a larger buffer for package checksum validation
- filelists now have a dedicated type with metadata
- diskspace check no longer requires iterating package archives
- file lists now have a dedicated type with metadata
- disk space check no longer requires iterating package archives
- update and add checksum routines from PolarSSL
- validate sync database sha256sum if available
- correctly parse sizes in database > 2GiB
@@ -44,6 +381,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- makepkg:
- allow signing packages after creation
- allow verifying source file signatures (FS#20448)
- add auto-versioned libdepends/libprovides support
- support UPX compression of executables (FS#17213)
- allow usage of an alternate build directory (FS#22308)
- cleancache option has been removed; use shell instead
@@ -88,7 +426,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- fix default path substitution in documentation
- makepkg: quote variables that may contain spaces (FS#24002)
- makepkg: fix creation of source package with -p (FS#24567)
- repo-add: include dotfiles in filelists (FS#24534)
- repo-add: include dotfiles in file lists (FS#24534)
- minor translation updates: de, fi, fr, sk, zh_CN
3.5.2 - ensure we show correct missing dependency info (FS#23424)
- pacman usage/--help updates (FS#23433, FS#23369)
@@ -235,7 +573,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- translations:
- zh_CN: fix positional parameter usage in makepkg (FS#16983)
- el: fix Y/N response translation (FS#16568)
3.3.2 - fix infinite filesize download issue (FS#16359)
3.3.2 - fix infinite file size download issue (FS#16359)
- fix bogus download size on TotalDownload
- documentation updates
- small translation updates
@@ -489,7 +827,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- fix overzealous use of macros
- entire codebase builds with -pedantic GCC option
- libalpm-specific changes:
- moved location of sync DBs into their own folder to thwart
- moved location of sync DBs into their own directory to thwart
deletion and remove naming limitations
- REQUIREDBY entries are no longer used in local DB but are
computed on the fly when needed, which should resolve
@@ -506,7 +844,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- conflicts checking speedups and fixes
- move lockfile location to inside the DB
- remove gettext calls from DEBUG messages
- remove faulty diskspace checking
- remove faulty disk space checking
- move functions out of alpm.c to where they belong
- rewrite of file extraction code (FS#7484)
- makepkg-specific changes:
@@ -771,7 +1109,7 @@ VERSION DESCRIPTION
- HTTP/1.1 support
- an improved progress bar with transfer rates and ETA
- cleaned up warning output a bit
2.7.2 - Supressed "No such file" messages during stripping
2.7.2 - Suppressed "No such file" messages during stripping
- Removed extra newlines in /var/log/pacman.log
- Added a --noextract option to makepkg to skip source extraction
2.7.1 - Fixed a couple obscure segfaults

167
README
View File

@@ -53,8 +53,16 @@ library is initialized.
* dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
* fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
* totaldlcb: The callback function for overall download progress.
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to (Default: /)
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory (Default: /var/lib/pacman)
* eventcb: Callback for transaction messages.
* questioncb: Callback for selecting amongst choices.
* progresscb: Callback to handle display of transaction progress.
* gpgdir: Directory where GnuPG files are stored.
* arch: Allowed package architecture.
* deltaratio: Download deltas if possible; a ratio value.
* checkspace: Check disk space before installing.
* default_siglevel: Default signature verification level.
* local_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for local file upgrades.
* remote_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for remote file upgrades.
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
* usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
@@ -71,14 +79,10 @@ alpm_option_{get,set}_noupgrades -> alpm_option_{add,remove}_noupgrade.
The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database
(Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
* localdb: A alpm_db_t structure for the local (installed) database
* syncdbs: A list of alpm_db_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database (Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
The following options are write-only, having ONLY alpm_option_set_* functions:
* usedelta: Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible.
[Transactions]
@@ -366,6 +370,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
===============================
@@ -389,7 +394,7 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
- PM_ prefixes for enum values are now ALPM_
- pm prefixes for structs and enums are now alpm_
- alpm_initialize now has parameters: char *root, char *dbpath,
_alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
- alpm_release now takes an alpm_handle_t *.
- alpm_db_register_sync() now requires a extra parameter of a alpm_siglevel_t.
- alpm_pkg_load() now requires an extra parameter of an alpm_siglevel_t
@@ -445,3 +450,145 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
===============================
[REMOVED]
- alpm_list_getdata()
[CHANGED]
- alpm_pkgfrom_t members are now prefixed with ALPM_
- alpm_siglevel_t - added members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
- alpm_depend_t - additional desc member
- alpm_filelist_t - additional resolved_path member
- alpm_pgpkey_t - added members length, revoked, pubkey_algo
- alpm_logaction - added caller identifier argument
- function renaming:
- alpm_option_get_localdb -> alpm_get_localdb
- alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> alpm_get_syncdbs
- alpm_db_register_sync -> alpm_register_syncdb
- alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
- alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason (handle parameter removed)
- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times
- members of alpm_pgpkey_t
- return types of alpm_pkg_get_builddate and alpm_pkg_get_installdate
- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off
- alpm_option_get_usedelta -> alpm_option_get_deltaratio
- alpm_option_set_usedelta -> alpm_option_set_deltaratio
[ADDED]
- tracking of how a package was validated:
- alpm_pkgvalidation_t
- alpm_pkg_get_validation()
- adjustable signature verification levels for upgrade operations:
- alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
- alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
- alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
- alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
- sync database usage functions:
- alpm_db_usage_t
- alpm_db_set_usage()
- alpm_db_get_usage()
- wrapper functions for reading mtree files
- alpm_pkg_mtree_open()
- alpm_pkg_mtree_next()
- alpm_pkg_mtree_close()
- utility functions
- alpm_pkg_find()
- alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor()
- alpm_filelist_contains()
- types
- alpm_time_t
- alpm_errno_t
- flags
ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
===============================
[CHANGED]
- alpm_filelist_t - removed member resolved_path
- alpm_filelist_contains - now returns alpm_file_t
- event callback
- alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
- alpm_event_t union added
- alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
- alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
- ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
- ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
- question callback
- alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
- alpm_question_t union added
- alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
- alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
[ADDED]
- memory management
- alpm_fileconflict_free()
- alpm_depmissing_free()
- alpm_conflict_free()
- alpm_dep_free()
- database usage
- alpm_db_usage_t
- alpm_db_set_usage()
- alpm_db_get_usage()
- assume installed
- alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled()
- alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled()
- alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled()
- alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled()
- using noupgrade/noextract
- alpm_option_match_noupgrade()
- alpm_option_match_noextract()
- utility functions
- alpm_dep_from_string()
- alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
- alpm_decode_signature()
- alpm_extract_keyid()
- flags
- ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL,
ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACSVAE_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
===============================
[REMOVED]
- alpm_siglevel_t - removed members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
- removed .pacorig generation
- ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
- alpm_event_pacorig_created_t
- alpm_event_t.pacorig_created
[ADDED]
- hook support
- alpm_option_get_hookdirs()
- alpm_option_set_hookdirs()
- alpm_option_add_hookdir()
- alpm_option_remove_hookdir()
- alpm_event_hook_t, alpm_event_hook_run_t
- alpm_hook_when_t
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE
- ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED
- different database extension support
- alpm_option_get_dbext()
- alpm_option_set_dbext()
- pkgbase accessor
- alpm_pkg_get_base()
- transaction events
- ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_START, ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_DONE
- database unlocking
- alpm_unlock()

View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh -xu
[ -f Makefile ] && make distclean
rm -rf autom4te.cache
rm -f {Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f {config.h.in,config.h}
rm -f config.status
rm -f configure
rm -f stamp*
rm -f aclocal.m4
rm -f compile
rm -f libtool
rm -f lib/libalpm/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f src/util/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f src/pacman/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f test/{pacman,util}{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f contrib/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f test/pacman/*.pyc
rm -f doc/html/*.html
rm -f doc/man3/*.3
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/POTFILES
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/stamp-po
rm -f {lib/libalpm,scripts,src/pacman}/po/*.gmo

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#!/bin/sh -xu
#!/bin/sh -x
aclocal -I m4 --install
autoheader
automake --foreign
autoconf
autoreconf -i
patch -d build-aux -Np0 -i ltmain-asneeded.patch
exit 0

2
build-aux/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
*
!ltmain-asneeded.patch

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
--- ltmain.sh.orig 2013-06-26 14:31:53.472627840 +1000
+++ ltmain.sh 2013-06-26 14:30:56.137038936 +1000
@@ -5800,6 +5800,14 @@
arg=$func_stripname_result
;;
+ -Wl,*--as-needed*)
+ deplibs="$deplibs $wl--as-needed"
+ ;;
+
+ -Wl,*--no-as-needed*)
+ deplibs="$deplibs $wl--no-as-needed"
+ ;;
+
-Wl,*)
func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
args=$func_stripname_result
@@ -6160,6 +6168,15 @@
lib=
found=no
case $deplib in
+ -Wl,--as-needed|-Wl,--no-as-needed)
+ if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
-mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
|-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then

652
build-aux/tap-driver.sh Executable file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
scriptversion=2011-12-27.17; # UTC
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
me=tap-driver.sh
fatal ()
{
echo "$me: fatal: $*" >&2
exit 1
}
usage_error ()
{
echo "$me: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <<END
Usage:
tap-driver.sh --test-name=NAME --log-file=PATH --trs-file=PATH
[--expect-failure={yes|no}] [--color-tests={yes|no}]
[--enable-hard-errors={yes|no}] [--ignore-exit]
[--diagnostic-string=STRING] [--merge|--no-merge]
[--comments|--no-comments] [--] TEST-COMMAND
The \`--test-name', \`--log-file' and \`--trs-file' options are mandatory.
END
}
# TODO: better error handling in option parsing (in particular, ensure
# TODO: $log_file, $trs_file and $test_name are defined).
test_name= # Used for reporting.
log_file= # Where to save the result and output of the test script.
trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
expect_failure=0
color_tests=0
merge=0
ignore_exit=0
comments=0
diag_string='#'
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) print_usage; exit $?;;
--version) echo "$me $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
--log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
--trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
--color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
--expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
--enable-hard-errors) shift;; # No-op.
--merge) merge=1;;
--no-merge) merge=0;;
--ignore-exit) ignore_exit=1;;
--comments) comments=1;;
--no-comments) comments=0;;
--diagnostic-string) diag_string=$2; shift;;
--) shift; break;;
-*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
esac
shift
done
test $# -gt 0 || usage_error "missing test command"
case $expect_failure in
yes) expect_failure=1;;
*) expect_failure=0;;
esac
if test $color_tests = yes; then
init_colors='
color_map["red"]="" # Red.
color_map["grn"]="" # Green.
color_map["lgn"]="" # Light green.
color_map["blu"]="" # Blue.
color_map["mgn"]="" # Magenta.
color_map["std"]="" # No color.
color_for_result["ERROR"] = "mgn"
color_for_result["PASS"] = "grn"
color_for_result["XPASS"] = "red"
color_for_result["FAIL"] = "red"
color_for_result["XFAIL"] = "lgn"
color_for_result["SKIP"] = "blu"'
else
init_colors=''
fi
# :; is there to work around a bug in bash 3.2 (and earlier) which
# does not always set '$?' properly on redirection failure.
# See the Autoconf manual for more details.
:;{
(
# Ignore common signals (in this subshell only!), to avoid potential
# problems with Korn shells. Some Korn shells are known to propagate
# to themselves signals that have killed a child process they were
# waiting for; this is done at least for SIGINT (and usually only for
# it, in truth). Without the `trap' below, such a behaviour could
# cause a premature exit in the current subshell, e.g., in case the
# test command it runs gets terminated by a SIGINT. Thus, the awk
# script we are piping into would never seen the exit status it
# expects on its last input line (which is displayed below by the
# last `echo $?' statement), and would thus die reporting an internal
# error.
# For more information, see the Autoconf manual and the threads:
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-autoconf/2011-09/msg00004.html>
# <http://mail.opensolaris.org/pipermail/ksh93-integration-discuss/2009-February/004121.html>
trap : 1 3 2 13 15
if test $merge -gt 0; then
exec 2>&1
else
exec 2>&3
fi
"$@"
echo $?
) | LC_ALL=C ${AM_TAP_AWK-awk} \
-v me="$me" \
-v test_script_name="$test_name" \
-v log_file="$log_file" \
-v trs_file="$trs_file" \
-v expect_failure="$expect_failure" \
-v merge="$merge" \
-v ignore_exit="$ignore_exit" \
-v comments="$comments" \
-v diag_string="$diag_string" \
'
# FIXME: the usages of "cat >&3" below could be optimized when using
# FIXME: GNU awk, and/on on systems that supports /dev/fd/.
# Implementation note: in what follows, `result_obj` will be an
# associative array that (partly) simulates a TAP result object
# from the `TAP::Parser` perl module.
## ----------- ##
## FUNCTIONS ##
## ----------- ##
function fatal(msg)
{
print me ": " msg | "cat >&2"
exit 1
}
function abort(where)
{
fatal("internal error " where)
}
# Convert a boolean to a "yes"/"no" string.
function yn(bool)
{
return bool ? "yes" : "no";
}
function add_test_result(result)
{
if (!test_results_index)
test_results_index = 0
test_results_list[test_results_index] = result
test_results_index += 1
test_results_seen[result] = 1;
}
# Whether the test script should be re-run by "make recheck".
function must_recheck()
{
for (k in test_results_seen)
if (k != "XFAIL" && k != "PASS" && k != "SKIP")
return 1
return 0
}
# Whether the content of the log file associated to this test should
# be copied into the "global" test-suite.log.
function copy_in_global_log()
{
for (k in test_results_seen)
if (k != "PASS")
return 1
return 0
}
# FIXME: this can certainly be improved ...
function get_global_test_result()
{
if ("ERROR" in test_results_seen)
return "ERROR"
if ("FAIL" in test_results_seen || "XPASS" in test_results_seen)
return "FAIL"
all_skipped = 1
for (k in test_results_seen)
if (k != "SKIP")
all_skipped = 0
if (all_skipped)
return "SKIP"
return "PASS";
}
function stringify_result_obj(result_obj)
{
if (result_obj["is_unplanned"] || result_obj["number"] != testno)
return "ERROR"
if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
return "ERROR"
if (result_obj["directive"] == "TODO")
return result_obj["is_ok"] ? "XPASS" : "XFAIL"
if (result_obj["directive"] == "SKIP")
return result_obj["is_ok"] ? "SKIP" : COOKED_FAIL;
if (length(result_obj["directive"]))
abort("in function stringify_result_obj()")
return result_obj["is_ok"] ? COOKED_PASS : COOKED_FAIL
}
function decorate_result(result)
{
color_name = color_for_result[result]
if (color_name)
return color_map[color_name] "" result "" color_map["std"]
# If we are not using colorized output, or if we do not know how
# to colorize the given result, we should return it unchanged.
return result
}
function report(result, details)
{
if (result ~ /^(X?(PASS|FAIL)|SKIP|ERROR)/)
{
msg = ": " test_script_name
add_test_result(result)
}
else if (result == "#")
{
msg = " " test_script_name ":"
}
else
{
abort("in function report()")
}
if (length(details))
msg = msg " " details
# Output on console might be colorized.
print decorate_result(result) msg
# Log the result in the log file too, to help debugging (this is
# especially true when said result is a TAP error or "Bail out!").
print result msg | "cat >&3";
}
function testsuite_error(error_message)
{
report("ERROR", "- " error_message)
}
function handle_tap_result()
{
details = result_obj["number"];
if (length(result_obj["description"]))
details = details " " result_obj["description"]
if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
{
details = details " # AFTER LATE PLAN";
}
else if (result_obj["is_unplanned"])
{
details = details " # UNPLANNED";
}
else if (result_obj["number"] != testno)
{
details = sprintf("%s # OUT-OF-ORDER (expecting %d)",
details, testno);
}
else if (result_obj["directive"])
{
details = details " # " result_obj["directive"];
if (length(result_obj["explanation"]))
details = details " " result_obj["explanation"]
}
report(stringify_result_obj(result_obj), details)
}
# `skip_reason` should be empty whenever planned > 0.
function handle_tap_plan(planned, skip_reason)
{
planned += 0 # Avoid getting confused if, say, `planned` is "00"
if (length(skip_reason) && planned > 0)
abort("in function handle_tap_plan()")
if (plan_seen)
{
# Error, only one plan per stream is acceptable.
testsuite_error("multiple test plans")
return;
}
planned_tests = planned
# The TAP plan can come before or after *all* the TAP results; we speak
# respectively of an "early" or a "late" plan. If we see the plan line
# after at least one TAP result has been seen, assume we have a late
# plan; in this case, any further test result seen after the plan will
# be flagged as an error.
plan_seen = (testno >= 1 ? LATE_PLAN : EARLY_PLAN)
# If testno > 0, we have an error ("too many tests run") that will be
# automatically dealt with later, so do not worry about it here. If
# $plan_seen is true, we have an error due to a repeated plan, and that
# has already been dealt with above. Otherwise, we have a valid "plan
# with SKIP" specification, and should report it as a particular kind
# of SKIP result.
if (planned == 0 && testno == 0)
{
if (length(skip_reason))
skip_reason = "- " skip_reason;
report("SKIP", skip_reason);
}
}
function extract_tap_comment(line)
{
if (index(line, diag_string) == 1)
{
# Strip leading `diag_string` from `line`.
line = substr(line, length(diag_string) + 1)
# And strip any leading and trailing whitespace left.
sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
# Return what is left (if any).
return line;
}
return "";
}
# When this function is called, we know that line is a TAP result line,
# so that it matches the (perl) RE "^(not )?ok\b".
function setup_result_obj(line)
{
# Get the result, and remove it from the line.
result_obj["is_ok"] = (substr(line, 1, 2) == "ok" ? 1 : 0)
sub("^(not )?ok[ \t]*", "", line)
# If the result has an explicit number, get it and strip it; otherwise,
# automatically assing the next progresive number to it.
if (line ~ /^[0-9]+$/ || line ~ /^[0-9]+[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
{
match(line, "^[0-9]+")
# The final `+ 0` is to normalize numbers with leading zeros.
result_obj["number"] = substr(line, 1, RLENGTH) + 0
line = substr(line, RLENGTH + 1)
}
else
{
result_obj["number"] = testno
}
if (plan_seen == LATE_PLAN)
# No further test results are acceptable after a "late" TAP plan
# has been seen.
result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 1
else if (plan_seen && testno > planned_tests)
result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 1
else
result_obj["is_unplanned"] = 0
# Strip trailing and leading whitespace.
sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
# This will have to be corrected if we have a "TODO"/"SKIP" directive.
result_obj["description"] = line
result_obj["directive"] = ""
result_obj["explanation"] = ""
if (index(line, "#") == 0)
return # No possible directive, nothing more to do.
# Directives are case-insensitive.
rx = "[ \t]*#[ \t]*([tT][oO][dD][oO]|[sS][kK][iI][pP])[ \t]*"
# See whether we have the directive, and if yes, where.
pos = match(line, rx "$")
if (!pos)
pos = match(line, rx "[^a-zA-Z0-9_]")
# If there was no TAP directive, we have nothing more to do.
if (!pos)
return
# Let`s now see if the TAP directive has been escaped. For example:
# escaped: ok \# SKIP
# not escaped: ok \\# SKIP
# escaped: ok \\\\\# SKIP
# not escaped: ok \ # SKIP
if (substr(line, pos, 1) == "#")
{
bslash_count = 0
for (i = pos; i > 1 && substr(line, i - 1, 1) == "\\"; i--)
bslash_count += 1
if (bslash_count % 2)
return # Directive was escaped.
}
# Strip the directive and its explanation (if any) from the test
# description.
result_obj["description"] = substr(line, 1, pos - 1)
# Now remove the test description from the line, that has been dealt
# with already.
line = substr(line, pos)
# Strip the directive, and save its value (normalized to upper case).
sub("^[ \t]*#[ \t]*", "", line)
result_obj["directive"] = toupper(substr(line, 1, 4))
line = substr(line, 5)
# Now get the explanation for the directive (if any), with leading
# and trailing whitespace removed.
sub("^[ \t]*", "", line)
sub("[ \t]*$", "", line)
result_obj["explanation"] = line
}
function get_test_exit_message(status)
{
if (status == 0)
return ""
if (status !~ /^[1-9][0-9]*$/)
abort("getting exit status")
if (status < 127)
exit_details = ""
else if (status == 127)
exit_details = " (command not found?)"
else if (status >= 128 && status <= 255)
exit_details = sprintf(" (terminated by signal %d?)", status - 128)
else if (status > 256 && status <= 384)
# We used to report an "abnormal termination" here, but some Korn
# shells, when a child process die due to signal number n, can leave
# in $? an exit status of 256+n instead of the more standard 128+n.
# Apparently, both behaviours are allowed by POSIX (2008), so be
# prepared to handle them both. See also Austing Group report ID
# 0000051 <http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=51>
exit_details = sprintf(" (terminated by signal %d?)", status - 256)
else
# Never seen in practice.
exit_details = " (abnormal termination)"
return sprintf("exited with status %d%s", status, exit_details)
}
function write_test_results()
{
print ":global-test-result: " get_global_test_result() > trs_file
print ":recheck: " yn(must_recheck()) > trs_file
print ":copy-in-global-log: " yn(copy_in_global_log()) > trs_file
for (i = 0; i < test_results_index; i += 1)
print ":test-result: " test_results_list[i] > trs_file
close(trs_file);
}
BEGIN {
## ------- ##
## SETUP ##
## ------- ##
'"$init_colors"'
# Properly initialized once the TAP plan is seen.
planned_tests = 0
COOKED_PASS = expect_failure ? "XPASS": "PASS";
COOKED_FAIL = expect_failure ? "XFAIL": "FAIL";
# Enumeration-like constants to remember which kind of plan (if any)
# has been seen. It is important that NO_PLAN evaluates "false" as
# a boolean.
NO_PLAN = 0
EARLY_PLAN = 1
LATE_PLAN = 2
testno = 0 # Number of test results seen so far.
bailed_out = 0 # Whether a "Bail out!" directive has been seen.
# Whether the TAP plan has been seen or not, and if yes, which kind
# it is ("early" is seen before any test result, "late" otherwise).
plan_seen = NO_PLAN
## --------- ##
## PARSING ##
## --------- ##
is_first_read = 1
while (1)
{
# Involutions required so that we are able to read the exit status
# from the last input line.
st = getline
if (st < 0) # I/O error.
fatal("I/O error while reading from input stream")
else if (st == 0) # End-of-input
{
if (is_first_read)
abort("in input loop: only one input line")
break
}
if (is_first_read)
{
is_first_read = 0
nextline = $0
continue
}
else
{
curline = nextline
nextline = $0
$0 = curline
}
# Copy any input line verbatim into the log file.
print | "cat >&3"
# Parsing of TAP input should stop after a "Bail out!" directive.
if (bailed_out)
continue
# TAP test result.
if ($0 ~ /^(not )?ok$/ || $0 ~ /^(not )?ok[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
{
testno += 1
setup_result_obj($0)
handle_tap_result()
}
# TAP plan (normal or "SKIP" without explanation).
else if ($0 ~ /^1\.\.[0-9]+[ \t]*$/)
{
# The next two lines will put the number of planned tests in $0.
sub("^1\\.\\.", "")
sub("[^0-9]*$", "")
handle_tap_plan($0, "")
continue
}
# TAP "SKIP" plan, with an explanation.
else if ($0 ~ /^1\.\.0+[ \t]*#/)
{
# The next lines will put the skip explanation in $0, stripping
# any leading and trailing whitespace. This is a little more
# tricky in truth, since we want to also strip a potential leading
# "SKIP" string from the message.
sub("^[^#]*#[ \t]*(SKIP[: \t][ \t]*)?", "")
sub("[ \t]*$", "");
handle_tap_plan(0, $0)
}
# "Bail out!" magic.
# Older versions of prove and TAP::Harness (e.g., 3.17) did not
# recognize a "Bail out!" directive when preceded by leading
# whitespace, but more modern versions (e.g., 3.23) do. So we
# emulate the latter, "more modern" behaviour.
else if ($0 ~ /^[ \t]*Bail out!/)
{
bailed_out = 1
# Get the bailout message (if any), with leading and trailing
# whitespace stripped. The message remains stored in `$0`.
sub("^[ \t]*Bail out![ \t]*", "");
sub("[ \t]*$", "");
# Format the error message for the
bailout_message = "Bail out!"
if (length($0))
bailout_message = bailout_message " " $0
testsuite_error(bailout_message)
}
# Maybe we have too look for dianogtic comments too.
else if (comments != 0)
{
comment = extract_tap_comment($0);
if (length(comment))
report("#", comment);
}
}
## -------- ##
## FINISH ##
## -------- ##
# A "Bail out!" directive should cause us to ignore any following TAP
# error, as well as a non-zero exit status from the TAP producer.
if (!bailed_out)
{
if (!plan_seen)
{
testsuite_error("missing test plan")
}
else if (planned_tests != testno)
{
bad_amount = testno > planned_tests ? "many" : "few"
testsuite_error(sprintf("too %s tests run (expected %d, got %d)",
bad_amount, planned_tests, testno))
}
if (!ignore_exit)
{
# Fetch exit status from the last line.
exit_message = get_test_exit_message(nextline)
if (exit_message)
testsuite_error(exit_message)
}
}
write_test_results()
exit 0
} # End of "BEGIN" block.
'
# TODO: document that we consume the file descriptor 3 :-(
} 3>"$log_file"
test $? -eq 0 || fatal "I/O or internal error"
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

1505
config.guess vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
darwin*)
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
newsos6)
;;
linux*)
case $cc_basename in
icc* | ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
interix3*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
linux*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
hardcode_direct=yes
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
:
else
case $cc_basename in
xlc*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
;;
amigaos*)
;;
beos*)
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
shrext=.dll
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
;;
dgux*)
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
kfreebsd*-gnu)
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
;;
gnu*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
;;
interix3*)
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux*)
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
;;
netbsd*)
;;
newsos6)
;;
nto-qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
;;
solaris*)
;;
sunos4*)
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1739
config.sub vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.62)
# Bugfix releases:
# pacman_version_micro += 1
m4_define([lib_current], [7])
m4_define([lib_revision], [0])
m4_define([lib_current], [10])
m4_define([lib_revision], [1])
m4_define([lib_age], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [4])
m4_define([pacman_version_major], [5])
m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [0])
m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [1])
m4_define([pacman_version],
[pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
@@ -55,13 +55,23 @@ m4_define([pacman_version],
AC_INIT([pacman], [pacman_version], [pacman-dev@archlinux.org])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([tap-driver.sh])
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 foreign])
AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
LT_INIT
LIB_VERSION=`expr lib_current - lib_age`.lib_age.lib_revision
LIB_VERSION_INFO="lib_current:lib_revision:lib_age"
# Respect empty CFLAGS during compiler tests
if test "x$CFLAGS" = "x"; then
CFLAGS=""
fi
# Set subsitution values for version stuff in Makefiles and anywhere else,
# and put LIB_VERSION in config.h
AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION)
@@ -88,6 +98,28 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
# Help line for buildscript filename
AC_ARG_WITH(makepkg-template-dir,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-makepkg-template-dir=name], [set the template dir used by makepkg-template]),
[TEMPLATE_DIR=$withval], [TEMPLATE_DIR=/usr/share/makepkg-template])
# Help line for debug package suffix
AC_ARG_WITH(debug-suffix,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-debug-suffix=name], [set the suffix for split debugging symbol packages used by makepkg]),
[DEBUGSUFFIX=$withval], [DEBUGSUFFIX=debug])
# Help line for changing shell used to run install scriptlets
AC_ARG_WITH(scriptlet-shell,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-scriptlet-shell=shell],
[set the full path to the shell used to run install scriptlets]),
[SCRIPTLET_SHELL=$withval], [SCRIPTLET_SHELL=/bin/sh])
# Help line for ldconfig path
AC_ARG_WITH(ldconfig,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ldconfig=path],
[set the full path to ldconfig]),
[LDCONFIG=$withval], [LDCONFIG=/sbin/ldconfig])
# Help line for using OpenSSL
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
@@ -98,8 +130,10 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(gpgme,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-gpgme], [use GPGME for PGP signature verification]),
[], [with_gpgme=check])
# Check for useable libcurl
LIBCURL_CHECK_CONFIG([yes], [7.19.4], [with_libcurl=yes], [with_libcurl=no])
# Help line for using libcurl
AC_ARG_WITH(curl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-libcurl], [use libcurl for the internal downloader]),
[], [with_curl=check])
# Help line for documentation
AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
@@ -116,23 +150,62 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
[debug=$enableval], [debug=no])
# Help line for compiler warning flags
AC_ARG_ENABLE(warningflags,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-warningflags], [enable extra compiler warning flags]),
[warningflags=$enableval], [warningflags=no])
# Help line for using git version in pacman version string
AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-git-version],
[enable use of git version in version string if available]),
[wantgitver=$enableval], [wantgitver=no])
# Enable large file support if available (must be enabled before
# testing compilation against gpgme).
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
# Record large file flags in pkgconfig file
if test "$enable_largefile" != no; then
if test "$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits" != 'no'; then
LFS_CFLAGS="-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=$ac_cv_sys_file_offset_bits"
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(LFS_CFLAGS)
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_AWK
AC_PROG_CC_C99
AC_PROG_CXX
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_LN_S
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2 python], [false])
AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4 bash3], [false])
AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2 python], [false])
AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4], [false])
# check for perl 5.10.1 (needed by makepkg-template)
AC_PATH_PROG([PERL],[perl])
AC_DEFUN([AX_PROG_PERL_VERSION],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Perl version $1 or later], [ax_cv_prog_perl_version],
[AS_IF(["$PERL" -e 'require v$1;' >/dev/null 2>&1],
[ax_cv_prog_perl_version=yes],
[ax_cv_prog_perl_version=no])])
AS_IF([test x"$ax_cv_prog_perl_version" = xyes], [$2], [$3])])
AX_PROG_PERL_VERSION([5.10.1], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([perl is too old])])
AS_IF([test "x$BASH_SHELL" = "xfalse"],
AC_MSG_WARN([*** bash >= 4.1.0 is required for pacman scripts]),
[bash_version_major=`$BASH_SHELL -c 'echo "${BASH_VERSINFO[[0]]}"'`
bash_version_minor=`$BASH_SHELL -c 'echo "${BASH_VERSINFO[[1]]}"'`
ok=yes
if test "$bash_version_major" -lt 4; then
ok=no
fi
if test "$bash_version_major" -eq 4 && test "$bash_version_minor" -lt 1; then
ok=no
fi
if test "$ok" = "no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** bash >= 4.1.0 is required for pacman scripts])
fi
unset bash_version_major bash_version_minor ok])
# find installed gettext
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
@@ -142,38 +215,79 @@ AC_CHECK_LIB([m], [fabs], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libm is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Check for libarchive
AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBARCHIVE, [libarchive >= 2.8.0], ,
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libarchive >= 2.8.0 is needed to compile pacman!]))
# Check for OpenSSL
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libssl)
AS_IF([test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([ssl], [MD5_Final], ,
[if test "x$with_openssl" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-openssl was given, but -lssl was not found])
fi],
[-lcrypto])
with_openssl=$ac_cv_lib_ssl_MD5_Final],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBSSL], [test "x$with_openssl" = "xyes"])
have_openssl=no
if test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"; then
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBSSL, [libcrypto],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSSL, 1, [Define if libcrypto is available]) have_openssl=yes], have_openssl=no)
if test "x$have_openssl" = xno -a "x$with_openssl" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** openssl support requested but libraries not found])
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBSSL, [test "$have_openssl" = "yes"])
# Check for libcurl
have_libcurl=no
if test "x$with_libcurl" != "xno"; then
PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBCURL, [libcurl >= 7.19.4],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBCURL, 1, [Define if libcurl is available]) have_libcurl=yes], have_libcurl=no)
if test "x$have_libcurl" = xno -a "x$with_libcurl" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libcurl >= 7.19.4 is required for internal downloader support])
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCURL, [test "$have_libcurl" = "yes"])
# Check for gpgme
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libgpgme)
AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_CHECK_LIB([gpgme], [gpgme_check_version], ,
[if test "x$with_gpgme" != "xcheck"; then
AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-ggpme was given, but -lgpgme was not found])
fi],
[-lgpgme])
with_gpgme=$ac_cv_lib_gpgme_gpgme_check_version],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [test "x$with_gpgme" = "xyes"])
[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])])
have_gpgme=no
AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" != "xno"],
[AM_PATH_GPGME([1.3.0],
[LIBS_save="$LIBS"
CPPFLAGS_save="$CPPFLAGS"
CFLAGS_save="$CFLAGS"
LIBS="$LIBS $GPGME_LIBS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $GPGME_CPPFLAGS"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GPGME_CFLAGS"
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for sane gpgme])
AC_LINK_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[#include <gpgme.h>]],
[[return gpgme_check_version("1.3.0");]])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
have_gpgme=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [1], [Define if gpgme should be used to provide GPG signature support.])],
[AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
have_gpgme=no
unset GPGME_LIBS
unset GPGME_CFLAGS]
AS_IF([test "x$with_gpgme" = "xyes"],
[AC_MSG_FAILURE([*** gpgme >= 1.3.0 is needed for GPG signature support])])
)
LIBS="$LIBS_save"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS_save"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS_save"
unset CPPFLAGS_save
unset CFLAGS_save],)])
AS_IF([test "x$have_gpgme" = xno -a "x$with_gpgme" = xyes],
[AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-gpgme was given, but gpgme was not found])])
AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBGPGME], [test "x$have_gpgme" = "xyes"])
# Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h float.h glob.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h \
mntent.h stddef.h string.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mount.h \
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h float.h glob.h langinfo.h libintl.h limits.h \
locale.h mntent.h netinet/in.h netinet/tcp.h \
stddef.h string.h sys/ioctl.h \
sys/mnttab.h sys/mount.h \
sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h sys/time.h sys/types.h \
sys/ucred.h syslog.h termios.h wchar.h])
@@ -197,10 +311,11 @@ AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
AC_FUNC_MKTIME
AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 getcwd geteuid getmntinfo gettimeofday memmove memset \
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dup2 getcwd getmntinfo gettimeofday memmove memset \
mkdir realpath regcomp rmdir setenv setlocale strcasecmp \
strchr strcspn strdup strerror strndup strrchr strsep strstr \
strtol swprintf tcflush wcwidth uname])
strchr strcspn strdup strerror strndup strnlen strrchr \
strsep strstr strtol swprintf tcflush wcwidth uname])
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize],,,[[#include <sys/stat.h>]])
# For the diskspace code
FS_STATS_TYPE
@@ -208,44 +323,50 @@ AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>]])
# Enable large file support if available
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
# Check if we can use symbol visibility support in GCC
GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
# Check if we have -fgnu89-inline flag
GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
# Host-dependant definitions
SIZECMD="stat -L -c %s"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i"
INODECMD="stat -c '%i %n'"
OWNERCMD="stat -c '%u:%g'"
MODECMD="stat -c '%a'"
SIZECMD="stat -c %s"
SEDINPLACE="sed --follow-symlinks -i"
DUFLAGS="-sk --apparent-size"
STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
case "${host_os}" in
*bsd*)
SIZECMD="stat -L -f %z"
INODECMD="stat -f '%i %N'"
OWNERCMD="stat -f '%u:%g'"
MODECMD="stat -f '%Lp'"
SIZECMD="stat -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="sed -i \"\""
;;
cygwin*)
host_os_cygwin=yes
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DCYGWIN"
DUFLAGS="-sk"
;;
darwin*)
host_os_darwin=yes
SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -L -f %z"
INODECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%i %N'"
OWNERCMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%u:%g'"
MODECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f '%Lp'"
SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -f %z"
SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
DUFLAGS="-sk"
STRIP_BINARIES=""
STRIP_SHARED="-S"
STRIP_STATIC="-S"
;;
esac
AM_CONDITIONAL([CYGWIN], test "x$host_os_cygwin" = "xyes")
AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
AC_SUBST(INODECMD)
AC_SUBST(OWNERCMD)
AC_SUBST(MODECMD)
AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
AC_SUBST(DUFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
@@ -295,16 +416,49 @@ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for debug mode request)
if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
AC_DEFINE([PACMAN_DEBUG], , [Enable debug code])
# Check for mcheck
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([mcheck.h])
# Check for -fstack-protector availability
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g -Wall -Werror"
WARNING_CFLAGS="-g -Wall -Werror"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
WARNING_CFLAGS="-Wall"
fi
# Enable or disable compiler warning flags
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for excessive compiler warning flags)
if test "x$warningflags" = "xyes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wcast-align], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wclobbered], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wempty-body], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wfloat-equal], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wformat-nonliteral], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wformat-security], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wignored-qualifiers], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Winit-self], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wlogical-op], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-declarations], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-field-initializers], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-parameter-type], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wmissing-prototypes], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wold-style-declaration], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Woverride-init], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wpointer-arith], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wredundant-decls], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wshadow], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wsign-compare], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-aliasing], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-overflow=5], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wstrict-prototypes], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wtype-limits], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wuninitialized], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wunused-but-set-parameter], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wunused-parameter], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
CFLAGS_ADD([-Wwrite-strings], [WARNING_CFLAGS])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
fi
# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
@@ -312,13 +466,9 @@ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
usegitver=$ac_cv_file__git_
if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
usegitver=yes
AC_DEFINE([USE_GIT_VERSION], , [Use GIT version in version string])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, git or .git dir missing])
usegitver=no
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
@@ -328,6 +478,7 @@ AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_GIT_VERSION, test "x$usegitver" = "xyes")
# Set root directory
AC_SUBST(ROOTDIR)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ROOTDIR], "$ROOTDIR", [The location of the root operating directory])
# Set package file extension
AC_SUBST(PKGEXT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packages])
@@ -337,11 +488,26 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman sourc
# Set makepkg build script name
AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
# Set makepkg-template template directory
AC_SUBST(TEMPLATE_DIR)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([TEMPLATE_DIR], "$TEMPLATE_DIR", [The template directory used by makepkg-teplate])
# Set makepkg split debugging symbol package suffix
AC_SUBST(DEBUGSUFFIX)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DEBUGSUFFIX], "$DEBUGSUFFIX", [The suffix for debugging symbol packages used by makepkg])
# Set shell used by install scriptlets
AC_SUBST(SCRIPTLET_SHELL)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SCRIPTLET_SHELL], "$SCRIPTLET_SHELL", [The full path of the shell used to run install scriptlets])
# Set ldconfig path
AC_SUBST(LDCONFIG)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LDCONFIG], "$LDCONFIG", [The full path to ldconfig])
# Configuration files
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
lib/libalpm/Makefile
lib/libalpm/po/Makefile.in
lib/libalpm/libalpm.pc
src/common/Makefile
src/pacman/Makefile
src/pacman/po/Makefile.in
src/util/Makefile
@@ -351,6 +517,7 @@ doc/Makefile
etc/Makefile
test/pacman/Makefile
test/pacman/tests/Makefile
test/scripts/Makefile
test/util/Makefile
contrib/Makefile
Makefile
@@ -371,13 +538,15 @@ ${PACKAGE_NAME}:
compiler : ${CC}
preprocessor flags : ${CPPFLAGS}
compiler flags : ${CFLAGS}
defines : ${DEFS}
library flags : ${LIBS}
compiler flags : ${WARNING_CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS}
library flags : ${LIBS} ${LIBSSL_LIBS} ${LIBARCHIVE_LIBS} ${LIBCURL_LIBS} ${GPGME_LIBS}
linker flags : ${LDFLAGS}
Architecture : ${CARCH}
Host Type : ${CHOST}
File inode command : ${INODECMD}
File owner command : ${OWNERCMD}
File mode command : ${MODECMD}
Filesize command : ${SIZECMD}
In-place sed command : ${SEDINPLACE}
@@ -391,14 +560,17 @@ ${PACKAGE_NAME}:
package extension : ${PKGEXT}
source pkg extension : ${SRCEXT}
build script name : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
template directory : ${TEMPLATE_DIR}
Compilation options:
Use libcurl : ${with_libcurl}
Use GPGME : ${with_gpgme}
Use OpenSSL : ${with_openssl}
Use libcurl : ${have_libcurl}
Use GPGME : ${have_gpgme}
Use OpenSSL : ${have_openssl}
Run make in doc/ dir : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
Doxygen support : ${usedoxygen}
debug support : ${debug}
extra warning flags : ${warningflags}
use git version : ${wantgitver}
"
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim:set noet:

4
contrib/.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
bacman
bash_completion
checkupdates
paccache
pacdiff
paclist
paclog-pkglist
pacscripts
pacsearch
wget-xdelta.sh
rankmirrors
updpkgsums
zsh_completion

View File

@@ -1,26 +1,44 @@
OURSCRIPTS = \
# enforce that all scripts have a --help and --version option
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = std-options
bin_SCRIPTS = \
$(OURSCRIPTS)
BASHSCRIPTS = \
bacman \
checkupdates \
paccache \
pacdiff \
paclist \
paclog-pkglist \
pacscripts \
rankmirrors \
updpkgsums
OTHERSCRIPTS = \
pacsearch
OURSCRIPTS = \
$(BASHSCRIPTS) \
$(OTHERSCRIPTS)
OURFILES = \
bash_completion \
zsh_completion
EXTRA_DIST = \
PKGBUILD.vim \
bacman.in \
bacman.sh.in \
bash_completion.in \
paccache.in \
paclog-pkglist.in \
pacdiff.in \
paclist.in \
pacscripts.in \
checkupdates.sh.in \
paccache.sh.in \
paclog-pkglist.sh.in \
pacdiff.sh.in \
paclist.sh.in \
pacscripts.sh.in \
pacsearch.in \
rankmirrors.sh.in \
updpkgsums.sh.in \
vimprojects \
zsh_completion.in \
README
@@ -28,38 +46,62 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES) *.tmp
if USE_GIT_VERSION
GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
else
REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
endif
edit = sed \
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)|g' \
-e 's|@SIZECMD[@]|$(SIZECMD)|g' \
-e 's|@SCRIPTNAME[@]|$@|g' \
-e '1s|!/bin/bash|!$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
$(OURSCRIPTS): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod +x $@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
$(OTHERSCRIPTS): Makefile
$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
$(AM_V_GEN)$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
$(AM_V_at)chmod +x,a-w $@.tmp
$(AM_V_at)mv $@.tmp $@
$(BASHSCRIPTS): Makefile
$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@
$(AM_V_GEN)test -f $(srcdir)/$@.sh.in && m4 -P -I $(srcdir) $(srcdir)/$@.sh.in | $(edit) >$@
$(AM_V_at)chmod +x,a-w $@
@$(BASH_SHELL) -O extglob -n $@
$(OURFILES): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
@chmod a-w $@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
$(AM_V_at)$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
$(AM_V_GEN)$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
$(AM_V_at)chmod a-w $@.tmp
$(AM_V_at)mv $@.tmp $@
all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES)
bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.in
install-data-local:
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/bash_completion.d/
$(INSTALL_DATA) bash_completion $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/bash_completion.d/pacman
$(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/zsh/site-functions/
$(INSTALL_DATA) zsh_completion $(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/zsh/site-functions/_pacman
uninstall-local:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/bash_completion.d/pacman
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(datarootdir)/zsh/site-functions/_pacman
bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.sh.in
bash_completion: $(srcdir)/bash_completion.in
paccache: $(srcdir)/paccache.in
pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.in
paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.in
paclog-pkglist: $(srcdir)/paclog-pkglist.in
pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.in
checkupdates: $(srcdir)/checkupdates.sh.in
paccache: $(srcdir)/paccache.sh.in $(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/parseopts.sh $(top_srcdir)/scripts/library/size_to_human.sh
pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.sh.in
paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.sh.in
paclog-pkglist: $(srcdir)/paclog-pkglist.sh.in
pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.sh.in
pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
pactree: $(srcdir)/pactree.in
rankmirrors: $(srcdir)/rankmirrors.sh.in
updpkgsums: $(srcdir)/updpkgsums.sh.in
zsh_completion: $(srcdir)/zsh_completion.in
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim:set noet:

View File

@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubl
" license
syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
syn keyword pbLicense APACHE CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RALINK RUBY ZPL contained
" special cases from http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
syn keyword pbLicense AGPL AGPL3 Apache APACHE Artistic2.0 CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RUBY W3C ZPL contained
" special cases from https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ syn match pbValidOptdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn region pbOptdependsGroup start=/^optdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_optdepends,pbValidOptdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
" checkdepends
syn keyword pb_k_ckdepends ckdepends contained
syn keyword pb_k_ckdepends checkdepends contained
syn match pbValidCkdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
syn region pbCkdependsGroup start=/^checkdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_ckdepends,pbValidCkdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
@@ -176,12 +176,45 @@ hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha1sums Number
" sha256sums
syn keyword pb_k_sha256sums sha256sums contained
syn match pbIllegalSha256sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha256sums
syn match pbValidSha256sums /\x\{64\}/ contained
syn region pbSha256sumsGroup start=/^sha256sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha256sums,pbSha256Quotes,pbSha256Hash,pbIllegalSha256sums keepend
syn match pbSha256Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha256Hash,pbIllegalSha256sums
syn match pbSha256Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha256sums
hi def link pbSha256Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha256Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha256sums Number
" sha384sums
syn keyword pb_k_sha384sums sha384sums contained
syn match pbIllegalSha384sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha384sums
syn match pbValidSha384sums /\x\{96\}/ contained
syn region pbSha384sumsGroup start=/^sha384sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha384sums,pbSha384Quotes,pbSha384Hash,pbIllegalSha384sums keepend
syn match pbSha384Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha384Hash,pbIllegalSha384sums
syn match pbSha384Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha384sums
hi def link pbSha384Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha384Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha384sums Number
" sha512sums
syn keyword pb_k_sha512sums sha512sums contained
syn match pbIllegalSha512sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha512sums
syn match pbValidSha512sums /\x\{128\}/ contained
syn region pbSha512sumsGroup start=/^sha512sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha512sums,pbSha512Quotes,pbSha512Hash,pbIllegalSha512sums keepend
syn match pbSha512Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha512Hash,pbIllegalSha512sums
syn match pbSha512Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha512sums
hi def link pbSha512Quotes Keyword
hi def link pbSha512Hash Error
hi def link pbValidSha512sums Number
" options
syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|purge\|upx\|optipng\|distcc\|color\|ccache\|check\|sign\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
syn match pbOptionsNeg /\!/ contained
syn match pbOptionsDeprec /no/ contained
syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption
syn match pbIllegalOption /[^!"'()= ]/ contained contains=pbOptionsDeprec,pbOptions
" noextract
@@ -258,6 +291,15 @@ hi def link pbIllegalMd5sums Error
hi def link pb_k_sha1sums pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSha1sums Error
hi def link pb_k_sha256sums pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSha256sums Error
hi def link pb_k_sha384sums pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSha384sums Error
hi def link pb_k_sha512sums pbKeywords
hi def link pbIllegalSha512sums Error
hi def link pb_k_options pbKeywords
hi def link pbOptionsDeprec Todo
hi def link pbIllegalOption Error

View File

@@ -4,18 +4,26 @@ PKGBUILD.vim - a vim/gvim syntax file for PKGBUILDs. Colors known variable
names, highlights common errors such as invalid characters in pkgname or
pkgver, etc.
bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
bash_completion - a bash completion script for pacman, install in
/etc/bash_completion.d/ for use (but rename to something descriptive!).
zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/.
checkupdates - print a list of pending updates without touching the system
sync databases (for safety on rolling release distributions).
pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater for /etc/.
paccache - a flexible package cache cleaning utility that allows greater
control over which packages are removed.
pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacsave updater for /etc/.
paclist - list all packages installed from a given repository. Useful for
seeing which packages you may have installed from the testing repository,
for instance.
paclog-pkglist - lists currently installs packages based pacman's log.
pacscripts - tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
scripts of a given package.
@@ -23,8 +31,11 @@ pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
listed.
bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
rankmirrors - ranks pacman mirrors by their connection and opening speed.
updpkgsums - performs an in place update of the checksums in a PKGBUILD.
vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.
zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/.

172
contrib/bacman.in → contrib/bacman.sh.in Executable file → Normal file
View File

@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@
# This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
# stored into the pacman database and system files
#
# (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
# Copyright (c) 2008 locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
# Copyright (c) 2008-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,31 +24,58 @@
shopt -s extglob
shopt -s nullglob
readonly progname="bacman"
readonly progver="0.2.1"
declare -r myname='bacman'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
USE_COLOR='y'
INCLUDE_PACNEW='n'
# Required for fakeroot because options are shifted off the array.
ARGS=("$@")
m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
#
# User Friendliness
#
usage() {
echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
echo "Usage: $progname <installed package name>"
echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
echo
echo "Recreate a package using pacman's database and system files"
echo
echo "Usage: ${myname} [--nocolor] [--pacnew] <installed package name>"
echo
echo "Example: ${myname} linux-headers"
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2008 locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>'
echo 'Copyright (C) 2008-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>'
}
while [[ ! -z $1 ]]; do
if [[ $1 == "--nocolor" ]]; then
USE_COLOR='n'
shift
elif [[ $1 == "--pacnew" ]]; then
INCLUDE_PACNEW='y'
shift
else
break
fi
done
m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
if (( $# != 1 )); then
usage
exit 1
fi
if [[ $1 == "--help" || $1 == "-h" ]]; then
if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
usage
exit 0
fi
if [[ $1 == "--version" || $1 == "-v" ]]; then
echo "$progname version $progver"
echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
version
exit 0
fi
@@ -56,14 +84,13 @@ fi
#
if (( EUID )); then
if [[ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]]; then
echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
msg "Entering fakeroot environment"
export INFAKEROOT="1"
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- "$0" "$@"
/usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- "$0" "${ARGS[@]}"
exit $?
else
echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
echo " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
echo ""
warning "installing fakeroot or running $myname as root is required to"
plain " preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages\n"
fi
fi
@@ -71,7 +98,7 @@ fi
# Setting environmental variables
#
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
exit 1
fi
@@ -79,7 +106,7 @@ eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]]; then
echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
exit 1
fi
@@ -88,48 +115,46 @@ if [[ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]]; then
source ~/.makepkg.conf
fi
pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
pkg_name="$1"
pkg_dir=("$pac_db/$pkg_name"-+([^-])-+([0-9]))
pkg_dir=("$pac_db/$pkg_name"-+([^-])-+([^-]))
pkg_namver=("${pkg_dir[@]##*/}")
#
# Checks everything is in place
#
if [[ ! -d $pac_db ]]; then
echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
error "pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
exit 1
fi
if (( ${#pkg_dir[@]} != 1 )); then
printf "ERROR: %d entries for package %s found in pacman database\n" \
error "%d entries for package %s found in pacman database" \
${#pkg_dir[@]} "${pkg_name}"
printf "%s\n" "${pkg_dir[@]}"
msg2 "%s" "${pkg_dir[@]}"
exit 1
fi
if [[ ! -d $pkg_dir ]]; then
printf "ERROR: package %s is found in pacman database,\n" "${pkg_name}"
printf " but \`%s' is not a directory\n" "${pkg_dir}"
error "package %s is found in pacman database," "${pkg_name}"
plain " but '%s' is not a directory" "${pkg_dir}"
exit 1
fi
#
# Begin
#
echo "Package: ${pkg_namver}"
work_dir=$(mktemp -d --tmpdir bacman.XXXXXXXXXX)
msg "Package: ${pkg_namver}"
work_dir=$(mktemp -d "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/bacman.XXXXXXXXXX")
cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
#
# File copying
#
echo "Copying package files..."
msg2 "Copying package files..."
cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
while read i; do
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
continue
@@ -142,27 +167,55 @@ while read i; do
case "$current" in
%FILES%)
ret=0
if [[ -e /$i ]]; then
bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
local_file="/$i"
package_file="$work_dir/$i"
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
if ! [[ -e $work_dir/$i || -L $work_dir/$i ]]; then
echo ""
echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
echo " If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
echo " you will need to run $progname as root"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
else
echo ""
echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
echo ""
if [[ ! -e $local_file ]]; then
warning "package file $local_file is missing"
continue
fi
;;
%BACKUP%)
# Get the MD5 checksum.
original_md5="${i##*$'\t'}"
# Strip the md5sum after the tab.
i="${i%$'\t'*}"
local_file="/$i.pacnew"
package_file="$work_dir/$i"
# Include unmodified .pacnew files.
local_md5="$(md5sum "$local_file" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
if [[ $INCLUDE_PACNEW == 'n' ]] \
|| [[ ! -e $local_file ]] \
|| [[ $local_md5 != $original_md5 ]]; then
# Warn about modified files.
local_md5="$(md5sum "/$i" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
if [[ $local_md5 != $original_md5 ]]; then
warning "package file /$i has been modified"
fi
# Let the normal file be included in the %FILES% list.
continue
fi
;;
*)
continue
;;
esac
done
ret=0
bsdtar -cnf - -s'/.pacnew$//' "$local_file" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf - 2> /dev/null
# Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
if ! [[ -e $package_file || -L $package_file ]]; then
error "unable to add $local_file to the package"
plain " If your user does not have permission to read this file, then"
plain " you will need to run $myname as root."
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
done < "$pkg_dir"/files
ret=$?
if (( ret )); then
@@ -176,15 +229,14 @@ pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
# .PKGINFO stuff
# TODO adopt makepkg's write_pkginfo() into this or scripts/library
#
echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
echo "# Generated by $progname $progver" > .PKGINFO
msg2 "Generating .PKGINFO metadata..."
echo "# Generated by $myname $myver" > .PKGINFO
if [[ $INFAKEROOT == "1" ]]; then
echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)" >> .PKGINFO
fi
echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)" >> .PKGINFO
echo "#" >> .PKGINFO
cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files} |
while read i; do
if [[ -z $i ]]; then
continue;
@@ -214,6 +266,7 @@ while read i; do
;;
%ARCH%)
echo "arch = $i" >> .PKGINFO
pkg_arch="$i"
;;
%BUILDDATE%)
echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")" >> .PKGINFO
@@ -245,11 +298,11 @@ while read i; do
# files
%BACKUP%)
# strip the md5sum after the tab
# Strip the md5sum after the tab
echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}" >> .PKGINFO
;;
esac
done
done < <(cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files})
comp_files=".PKGINFO"
@@ -271,7 +324,7 @@ chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
#
# Generate the package
#
echo "Generating the package..."
msg2 "Generating the package..."
pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
ret=0
@@ -285,22 +338,21 @@ case "$PKGEXT" in
*tar.xz) xz -c -z - ;;
*tar.Z) compress -c -f ;;
*tar) cat ;;
*) echo "WARNING: '%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
"$PKGEXT" >&2; cat ;;
*) warning "'%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
"$PKGEXT"; cat ;;
esac > "${pkg_file}"; ret=$?
if (( ret )); then
echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
echo " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
error "Unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
plain " Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
rm -rf "$work_dir"
exit 1
fi
rm -rf "$work_dir"
echo Done
msg "Done."
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -27,17 +27,45 @@ _arch_incomp() {
local r="\s-(-${1#* }\s|\w*${1% *})"; [[ $COMP_LINE =~ $r ]]
}
_pacman_keyids() {
\pacman-key --list-keys 2>/dev/null | awk '
$1 == "pub" {
# key id
split($2, a, "/"); print a[2]
}
$1 == "uid" {
# email
if (match($NF, /<[^>]+>/))
print substr($NF, RSTART + 1, RLENGTH - 2)
}'
}
_pacman_key() {
local cur opts prev
local o cur opts prev wantfiles
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
if [[ $cur = -* &&
$prev != -@(a|-add|c|-config|g|-gpgdir|h|-help|import?(-trustdb)) ]]; then
opts=('add delete export finger help list-keys recv-keys updatedb verify version
config edit-key gpgdir import import-trustdb init keyserver list-sigs
lsign-key populate refresh-keys'
'a d e f h l r u v V')
opts=('add config delete edit-key export finger gpgdir
help import import-trustdb init keyserver list-keys list-sigs
lsign-key nocolor populate recv-keys refresh-keys updatedb
verify version'
'a d e f h l r u v V')
# operations for which we want to complete keyids
for o in 'd delete' 'e export' 'f finger' 'l list-keys' 'r recv-keys' \
'edit-key' 'list-sigs' 'lsign-key' 'refresh-keys'; do
_arch_incomp "$o" && break
unset o
done
# options for which we want file completion
wantfiles='-@(c|-config|g|-gpgdir)'
if [[ $prev = 'pacman-key' || ( $cur = -* && $prev != $wantfiles ) ]]; then
_arch_ptr2comp opts
elif [[ $prev = @(-k|--keyserver) ]]; then
return
elif [[ $prev != $wantfiles && $o ]]; then
COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$(_pacman_keyids)' -- "$cur"))
fi
true
}
@@ -46,11 +74,13 @@ _makepkg() {
local cur opts prev
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(config|help)$|\w*[Chp]) ]]; then
opts=('allsource asroot check clean config force geninteg help holdver ignorearch
install log nobuild nocheck nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract noprogressbar
nosign pkg repackage rmdeps sign skipinteg source syncdeps'
'A L R S c d e f g h i m o p r s')
if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(config|help|key|version)$|\w*[Vhp]) ]]; then
opts=('allsource asdeps check clean cleanbuild config force geninteg help
holdver ignorearch install key log needed noarchive nobuild nocheck
nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract noprepare noprogressbar nosign
packagelist printsrcinfo repackage rmdeps sign skipchecksums
skipinteg skippgpcheck source syncdeps verifysource version'
'A C L R S c d e f g h i m o p r s')
_arch_ptr2comp opts
fi
true
@@ -59,9 +89,9 @@ _makepkg() {
_pacman_pkg() {
_arch_compgen "$(
if [[ $2 ]]; then
\pacman -$1 | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
\pacman -$1 2>/dev/null | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
else
\pacman -$1
\pacman -$1 2>/dev/null
fi
)"
}
@@ -71,30 +101,34 @@ _pacman() {
COMPREPLY=()
_get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
database=('asdeps asexplicit')
files=('list machinereadable owns search refresh regex' 'l o s x y')
query=('changelog check deps explicit file foreign groups info list owns
search unrequired upgrades' 'c e g i k l m o p s t u')
remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c n p s u')
remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps assume-installed nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c n p s u')
sync=('asdeps asexplicit clean dbonly downloadonly force groups ignore ignoregroup
info list needed nodeps print refresh recursive search sysupgrade'
'c f g i l p s u w y')
upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force needed nodeps print recursive' 'f p')
common=('arch cachedir config dbpath debug help logfile noconfirm
noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
core=('database help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D Q R S U V h')
info list needed nodeps assume-installed print refresh recursive search sysupgrade'
'c g i l p s u w y')
upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force needed nodeps assume-installed print recursive' 'p')
common=('arch cachedir color config confirm dbpath debug gpgdir help hookdir logfile
noconfirm noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
core=('database files help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D F Q R S U V h')
for o in 'D database' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
for o in 'D database' 'F files' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
_arch_incomp "$o" && break
done
if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
_arch_ptr2comp core
elif [[ ! $prev =~ ^-\w*[Vbhr] &&
! $prev = --@(cachedir|config|dbpath|help|logfile|root|version) ]]
! $prev = --@(cachedir|color|config|dbpath|help|hookdir|gpgdir|logfile|root|version) ]]
then
[[ $cur = -* ]] && _arch_ptr2comp ${o#* } common ||
case ${o% *} in
D|R)
_pacman_pkg Qq;;
F)
_arch_incomp 'l list' && _pacman_pkg Slq;
;;
Q)
{ _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Qg sort; } ||
{ _arch_incomp 'p file' && _pacman_file; } ||
@@ -111,18 +145,11 @@ _pacman() {
true
}
if [[ $(type -t compopt) = "builtin" ]]; then
_pacman_file() {
compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
else
_pacman_file() {
_filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o filenames -o default pacman
fi
_pacman_file() {
compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar*'
}
complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
complete -F _makepkg -o default makepkg
complete -F _pacman_key -o default pacman-key

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# checkupdates: Safely print a list of pending updates.
#
# Copyright (c) 2013 Kyle Keen <keenerd@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
declare -r myname='checkupdates'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
if (( $# > 0 )); then
echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
echo
echo "Safely print a list of pending updates"
echo
echo "Usage: ${myname}"
echo
echo 'Note: Export the "CHECKUPDATES_DB" variable to change the path of the temporary database.'
exit 0
fi
if ! type -P fakeroot >/dev/null; then
error 'Cannot find the fakeroot binary.'
exit 1
fi
if [[ -z $CHECKUPDATES_DB ]]; then
CHECKUPDATES_DB="${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/checkup-db-${USER}/"
fi
trap 'rm -f $CHECKUPDATES_DB/db.lck' INT TERM EXIT
DBPath="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}"
eval $(awk -F' *= *' '$1 ~ /DBPath/ { print $1 "=" $2 }' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
mkdir -p "$CHECKUPDATES_DB"
ln -s "${DBPath}/local" "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" &> /dev/null
fakeroot -- pacman -Sy --dbpath "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" --logfile /dev/null &> /dev/null
pacman -Qu --dbpath "$CHECKUPDATES_DB" 2> /dev/null | grep -v '\[.*\]'
exit 0
# vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# pacache - flexible pacman cache cleaning
#
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
shopt -s extglob
declare -a candidates=() cmdopts=() whitelist=() blacklist=()
declare -i delete=0 dryrun=0 filecount=0 move=0 needsroot=0 totalsaved=0 verbose=0
declare cachedir=@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg delim=$'\n' keep=3 movedir= scanarch=
msg() {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> $mesg\n" "$@"
} >&2
error() {
local mesg=$1; shift
printf "==> ERROR: $mesg\n" "$@"
} >&2
die() {
error "$@"
exit 1
}
# reads a list of files on stdin and prints out deletion candidates
pkgfilter() {
# there's whitelist and blacklist parameters passed to this
# script after the block of awk.
awk -v keep="$1" -v scanarch="$2" '
function parse_filename(filename, parts, count, i, pkgname, arch) {
count = split(filename, parts, "-")
i = 1
pkgname = parts[i++]
while (i <= count - 3) {
pkgname = pkgname "-" parts[i++]
}
arch = substr(parts[count], 1, index(parts[count], ".") - 1)
# filter on whitelist or blacklist
if (wlen && !whitelist[pkgname]) return
if (blen && blacklist[pkgname]) return
if ("" == packages[pkgname,arch]) {
packages[pkgname,arch] = filename
} else {
packages[pkgname,arch] = packages[pkgname,arch] SUBSEP filename
}
}
BEGIN {
# create whitelist
wlen = ARGV[1]; delete ARGV[1]
for (i = 2; i < 2 + wlen; i++) {
whitelist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# create blacklist
blen = ARGV[i]; delete ARGV[i]
while (i++ < ARGC) {
blacklist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# read package filenames
while (getline < "/dev/stdin") {
parse_filename($0)
}
for (pkglist in packages) {
# idx[1,2] = idx[pkgname,arch]
split(pkglist, idx, SUBSEP)
# enforce architecture match if specified
if (!scanarch || scanarch == idx[2]) {
count = split(packages[idx[1], idx[2]], pkgs, SUBSEP)
for(i = 1; i <= count - keep; i++) {
print pkgs[i]
}
}
}
}' "${@:3}"
}
size_to_human() {
awk -v size="$1" '
BEGIN {
suffix[1] = "B"
suffix[2] = "KiB"
suffix[3] = "MiB"
suffix[4] = "GiB"
suffix[5] = "TiB"
count = 1
while (size > 1024) {
size /= 1024
count++
}
sizestr = sprintf("%.2f", size)
sub(/\.?0+$/, "", sizestr)
printf("%s %s", sizestr, suffix[count])
}'
}
runcmd() {
if (( needsroot )); then
msg "Privilege escalation required"
if sudo -v &>/dev/null && sudo -l &>/dev/null; then
sudo "$@"
else
printf '%s ' 'root'
su -c "$(printf '%q ' "$@")"
fi
else
"$@"
fi
}
summarize() {
local -i filecount=$1; shift
local seenarch= seen= arch= name=
local -r pkg_re='(.+)-[^-]+-[0-9]+-([^.]+)\.pkg.*'
if (( delete )); then
printf -v output 'finished: %d packages removed' "$filecount"
elif (( move )); then
printf -v output "finished: %d packages moved to \`%s'" "$filecount" "$movedir"
elif (( dryrun )); then
if (( verbose )); then
msg "Candidate packages:"
while read -r pkg; do
if (( verbose >= 3 )); then
[[ $pkg =~ $pkg_re ]] && name=${BASH_REMATCH[1]} arch=${BASH_REMATCH[2]}
if [[ -z $seen || $seenarch != "$arch" || $seen != "$name" ]]; then
printf '%s (%s):\n' "$name" "$arch"
fi
printf ' %s\n' "$pkg"
elif (( verbose >= 2 )); then
printf "$PWD/%s$delim" "$pkg"
else
printf "%s$delim" "$pkg"
fi
done < <(printf '%s\n' "$@" | pacsort)
fi
printf -v output 'finished dry run: %d candidates' "$filecount"
fi
printf '\n' >&2
msg "$output (diskspace saved: %s)" "$(size_to_human "$totalsaved")"
}
usage() {
cat <<EOF
usage: ${0##*/} <operation> [options] [targets...]
${0##*/} is a flexible pacman cache cleaning utility, which has numerous
options to help control how much, and what, is deleted from any directory
containing pacman package tarballs.
Operations:
-d perform a dry run, only finding candidate packages.
-m <movedir> move candidate packages to 'movedir'.
-r remove candidate packages.
Options:
-a <arch> scan for 'arch' (default: all architectures).
-c <cachedir> scan 'cachedir' for packages (default: @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg).
-f apply force to mv(1) and rm(1) operations.
-h display this help message.
-i <pkgs> ignore 'pkgs', which is a comma separated. Alternatively,
specify '-' to read package names from stdin, newline delimited.
-k <num> keep 'num' of each package in 'cachedir' (default: 3).
-u target uninstalled packages.
-v increase verbosity. specify up to 3 times.
-z use null delimiters for candidate names (only with -v and -vv)
EOF
}
if (( ! UID )); then
error "Do not run this script as root. You will be prompted for privilege escalation."
exit 42
fi
while getopts ':a:c:dfhi:k:m:rsuvz' opt; do
case $opt in
a) scanarch=$OPTARG ;;
c) cachedir=$OPTARG ;;
d) dryrun=1 ;;
f) cmdopts=(-f) ;;
h) usage
exit 0 ;;
i) if [[ $OPTARG = '-' ]]; then
[[ ! -t 0 ]] && IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign
else
IFS=',' read -r -a ign <<< "$OPTARG"
fi
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset i ign ;;
k) keep=$OPTARG
if [[ -z $keep || -n ${keep//[0-9]/} ]]; then
die 'argument to option -k must be a non-negative integer'
else
keep=$(( 10#$keep ))
fi ;;
m) move=1 movedir=$OPTARG ;;
r) delete=1 ;;
u) IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign < <(pacman -Qq)
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset ign ;;
v) (( ++verbose )) ;;
z) delim='\0' ;;
:) die "option '--%s' requires an argument" "$OPTARG" ;;
?) die "invalid option -- '%s'" "$OPTARG" ;;
esac
done
shift $(( OPTIND - 1 ))
# remaining args are a whitelist
whitelist=("$@")
# sanity checks
case $(( dryrun+delete+move )) in
0) die "no operation specified (use -h for help)" ;;
[^1]) die "only one operation may be used at a time" ;;
esac
[[ -d $cachedir ]] ||
die "cachedir \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
[[ $movedir && ! -d $movedir ]] &&
die "move-to directory \`%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$movedir"
if (( move || delete )); then
# make it an absolute path since we're about to chdir
[[ ${movedir:0:1} != '/' ]] && movedir=$PWD/$movedir
[[ ! -w $cachedir || ( $movedir && ! -w $movedir ) ]] && needsroot=1
fi
# unlikely that this will fail, but better make sure
cd "$cachedir" || die "failed to chdir to \`%s'" "$cachedir"
# note that these results are returned in an arbitrary order from awk, but
# they'll be resorted (in summarize) iff we have a verbosity level set.
IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a candidates < \
<(printf '%s\n' *.pkg.tar?(.+([^.])) | pacsort |
pkgfilter "$keep" "$scanarch" \
"${#whitelist[*]}" "${whitelist[@]}" \
"${#blacklist[*]}" "${blacklist[@]}")
if (( ! ${#candidates[*]} )); then
msg 'no candidate packages found for pruning'
exit 1
fi
# grab this prior to signature scavenging
pkgcount=${#candidates[*]}
# copy the list, merging in any found sigs
for cand in "${candidates[@]}"; do
candtemp+=("$cand")
[[ -f $cand.sig ]] && candtemp+=("$cand.sig")
done
candidates=("${candtemp[@]}")
unset candtemp
# do this before we destroy anything
totalsaved=$(@SIZECMD@ "${candidates[@]}" | awk '{ sum += $1 } END { print sum }')
# crush. kill. destroy.
(( verbose )) && cmdopts+=(-v)
if (( delete )); then
runcmd rm "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}"
elif (( move )); then
runcmd mv "${cmdopts[@]}" "${candidates[@]}" "$movedir"
fi
summarize "$pkgcount" "${candidates[@]}"

366
contrib/paccache.sh.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# pacache - flexible pacman cache cleaning
#
# Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
shopt -s extglob
declare -r myname='paccache'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
declare -a cachedirs=() candidates=() cmdopts=() whitelist=() blacklist=()
declare -i delete=0 dryrun=0 filecount=0 move=0 needsroot=0 totalsaved=0 verbose=0
declare delim=$'\n' keep=3 movedir= scanarch=
QUIET=0
USE_COLOR='y'
m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
m4_include(../scripts/library/parseopts.sh)
die() {
error "$@"
exit 1
}
get_cachedir_from_config() {
local key value
while IFS=$'= \t' read -r key value _; do
if [[ $key = CacheDir ]]; then
echo "$value"
return 0
fi
done <"$1"
return 1
}
# reads a list of files on stdin and prints out deletion candidates
pkgfilter() {
# there's whitelist and blacklist parameters passed to this
# script after the block of awk.
awk -v keep="$1" -v scanarch="$2" '
function basename(str) {
sub(".*/", "", str);
return str;
}
function parse_filename(filename, parts, count, i, pkgname, arch) {
count = split(basename(filename), parts, "-")
i = 1
pkgname = parts[i++]
while (i <= count - 3) {
pkgname = pkgname "-" parts[i++]
}
arch = substr(parts[count], 1, index(parts[count], ".") - 1)
# filter on whitelist or blacklist
if (wlen && !whitelist[pkgname]) return
if (blen && blacklist[pkgname]) return
if ("" == packages[pkgname,arch]) {
packages[pkgname,arch] = filename
} else {
packages[pkgname,arch] = packages[pkgname,arch] SUBSEP filename
}
}
BEGIN {
# create whitelist
wlen = ARGV[1]; delete ARGV[1]
for (i = 2; i < 2 + wlen; i++) {
whitelist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# create blacklist
blen = ARGV[i]; delete ARGV[i]
while (i++ < ARGC) {
blacklist[ARGV[i]] = 1
delete ARGV[i]
}
# read package filenames
while (getline < "/dev/stdin") {
parse_filename($0)
}
for (pkglist in packages) {
# idx[1,2] = idx[pkgname,arch]
split(pkglist, idx, SUBSEP)
# enforce architecture match if specified
if (!scanarch || scanarch == idx[2]) {
count = split(packages[idx[1], idx[2]], pkgs, SUBSEP)
for(i = 1; i <= count - keep; i++) {
print pkgs[i]
}
}
}
}' "${@:3}"
}
m4_include(../scripts/library/size_to_human.sh)
runcmd() {
if (( needsroot && EUID != 0 )); then
msg "Privilege escalation required"
if sudo -v &>/dev/null && sudo -l &>/dev/null; then
sudo "$@"
else
die 'Unable to escalate privileges using sudo'
fi
else
"$@"
fi
}
summarize() {
(( QUIET )) && return
local -i filecount=$1; shift
local seenarch= seen= arch= name=
local -r pkg_re='(.+)-[^-]+-[0-9]+-([^.]+)\.pkg.*'
if (( delete )); then
printf -v output 'finished: %d packages removed' "$filecount"
elif (( move )); then
printf -v output "finished: %d packages moved to '%s'" "$filecount" "$movedir"
elif (( dryrun )); then
if (( verbose )); then
msg "Candidate packages:"
while read -r pkg; do
if (( verbose >= 3 )); then
[[ $pkg =~ $pkg_re ]] && name=${BASH_REMATCH[1]} arch=${BASH_REMATCH[2]}
if [[ -z $seen || $seenarch != "$arch" || $seen != "$name" ]]; then
seen=$name seenarch=$arch
printf '%s (%s):\n' "${name##*/}" "$arch"
fi
printf ' %s\n' "${pkg##*/}"
elif (( verbose >= 2 )); then
printf "%s$delim" "$pkg"
else
printf "%s$delim" "${pkg##*/}"
fi
done < <(printf '%s\n' "$@" | pacsort --files)
fi
printf -v output 'finished dry run: %d candidates' "$filecount"
fi
echo
msg "$output (disk space saved: %s)" "$(size_to_human "$totalsaved")"
}
usage() {
cat <<EOF
${myname} (pacman) v${myver}
A flexible pacman cache cleaning utility.
Usage: ${myname} <operation> [options] [targets...]
Operations:
-d, --dryrun perform a dry run, only finding candidate packages.
-m, --move <dir> move candidate packages to "dir".
-r, --remove remove candidate packages.
Options:
-a, --arch <arch> scan for "arch" (default: all architectures).
-c, --cachedir <dir> scan "dir" for packages. can be used more than once.
(default: read from @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf).
-f, --force apply force to mv(1) and rm(1) operations.
-h, --help display this help message and exit.
-i, --ignore <pkgs> ignore "pkgs", comma-separated. Alternatively, specify
"-" to read package names from stdin, newline-
delimited.
-k, --keep <num> keep "num" of each package in the cache (default: 3).
--nocolor remove color from output.
-q, --quiet minimize output
-u, --uninstalled target uninstalled packages.
-v, --verbose increase verbosity. specify up to 3 times.
-z, --null use null delimiters for candidate names (only with -v
and -vv).
EOF
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
}
OPT_SHORT=':a:c:dfhi:k:m:qrsuVvz'
OPT_LONG=('arch:' 'cachedir:' 'dryrun' 'force' 'help' 'ignore:' 'keep:' 'move'
'nocolor' 'quiet' 'remove' 'uninstalled' 'version' 'verbose' 'null')
if ! parseopts "$OPT_SHORT" "${OPT_LONG[@]}" -- "$@"; then
exit 1
fi
set -- "${OPTRET[@]}"
unset OPT_SHORT OPT_LONG OPTRET
while :; do
case $1 in
-a|--arch)
scanarch=$2
shift ;;
-c|--cachedir)
cachedirs+=("$2")
shift ;;
-d|--dryrun)
dryrun=1 ;;
-f|--force)
cmdopts=(-f) ;;
-h|--help)
usage
exit 0 ;;
-i|--ignore)
if [[ $2 = '-' ]]; then
[[ ! -t 0 ]] && IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign
else
IFS=',' read -r -a ign <<< "$2"
fi
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset i ign
shift ;;
-k|--keep)
keep=$2
if [[ -z $keep || -n ${keep//[0-9]/} ]]; then
die 'argument to option -k must be a non-negative integer'
else
keep=$(( 10#$keep ))
fi
shift ;;
-m|--move)
move=1 movedir=$2
shift ;;
--nocolor)
USE_COLOR='n' ;;
-q|--quiet)
QUIET=1 ;;
-r|--remove)
delete=1 ;;
-u|--uninstalled)
IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a ign < <(pacman -Qq)
# pacman -Qq may exit with an error, thus making ign an empty array
(( ${#ign[@]} )) || die 'failed to retrieve the list of installed packages'
blacklist+=("${ign[@]}")
unset ign ;;
-V|--version)
version
exit 0 ;;
-v|--verbose)
(( ++verbose )) ;;
-z|--null)
delim='\0' ;;
--)
shift
break 2 ;;
esac
shift
done
m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
# setting default cachedir
if [[ -z $cachedirs ]]; then
if cachedir=$(get_cachedir_from_config "@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"); then
cachedirs=("$cachedir")
else
cachedirs=("${cachedirs[@]:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}")
fi
fi
# remaining args are a whitelist
whitelist=("$@")
# sanity checks
case $(( dryrun+delete+move )) in
0) die "no operation specified (use -h for help)" ;;
[^1]) die "only one operation may be used at a time" ;;
esac
[[ $movedir && ! -d $movedir ]] &&
die "destination directory '%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$movedir"
if (( move || delete )); then
# make it an absolute path since we're about to chdir
[[ $movedir && ${movedir:0:1} != '/' ]] && movedir=$PWD/$movedir
[[ $movedir && ! -w $movedir ]] && needsroot=1
fi
for cachedir in "${cachedirs[@]}"; do
[[ -d $cachedir ]] ||
die "cachedir '%s' does not exist or is not a directory" "$cachedir"
if (( move || delete )); then
[[ ! -w $cachedir ]] && needsroot=1
fi
# unlikely that this will fail, but better make sure
pushd "$cachedir" &>/dev/null || die "failed to chdir to '%s'" "$cachedir"
# note that these results are returned in an arbitrary order from awk, but
# they'll be resorted (in summarize) iff we have a verbosity level set.
IFS=$'\n' read -r -d '' -a cand < \
<(printf '%s\n' "$PWD"/*.pkg.tar?(.+([^.])) | pacsort --files |
pkgfilter "$keep" "$scanarch" \
"${#whitelist[*]}" "${whitelist[@]}" \
"${#blacklist[*]}" "${blacklist[@]}")
candidates+=("${cand[@]}")
unset cand
popd &>/dev/null
done
if (( ! ${#candidates[*]} )); then
msg 'no candidate packages found for pruning'
exit 0
fi
# grab this prior to signature scavenging
pkgcount=${#candidates[*]}
# copy the list, merging in any found sigs
for cand in "${candidates[@]}"; do
candtemp+=("$cand")
[[ -f $cand.sig ]] && candtemp+=("$cand.sig")
done
candidates=("${candtemp[@]}")
unset candtemp
# do this before we destroy anything
totalsaved=$(@SIZECMD@ "${candidates[@]}" | awk '{ sum += $1 } END { print sum }')
# crush. kill. destroy.
(( verbose )) && cmdopts+=(-v)
if (( delete )); then
printf '%s\0' "${candidates[@]}" | runcmd xargs -0 rm "${cmdopts[@]}"
elif (( move )); then
printf '%s\0' "${candidates[@]}" | runcmd xargs -0 mv "${cmdopts[@]}" -t "$movedir"
fi
summarize "$pkgcount" "${candidates[@]}"
# vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/bash
# pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
locate=0
usage() {
echo "pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater"
echo "Usage : pacdiff [-l]"
echo " -l/--locate makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
echo " DIFFPROG variable allows to override the default vimdiff"
echo " DIFFSEARCHPATH allows to override the default /etc path"
echo "Example : DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH=\"/boot /etc /usr\" pacdiff"
}
cmd() {
if [ $locate -eq 1 ]; then
locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave
else
find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
fi
}
if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then
case $1 in
-l|--locate)
locate=1;;
*)
usage; exit 0;;
esac
fi
# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
echo "File: $file"
if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
echo " $file does not exist"
rm -i "$pacfile"
continue
fi
check="$(cmp "$pacfile" "$file")"
if [ -z "${check}" ]; then
echo " Files are identical, removing..."
rm "$pacfile"
else
echo -n " File differences found. (V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove: [v/s/r] "
while read c; do
case $c in
r|R) rm "$pacfile"; break ;;
v|V)
$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
rm -i "$pacfile"; break ;;
s|S) break ;;
*) echo -n " Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r] "; continue ;;
esac
done
fi
done 3< <(cmd)
exit 0
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

194
contrib/pacdiff.sh.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
#!/bin/bash
# pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacsave updater
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
# Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
shopt -s extglob
declare -r myname='pacdiff'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-'vim -d'}
diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
USE_COLOR='y'
declare -a oldsaves
declare -i USE_FIND=0 USE_LOCATE=0 USE_PACDB=0 OUTPUTONLY=0
m4_include(../scripts/library/output_format.sh)
usage() {
cat <<EOF
${myname} (pacman) v${myver}
A simple program to merge or remove pacnew/pacsave files.
Usage: $myname [-l | -f | -p] [--nocolor]
Search Options: select one (default: --pacmandb)
-l/--locate scan using locate
-f/--find scan using find
-p/--pacmandb scan active config files from pacman database
General Options:
-o/--output print files instead of merging them
--nocolor remove colors from output
Environment Variables:
DIFFPROG override the merge program: (default: 'vim -d')
DIFFSEARCHPATH override the search path. (only when using find)
(default: /etc)
Example: DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH="/boot /etc /usr" $myname
Example: $myname --output --locate
EOF
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>'
echo 'Copyright (C) 2013-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>'
}
print_existing() {
[[ -f "$1" ]] && printf '%s\0' "$1"
}
print_existing_pacsave(){
for f in "${1}"?(.+([0-9])); do
[[ -f $f ]] && printf '%s\0' "$f"
done
}
cmd() {
if (( USE_LOCATE )); then
locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave '*.pacsave.[0-9]*'
elif (( USE_FIND )); then
find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave -o -name '*.pacsave.[0-9]*' \) -print0
elif (( USE_PACDB )); then
awk '/^%BACKUP%$/ {
while (getline) {
if (/^$/) { nextfile }
print $1
}
}' "${pac_db}"/*/files | while read -r bkup; do
print_existing "/$bkup.pacnew"
print_existing "/$bkup.pacorig"
print_existing_pacsave "/$bkup.pacsave"
done
fi
}
while [[ -n "$1" ]]; do
case "$1" in
-l|--locate)
USE_LOCATE=1;;
-f|--find)
USE_FIND=1;;
-p|--pacmandb)
USE_PACDB=1;;
-o|--output)
OUTPUTONLY=1;;
--nocolor)
USE_COLOR='n';;
-V|--version)
version; exit 0;;
-h|--help)
usage; exit 0;;
*)
usage; exit 1;;
esac
shift
done
m4_include(../scripts/library/term_colors.sh)
if ! type -p ${diffprog%% *} >/dev/null && (( ! OUTPUTONLY )); then
error "Cannot find the $diffprog binary required for viewing differences."
exit 1
fi
case $(( USE_FIND + USE_LOCATE + USE_PACDB )) in
0) USE_PACDB=1;; # set the default search option
[^1]) error "Only one search option may be used at a time"
usage; exit 1;;
esac
if (( USE_PACDB )); then
if [[ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]]; then
error "unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
usage; exit 1
fi
eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}local"
if [[ ! -d "${pac_db}" ]]; then
error "unable to read pacman database %s". "${pac_db}"
usage; exit 1
fi
fi
# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
file_type="pac${pacfile##*.pac}"
if (( OUTPUTONLY )); then
echo "$pacfile"
continue
fi
# add matches for pacsave.N to oldsaves array, do not prompt
if [[ $file_type = pacsave.+([0-9]) ]]; then
oldsaves+=("$pacfile")
continue
fi
msg "%s file found for %s" "$file_type" "$file"
if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
warning "$file does not exist"
rm -iv "$pacfile"
continue
fi
if cmp -s "$pacfile" "$file"; then
msg2 "Files are identical, removing..."
rm -v "$pacfile"
else
ask "(V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove %s, (O)verwrite with %s, (Q)uit: [v/s/r/o/q] " "$file_type" "$file_type"
while read c; do
case $c in
q|Q) exit 0;;
r|R) rm -v "$pacfile"; break ;;
o|O) mv -v "$pacfile" "$file"; break ;;
v|V)
$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
ask "(V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove %s, (O)verwrite with %s, (Q)uit: [v/s/r/o/q] " "$file_type" "$file_type";
continue ;;
s|S) break ;;
*) ask "Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r/o/q] "; continue ;;
esac
done
fi
done 3< <(cmd)
(( ${#oldsaves[@]} )) && warning "Ignoring %s" "${oldsaves[@]}"
exit 0
# vim: set noet:

33
contrib/paclist.in → contrib/paclist.sh.in Executable file → Normal file
View File

@@ -17,6 +17,9 @@
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
declare -r myname='paclist'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
@@ -27,17 +30,39 @@ if ! type gettext &>/dev/null; then
}
fi
usage() {
printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
echo
printf "List all packages installed from a given repository\n" "${myname}"
echo
printf "Usage: %s <repository>\n" "${myname}"
echo
printf "Example: %s testing\n" "${myname}"
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>'
echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
}
if [[ -z $1 ]]; then
printf '%s - List all packages installed from a given repo\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'Usage: %s <repo>\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'Example: %s testing\n' "${0##*/}"
usage
exit 1
fi
if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
usage
exit 0
elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
version
exit 0
fi
printf -v installed '[%s]' "$(gettext installed)"
pacman -Sl $1 | awk -v i="$installed" '$NF == i { print $2,$3 }'
# exit with pacman's return value, not awk's
exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -17,15 +17,36 @@
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
declare -r myname='paclog-pkglist'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
export TEXTDOMAIN='pacman'
export TEXTDOMAINDIR='/usr/share/locale'
declare logfile=${1:-@localstatedir@/log/pacman.log}
usage() {
printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
echo
echo "Parse a log file into a list of currently installed packages"
echo
printf "Usage: %s [path to pacman log]\n" "${myname}"
echo
printf "Example: %s @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n" "${myname}"
echo
printf 'Defaults to: @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log'
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2011 Dave Reisner <dave@archlinux.org>'
}
if [[ $1 ]]; then
if [[ $1 = -@(h|-help) ]]; then
printf 'usage: %s [pacman log]\n' "${0##*/}"
printf 'example: %s @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n' "${0##*/}"
printf '\ndefaults to: @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log\n'
usage
exit 0
elif [[ $1 = -@(V|-version) ]]; then
version
exit 0
elif [[ ! -e $logfile ]]; then
printf $"target not found: %s\n" "$1"
@@ -35,25 +56,35 @@ fi
<"$logfile" awk '
{
action = $3
pkgname = $4
pkgver = $5
upgver = $7
if ($3 ~ /^\[.*\]$/) {
# new style with caller name
action = $4
pkgname = $5
pkgver = $6
upgver = $8
nfields = NF
} else {
action = $3
pkgname = $4
pkgver = $5
upgver = $7
nfields = (NF + 1) # compensate for missing caller field
}
}
NF == 5 && action == "installed" {
nfields == 6 && action == "installed" {
gsub(/[()]/, "", pkgver)
pkg[pkgname] = pkgver
next
}
NF == 7 && action == "upgraded" {
nfields == 8 && (action == "upgraded" || action == "downgraded") {
sub(/\)/, "", upgver)
pkg[pkgname] = upgver
next
}
NF == 5 && action == "removed" {
nfields == 6 && action == "removed" {
pkg[pkgname] = -1
}
@@ -65,4 +96,4 @@ END {
}
}' | sort
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim: set noet:

37
contrib/pacscripts.in → contrib/pacscripts.sh.in Executable file → Normal file
View File

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
#
# Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>
# Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
# Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,8 +25,8 @@
set -o nounset
set -o errexit
progname=$(basename $0)
progver="0.4"
declare -r myname='pacscripts'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
@@ -45,16 +46,24 @@ error() {
}
usage() {
echo "This program prints out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts"
echo "of a given package."
echo "Usage: $progname pkgname|pkgfile"
echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
echo
echo " OPTIONS:"
echo "Prints the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts of a given package."
echo
echo "Usage: ${myname} <pkgname|pkgfile>"
echo
echo " Options:"
echo " -h, --help Print this help message"
echo " -v, --version Print program name and version"
echo
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor"
echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor-2.24.1-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz"
echo "Example: ${myname} gconf-editor"
echo "Example: ${myname} gconf-editor-3.0.1-3-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz"
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>'
echo 'Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>'
}
spacman() {
@@ -62,8 +71,8 @@ spacman() {
pacman "$@"
else
if ! type -p sudo; then
error "Cannot find the sudo binary! Is sudo installed?"
error "Otherwise try to run the program as root"
error "Cannot find the sudo binary!"
error "${myname} requires root privileges. Either install \"sudo\" or run as root."
exit 1
else
sudo pacman "$@"
@@ -85,7 +94,7 @@ print_db() {
}
print_pkg() {
if ! bsdtar -xOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
if ! bsdtar -xqOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
return 1
fi
@@ -107,10 +116,10 @@ print_scriptlet() {
error "Package $1 not found"
return 1
fi
url=$(spacman -Sdp $1 | tail -n1)
url=$(pacman -Sddp $1)
filename=$(basename $url)
if [ ! -f "$pac_cache/$filename" ]; then
if ! spacman -Sdw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
if ! spacman -Sddw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
error "Failed to download $1"
return 1
fi
@@ -127,6 +136,6 @@ fi
case "$1" in
--help|-h) usage; exit 0 ;;
--version|-v) echo "$progname version $progver"; exit 0 ;;
--version|-V) version; exit 0 ;;
*) print_scriptlet $1 ;;
esac

175
contrib/pacsearch.in Executable file → Normal file
View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
# pacsearch - Perform a pacman search using both the local and the sync databases
#
# Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
# Copyright (C) 2008-2014 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
#
# Based off original shell script version:
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
@@ -19,120 +19,107 @@
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#TODO: colors flag on commandline
use strict;
use warnings;
use Term::ANSIColor;
my $progname = "pacsearch";
my $version = "2.0";
my $myname = 'pacsearch';
my $myver = '@PACKAGE_VERSION@';
sub usage {
print "$myname (pacman) v$myver\n\n";
print "Perform a pacman search using both the local and the sync databases.\n\n";
print "Usage: $myname [-n] <pattern>\n\n";
print "Options:\n";
print " -n, --nocolor: turn off coloring\n\n";
print "Example: $myname ^gnome\n";
}
sub version {
printf "%s %s\n", $myname, $myver;
print "Copyright (C) 2008-2014 Dan McGee <dan\@archlinux.org>\n\n";
print "Based off original shell script version:\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan\@archlinux.org>\n";
}
if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
print "$progname - Add color and install information to a pacman -Ss search\n";
print "Usage: $progname <pattern>\n";
print "Example: $progname ^gnome\n";
usage;
if ($#ARGV lt 0) {
exit 1;
}
exit 0;
}
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
print "$progname version $version\n";
print "Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Dan McGee\n";
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-V") {
version;
exit 0;
}
# define our colors to use when printing
my $CLR1 = "\e[0;34m";
my $CLR2 = "\e[0;32m";
my $CLR3 = "\e[0;35m";
my $CLR4 = "\e[0;36m";
my $CLR5 = "\e[0;31m";
my $CLR6 = "\e[0;33m";
my $CLR7 = "\e[1;36m";
my $INST = "\e[1;31m";
my $BASE = "\e[0m";
# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the repository name
sub to_color {
my $line = shift;
# get the installed text colored first
$line =~ s/(\[.*\]$)/$INST$1$BASE/;
# and now the repo and dealings
$line =~ s/(^core\/.*)/$CLR1$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^extra\/.*)/$CLR2$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community\/.*)/$CLR3$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^testing\/.*)/$CLR4$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^community-testing\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^multilib\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
$line =~ s/(^local\/.*)/$CLR7$1$BASE/;
# any other unknown repository
$line =~ s/(^[\w-]*\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
return $line;
# define formatting variables
my($BLUE, $CYAN, $GREEN, $MAGENTA, $RED, $YELLOW, $BOLD, $RESET);
if ($ARGV[0] eq "--nocolor" || $ARGV[0] eq "-n") {
shift;
$BLUE = "";
$CYAN = "";
$GREEN = "";
$MAGENTA = "";
$RED = "";
$YELLOW = "";
$BOLD = "";
$RESET = "";
} else {
$BLUE = color('blue');
$CYAN = color('cyan');
$GREEN = color('green');
$MAGENTA = color('magenta');
$RED = color('red');
$YELLOW = color('yellow');
$BOLD = color('bold');
$RESET = color('reset');
}
my %allpkgs = ();
# localization
my $LC_INSTALLED = `gettext pacman installed`;
my $syncout = `pacman -Ss '@ARGV'`;
# split each sync search entry into its own array entry
my @syncpkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $syncout);
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
if ($#syncpkgs >= 0) {
chomp($syncpkgs[$#syncpkgs]);
}
# counter var for packages, used here and in the query loop too
my $cnt = 0;
foreach $_ (@syncpkgs) {
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
if(not @pkgfields) {
# skip any non-matching line and just print it for the user
print $_, "\n";
next;
# Print a "repo/pkgname pkgver (groups) [installed]" line.
# We stick to pacman colors.
sub print_pkg {
my @v = @_;
print "$RESET$BOLD";
if ( "$v[0]" eq "local" ) {
print "$RED";
} else {
print "$MAGENTA";
}
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# add a fifth field that indicates original order
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add each sync pkg by name/ver to a hash table for quick lookup
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
print "$v[0]/$RESET$BOLD$v[1] $GREEN$v[2]$BLUE$v[3]$CYAN$v[4]$RESET\n";
print "$v[5]";
}
my $queryout = `pacman -Qs '@ARGV'`;
# split each querysearch entry into its own array entry
my @querypkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $queryout);
# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
if ($#querypkgs >= 0) {
chomp ($querypkgs[$#querypkgs]);
}
foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
# skip any non-matching line
next if not defined $pkgfields[1];
# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
# check if the package was listed in the sync out
if (not exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
$pkgfields[2] = "[installed]";
# add a fifth field that indicates original order (after sync)
push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
# add our local-only package to the hash
$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
sub list_pkg {
my $db = shift;
open (my $out, '-|', 'pacman', $db, '--', @ARGV) or exit 1;
my @pkglist = ();
while ( readline($out) ) {
# We grab the following fields: repo, name, ver, group, installed, and
# desc. We grab leading space for 'group' and 'installed' so that we do
# not need to test if non-empty when printing.
my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) (.*?)( \(.*?\))?( \[.*\])?$/s;
my $desc = readline($out);
# since 'group' and 'installed' are optional, we should fill it in if
# necessary
$pkgfields[3] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[3];
$pkgfields[4] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[4];
$pkgfields[5] = $desc;
push (@pkglist, \@pkgfields);
}
close ($out);
return @pkglist;
}
# sort by original order (the fifth field) and print
foreach $_ ( sort{ @{$allpkgs{$a}}[4] <=> @{$allpkgs{$b}}[4] } keys %allpkgs) {
my @v = @{$allpkgs{$_}};
my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1] $v[2]";
$line = to_color($line);
# print colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string with possible installed text
print "$line\n";
print "$v[3]\n";
}
my @sync = list_pkg('-Ss', @ARGV);
my %allpkgs = map {$_->[1] . $_->[2] => 1} @sync;
my @query = grep { not $allpkgs{$_->[1] . $_->[2]}} list_pkg('-Qs', @ARGV);
$_->[4] = " [$LC_INSTALLED]" foreach @query;
print_pkg (@{$_}) foreach (@sync, @query);
#vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -21,26 +21,31 @@
# traps interrupt key to spit out pre-interrupt info
trap finaloutput INT
declare -r myname='rankmirrors'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
usage() {
echo "Usage: rankmirrors [options] MIRRORFILE | URL"
echo "${myname} (pacman) v${myver}"
echo
echo "Ranks pacman mirrors by their connection and opening speed. Pacman mirror"
echo "files are located in @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/. It can also rank one mirror if the URL is"
echo "provided."
echo
echo "Usage: ${myname} [options] MIRRORFILE | URL"
echo
echo "Options:"
echo " --version show program's version number and exit"
echo " -h, --help show this help message and exit"
echo " -n NUM number of servers to output, 0 for all"
echo " -t, --times only output mirrors and their response times"
echo " -u, --url test a specific url"
echo " -u, --url test a specific URL"
echo " -v, --verbose be verbose in ouptut"
echo " -r, --repo specify a specific repo name instead of guessing"
echo " -r, --repo specify a repository name instead of guessing"
exit 0
}
version() {
echo "rankmirrors (pacman) @PACKAGE_VERSION@"
echo "${myname} (pacman) ${myver}"
echo "Copyright (c) 2009 Matthew Bruenig <matthewbruenig@gmail.com>."
echo
echo "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions."
@@ -125,9 +130,16 @@ while [[ $1 ]]; do
version) version ;;
times) TIMESONLY=1 ; shift ;;
verbose) VERBOSE=1 ; shift ;;
url) CHECKURL=1; [[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify url."; URL="$2"; shift 2;;
repo) [[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repo name."; TARGETREPO="$2"; shift 2;;
*) err "\`$1' is an invalid argument."
url)
CHECKURL=1;
[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify URL.";
URL="$2";
shift 2;;
repo)
[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repository name.";
TARGETREPO="$2";
shift 2;;
*) err "'$1' is an invalid argument."
esac
elif [[ ${1:0:1} = - ]]; then
@@ -143,10 +155,20 @@ while [[ $1 ]]; do
h) usage ;;
t) TIMESONLY=1 ;;
v) VERBOSE=1 ;;
u) CHECKURL=1; [[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify url."; URL="$2"; snum=2;;
r) [[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repo name."; TARGETREPO="$2"; snum=2;;
n) [[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify number." ; NUM="$2" ; snum=2;;
*) err "\`-$1' is an invald argument." ;;
u)
CHECKURL=1;
[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify URL.";
URL="$2";
snum=2;;
r)
[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify repository name.";
TARGETREPO="$2";
snum=2;;
n)
[[ $2 ]] || err "Must specify number.";
NUM="$2";
snum=2;;
*) err "'$1' is an invalid argument." ;;
esac
done
shift $snum
@@ -157,34 +179,34 @@ while [[ $1 ]]; do
[[ $linearray ]] || err "File is empty."
shift
else
err "\`$1' does not exist."
err "'$1' does not exist."
fi
done
# Some sanity checks
[[ $NUM ]] || NUM=0
[[ $FILE && $CHECKURL ]] && err "Cannot specify a url and mirrorfile."
[[ $FILE || $CHECKURL || $STDIN ]] || err "Must specify url, mirrorfile, or stdin."
[[ $FILE && $CHECKURL ]] && err "Cannot specify a URL and mirrorfile."
[[ $FILE || $CHECKURL || $STDIN ]] || err "Must specify URL, mirrorfile, or stdin."
# Single url handling
# Single URL handling
if [[ $CHECKURL ]]; then
url="$(getfetchurl "$URL")"
[[ $url = fail ]] && err "url \`$URL' is malformed."
[[ $url = fail ]] && err "URL '$URL' is malformed."
[[ $VERBOSE ]] && echo "Testing $url..."
time=$(gettime "$url")
echo "$URL : $time"
exit 0
fi
# Get url results from mirrorfile, fill up the array, and so on
# Get URL results from mirrorfile, fill up the array, and so on
if [[ $TIMESONLY ]]; then
echo "Querying servers, this may take some time..."
echo "Querying servers. This may take some time..."
elif [[ $FILE ]]; then
echo "# Server list generated by rankmirrors on $(date +%Y-%m-%d)"
fi
timesarray=()
for line in "${linearray[@]}"; do
for line in "${linearray[@]}"; do
if [[ $line =~ ^[[:space:]]*# ]]; then
[[ $TIMESONLY ]] || echo $line
elif [[ $line =~ ^[[:space:]]*Server ]]; then
@@ -193,7 +215,7 @@ for line in "${linearray[@]}"; do
server="${line#*= }"
server="${server%%#*}"
url="$(getfetchurl "$server")"
[[ $url = fail ]] && err "url \`$URL' is malformed."
[[ $url = fail ]] && err "URL '$URL' is malformed."
time=$(gettime "$url")
timesarray+=("$time $server")
@@ -209,4 +231,4 @@ for line in "${linearray[@]}"; do
done
finaloutput
# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim: set noet:

106
contrib/updpkgsums.sh.in Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
#!/bin/bash
#
# updpkgsums - update source checksums in-place in PKGBUILDs
#
# Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
shopt -s extglob
declare -r myname='updpkgsums'
declare -r myver='@PACKAGE_VERSION@'
usage() {
printf "%s (pacman) v%s\n" "${myname}" "${myver}"
echo
printf "%s will perform an in place update of the checksums in the\n" "${myname}"
echo "path specified by [build file], defaulting to PKGBUILD in the current"
echo "working directory."
echo
printf "Usage: %s [build file]\n" "${myname}"
echo
echo " -h, --help display this help message and exit"
echo " -V, --version display version information and exit"
}
version() {
printf "%s %s\n" "$myname" "$myver"
echo 'Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>'
}
die() {
printf "==> ERROR: $1\n" "${@:2}" >&2
exit 1
}
case $1 in
-h|--help) usage; exit ;;
-V|--version) version; exit ;;
esac
buildfile=${1:-PKGBUILD}
if [[ ! -f $buildfile ]]; then
die "%s not found or is not a file" "$buildfile"
fi
# Resolve any symlinks to avoid replacing the symlink with a file. But, we
# have to do this portably -- readlink's flags are inconsistent across OSes.
while [[ -L $buildfile ]]; do
buildfile=$(readlink "$buildfile")
if [[ $buildfile = */* ]]; then
cd "${buildfile%/*}"
buildfile=${buildfile##*/}
fi
done
# cd into the directory with the build file. This avoids creating random src/
# directories scattered about the filesystem, and avoids cases where we might
# not be able to write in the $PWD.
if [[ $buildfile = */* ]]; then
cd "${buildfile%/*}"
buildfile=${buildfile##*/}
fi
# Check $PWD/ for permission to unlink the $buildfile and write a new one
if [[ ! -w . ]]; then
die "No write permission in '%s'" "$PWD"
fi
# Generate the new sums
export BUILDDIR=$(mktemp -d "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/updpkgsums.XXXXXX")
newbuildfile=$(mktemp "${TMPDIR:-/tmp}/updpkgsums.XXXXXX")
trap "rm -rf '$BUILDDIR' '$newbuildfile'" EXIT
newsums=$(makepkg -g -p "$buildfile") || die 'Failed to generate new checksums'
awk -v newsums="$newsums" '
/^[[:blank:]]*(md|sha)[[:digit:]]+sums(_[^=]+)?=/,/\)[[:blank:]]*(#.*)?$/ {
if (!w) {
print newsums
w++
}
next
}
1
END { if (!w) print newsums }
' "$buildfile" > "$newbuildfile" || die 'Failed to write new PKGBUILD'
# Rewrite the original buildfile. Use cat instead of mv/cp to preserve
# permissions implicitly.
if ! cat -- "$newbuildfile" >"$buildfile"; then
die "Failed to update %s. The file has not been modified." "$buildfile"
fi
# vim: set noet:

View File

@@ -1,82 +1,120 @@
#compdef pacman pacman.static=pacman
#compdef pacman pacman.static=pacman pacman-key makepkg
# copy this file to /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_pacman
typeset -A opt_args
setopt extendedglob
# options for passing to _arguments: main pacman commands
_pacman_opts_commands=(
'-Q[Query the package database]'
'-R[Remove a package from the system]'
'-S[Synchronize packages]'
'-U[Upgrade a package]'
'-V[Display version and exit]'
'-h[Display usage]'
{-D,--database}'[Modify database]'
{-F,--files}'[Query the files database]'
{-Q,--query}'[Query the package database]'
{-R,--remove}'[Remove a package from the system]'
{-S,--sync}'[Synchronize packages]'
{-T,--deptest}'[Check if dependencies are installed]'
{-U,--upgrade}'[Upgrade a package]'
{-V,--version}'[Display version and exit]'
'(-h --help)'{-h,--help}'[Display usage]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options common to all commands
_pacman_opts_common=(
'-b[Alternate database location]:database_location:_files -/'
'-h[Display syntax for the given operation]'
'-r[Set alternate installation root]:installation root:_files -/'
'-v[Be more verbose]'
'--arch[Set an alternate architecture]'
{-b,--dbpath}'[Alternate database location]:database_location:_files -/'
'--color[colorize the output]:color options:(always never auto)'
{-h,--help}'[Display syntax for the given operation]'
{-r,--root}'[Set alternate installation root]:installation root:_files -/'
{-v,--verbose}'[Be more verbose]'
'--cachedir[Alternate package cache location]:cache_location:_files -/'
'--config[An alternate configuration file]:config file:_files'
'--confirm[Always ask for confirmation]'
'--debug[Display debug messages]'
'--gpgdir[Set an alternate directory for GnuPG (instead of @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg)]: :_files -/'
'--hookdir[Set an alternate hook location]: :_files -/'
'--logfile[An alternate log file]:config file:_files'
'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation]'
'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
'--noscriptlet[Do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists]'
'--print[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --upgrade commands
_pacman_opts_pkgfile=(
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'*-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'*--nodeps[Skip dependency checks]'
'*--assume-installed[Add virtual package to satisfy dependencies]'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'--force[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
'--asdeps[mark packages as non-explicitly installed]'
'--asexplicit[mark packages as explicitly installed]'
{-p,--print}'[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
'*--ignore[Ignore a package upgrade]:package: _pacman_completions_all_packages'
'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
'--print-format[Specify how the targets should be printed]'
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar*~*.sig(.,@)"'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: subactions for --query command
_pacman_opts_query_actions=(
'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->query_group'
'-o[Query the package that owns a file]:file:_files'
'-p[Package file to query]:*:package file:->query_file'
'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->query_search'
'(-Q --query)'{-Q,--query}
{-g,--groups}'[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->query_group'
{-o,--owns}'[Query the package that owns a file]:file:_files'
{-p,--file}'[Package file to query]:*:package file:->query_file'
{-s,--search}'[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->query_search'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --query and subcommands
_pacman_opts_query_modifiers=(
'-c[List package changelog]'
'-d[List packages installed as dependencies]'
'-e[List packages explicitly installed]'
'-i[View package information]'
'-ii[View package information including backup files]'
'-k[Check package files]'
'-l[List package contents]'
'-m[List installed packages not found in sync db(s)]'
'-t[List packages not required by any package]'
'-u[List packages that can be upgraded]'
{-c,--changelog}'[List package changelog]'
{-d,--deps}'[List packages installed as dependencies]'
{-e,--explicit}'[List packages explicitly installed]'
{\*-i,\*--info}'[View package information]'
{\*-k,\*--check}'[Check package files]'
{-l,--list}'[List package contents]'
{-m,--foreign}'[List installed packages not found in sync db(s)]'
{-n,--native}'[List installed packages found in sync db(s)]'
{-q,--quiet}'[Show less information for query and search]'
{-t,--unrequired}'[List packages not required by any package]'
{-u,--upgrades}'[List packages that can be upgraded]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --remove command
_pacman_opts_remove=(
'-c[Remove all dependent packages]'
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-n[Remove protected configuration files]'
'-s[Remove dependencies not required by other packages]'
{-c,--cascade}'[Remove all dependent packages]'
{-d,--nodeps}'[Skip dependency checks]'
'*--assume-installed[Add virtual package to satisfy dependencies]'
{-n,--nosave}'[Remove protected configuration files]'
{-p,--print}'[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
{\*-s,\*--recursive}'[Remove dependencies not required by other packages]'
{-u,--unneeded}'[Remove unneeded packages]'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'--print-format[Specify how the targets should be printed]'
'*:installed package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
)
_pacman_opts_database=(
'--asdeps[mark packages as non-explicitly installed]'
'--asexplicit[mark packages as explicitly installed]'
'*:installed package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
)
_pacman_opts_files=(
{-l,--list}'[List the files owned by the queried package]:package:_pacman_completions_all_packages'
{-o,--owns}'[Query the package that owns]:files:_files'
{-s,--search}'[Search package file names for matching strings]:files:_files'
{-x,--regex}'[Enable searching using regluar expressions]:regex:'
{-y,--refresh}'[Download fresh files databases from the server]'
'--machinereadable[Produce machine-readable output]'
{-q,--quiet}'[Show less information for query and search]'
)
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
_pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
'*-cc[Remove all packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->sync_group'
'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->sync_search'
'(-S --sync)'{-S,--sync}
{\*-c,\*--clean}'[Remove old packages from cache]:\*:clean:->sync_clean'
{-g,--groups}'[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->sync_group'
{-s,--search}'[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->sync_search'
'--dbonly[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
'--needed[Do not reinstall up to date packages]'
'--recursive[Reinstall all dependencies of target packages]'
@@ -84,20 +122,21 @@ _pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers=(
'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'-i[View package information]'
'-l[List all packages in a repository]'
'-p[Print download URIs for each package to be installed]'
'-u[Upgrade all out-of-date packages]'
'-w[Download packages only]'
'-y[Download fresh package databases]'
'*--ignore[Ignore a package upgrade]:package:
_pacman_completions_all_packages'
'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:
_pacman_completions_all_groups'
{\*-d,\*--nodeps}'[Skip dependency checks]'
'*--assume-installed[Add virtual package to satisfy dependencies]'
{\*-i,\*--info}'[View package information]'
{-l,--list}'[List all packages in a repository]'
{-p,--print}'[Print download URIs for each package to be installed]'
{-q,--quiet}'[Show less information for query and search]'
{\*-u,\*--sysupgrade}'[Upgrade all out-of-date packages]'
{-w,--downloadonly}'[Download packages only]'
{\*-y,\*--refresh}'[Download fresh package databases]'
'*--ignore[Ignore a package upgrade]:package: _pacman_completions_all_packages'
'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
'--asdeps[Install packages as non-explicitly installed]'
'--asexplicit[Install packages as explicitly installed]'
'--force[Overwrite conflicting files]'
'--print-format[Specify how the targets should be printed]'
)
# handles --help subcommand
@@ -117,94 +156,119 @@ _pacman_action_query() {
local context state line
typeset -A opt_args
# _arguments -s : \
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]"
case $state in
query_file)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar*~*.sig(.,@)"'
;;
query_group)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
;;
;;
query_owner)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:file:_files'
;;
;;
query_search)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:search text: '
;;
;;
*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
;;
;;
esac
}
# handles --remove subcommand
_pacman_action_remove() {
_arguments -s : \
'(--remove -R)'{-R,--remove} \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_remove[@]"
}
# handles --database subcommand
_pacman_action_database() {
_arguments -s : \
'(--database -D)'{-D,--database} \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_database[@]"
}
# handles --files subcommand
_pacman_action_files() {
_arguments -s : \
'(--files -F)'{-F,--files} \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_files[@]"
}
_pacman_action_deptest () {
_arguments -s : \
'(--deptest)-T' \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
":packages:_pacman_all_packages"
}
# handles --sync subcommand
_pacman_action_sync() {
local context state line
typeset -A opt_args
# _arguments -s : \
# "$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
# "$_pacman_opts_sync_actions[@]" #\
# #"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]"
if (( $+words[(r)--clean] )); then
state=sync_clean
elif (( $+words[(r)--groups] )); then
state=sync_group
elif (( $+words[(r)--search] )); then
state=sync_search
fi
case $state in
sync_clean)
_arguments -s : \
{\*-c,\*--clean}'[Remove old packages from cache]' \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]' \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]"
;;
sync_group)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'(-g --group)'{-g,--groups} \
'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
;;
;;
sync_search)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*:search text: '
;;
;;
*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_actions[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package:_pacman_completions_all_packages'
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# handles --upgrade subcommand
_pacman_action_upgrade() {
_arguments -s : \
'(-U --upgrade)'{-U,--upgrade} \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_pkgfile[@]"
}
@@ -221,23 +285,36 @@ _pacman_completions_all_groups() {
_pacman_get_command
groups=( $(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Sg) )
typeset -U groups
compadd "$@" -a groups
if [[ ${words[CURRENT-1]} == '--ignoregroup' ]]; then
_sequence compadd -S ',' "$@" -a groups
else
compadd "$@" -a groups
fi
}
# provides completions for packages available from repositories
# these can be specified as either 'package' or 'repository/package'
_pacman_completions_all_packages() {
local -a cmd packages repositories packages_long
local -a seq sep cmd packages repositories packages_long
_pacman_get_command
if [[ ${words[CURRENT-1]} == '--ignore' ]]; then
seq='_sequence'
sep=(-S ',')
else
seq=
sep=()
fi
if compset -P1 '*/*'; then
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql ${words[CURRENT]%/*}) )
typeset -U packages
_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${(@)packages}
${seq} _wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${sep[@]} ${(@)packages}
else
packages=( $(_call_program packages $cmd[@] -Sql) )
typeset -U packages
_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
${seq} _wanted packages expl "packages" compadd ${sep[@]} - "${(@)packages}"
repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
typeset -U repositories
@@ -262,6 +339,12 @@ _pacman_completions_installed_packages() {
compadd "$@" -a packages
}
_pacman_all_packages() {
_alternative : \
'localpkgs:local packages:_pacman_completions_installed_packages' \
'repopkgs:repository packages:_pacman_completions_all_packages'
}
# provides completions for repository names
_pacman_completions_repositories() {
local -a cmd repositories
@@ -276,7 +359,7 @@ _pacman_completions_repositories() {
# $cmd must be declared by calling function
_pacman_get_command() {
# this is mostly nicked from _perforce
cmd=( "pacman" )
cmd=( "pacman" "2>/dev/null")
integer i
for (( i = 2; i < CURRENT - 1; i++ )); do
if [[ ${words[i]} = "--config" || ${words[i]} = "--root" ]]; then
@@ -286,51 +369,355 @@ _pacman_get_command() {
}
# main dispatcher
_pacman() {
case $words[2] in
-Q*g*) # ipkg groups
_pacman_zsh_comp() {
local -a args cmds;
local tmp
args=( ${${${(M)words:#-*}#-}:#-*} )
for tmp in $words; do
cmds+=("${${_pacman_opts_commands[(r)*$tmp\[*]%%\[*}#*\)}")
done
case $args in #$words[2] in
h*)
if (( ${(c)#args} <= 1 && ${(w)#cmds} <= 1 )); then
_pacman_action_help
else
_message "no more arguments"
fi
;;
*h*)
_message "no more arguments"
;;
D*)
_pacman_action_database
;;
F*)
_pacman_action_files
;;
Q*g*) # ipkg groups
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
;;
-Q*o*) # file
;;
Q*o*) # file
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files'
;;
-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.*
;;
Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar*
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
;;
-Q*) _pacman_action_query ;;
-R*) _pacman_action_remove ;;
-S*c*) # no completion
return 0
'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar*~*.sig(.,@)"'
;;
-S*l*) # repos
T*)
_pacman_action_deptest
;;
Q*)
_pacman_action_query
;;
R*)
_pacman_action_remove
;;
S*c*) # no completion
_arguments -s : \
'(-c --clean)'{\*-c,\*--clean}'[Remove all files from the cache]' \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]"
;;
S*l*) # repos
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package repo:_pacman_completions_repositories' \
;;
-S*g*) # pkg groups
;;
S*g*) # pkg groups
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
;;
S*s*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
'*:search text: '
;;
-S*) _pacman_action_sync ;;
-U*) _pacman_action_upgrade ;;
-V*) _pacman_action_version ;;
-h*) _pacman_action_help ;;
- ) _pacman_action_none ;;
* ) return 1 ;;
S*)
_pacman_action_sync
;;
T*)
_arguments -s : \
'-T' \
"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
":packages:_pacman_all_packages"
;;
U*)
_pacman_action_upgrade
;;
V*)
_pacman_action_version
;;
*)
case ${(M)words:#--*} in
*--help*)
if (( ${(w)#cmds} == 1 )); then
_pacman_action_help
else
return 0;
fi
;;
*--sync*)
_pacman_action_sync
;;
*--query*)
_pacman_action_query
;;
*--remove*)
_pacman_action_remove
;;
*--deptest*)
_pacman_action_deptest
;;
*--database*)
_pacman_action_database
;;
*--files*)
_pacman_action_files
;;
*--version*)
_pacman_action_version
;;
*--upgrade*)
_pacman_action_upgrade
;;
*)
_pacman_action_none
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# run the main dispatcher
_pacman "$@"
_key_shortopts=(
'-h[show help]'
'-a[Add the specified keys (empty for stdin)]: :_files'
'-d[Remove the Specified keyids]:*: :_keys'
'-e[Export the specified or all keyids]:*: :_keys'
'-f[List fingreprint for specidied or all keyids]:*: :_keys'
'-l[List the specified or all keys]:*: :_keys'
'-r[Fetch the specified keyids]:*: :_keys'
'-u[Update the trustdb of pacman]'
'-v[Verify the file specified by the signature]: :_files -g "*.sig"'
'-V[Show program version]'
)
_key_longopts=(
'--help[show help]'
'--add[Add the specified keys (empty for stdin)]: :_files'
'--delete[Remove the Specified keyids]:*: :_keys'
'--export[Export the specified or all keyids]:*: :_keys'
'--finger[List fingreprint for specidied or all keyids]:*: :_keys'
'--list-keys[List the specified or all keys]:*: :_keys'
'--recv-keys[Fetch the specified keyids]:*: :_keys'
'--updatedb[Update the trustdb of pacman]'
'--verify[Verify the file specified by the signature]: :_files -g "*.sig"'
'--version[Show program version]'
'--edit-key[Present a menu for key management task on keyids]:*: :_keys'
'--import[Imports pubring.gpg from dir(s)]: :_files -g "*.gpg"'
'--import-tb[Imports ownertrust values from trustdb.gpg in dir(s)]: :_files -g "*.gpg"'
'--init[Ensure the keyring is properly initialized]'
'--list-sigs[List keys and their signatures]:*: :_keys'
'--lsign-key[Locally sign the specified keyid]:*: :_keys'
'--populate[Reload the default keys from the (given) keyrings in '/usr/share/pacman/keyrings']: :_path_files -W /usr/share/pacman/keyrings'
'--refresh-keys[Update specified or all keys from a keyserver]:*: :_keys'
)
_pacman_key_options=(
'--config[Use an alternate config file (instead of @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)]: :_files'
'--gpgdir[Set an alternate directory for GnuPG (instead of @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg)]: :_files -/'
'--keyserver[Specify a keyserver to use if necessary]'
)
_pacman_key() {
case $words[CURRENT] in
--*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_key_options[@]" \
"$_key_longopts[@]"
;;
-*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_key_options[@]" \
"$_key_shortopts[@]" \
"$_key_longopts[@]"
;;
*)
i=$#;
while [[ $words[$i] != -* ]] && [[ $words[$i] != "pacman-key" ]];do
i=$(($i-1))
done
case $i in
--*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_key_options[@]" \
"$_key_longopts[@]"
;;
-*)
_arguments -s : \
"$_pacman_key_options[@]" \
"$_key_shortopts[@]" \
"$_key_longopts[@]"
;;
*)
return 1
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
_keys() {
local keylist keys
keylist=$(pacman-key --list-keys 2>/dev/null | awk '
$1 == "pub" {
# key id
split($2, a, "/"); print a[2]
}
$1 == "uid" {
# email
if (match($NF, /<[^>]+>/))
print substr($NF, RSTART + 1, RLENGTH - 2)
#this adds support for names as well if that is ever added
}
$1 == "uid" {
for (i=2;i<NF;i++) {printf "%s%s",sep, $i;sep=" "}; printf "\n"
}' |sed -e 's/(.*)//g' -e 's/^\ //g' -e 's/\ *$//g' |uniq
)
keys=(${(s:/:)${keylist//$'\n'/\/}})
_describe -t modules 'keys in keyring' keys && return 0
}
_makepkg_shortopts=(
'-s[Install missing dependencies with pacman]'
'-i[Install package after successful build]'
'-A[Ignore incomplete arch field in PKGBUILD]'
'-c[Clean up work files after build]'
'-C[Remove $srcdir/ dir before building the package]'
'-d[Skip all dependency checks]'
'-e[Do not extract source files (use existing $srcdir/ dir)]'
'-f[Overwrite existing package]'
'-g[Generate integrity checks for source files]'
'-h[Show help message and exit]'
'-L[Log package build process]'
'-m[Disable colorized output messages]'
'-o[Download and extract files only]'
'-p[Use an alternate build script (instead of 'PKGBUILD')]: :_files'
'-r[Remove installed dependencies after a successful build]'
'-R[Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding]'
'-S[Generate a source-only tarball without downloading sources]'
'-V[Show version information and exit]'
)
_makepkg_action_none(){
_arguments \
"$_makepkg_shortopts[@]" \
"$_makepkg_longopts[@]"
}
_makepkg_longopts=(
'--ignorearch[Ignore incomplete arch field in PKGBUILD]'
'--clean[Clean up work files after build]'
'--cleanbuild[Remove $srcdir/ dir before building the package]'
'--nodeps[Skip all dependency checks]'
'--noextract[Do not extract source files (use existing $srcdir/ dir)]'
'--force[Overwrite existing package]'
'--geninteg[Generate integrity checks for source files]'
'--help[Show help message and exit]'
'--install[Install package after successful build]'
'--log[Log package build process]'
'--nocolor[Disable colorized output messages]'
'--nobuild[Download and extract files only]'
'--rmdeps[Remove installed dependencies after a successful build]'
'--repackage[Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding]'
'--syncdeps[Install missing dependencies with pacman]'
'--source[Generate a source-only tarball without downloading sources]'
'--version[Show version information and exit]'
'--allsource[Generate a source-only tarball including downloaded source]'
'--check[Run check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'--config[Use an alternate config file instead of '@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf']: :_files'
'--holdver[Do not update VCS sources]'
'--key[Specify key to use for gpg signing instead of the default]: :_keys'
'--noarchive[Do not create package archive]'
'--nocheck[Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'--noprepare[Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD]'
'--nosign[Do not create a signature for the package]'
'--packagelist[Only list packages that would be produced, without PKGEXT]'
'--printsrcinfo[Print the generated SRCINFO and exit]'
'--sign[Sign the resulting package with gpg]'
'--skipchecksums[Do not verify checksums of the source files]'
'--skipinteg[do not perform any verification checks on source files]'
'--skippgpcheck[Do not verify source files with PGP signatures]'
'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation when resolving dependencies]'
'--asdeps[Install packages as non-explicitly installed]'
'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
'--needed[Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date]'
'--verifysource[Download source files (if needed) and perform integrity checks]'
)
_makepkg(){
case $words[CURRENT] in
-*)
_arguments -s -w : \
"$_makepkg_shortopts[@]" \
"$_makepkg_longopts[@]"
;;
--* )
_arguments -s \
"$_makepkg_longopts[@]"
;;
- )
_makepkg_action_none
;;
*)
i=$#
while [[ $words[i] != -* ]] && [[ $words[$i] != "makepkg" ]];do
i=$((i-1));
done
case $words[$i] in
-*)
_arguments -s -w : \
"$_makepkg_shortopts[@]" \
"$_makepkg_longopts[@]"
;;
--* )
_arguments -s \
"$_makepkg_longopts[@]"
;;
- )
_makepkg_action_none
;;
* )
return 1
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
_pacman_comp() {
case "$service" in
makepkg)
_makepkg "$@"
;;
pacman-key)
_pacman_key "$@"
;;
pacman)
_pacman_zsh_comp "$@"
;;
*)
_message "Error"
;;
esac
}
_pacman_comp "$@"

630
depcomp
View File

@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
# Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
icc)
# Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
# icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
# ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
# foo.o: sub/foo.c
# foo.o: sub/foo.h
# which is wrong. We want:
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
# sub/foo.c:
# sub/foo.h:
# ICC 7.1 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using \ :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add `dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
# static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
# handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
# With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
#
# With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
# generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
# compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
' | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

7
doc/.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -1,15 +1,20 @@
alpm-hooks.5
PKGBUILD.5
libalpm.3
makepkg.8
makepkg-template.1
makepkg.conf.5
pacman.8
pacman-key.8
pacman.conf.5
pactree.8
pkgdelta.8
repo-add.8
repo-remove.8
vercmp.8
*.css
asciidoc-manpage.css
asciidoc.css
asciidoc.js
*.html
*.xml
man3

View File

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
# Doxyfile 1.7.5.1
# Doxyfile 1.8.2
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
@@ -37,11 +37,14 @@ INHERIT_DOCS = YES
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
TAB_SIZE = 4
ALIASES =
TCL_SUBST =
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
@@ -52,11 +55,13 @@ INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXTRACT_ALL = NO
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
@@ -84,7 +89,6 @@ GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
SHOW_FILES = YES
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
@@ -145,13 +149,14 @@ HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
HTML_HEADER =
HTML_FOOTER =
HTML_STYLESHEET =
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
@@ -175,9 +180,8 @@ QHG_LOCATION =
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
@@ -280,6 +284,7 @@ CLASS_GRAPH = YES
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
UML_LOOK = NO
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES

View File

@@ -4,12 +4,15 @@
# man_MANS if --enable-asciidoc and/or --enable-doxygen are used.
ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
alpm-hooks.5 \
pacman.8 \
makepkg.8 \
makepkg-template.1 \
repo-add.8 \
vercmp.8 \
pkgdelta.8 \
pacman-key.8 \
pactree.8 \
PKGBUILD.5 \
makepkg.conf.5 \
pacman.conf.5 \
@@ -18,12 +21,15 @@ ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
DOXYGEN_MANS = $(wildcard man3/*.3)
HTML_MANPAGES = \
alpm-hooks.5.html \
pacman.8.html \
makepkg.8.html \
makepkg-template.1.html \
repo-add.8.html \
vercmp.8.html \
pkgdelta.8.html \
pacman-key.8.html \
pactree.8.html \
PKGBUILD.5.html \
makepkg.conf.5.html \
pacman.conf.5.html \
@@ -41,12 +47,16 @@ HTML_DOCS = \
EXTRA_DIST = \
asciidoc.conf \
asciidoc-override.css \
alpm-hooks.5.txt \
pacman.8.txt \
makepkg.8.txt \
makepkg-template.1.txt \
repo-add.8.txt \
vercmp.8.txt \
pkgdelta.8.txt \
pacman-key.8.txt \
pactree.8.txt \
PKGBUILD.5.txt \
PKGBUILD-example.txt \
makepkg.conf.5.txt \
@@ -89,10 +99,15 @@ endif
html: $(HTML_DOCS)
website: html
bsdtar czf website.tar.gz $(HTML_DOCS) \
website: website.tar.gz
.PHONY: html website
website.tar.gz: html
$(AM_V_GEN)bsdtar czf $@ $(HTML_DOCS) \
asciidoc-override.css \
-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
asciidoc.css asciidoc-manpage.css \
asciidoc.css \
-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
asciidoc.js \
-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
@@ -106,42 +121,45 @@ ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir)
-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir) \
-a datarootdir=$(datarootdir)
A2X_OPTS = \
--no-xmllint \
-d manpage \
-f manpage \
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0' \
--destination-dir='./'
--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) --out-file=./$@.xml" $(srcdir)/$@.txt
$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile.am
$(AM_V_GEN)a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) --out-file=./$@.xml" $(srcdir)/$@.txt
%.html: %.txt
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) $*.txt
dos2unix $@
$(AM_V_GEN)asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o - $*.txt | \
sed -e 's/\r$$//' > $@
HACKING.html: ../HACKING
asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o $@ ../HACKING
dos2unix $@
$(AM_V_GEN)asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o - ../HACKING | \
sed -e 's/\r$$//' > $@
# Customizations for certain HTML docs
$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf
%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons
$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt Makefile.am
$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf Makefile.am
%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons -a max-width=960px -a stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css
%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
# Dependency rules
alpm-hooks.5 alpm-hooks.5.html: alpm-hooks.5.txt
pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
makepkg-template.1 makepkg-template.1.html: makepkg-template.1.txt
repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
pkgdelta.8 pkgdelta.8.html: pkgdelta.8.txt
pacman-key.8 pacman-key.8.html: pacman-key.8.txt
pactree.8 pactree.8.html: pactree.8.txt
PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
@@ -161,4 +179,4 @@ install-data-hook:
uninstall-hook:
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man8/repo-remove.8
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim:set noet:

View File

@@ -1,24 +1,27 @@
# Maintainer: Joe User <joe.user@example.com>
pkgname=patch
pkgver=2.5.4
pkgrel=3
pkgver=2.7.1
pkgrel=1
pkgdesc="A utility to apply patch files to original sources"
arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
url="http://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
url="https://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
license=('GPL')
groups=('base-devel')
depends=('glibc' 'ed')
source=(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
md5sums=('ee5ae84d115f051d87fcaaef3b4ae782')
depends=('glibc')
makedepends=('ed')
optdepends=('ed: for "patch -e" functionality')
source=("ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.xz"{,.sig})
md5sums=('e9ae5393426d3ad783a300a338c09b72'
'SKIP')
build() {
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
./configure --prefix=/usr
make
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
./configure --prefix=/usr
make
}
package() {
cd "$srcdir"/$pkgname-$pkgver
make prefix="$pkgdir"/usr install
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install
}

View File

@@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ Options and Directives
----------------------
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
of them will be directly transferred to the built package.
of them will be directly transferred to the built package. The mandatory
fields for a minimally functional PKGBUILD are *pkgname*, *pkgver*, *pkgrel*
and *arch*.
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
@@ -40,12 +42,20 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
*pkgname (array)*::
Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
Because it will be used in the package filename, this has to be unix-friendly.
Members of the array are not allowed to start with hyphens.
Valid characters for members of this array are alphanumerics, and any of
the following characters: ```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, names are not
allowed to start with hyphens or dots.
*pkgver*::
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
+
The `pkgver` variable can be automatically updated by providing a `pkgver()`
function in the PKGBUILD that outputs the new package version.
This is run after downloading and extracting the sources so it can use those
files in determining the new `pkgver`.
This is most useful when used with sources from version control systems (see
below).
*pkgrel*::
This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
@@ -54,10 +64,6 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
*pkgdesc*::
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
Try to keep the description to one line of text and not use the package's name.
*epoch*::
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
@@ -67,9 +73,14 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
version comparisons.
*pkgdesc*::
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
Try to keep the description to one line of text and to not use the package's
name.
*url*::
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
packaged. Typically the project's website.
packaged. This is typically the project's web site.
*license (array)*::
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
@@ -85,13 +96,14 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
*install*::
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
*changelog*::
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
The changelog file should end in a single newline.
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
@@ -99,30 +111,48 @@ similar to `$_basekernver`.
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
To make the PKGBUILD as useful as possible, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
variables if possible when specifying the download location. Compressed files
will be extracted automatically unless found in
the noextract array described below.
To simplify the maintenance of PKGBUILDs, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
variables when specifying the download location, if possible.
Compressed files will be extracted automatically unless found in the
noextract array described below.
+
Additional architecture-specific sources can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'source_x86_64=()'. There must be a
corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'md5sums_x86_64=()'.
+
It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
+
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig` or `.asc` are recognized by
makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify the integrity
of the corresponding source file.
makepkg also supports building developmental versions of packages using sources
downloaded from version control systems (VCS). For more information, see
<<VCS,Using VCS Sources>> below.
+
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig`, `.sign` or, `.asc` are
recognized by makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify
the integrity of the corresponding source file.
*validpgpkeys (array)*::
An array of PGP fingerprints. If this array is non-empty, makepkg will
only accept signatures from the keys listed here and will ignore the
trust values from the keyring. If the source file was signed with a
subkey, makepkg will still use the primary key for comparison.
+
Only full fingerprints are accepted. They must be uppercase and must not
contain whitespace characters.
*noextract (array)*::
An array of filenames corresponding to those from the source array. Files
An array of file names corresponding to those from the source array. Files
listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
*md5sums (array)*::
This array contains an MD5 hash for every source file specified in the
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily generate md5sums, run
`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
appropriate location.
file integrity during subsequent builds. If 'SKIP' is put in the array
in place of a normal hash, the integrity check for that source file will
be skipped. To easily generate md5sums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
If desired, move the md5sums line to an appropriate location.
*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
@@ -141,10 +171,10 @@ of the corresponding source file.
files should use `arch=('any')`.
*backup (array)*::
An array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
An array of file names, without preceding slashes, that
should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in /etc. See
Handling Config Files in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in '/etc'. See
`"Handling Config Files"` in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
*depends (array)*::
An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
@@ -157,18 +187,27 @@ of the corresponding source file.
If the dependency name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
try to find a binary that depends on the library in the built package and
append the version needed by the binary. Appending the version yourself
disables auto detection.
disables automatic detection.
+
Additional architecture-specific depends can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'depends_x86_64=()'.
*makedepends (array)*::
An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
depends.
+
Additional architecture-specific makedepends can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'makedepends_x86_64=()'.
*checkdepends (array)*::
An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
+
Additional architecture-specific checkdepends can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'checkdepends_x86_64=()'.
*optdepends (array)*::
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
@@ -177,13 +216,19 @@ disables auto detection.
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
for specifying optdepends is:
optdepends=('fakeroot: for makepkg usage as normal user')
optdepends=('python: for library bindings')
+
Additional architecture-specific optdepends can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'optdepends_x86_64=()'.
*conflicts (array)*::
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
operators as described in `depends`.
+
Additional architecture-specific conflicts can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'conflicts_x86_64=()'.
*provides (array)*::
An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
@@ -198,7 +243,10 @@ only specific versions of a package may be provided.
+
If the provision name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
try to find the library in the built package and append the correct
version. Appending the version yourself disables auto detection.
version. Appending the version yourself disables automatic detection.
+
Additional architecture-specific provides can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'provides_x86_64=()'.
*replaces (array)*::
An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
@@ -209,6 +257,9 @@ version. Appending the version yourself disables auto detection.
+
Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
+
Additional architecture-specific replaces can be added by appending an
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
*options (array)*::
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
@@ -232,6 +283,10 @@ A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
remove them.
*staticlibs*;;
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
remove them (if they have a shared counterpart).
*emptydirs*;;
Leave empty directories in packages.
@@ -241,6 +296,9 @@ A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
*upx*;;
Compress binary executable files using UPX.
*optipng*;;
Optimize PNG images with optipng.
*ccache*;;
Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
@@ -252,10 +310,10 @@ A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
with distcc.
*buildflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS, LDFLAGS)
during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in
its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that have problems
building with custom buildflags.
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CPPFLAGS, CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
LDFLAGS) during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
useful in its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that
have problems building with custom buildflags.
*makeflags*;;
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
@@ -263,54 +321,72 @@ A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
*debug*;;
Add the user-specified debug flags (DEBUG_CFLAGS, DEBUG_CXXFLAGS) to
their counterpart buildflags as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
When used in combination with the `strip' option, a separate package
containing the debug symbols is created.
build() Function
----------------
In addition to the above directives, the optional build() function usually
comprises the remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed
by makepkg, so anything that bash or the system has available is available for
use here. The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits
with a non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic
commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for use
in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines the following three
variables for use during the build and install process:
Packaging Functions
-------------------
In addition to the above directives, PKGBUILDs require a set of functions that
provide instructions to build and install the package. As a minimum, the
PKGBUILD must contain a `package()` function which installs all the package's
files into the packaging directory, with optional `prepare()`, `build()`, and
`check()` functions being used to create those files from source.
*package() Function*::
The `package()` function is used to install files into the directory that
will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all
the optional functions listed below. The packaging stage is run using
fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package.
All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg.
*prepare() Function*::
An optional `prepare()` function can be specified in which operations to
prepare the sources for building, such as patching, are performed. This
function is run after the source extraction and before the `build()`
function. The `prepare()` function is skipped when source extraction
is skipped.
*build() Function*::
The optional `build()` function is use to compile and/or adjust the source
files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function. This is
directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic
commands used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
+
If you create any variables of your own in the `build()` function, it is
recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
the `build()` function.
*check() Function*::
An optional `check()` function can be specified in which a package's
test-suite may be run. This function is run between the `build()` and
`package()` functions. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the
`checkdepends` array.
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for
use in the packaging functions. In addition, makepkg defines the following
variables:
*srcdir*::
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
files.
+
All of the packaging functions defined above are run starting inside `$srcdir`
*pkgdir*::
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package.
This directory will become the root directory of your built package. This
variable should only be used in the `package()` function.
*startdir*::
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
*srcdir*::
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
files.
*pkgdir*::
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
(this directory will become the root directory of your built package).
If you create any variables of your own in the build function, it is
recommended to use the bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
the build function.
check() Function
----------------
An optional check() function can be specified in which a packages test-suite
may be run. This function is run between the build() and package() functions.
The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic commands
used are covered by `checkdepends`.
package() Function
------------------
An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build()
function. This function is run after the build() and check() functions. The
function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
non-zero status will cause the function to exit. When specified in combination
with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot usage
will be limited to running the packaging stage. An existing build() function
will be run as the user calling makepkg.
Package Splitting
-----------------
@@ -322,17 +398,25 @@ Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
each split package's packaging function:
`pkgver`, `pkgrel`, `epoch`, `pkgdesc`, `arch`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`,
`optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`,
`install` and `changelog`.
`pkgdesc`, `arch`, `url`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`, `optdepends`,
`provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`, `install`, and
`changelog`.
Note that makepkg does not consider split package `depends` when checking
if dependencies are installed before package building and with `--syncdeps`.
All packages required to make the package are required to be specified in
the global `depends` and `makedepends` arrays.
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
*pkgbase*::
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
element in the `pkgname` array is used. The variable is not allowed to
begin with a hyphen.
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
element in the `pkgname` array is used. Valid characters for this
variable are alphanumerics, and any of the following characters:
```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, the variable is not allowed to start with
hyphens or dots.
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
--------------------------------
@@ -342,10 +426,10 @@ itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
or remove scripts will be called.
or remove functions will be called.
Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel' if epoch is
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel', if epoch is
non-zero.
*pre_install*::
@@ -382,80 +466,60 @@ template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
reference with all of the available functions defined.
Development Directives
----------------------
makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
separate utility 'versionpkg'. In order to utilize this functionality, your
PKGBUILD must use correct variable names depending on the SCM being fetched
from (e.g., 'makepkg-git', 'mplayer-svn').
Using VCS Sources[[VCS]]
------------------------
Building a developmental version of a package using sources from a version
control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form
`source=('directory::url#fragment')`. Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git,
Subversion, and Mercurial version control systems. For other version control
systems, manual cloning of upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()`
function.
*CVS*::
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
The source URL is divided into three components:
*_cvsroot*;;
The root of the CVS repository.
*directory*::
(optional) Specifies an alternate directory name for makepkg to download
the VCS source into.
*_cvsmod*;;
The CVS module to fetch.
*url*::
The URL to the VCS repository. This must include the VCS in the URL protocol
for makepkg to recognize this as a VCS source. If the protocol does not
include the VCS name, it can be added by prefixing the URL with `vcs+`. For
example, using a Git repository over HTTPS would have a source URL in the
form:
`git+https://...`.
*SVN*::
The generated pkgver will be the latest SVN revision number.
*fragment*::
(optional) Allows specifying a revision number or branch for makepkg to checkout
from the VCS. For example, to checkout a given revision, the source line would
have the format `source=(url#revision=123)`. The available fragments depends on
the VCS being used:
*_svntrunk*;;
The trunk of the SVN repository.
*bzr*;;
revision (see `'bzr help revisionspec'` for details)
*_svnmod*;;
The SVN module to fetch.
*git*;;
branch, commit, tag
*Git*::
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
*hg*;;
branch, revision, tag
*_gitroot*;;
The URL (all protocols supported) to the GIT repository.
*_gitname*;;
GIT tag or branch to use.
*Mercurial*::
The generated pkgver will be the hg tip revision number.
*_hgroot*;;
The URL of the mercurial repository.
*_hgrepo*;;
The repository to follow.
*Darcs*::
The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
*_darcstrunk*;;
URL to the repository trunk.
*_darcsmod*;;
Darcs module to use.
*Bazaar*::
The generated pkgver will be the latest Bazaar revision number (revno).
*_bzrtrunk*;;
URL to the bazaar repository.
*_bzrmod*;;
Bazaar module to use.
*svn*;;
revision
Example
-------
The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
those using Arch Linux, consult the ABS tree.
those using Arch Linux, consult the Arch Build System (ABS) tree.
[source,sh]
-------------------------------
include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
-------------------------------
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]

131
doc/alpm-hooks.5.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
alpm-hooks(5)
=============
NAME
----
alpm-hooks - alpm hook file format
SYNOPSIS
--------
--------
[Trigger] (Required, Repeatable)
Operation = Install|Upgrade|Remove (Required, Repeatable)
Type = File|Package (Required)
Target = <Path|PkgName> (Required, Repeatable)
[Action] (Required)
Description = ... (Optional)
When = PreTransaction|PostTransaction (Required)
Exec = <Command> (Required)
Depends = <PkgName> (Optional)
AbortOnFail (Optional, PreTransaction only)
NeedsTargets (Optional)
--------
DESCRIPTION
-----------
libalpm provides the ability to specify hooks to run before or after
transactions based on the packages and/or files being modified. Hooks consist
of a single '[Action]' section describing the action to be run and one or more
'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for. Hook
file names are required to have the suffix ".hook". Hooks are run in
alphabetical order of their file name.
TRIGGERS
--------
Hooks must contain at least one '[Trigger]' section that determines which
transactions will cause the hook to run. If multiple trigger sections are
defined the hook will run if the transaction matches *any* of the triggers.
*Operation =* Install|Upgrade|Remove::
Select the type of operation to match targets against. May be specified
multiple times. Installations are considered an upgrade if the package or
file is already present on the system regardless of whether the new package
version is actually greater than the currently installed version. For File
triggers, this is true even if the file changes ownership from one package
to another. Required.
*Type =* File|Package::
Select whether targets are matched against transaction packages or files.
See CAVEATS for special notes regarding File triggers. Required.
*Target =* <path|package>::
The file path or package name to match against the active transaction.
File paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
should *not* be included in the path. Shell-style glob patterns are
allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with an
exclamation mark. May be specified multiple times. Required.
ACTIONS
-------
*Description =* ...::
An optional description that describes the action being taken by the
hook for use in front-end output.
*Exec =* <command>::
Command to run. Command arguments are split on whitespace. Values
containing whitespace should be enclosed in quotes. Required.
*When =* PreTransaction|PostTransaction::
When to run the hook. Required.
*Depends =* <package>::
Packages that must be installed for the hook to run. May be specified
multiple times.
*AbortOnFail*::
Causes the transaction to be aborted if the hook exits non-zero. Only
applies to PreTransaction hooks.
*NeedsTargets*::
Causes the list of matched trigger targets to be passed to the running hook
on 'stdin'.
OVERRIDING HOOKS
----------------
Hooks may be overridden by placing a file with the same name in a higher
priority hook directory. Hooks may be disabled by overriding them with
a symlink to '/dev/null'.
EXAMPLES
--------
--------
# Force disks to sync to reduce the risk of data corruption
[Trigger]
Operation = Install
Operation = Upgrade
Operation = Remove
Type = Package
Target = *
[Action]
Depends = coreutils
When = PostTransaction
Exec = /usr/bin/sync
--------
CAVEATS
-------
There are situations when file triggers may act in unexpected ways. Hooks are
triggered using the file list of the installed, upgraded, or removed package.
When installing or upgrading a file that is extracted with a '.pacnew'
extension, the original file name is used in triggering the hook. When
removing a package, all files owned by that package can trigger a hook whether
or not they were actually present on the file system before package removal.
PostTransaction hooks will *not* run if the transaction fails to complete for
any reason.
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
table th, table td {
padding: 0.2em 1em;
}
table td p.table {
margin: 0;
}

View File

@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
See the pacman website at http://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
See the pacman website at https://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
information on pacman and its related tools.
Bugs
----
Bugs? You must be kidding, there are no bugs in this software. But if we
Bugs? You must be kidding; there are no bugs in this software. But if we
happen to be wrong, send us an email with as much detail as possible to
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Authors
Current maintainers:
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
* Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>

View File

@@ -21,21 +21,28 @@ option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the '\--add' and
'\--upgrade' operations.
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman- a backend named libalpm
(library for Arch Linux Package Management), and the familiar pacman frontend.
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman -- a back-end named libalpm
(library for Arch Linux Package Management) and the familiar pacman front-end.
Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
alternative front ends.
Version 4.0 added package signing and verification capabilities to the entire
makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GnuPG and GPGME.
Version 5.0 added support for pre/post-transaction hooks and sync database file
list operations.
Documentation
-------------
Manpages
~~~~~~~~
There are several manpages available for the programs, utilities, and
Man Pages
~~~~~~~~~
There are several man pages available for the programs, utilities, and
configuration files dealing with pacman.
* linkman:alpm-hooks[5]
* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
* linkman:libalpm[3]
* linkman:makepkg[8]
@@ -50,11 +57,11 @@ configuration files dealing with pacman.
Changelog
~~~~~~~~~
For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
project.
See the most recent
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
@@ -62,50 +69,118 @@ contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
Releases
--------
`------------`-------
Date Version
---------------------
2011-08-10 v3.5.4
2011-06-07 v3.5.3
2011-04-18 v3.5.2
2011-03-23 v3.5.1
2011-03-16 v3.5.0
2011-01-22 v3.4.3
2010-12-29 v3.4.2
2010-09-03 v3.4.1
2010-06-16 v3.4.0
2009-11-10 v3.3.3
2009-10-05 v3.3.2
2009-09-22 v3.3.1
2009-08-02 v3.3.0
2009-01-05 v3.2.2
2008-08-26 v3.2.1
2008-07-30 v3.2.0
2008-04-01 v3.1.4
2008-03-06 v3.1.3
2008-02-20 v3.1.2
2008-01-20 v3.1.1
2008-01-09 v3.1.0
2007-09-16 v3.0.6
2007-06-17 v3.0.5
2007-05-08 v3.0.4
2007-04-28 v3.0.3
2007-04-23 v3.0.2
2007-04-04 v3.0.1
2007-03-25 v3.0.0
2006-02-02 v2.9.8
2005-09-16 v2.9.7
2005-06-10 v2.9.6
2005-01-11 v2.9.5
2004-12-19 v2.9.4
2004-12-18 v2.9.3
2004-09-25 v2.9.2
2004-09-24 v2.9.1
2004-09-18 v2.9
---------------------
[frame="none",grid="none",options="autowidth",cols="3*a"]
|======
|
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
!======
!Version !Date
!5.0.1 !2016-02-23
!5.0.0 !2016-01-30
!4.2.1 !2015-02-20
!4.2.0 !2014-12-19
!4.1.2 !2013-06-18
!4.1.1 !2013-05-07
!4.1.0 !2013-04-01
!4.1.0rc1 !2013-03-09
!4.0.3 !2012-04-07
!4.0.2 !2012-02-11
!4.0.1 !2011-11-20
!4.0.0 !2011-10-13
!4.0.0rc2 !2011-09-22
!4.0.0rc1 !2011-08-11
!3.5.4 !2011-08-10
!3.5.3 !2011-06-07
!3.5.2 !2011-04-18
!3.5.1 !2011-03-23
!3.5.0 !2011-03-16
!3.4.3 !2011-01-22
!3.4.2 !2010-12-29
!3.4.1 !2010-09-03
!3.4.0 !2010-06-16
!3.3.3 !2009-11-10
!3.3.2 !2009-10-05
!3.3.1 !2009-09-22
!3.3.0 !2009-08-02
!3.2.2 !2009-01-05
!3.2.1 !2008-08-26
!3.2.0 !2008-07-30
!3.1.4 !2008-04-01
!======
|
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
!======
!Version !Date
!3.1.3 !2008-03-06
!3.1.2 !2008-02-20
!3.1.1 !2008-01-20
!3.1.0 !2008-01-09
!3.0.6 !2007-09-16
!3.0.5 !2007-06-17
!3.0.4 !2007-05-08
!3.0.3 !2007-04-28
!3.0.2 !2007-04-23
!3.0.1 !2007-04-04
!3.0.0 !2007-03-25
!2.9.8 !2006-02-02
!2.9.7 !2005-09-16
!2.9.7-TEST3 !2005-09-11
!2.9.7-TEST2 !2005-09-07
!2.9.7-TEST !2005-08-19
!2.9.6 !2005-06-10
!2.9.5 !2005-01-11
!2.9.4 !2004-12-20
!2.9.3 !2004-12-19
!2.9.2 !2004-09-25
!2.9.1 !2004-09-25
!2.9 !2004-09-18
!2.8.4 !2004-08-23
!2.8.3 !2004-08-04
!2.8.2 !2004-07-22
!2.8.1 !2004-07-17
!2.8 !2004-07-03
!2.7.9 !2004-04-30
!2.7.8 !2004-04-29
!======
|
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
!======
!Version !Date
!2.7.7 !2004-04-15
!2.7.6 !2004-04-04
!2.7.5 !2004-03-02
!2.7.4 !2004-02-18
!2.7.3 !2004-02-07
!2.7.2 !2004-01-04
!2.7.1 !2003-12-21
!2.7 !2003-11-25
!2.6.4 !2003-10-17
!2.6.3 !2003-10-01
!2.6.2 !2003-09-29
!2.6.1 !2003-09-15
!2.6 !2003-09-03
!2.5.1 !2003-07-12
!2.5 !2003-05-30
!2.4.1 !2003-04-19
!2.4 !2003-04-11
!2.3.2 !2003-03-17
!2.3.1 !2003-03-14
!2.3 !2003-02-27
!2.2 !2002-12-11
!2.1 !2002-09-16
!2.0 !2002-08-09
!1.23 !2002-04-30
!1.22 !2002-04-12
!1.21 !2002-04-03
!1.2 !2002-03-18
!1.1 !2002-03-10
!1.0 !2002-02-25
!======
|======
Source code for all releases is available at
link:ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
link:https://sources.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
commands:
@@ -122,12 +197,12 @@ Development
Mailing List
~~~~~~~~~~~~
There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
link:https://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
link:https://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
Source Code
~~~~~~~~~~~
Development of pacman is currently done in GIT. The central repository is
Development of pacman is currently done in Git. The central repository is
hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
these trees).
@@ -138,7 +213,7 @@ The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
You can browse the source as well using
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
link:https://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
@@ -155,54 +230,32 @@ Other Utilities
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
extensively in link:http://archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
extensively in link:https://www.archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
are available in the Arch Linux projects
link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
link:https://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
Utilities available:
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
* link:https://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
Bugs
----
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
if it helps.
You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
link:https://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
bugs under the Pacman project.
Pacman/libalpm in the Wild
--------------------------
Although Arch Linux is the primary user of pacman and libalpm, other
distributions and projects also use pacman as a package management tool. In
addition, there have been several projects started to provide a frontend GUI to
pacman and/or libalpm.
Arch derivatives:
* link:http://archie.dotsrc.org/[Archie] - Arch Live on steroids
* link:http://www.faunos.com/[FaunOS] - A portable, fully integrated operating system based on Arch Linux
* link:http://larch.berlios.de/[larch] - A live CD/DVD/USB-stick construction kit for Arch Linux
Other distributions:
* link:http://www.delilinux.org/[DeLi Linux] - "Desktop Light" Linux, a Linux distribution for old computers
* link:http://www.frugalware.org/[Frugalware Linux] - A general purpose Linux distribution for intermediate users (pacman is forked and maintained separately)
Pacman/libalpm frontends:
* link:http://shaman.iskrembilen.com/[Shaman] - A GUI frontend using Qt and libalpm
Copyright
---------
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team
<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
version 2 or later.

121
doc/makepkg-template.1.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
makepkg-template(1)
===================
Name
----
makepkg-template - package build templating utility
Synopsis
--------
'makepkg-template' [options]
Description
-----------
'makepkg-template' is a script to ease the work of maintaining multiple similar
PKGBUILDs. It allows you to move most of the code from the PKGBUILD into a
template file and uses markers to allow in-place updating of existing PKGBUILDs
if the template has been changed.
Template files can contain any code allowed in a PKGBUILD. You can think of
them like external files included with "." or "source", but they will be
inlined into the PKGBUILD by 'makepkg-template' so you do not depend on the
template file when building the package.
Markers are bash comments in the form of:
# template start; key=value; key2=value2; ...
and
# template end;
Currently used keys are: name (mandatory) and version. Template names are limited to
alphanumerics, "@", "+", ".", "-", and "_". Versions are limited to numbers and ".".
For initial creation there is a one line short cut which does not need an end marker:
# template input; key=value;
Using this short-cut will result in 'makepkg-template' replacing it with start
and end markers and the template code on the first run.
Template files should be stored in one directory and filenames should be
"$template_name-$version.template" with a symlink "$template_name.template"
pointing to the most recent template. If the version is not set in the marker,
'makepkg-template' will automatically use the target of "$template_name.template",
otherwise the specified version will be used. This allows for easier
verification of untrusted PKGBUILDs if the template is trusted. You verify the
non-template code and then use a command similar to this:
diff -u <(makepkg-template -o -) PKGBUILD
Template files may also contain markers leading to nested templates in the
resulting PKGBUILD. If you use markers in a template, please set the version
you used/tested with in the start/input marker so other people can properly
recreate from templates.
Options
-------
*-p, \--input* <build script>::
Read the package script `build script` instead of the default.
*-o, \--output* <build script>::
Write the updated file to `build script` instead of overwriting the input file.
*-n, \--newest*::
Always use the newest available template file.
*\--template-dir* <dir>::
Change the dir where we are looking for template files. This option may be
given multiple times in which case files found in directory given last will
take precedence.
Example PKGBUILD
----------------
pkgname=perl-config-simple
pkgver=4.58
pkgrel=1
pkgdesc="simple configuration file class"
arch=('any')
license=('PerlArtistic' 'GPL')
depends=('perl')
source=("http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config-Simple-${pkgver}.tar.gz")
md5sums=('f014aec54f0a1e2e880d317180fce502')
_distname="Config-Simple"
# template start; name=perl-module; version=1.0;
_distdir="${_distname}-${pkgver}"
url="https://metacpan.org/release/${_distname}"
options+=('!emptydirs')
build() {
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
perl Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
make
}
check() {
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
make test
}
package() {
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir" install
}
# template end;
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ makepkg - package build utility
Synopsis
--------
'makepkg' [options]
'makepkg' [options] [ENVVAR=value] [ENVVAR+=value] ...
Description
-----------
'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
using the script are a build-capable \*nix platform and a custom build script
using the script are a build-capable *nix platform and a custom build script
for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
@@ -33,13 +33,9 @@ building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
your logs and output are not localized.
Options
-------
*\--asroot*::
Allow makepkg to run as root. This is for security purposes as it is
normally dangerous to do so. This will also disable use of fakeroot and
sudo.
*-A, \--ignorearch*::
Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
@@ -49,7 +45,7 @@ Options
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
*\--config* <file>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
default.
*-d, \--nodeps*::
@@ -59,11 +55,18 @@ Options
installed.
*-e, \--noextract*::
Do not extract source files; use whatever source already exists in the
src/ directory. This is handy if you want to go into src/ and manually
patch or tweak code, then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind
that creating a patch may be a better solution to allow others to use
your PKGBUILD.
Do not extract source files or run the prepare() function (if present);
use whatever source already exists in the $srcdir/ directory. This is
handy if you want to go into $srcdir/ and manually patch or tweak code,
then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind that creating a
patch may be a better solution to allow others to use your PKGBUILD.
*\--verifysource*::
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
if required and perform the integrity checks. No extraction or build is
performed. Dependencies specified in the PKGBUILD will not be handled
unless `--syncdeps` is used. Useful for performing subsequent offline
builds.
*-f, \--force*::
makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
@@ -71,11 +74,6 @@ Options
default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
overwritten.
*--forcever*::
This is a hidden option that should *not* be used unless you really know
what you are doing. makepkg uses this internally when calling itself to
set the new development pkgver of the package.
*-g, \--geninteg*::
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
@@ -96,33 +94,33 @@ Options
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command line options.
*\--holdver*::
Useful when building development versions of packages. Prevents makepkg
from automatically bumping the pkgver to the latest revision number in
the package's development tree.
*--holdver*::
When using VCS sources (linkman:PKGBUILD[5]) any currently checked out source
will not be updated to the latest revision.
*-i, \--install*::
Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
linkman:pacman[8].
*-L, \--log*::
Enable makepkg build logging. This will use the *tee* program to send
output of the `build()` function to both the console and to a text file in
the build directory named `pkgname-pkgver-pkgrel-arch.log`. As mentioned
above, the build log will be localized so you may want to set your locale
accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
Enable logging. This will use the *tee* program to send the output of each
of the PKGBUILD functions to both the console and to a text file in the
build directory named `pkgbase-pkgver-pkgrel-arch-<function>.log`.
As mentioned above, the logs will be localized so you may want to set your
locale accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
*-m, \--nocolor*::
Disable color in output messages.
*-o, \--nobuild*::
Download and extract files only, but do not build them. Useful with the
'\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files in src/ before
building.
Download and extract files, run the prepare() function, but do not build
them. Useful with the '\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files
in $srcdir/ before building.
*-p* <buildscript>::
Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5].
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5]. The `buildscript` must be located in the directory
makepkg is called from.
*-r, \--rmdeps*::
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
@@ -130,8 +128,8 @@ Options
*-R, \--repackage*::
Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
is useful if you forgot a depend or install file in your PKGBUILD and
the build itself will not change.
is useful if you forgot, for example, a dependency or install file in your
PKGBUILD and the build itself will not change.
*-s, \--syncdeps*::
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
@@ -145,23 +143,34 @@ Options
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
*-V, \--version*::
Display version information.
*-C, \--cleanbuild*::
Remove the $srcdir before building the package.
*\--allsource*::
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
includes all sources, including those that are normally download via
includes all sources, including those that are normally downloaded via
makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
*\--pkg <list>*::
Only build listed packages from a split package.
*\--check*::
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
*\--noarchive*::
Do not create the archive at the end of the build process. This can be
useful to test the package() function or if your target distribution does
not use pacman.
*\--nocheck*::
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
*\--noprepare*::
Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD.
*\--sign*::
Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
@@ -178,10 +187,24 @@ Options
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
proceeding with operations.
*\--needed*::
(Passed to pacman) Tell pacman not to reinstall a target if it is already
up-to-date. (used with '-i' / '\--install').
*\--asdeps*::
(Passed to pacman) Install packages as non-explicitly installed (used
with '-i' / '\--install').
*\--noprogressbar*::
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
*\--packagelist*::
List the packages that would be produced without building. Listed
package names do not include PKGEXT.
*\--printsrcinfo*::
Generate and print the SRCINFO file to stdout.
Additional Features
-------------------
@@ -193,24 +216,56 @@ set up a development PKGBUILD.
Environment Variables
---------------------
*PACMAN*::
**PACMAN**::
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
install and remove packages. Pacman's -Qq, -Rns, -S, -T, and -U
install and remove packages. Pacman's '-Qq', '-Rns', '-S', '-T', and '-U'
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
**MAKEPKG_CONF=**"/path/to/file"::
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
default.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
Folder where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where source package files will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where generated log files will be stored. Overrides the
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@doe.com>"::
String to identify the creator of the resulting package. Overrides
the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**CARCH=**"(i686|x86_64)"::
Force build for a specific architecture. Useful for cross-compiling.
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
**GNUPGHOME=**"/path/to/directory"::
Directory where the gpg keyring for signing the built package is stored.
**GPGKEY=**"keyid"::
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the

View File

@@ -11,20 +11,25 @@ makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
Synopsis
--------
{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
Description
-----------
Configuration options for makekpg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
sourced, so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
helpful for building for different architectures, or with different
Configuration options for makepkg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
sourced so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
helpful when building for different architectures or with different
optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
build environment.
NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
variables. Some of them are non-standard.
The system-wide configuration file is found in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.
Individual options can be overridden (or added to) on a per-user basis in
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf or ~/.makepkg.conf, with the former
taking priority.
The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
follow directions given there for customization.
@@ -34,23 +39,32 @@ Options
**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Several examples are provided
in the default makepkg.conf.
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Any spaces in option
arguments are required to be escaped to avoid being split. Several
examples are provided in the default makepkg.conf.
+
If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
be replaced with the local filename, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
be replaced with the local file name, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
**VCSCLIENTS=(**\'protocol::package' ...**)**::
Sets the packages required to fetch version controlled source files. When
required, makepkg will check that these packages are installed or are included
in the `depends` or `makedepends` arrays in the PKGBUILD.
**CARCH=**"carch"::
Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
installation.
**CHOST=**"chost"::
A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu'', do not touch unless you know what
A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu''; do not touch this unless you know what
you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
**CPPFLAGS=**"cppflags"::
Flags used for the C preprocessor; see CFLAGS for more information.
**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
@@ -67,17 +81,23 @@ Options
available linker flags.
**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
This is often used to set the number of jobs used, for example, `-j2`.
This is often used to set the number of jobs used; for example, `-j2`.
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign**)**::
This array contains options that affect the build environment, the defaults
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
or disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
option. Each works as follows:
**DEBUG_CFLAGS=**"debug_cflags"::
Additional compiler flags appended to `CFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
this would include: ``-g''. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
variety of compiler flags available.
*fakeroot*;;
Allow building packages as a non-root user. This is highly recommended.
**DEBUG_CXXFLAGS=**"debug_cxxflags"::
Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info.
**BUILDENV=(**!distcc color !ccache check !sign**)**::
This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
or disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
precedence. Each option works as follows:
*distcc*;;
Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
@@ -96,13 +116,13 @@ Options
*check*;;
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options respectively.
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options, respectively.
*sign*;;
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
--detach-sign --use-agent` on the built package to generate a detached
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature
file will be the entire filename of the package with a ``.sig''
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute 'gpg
\--detach-sign \--use-agent' on the built package to generate a detached
signature file, using the GPG agent, if it is available. The signature
file will be the entire file name of the package with a ``.sig''
extension.
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
@@ -110,24 +130,24 @@ Options
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
`MAKEFLAGS`.
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, packages will by default be built in
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
option allows setting the build location to another folder.
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be built in
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
option allows setting the build location to another directory.
Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
this option to fail.
**GPGKEY=**""::
Specify a key to use for gpg signing instead of the default key in the
Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the
keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
**OPTIONS=(**strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx**)**::
This array contains options that affect the default packaging. They are
**OPTIONS=(**strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng**)**::
This array contains options that affect default packaging. They are
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
option. Each works as follows:
disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
precedence. Each option works as follows:
*strip*;;
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
@@ -143,6 +163,10 @@ Options
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
them.
*staticlibs*;;
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
remove them, if they have a shared counterpart.
*emptydirs*;;
Leave empty directories in packages.
@@ -155,8 +179,17 @@ Options
package.
*upx*;;
Compress binary executable files using UPX. Additional options
can be passed to UPX by specifying the `UPXFLAGS` variable.
Compress binary executable files using UPX. Additional options
can be passed to UPX by specifying the `UPXFLAGS` array variable.
*optipng*;;
Optimize PNG images with optipng. Additional options can be passed
to optipng by specifying the `OPTIPNGFLAGS` array variable.
*debug*;;
Add the user-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS to their counterpart buildflags. Creates a separate
package containing the debug symbols when used with `strip'.
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
@@ -172,53 +205,68 @@ Options
for details.
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
for details.
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
If `zipman` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
If `zipman` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
slash to the directory name.
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
If `!docs` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
If `!docs` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
If `purge` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
If `purge` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
If this value is not set, packages will by default be placed in the
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be placed in the
current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
for this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
If this value is not set, log files are written to the current
directory. This centralizes the log location, facilitating cleanup
and compression.
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
It is recommended you change this to your name and email address.
It is recommended to change this to your name and email address.
**COMPRESSGZ=**"(gzip -c -f -n)"::
**COMPRESSBZ2=**"(bzip2 -c -f)"::
**COMPRESSXZ=**"(xz -c -z -)"::
**COMPRESSLZO**"(lzop -q)"::
**COMPRESSLRZ=**"(lrzip -q)"::
**COMPRESSZ=**"(compress -c -f)"::
Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source
packages in the named format.
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages. The
current valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar,bz2`, `.tar.xz`, and
`.tar.Z`.
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
Valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`,
`.tar.lzo`, `.tar.lrz`, and `.tar.Z`.
Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
See Also
--------
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]

View File

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ pacman-key - manage pacman's list of trusted keys
Synopsis
--------
'pacman-key' [options]
'pacman-key' [options] operation [targets]
Description
@@ -26,45 +26,41 @@ More complex keyring management can be achieved using GnuPG directly combined wi
the '\--homedir' option pointing at the pacman keyring (located in
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+ by default).
Invoking pacman-key consists of supplying an operation with any potential
options and targets to operate on. Depending on the operation, a 'target' may
be a valid key identifier, filename, or directory.
Options
-------
*-a, \--add* [file(s)]::
Operations
----------
*-a, \--add*::
Add the key(s) contained in the specified file or files to pacman's
keyring. If a key already exists, update it.
*\--config* <file>::
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
default.
*-d, \--delete* <keyid(s)>::
*-d, \--delete*::
Remove the key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) from pacman's
keyring.
*-e, \--export* [keyid(s)]::
*-e, \--export*::
Export key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) to 'stdout'. If no keyid
is specified, all keys will be exported.
*\--edit-key* <keyid(s)>::
*\--edit-key*::
Present a menu for key management task on the specified keyid(s). Useful
for adjusting a keys trust level.
*-f, \--finger* [keyid(s)]::
*-f, \--finger*::
List a fingerprint for each specified keyid, or for all known keys if no
keyids are specified.
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command line options.
*\--import* <dir(s)>::
*\--import*::
Imports keys from `pubring.gpg` into the public keyring from the specified
directories.
*\--import-trustdb* <dir(s)> ::
*\--import-trustdb*::
Imports ownertrust values from `trustdb.gpg` into the shared trust database
from the specified directories.
@@ -72,45 +68,60 @@ Options
Ensure the keyring is properly initialized and has the required access
permissions.
*-l, \--list-keys*::
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
*\--list-sigs*::
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
*\--lsign-key*::
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
*\--nocolor*::
Disable colored output from pacman-key.
*-r, \--recv-keys*::
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--refresh-keys*::
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--populate*::
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
<<PK,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
*-u, \--updatedb*::
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG. This operation can be specified with
other operations.
*-V, \--version*::
Displays the program version.
*-v, \--verify*::
Verify the file(s) specified by the signature(s).
Options
-------
*\--config* <file>::
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
default.
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
*\--keyserver* <keyserver>::
Use the specified keyserver if the operation requires one. This will take
precedence over any keyserver option specified in a `gpg.conf`
configuration file. Running '\--init' with this option will set the default
keyserver if one was not already configured.
*-l, \--list-keys* [keyid(s)]::
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
*\--list-sigs* [keyid(s)]::
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
*\--lsign-key* <keyid>::
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
*-r, \--recv-keys* <keyid(s)>::
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--refresh-keys* [keyid(s)]::
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
*\--populate* [keyring(s)]::
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
<<SC,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
*-u, \--updatedb*::
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG.
*-v, \--verify* <signature>::
Verify the given signature file.
*-V, \--version*::
Displays the program version.
Providing a Keyring for Import
------------------------------
Providing a Keyring for Import[[PK]]
------------------------------------
A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
@@ -129,11 +140,6 @@ any signing", so should be used with prudence. A key being marked as revoked
will be disabled in the keyring and no longer treated as valid, so this always
takes priority over it's trusted state in any other keyring.
All files are required to be signed (detached) by a trusted PGP key that the
user must manually import to the pacman keyring. This prevents a potentially
malicious repository adding keys to the pacman keyring without the users
knowledge.
See Also
--------

View File

@@ -13,38 +13,39 @@ Synopsis
--------
'pacman' <operation> [options] [targets]
Description
-----------
Pacman is a package management utility that tracks installed packages on a Linux
system. It features dependency support, package groups, install and uninstall
hooks, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote ftp server to
scripts, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote repository to
automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the frontend to linkman:libalpm[3], the
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the front-end to linkman:libalpm[3], the
``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
front ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
front-ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front-end).
Invoking pacman involves specifying an operation with any potential options and
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, filename, URL, or
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, file name, URL, or
a search string. Targets can be provided as command line arguments.
Additionally, if a single dash (-) is passed as an argument, targets will be
read from stdin.
Additionally, if stdin is not from a terminal and a single hyphen (-) is passed
as an argument, targets will be read from stdin.
Operations
----------
*-D, \--database*::
Modify the package database. This operation allows you to modify certain
attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. At the
moment, you can only change the install reason using '\--asdeps' and
'\--asexplicit' options.
Operate on the package database. This operation allows you to modify
certain attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. It
also allows you to check the databases for internal consistency.
See <<DO,Database Options>> below.
*-Q, \--query*::
Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
can be run against the local package database or can be used on
individual '.tar.gz' packages. In the first case, if no package names
individual package files. In the first case, if no package names
are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
@@ -58,22 +59,22 @@ Operations
See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
*-S, \--sync*::
Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the ftp
servers, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the remote
repositories, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one repo, the
repo can be explicitly specified to clarify the package to install:
`pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version requirements:
`pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. (Quotes are needed, otherwise your shell
interprets ">" as redirection to file.)
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one
repository, the repository can be explicitly specified to clarify the
package to install: `pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version
requirements: `pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. Quotes are needed, otherwise the
shell interprets ">" as redirection to a file.
+
In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will provide a
prompt allowing you to select which packages to install from a numbered list.
The package selection is specified using a space separated list of package
numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first and last
package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is achieved by
prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
The package selection is specified using a space- and/or comma-separated list of
package numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first
and last package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is
achieved by prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
+
Packages that provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages that
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
found, it will be installed. A selection prompt is provided if multiple packages
providing foo are found.
+
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out-of-date. See
<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
+
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
@@ -104,16 +105,22 @@ greater than `1:3.6-1`.
*-U, \--upgrade*::
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
dependencies from sync repos. Either a URL or file path can be
dependencies from sync repositories. Either a URL or file path can be
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
on how pacman takes care of config files.
on how pacman takes care of configuration files.
*-F, \--files*::
Query the files database. This operation allows you to look for packages
owning certain files or display files owned by certain packages. Only
packages that are part of your sync databases are searched. See
<<FO,File Options>> below.
*-V, \--version*::
Display version and exit.
*-h, \--help*::
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
then the general syntax is shown.
@@ -121,16 +128,17 @@ Options
-------
*-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what you are
doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what
you are doing.
*NOTE*: If specified, this is an absolute path, and the root path is
not automatically prepended.
*-r, \--root* <path>::
Specify an alternative installation root (default is `/`). This should
not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
`/usr`. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
temporary mounted partition that is "owned" by another system.
*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
temporarily mounted partition that is "owned" by another system.
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
be inside this root path.
@@ -142,9 +150,15 @@ Options
*\--cachedir* <dir>::
Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be
specified, and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman.
*NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not automatically
prepended.
*\--color* <when>::
Specify when to enable coloring. Valid options are 'always', 'never', or
'auto'. 'always' forces colors on; 'never' forces colors off; and 'auto' only
automatically enables colors when outputting onto a tty.
*\--config* <file>::
Specify an alternate configuration file.
@@ -158,8 +172,15 @@ Options
typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: This is an absolute
path, and the root path is not automatically prepended.
*\--hookdir* <dir>::
Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (a typical default is
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). Multiple hook directories can be specified
with hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
directories. *NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not
automatically prepended.
*\--logfile* <file>::
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
@@ -169,6 +190,10 @@ Options
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
*\--confirm*::
Cancels the effects of a previous '\--noconfirm'.
Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
--------------------------------------------------
*-d, \--nodeps*::
@@ -177,8 +202,14 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
*\--assume-installed* <package=version>::
Add a virtual package "package" with version "version" to the transaction
to satisfy dependencies. This allows to disable specific dependency checks
without affecting all dependency checks. To disable all dependency
checking, see the '\--nodeps' option.
*\--dbonly*::
Adds/Removes the database entry only, leaves all files in place.
Adds/removes the database entry only, leaving all files in place.
*\--noprogressbar*::
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
@@ -192,25 +223,28 @@ Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
'-S', filenames with '-U' and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
'-S', file names with '-U', and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
*\--print-format* <format>::
Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
operation. The possible attributes are: %n for pkgname, %v for pkgver,
%l for location, %r for repo and %s for size.
operation. The possible attributes are: "%n" for pkgname, "%v" for pkgver,
"%l" for location, "%r" for repository, and "%s" for size. Implies '\--print'.
Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
--------------------------------------------
*-f, \--force*::
*\--force*::
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
Using '\--force' will not allow overwriting a directory with a file or
installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
*\--asdeps*::
Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
build from source tools that need to install dependencies before building
build-from-source tools that need to install dependencies before building
the package.
*\--asexplicit*::
@@ -225,19 +259,12 @@ Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
with a comma.
*\--ignoregroup* <group>::
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group', even if
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
separating them with a comma.
*\--needed*::
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
*\--recursive*::
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
reinstalls.
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
Query Options[[QO]]
@@ -269,7 +296,9 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
*-k \--check*::
Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
check all installed packages.
check all installed packages. Specifying this option twice will perform
more detailed file checking (including permissions, file sizes, and
modification times) for packages that contain the needed mtree file.
*-l, \--list*::
List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
@@ -277,12 +306,16 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
*-m, \--foreign*::
Restrict or filter output to packages that were not found in the sync
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
and installed with '\--upgrade'.
*-n, \--native*::
Restrict or filter output to packages that are found in the sync
database(s). This is the inverse filter of '\--foreign'.
*-o, \--owns* <file>::
Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
relative or absolute and one or more files can be specified.
relative or absolute, and one or more files can be specified.
*-p, \--file*::
Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
@@ -290,8 +323,8 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain query operations. (This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
Show less information for certain query operations. This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
@@ -305,13 +338,15 @@ Query Options[[QO]]
with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
*-t, \--unrequired*::
Restrict or filter output to packages not required by any currently
installed package.
Restrict or filter output to packages not required or optionally required by
any currently installed package. Specify this option twice to only filter
packages that are direct dependencies (i.e. do not filter optional
dependencies).
*-u, \--upgrades*::
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out of date on the local
system. (Only package versions are used to find outdated packages,
replacements are not checked here.) This option works best if the sync
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out-of-date on the local
system. Only package versions are used to find outdated packages;
replacements are not checked here. This option works best if the sync
database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
@@ -319,19 +354,19 @@ Remove Options[[RO]]
--------------------
*-c, \--cascade*::
Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
or more target packages. This operation is recursive, and must be used
with care since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
or more target packages. This operation is recursive and must be used
with care, since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
*-n, \--nosave*::
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
file is removed from the system the database is checked to see if the
file is removed from the system, the database is checked to see if the
file should be renamed with a '.pacsave' extension.
*-s, \--recursive*::
Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and helps keep a clean system without
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and it helps keep a clean system without
orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
*-u, \--unneeded*::
@@ -346,10 +381,10 @@ Sync Options[[SO]]
Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
downloads packages, it saves them in a cache directory. In addition,
databases are saved for every sync DB you download from, and are not
databases are saved for every sync DB you download from and are not
deleted even if they are removed from the configuration file
linkman:pacman.conf[5]. Use one '\--clean' switch to only remove
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all packages
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all files
from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
+
@@ -371,9 +406,9 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
can be specified on the command line.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain sync operations. (This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
names and not repo, version, group, and description information; list
Show less information for certain sync operations. This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
names and not repository, version, group, and description information; list
will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
only show package names and omit group names.
@@ -384,48 +419,87 @@ linkman:pacman.conf[5].
be returned.
*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
Upgrades all packages that are out of date. Each currently-installed
Upgrades all packages that are out-of-date. Each currently-installed
package will be examined and upgraded if a newer package exists. A
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented and the operation
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented, and the operation
will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
necessary.
+
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this case pacman will
select sync packages whose version does not match with the local version. This
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repo to a stable one.
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrades; in this case, pacman will
select sync packages whose versions do not match with the local versions. This
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repository to a stable one.
+
Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
system upgrade and install/upgrade the foo package in the same operation.
system upgrade and install/upgrade the "foo" package in the same operation.
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
*-y, \--refresh*::
Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the server(s)
Download a fresh copy of the master package database from the server(s)
defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
will force a refresh of all package lists even if they appear to be up
to date.
will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to be
up-to-date.
*\--needed*::
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
*\--recursive*::
Recursively reinstall all dependencies of the targets. This forces upgrades
or reinstalls of all dependencies without requiring explicit version
requirements. This is most useful in combination with the '\--needed' flag,
which will induce a deep dependency upgrade without any unnecessary
reinstalls.
Database Options[[QO]]
----------------------
*\--asdeps* <package>::
Mark a package as non-explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
reason to be installed as a dependency.
*\--asexplicit<package>*::
Mark a package as explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful it you want to keep a
package installed even when it was initially installed as a dependency
of another package.
*-k \--check*::
Check the local package database is internally consistent. This will
check all required files are present and that installed packages have
the required dependencies, do not conflict and that multiple packages
do not own the same file. Specifying this option twice will perform
a check on the sync databases to ensure all specified dependencies
are available.
File Options[[FO]]
------------------
*-y, --refresh*::
Download fresh package databases from the server. Use twice to force a
refresh even if databases are up to date.
*-l, \--list*::
List the files owned by the queried package.
*-s, \--search*::
Search package file names for matching strings.
*-x, --regex*::
Treat arguments to '--search' as regular expressions.
*-o, \--owns*::
Search for packages that own a particular file.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Show less information for certain file operations. This is useful when
pacman's output is processed in a script, however, you may want to use
'--machinereadable' instead.
*--machinereadable*::
Use a machine readable output format for '--list', '--search' and
'--owns'. The format is 'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0'
being the NULL character and '\n' a linefeed.
Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
----------------------------
Pacman uses the same logic as rpm to determine action against files that are
designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, 3 md5 hashes are used for each
backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
installed, one for the new file that's about to be installed, and one for the
actual file existing on the filesystem. After comparing these 3 hashes, the
Pacman uses the same logic as 'rpm' to determine action against files that are
designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, three MD5 hashes are used for
each backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
installed, one for the new file that is about to be installed, and one for the
actual file existing on the file system. After comparing these three hashes, the
follow scenarios can result:
original=X, current=X, new=X::
@@ -433,13 +507,13 @@ original=X, current=X, new=X::
new file.
original=X, current=X, new=Y::
The current file is the same as the original but the new one differs.
The current file is the same as the original, but the new one differs.
Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new one may contain
improvements or bugfixes, install the new file.
improvements or bug fixes, install the new file.
original=X, current=Y, new=X::
Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one on the
filesystem has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
file system has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
original=X, current=Y, new=Y::
The new file is identical to the current file. Install the new file.
@@ -449,6 +523,12 @@ original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
extension and warn the user. The user must then manually merge any
necessary changes into the original file.
original=NULL, current=Y, new=Z::
The package was not previously installed, and the file already exists on the
file system. Install the new file with a '.pacnew' extension and warn the
user. The user must then manually merge any necessary changes into the
original file.
Examples
--------
@@ -469,6 +549,7 @@ pacman -Syu gpm::
Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
wasn't already installed.
Configuration
-------------
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the

View File

@@ -45,13 +45,14 @@ NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
work.
Options
-------
*RootDir =* path/to/root::
Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
*NOTE*: If database path or logfile are not specified on either the
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
be inside this root path.
@@ -69,6 +70,15 @@ Options
to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
*HookDir =* path/to/hook/dir::
Add directories to search for alpm hooks in addition to the system hook
directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+). A typical default is
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+. Multiple directories can be specified with
hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
directories. *NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not
automatically prepended. For more information on the alpm hooks, see
linkman:alpm-hooks[5].
*GPGDir =* path/to/gpg/dir::
Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
files for GnuPG. A typical default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
@@ -79,42 +89,35 @@ Options
*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
prepended.
*LogFile =* '/path/to/file'::
*LogFile =* /path/to/file::
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
is not prepended.
*HoldPkg =* package ...::
If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding.
pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding. Shell-style glob
patterns are allowed.
*IgnorePkg =* package ...::
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
a '\--sysupgrade'.
*SyncFirst =* package ...::
Instructs pacman to check for newer version of these packages before any
sync operation. The user will have the choice to either cancel the current
operation and upgrade these packages first or go on with the current
operation. This option is typically used with the 'pacman' package.
*NOTE*: when a `SyncFirst` transaction takes place, no command line flags
(e.g. '\--force') are honored. If this is not ideal, disabling `SyncFirst`
and performing a manual sync of the involved packages may be required.
a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are allowed.
*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'.
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are
allowed.
*Include =* path::
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
Include another configuration file. This file can include repositories or
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
use the system architecture, provided by in ``uname -m''. If unset, no
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: packages with the special
use the system architecture, provided via ``uname -m''. If unset, no
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: Packages with the special
architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
architecture independent.
@@ -126,7 +129,7 @@ Options
properly.
+
This option is useful for users who experience problems with built-in
http/ftp support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
HTTP/FTP support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
utilities like wget.
*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
@@ -134,7 +137,11 @@ Options
a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
'.pacnew' extension.
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
*NoExtract =* file ...::
All files listed with a `NoExtract` directive will never be extracted from
@@ -143,7 +150,11 @@ Options
'index.php', then you would not want the 'index.html' file to be extracted
from the 'apache' package.
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
@@ -160,19 +171,35 @@ Options
Set the default signature verification level. For more information, see
<<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
*LocalFileSigLevel =* ...::
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
operation on a local file. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
*RemoteFileSigLevel =* ...::
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
operation on a remote file URL. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
*UseSyslog*::
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
+{localstatedir}/log/messages+ or equivalent.
*UseDelta*::
Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
the xdelta3 program to be installed.
*Color*::
Automatically enable colors only when pacman's output is on a tty.
*UseDelta* [= ratio]::
Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible. Requires
the `xdelta3` program to be installed. If a ratio is specified (e.g.,
`0.5`), then it is used as a cutoff for determining whether to use deltas.
Allowed values are between `0.0` and `2.0`; sensible values are between
`0.2` and `0.9`. Using a value above `1.0` is not recommended. The
default is `0.7` if left unspecified.
*TotalDownload*::
When downloading, display the amount downloaded, download rate, ETA,
and completed percentage of the entire download list rather
than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
bar is still based solely on the current file download.
This option won't work if XferCommand is used.
*CheckSpace*::
Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
@@ -182,14 +209,16 @@ Options
Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
Repository Sections
-------------------
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
the packages can be found. The section name is defined by the string within
square brackets (the two above are 'current' and 'custom'). Locations are
defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL naming structure. If you
want to use a local directory, you can specify the full path with a ``file://''
prefix, as shown above.
square brackets (the two above are 'core' and 'custom'). Repository names
must be unique and the name 'local' is reserved for the database of installed
packages. Locations are defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL
naming structure. If you want to use a local directory, you can specify the
full path with a ``file://'' prefix, as shown above.
A common way to define DB locations utilizes the 'Include' directive. For each
repository defined in the configuration file, a single 'Include' directive can
@@ -227,8 +256,29 @@ even be used for different architectures.
Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
information, see <<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
Package and Database Signature Checking
---------------------------------------
*Usage =* ...::
Set the usage level for this repository. This option takes a list of tokens
which must be at least one of the following:
*Sync*;;
Enables refreshes for this repository.
*Search*;;
Enables searching for this repository.
*Install*;;
Enables installation of packages from this repository during a '\--sync'
operation.
*Upgrade*;;
Allows this repository to be a valid source of packages when performing
a '\--sysupgrade'.
*All*;;
Enables all of the above features for the repository. This is the default
if not specified.
+
Note that an enabled repository can be operated on explicitly, regardless of the Usage
level set.
Package and Database Signature Checking[[SC]]
---------------------------------------------
The 'SigLevel' directive is valid in both the `[options]` and repository
sections. If used in `[options]`, it sets a default value for any repository
that does not provide the setting.
@@ -290,6 +340,7 @@ The built-in default is the following:
SigLevel = Optional TrustedOnly
--------
Using Your Own Repository
-------------------------
If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate

69
doc/pactree.8.txt Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////
pactree(8)
=========
Name
----
pactree - package dependency tree viewer
Synopsis
--------
'pactree' [options] package
Description
-----------
Pactree produces a dependency tree for a package.
By default, a tree-like output is generated, but with the '\--graph' option, a Graphviz
description is generated.
Options
-------
*-a, \--ascii*::
Use ASCII characters for tree formatting. By default, pactree will use Unicode
line drawing characters if it is able to detect that the locale supports them.
*-b, \--dbpath*::
Specify an alternative database location.
*-c, \--color*::
Colorize output.
*-d, \--depth <num>*::
Limits the number of levels of dependency to show. A zero means
show the named package only, one shows the packages that are directly
required.
*-g, \--graph*::
Generate a Graphviz description. If this option is given, the '\--color' and
'\--linear' options are ignored.
*-h, \--help*::
Output syntax and command-line options.
*-l, \--linear*::
Prints package names at the start of each line, one per line.
*-r, \--reverse*::
Show packages that depend on the named package.
*-s, \--sync*::
Read package data from sync databases instead of local database.
*-u, \--unique*::
List dependent packages once. Implies '\--linear'.
*\--config <file>*::
Specify an alternate pacman configuration file.
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5], linkman:makepkg[8]
include::footer.txt[]

View File

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ pkgdelta - package delta generation utility
Synopsis
--------
'pkgdelta' [-q] <package1> <package2>
'pkgdelta' [options] <package1> <package2>
Description
@@ -25,16 +25,30 @@ significantly.
'pkgdelta' requires linkman:xdelta3[1] to do its job.
Options
-------
*--max-delta-size <ratio>*::
Only create delta files if the delta is smaller than ratio * package_size.
Possible values: 0.0 to 2.0.
Recommended values: 0.2 to 0.9.
Default value: 0.7
*--min-pkg-size <size>*::
Minimal size of the package file in bytes to be considered for delta creation.
Default value: 1048576 bytes = 1 MiB. This may be any absolute size in bytes or
a human-readable value such as `4MiB` or `3.5MB`.
*-q, \--quiet*::
Be quiet. Do not output anything but warnings and errors.
Examples
--------
$ pkgdelta libreoffice-3.3.2-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz libreoffice-3.3.2-2-x86_64.pkg.tar.xz
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:xdelta3[1]

View File

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Name
----
repo-add - package database maintenance utility
Synopsis
--------
'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package|delta> [<package|delta> ...]
@@ -25,20 +26,23 @@ They also handle package deltas produced by linkman:pkgdelta[8].
delta file. Multiple packages and/or deltas to add can be specified on the
command line.
If a matching ``.sig'' file is found alongside a package file, the signature
will automatically be embedded into the database.
'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name or
delta specified on the command line. Multiple packages and/or delta to remove
can be specified on the command line.
A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
``.db'' or ``.files'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'',
``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'', ``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need
to exist, but all parent directories must exist.
``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'',
``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but all parent
directories must exist.
Common Options
--------------
*-q, \--quiet*::
Force this program to keep quiet and run silent except for warning and
Force this program to keep quiet and run silently except for warning and
error messages.
*-s, \--sign*::
@@ -57,16 +61,34 @@ Common Options
If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
proceed.
*\--nocolor*::
Remove color from 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' output.
repo-add Options
----------------
*-d, \--delta*::
Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
*-f, \--files*::
Tells repo-add also to create and include a list of the files in the
specified packages. This is useful for creating databases listing all files
in a given sync repository for tools that may use this information.
*-n, \--new*::
Only add packages that are not already in the database. Warnings will be
printed upon detection of existing packages, but they will not be re-added.
*-R, \--remove*::
Remove old package files from the disk when updating their entry in the
database.
Example
-------
'repo-add' foo.db.tar.xz <pkg1> [<pkg2> ...]
This creates two separate databases; a smaller database ``foo.db.tar.xz'' used by
pacman and a large database containing package file lists ``foo.files.tar.xz'' for
use by other utilities. While pacman can use the large database (if renamed with a
db.tar* extension), there is currently no additional benefit for the larger download.
See Also
--------

View File

@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ please try to follow as much as you can.
NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
"SubmittingPatches" file.
Getting the most recent source
------------------------------
Patches need to be submitted in GIT format and are best if they are against the
latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
* http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
* http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
* https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
* https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Creating your patch
-------------------
--
* use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
* Use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
@@ -46,7 +46,11 @@ was actually done, and allows better feedback.
* Use `git format-patch` to create patches.
Your commit message will be shown above the patch by default when you will use
`git-format-patch`, including the signoff line.
`git format-patch`, including the signoff line. Sets of multiple patches that
need extra explanation beyond the commit messages may include additional notes
in a cover letter. Individual patches may include additional notes between the
"---" following the commit message and the beginning of the diff.
--
Submitting your patch
@@ -56,7 +60,7 @@ Submitting your patch
* Send the patch to the pacman-dev mailing list
The mailing list is the primary queue for review and acceptance. Here you
will get feedback, and let me know the details of your patch.
will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your patch.
* No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments. Just plain text.
@@ -65,8 +69,10 @@ reasons for this. First, it makes them easier to read with any mail reader,
it allows easier review "at a glance", and most importantly, it allows people
to comment on exact lines of the patch in reply emails.
`git send-email` allows you to send git formatted patches in plain text easily
and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.
`git send-email` allows you to send Git-formatted patches in plain text easily
and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list. Mail clients,
including Gmail's web interface, have a tendency to break patches by wrapping
lines and/or adjusting whitespace and should be avoided.
--
@@ -86,10 +92,11 @@ looked at it yet.
* Respond to feedback
When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
resubmit of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to see
resubmission of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to get
further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
aren't their own.
aren't their own. When resubmitting patches, update the subject line to reflect
the version number ('[PATCHv2]'), and send it as a reply to the original thread.
--

View File

@@ -2,19 +2,17 @@ Pacman - Translating
====================
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
libalpm messages, and the manpages for the entire pacman package.
libalpm messages, and the manual pages for the entire pacman package.
We are currently using http://www.transifex.net/[Transifex] as the translation
We are currently using http://www.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
and then register with a translation team on the
http://www.transifex.net/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[]. In
addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[].
https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[].
Translating Messages
@@ -23,21 +21,22 @@ Translating Messages
Overview
~~~~~~~~
There are two separate message catalogs in pacman- one for the backend
(libalpm) and one for the frontend (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
There are two separate message catalogs in pacman: one for the back-end
(libalpm) and one for the front-end (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
the `lib/libalpm/po` and `po` directories in the pacman source, respectively.
Translation message files are a specially formatted text file containing the
original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
either be hand edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
either be hand-edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
http://help.transifex.net/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
http://docs.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
Here is an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are
not worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory
is checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
Transifex provides a command-line client to help with translations. Here is
an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are not
worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory is
checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
tx pull -f
@@ -47,8 +46,8 @@ resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
Or to just push one of the two available resources:
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l fi
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l fi
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l <mylang>
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l <mylang>
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
@@ -61,8 +60,8 @@ mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
*[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
Transifex project page. Each language will have two files available (backend
and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
Transifex project page. Each language will have two files available (back-end
and front-end). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
language.
@@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ Next, update your specific language's translation file:
At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
submit a GIT-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
submit a Git-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
with the following command:
@@ -130,7 +129,7 @@ Notes[[Notes]]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
are ignored- if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
are ignored; if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
following two translations are equivalent:
msgstr "This is a test translation"
@@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ following two translations are equivalent:
msgstr ""
"This is a test translation"
If you want to test the translation (for example, the frontend one):
If you want to test the translation (for example, the front-end one):
rm *.gmo stamp-po
make
@@ -147,18 +146,12 @@ If you want to test the translation (for example, the frontend one):
Translating Manpages
--------------------
There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manpages in the
pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
someone has experience with i18n manpages and how to best include them with our
There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manual pages in
the pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
someone has experience with i18n man pages and how to best include them with our
source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
Some community efforts have been made to translate manpages, and these can be
found in the link:http://aur.archlinux.org[AUR] (Arch User Repository). Please
check there first before undergoing a translation effort to ensure you are not
duplicating efforts.
/////
vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet spell spelllang=en_us:
/////

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ vercmp(8)
Name
----
vercmp - version comparsion utility
vercmp - version comparison utility
Synopsis
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ numbers. It outputs values as follows:
* = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
* > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
Version comparsion operates as follows:
Version comparison operates as follows:
Alphanumeric:
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
@@ -31,17 +31,23 @@ Version comparsion operates as follows:
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
Keep in mind that the 'pkgrel' is only compared if it is available on both
versions given to this tool. For example, comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5` will
yield 0; comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5-2` will yield < 0 as expected. This is
mainly for supporting versioned dependencies that do not include the 'pkgrel'.
Options
-------
*-h, \--help*::
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
then the general syntax is shown.
Examples
--------
@@ -60,10 +66,12 @@ Examples
$ vercmp 4.34 1:001
-1
Configuration
-------------
There is none.
See Also
--------
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]

View File

@@ -4,8 +4,9 @@ EXTRA_DIST = makepkg.conf.in pacman.conf.in
# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(dist_sysconf_DATA)
#### Taken from the autoconf scripts Makefile.am ####
edit = sed \
SED_PROCESS = \
$(AM_V_GEN)$(MKDIR_P) $(dir $@) && \
$(SED) \
-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-e 's|@prefix[@]|$(prefix)|g' \
@@ -19,15 +20,10 @@ edit = sed \
-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g'
-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g' \
< $< > $@
$(dist_sysconf_DATA): Makefile
@echo ' ' GEN $@;
@$(RM) $@ $@.tmp
@$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
@mv $@.tmp $@
%.conf: %.conf.in Makefile
$(SED_PROCESS)
makepkg.conf: $(srcdir)/makepkg.conf.in
pacman.conf: $(srcdir)/pacman.conf.in
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
# vim:set noet:

View File

@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@
#
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -fC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync -z %u %o'
DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
# Other common tools:
@@ -19,6 +19,13 @@ DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/curl -fC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
# /usr/bin/wget
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
# Format: 'protocol::package'
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::bzr'
'git::git'
'hg::mercurial'
'svn::subversion')
#########################################################################
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
#########################################################################
@@ -27,27 +34,30 @@ CARCH="@CARCH@"
CHOST="@CHOST@"
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
#CPPFLAGS=""
#CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
#CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
#LDFLAGS=""
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
#-- Debugging flags
#DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
#DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="-g"
#########################################################################
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
#########################################################################
#
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
# Defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- fakeroot: Allow building packages as a non-root user
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
#-- color: Colorize output messages
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
#
BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
#
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
@@ -61,18 +71,21 @@ BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check !sign)
# These are default values for the options=() settings
#########################################################################
#
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng !debug)
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
#
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- upx: Compress binary executable files using UPX
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
#-- upx: Compress binary executable files using UPX
#-- optipng: Optimize PNG images with optipng
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
#
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge !upx)
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !upx !optipng !debug)
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
@@ -101,11 +114,24 @@ PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
#GPGKEY=""
#########################################################################
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################
#
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
#########################################################################
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
#########################################################################

View File

@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@
#CacheDir = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
#LogFile = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
#GPGDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
#HookDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/hooks/
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
# If upgrades are available for these packages they will be asked for first
SyncFirst = pacman
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
#UseDelta = 0.7
Architecture = auto
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
@@ -31,13 +31,15 @@ Architecture = auto
# Misc options
#UseSyslog
#UseDelta
#Color
#TotalDownload
CheckSpace
#VerbosePkgLists
# PGP signature checking
#SigLevel = Optional
#LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Optional
#
# REPOSITORIES
@@ -73,4 +75,3 @@ CheckSpace
#[custom]
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs

View File

@@ -1,524 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2010-02-06.18; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
nl='
'
IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
doit_exec=$doit
fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $src in
-*) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $dst in
-*) dst=./$dst;;
esac
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
dstdir_status=0
else
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
dstdir=`
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$dst" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'
`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
-*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test -z "$d" && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

View File

@@ -2,3 +2,4 @@
.libs
*.lo
*.la
libalpm.pc

View File

@@ -5,9 +5,12 @@ SUBDIRS = po
lib_LTLIBRARIES = libalpm.la
include_HEADERS = alpm_list.h alpm.h
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\" @DEFS@
AM_CPPFLAGS = \
-imacros $(top_builddir)/config.h \
-DSYSHOOKDIR=\"@datarootdir@/libalpm/hooks/\" \
-DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\"
AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE
AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
if ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC
if DARWIN
@@ -16,15 +19,16 @@ else
AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=internal
endif
endif
if ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC
AM_CFLAGS += -fgnu89-inline
endif
pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
pkgconfig_DATA = libalpm.pc
libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
add.h add.c \
alpm.h alpm.c \
alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
backup.h backup.c \
base64.h base64.c \
be_local.c \
be_package.c \
be_sync.c \
@@ -35,9 +39,13 @@ libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
diskspace.h diskspace.c \
dload.h dload.c \
error.c \
filelist.h filelist.c \
graph.h graph.c \
group.h group.c \
handle.h handle.c \
hook.h hook.c \
ini.h ini.c \
libarchive-compat.h \
log.h log.c \
package.h package.c \
pkghash.h pkghash.c \
@@ -47,6 +55,7 @@ libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
sync.h sync.c \
trans.h trans.c \
util.h util.c \
util-common.h util-common.c \
version.c
if !HAVE_LIBSSL
@@ -55,12 +64,20 @@ libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
sha2.h sha2.c
endif
if HAVE_LIBGPGME
libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
base64.h base64.c
endif
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO) @LIBCURL@
libalpm_la_LIBADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
libalpm_la_CFLAGS = \
$(AM_CFLAGS) \
$(GPGME_CFLAGS) \
$(LIBARCHIVE_CFLAGS) \
$(LIBCURL_CFLAGS) \
$(LIBSSL_CFLAGS)
# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
libalpm_la_LIBADD = \
$(LTLIBINTL) \
$(GPGME_LIBS) \
$(LIBARCHIVE_LIBS) \
$(LIBCURL_LIBS) \
$(LIBSSL_LIBS)
# vim:set noet:

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* add.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,19 +18,15 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <inttypes.h> /* int64_t */
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
#include <stdint.h> /* int64_t */
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
@@ -41,6 +37,7 @@
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
@@ -60,6 +57,8 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
/* Sanity checks */
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin != ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(handle == pkg->handle, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
trans = handle->trans;
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
@@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package '%s'\n", pkgname);
if(_alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname)) {
if(alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname)) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET, -1);
}
@@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s-%s is up to date -- reinstalling\n"),
localpkgname, localpkgver);
}
} else if(cmp < 0) {
} else if(cmp < 0 && !(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DOWNLOADONLY)) {
/* local version is newer */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("downgrading package %s (%s => %s)\n"),
localpkgname, localpkgver, pkgver);
@@ -108,12 +107,14 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
}
static int perform_extraction(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, const char *filename, const char *origname)
struct archive_entry *entry, const char *filename)
{
int ret;
const int archive_flags = ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_OWNER |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME;
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_UNLINK |
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_SECURE_SYMLINKS;
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
@@ -121,60 +122,90 @@ static int perform_extraction(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
if(ret == ARCHIVE_WARN && archive_errno(archive) != ENOSPC) {
/* operation succeeded but a "non-critical" error was encountered */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("warning given when extracting %s (%s)\n"),
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
} else if(ret != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not extract %s (%s)\n"),
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
origname, archive_error_string(archive));
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg, alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg)
static int try_rename(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *src, const char *dest)
{
if(rename(src, dest)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
src, dest, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n", src, dest, strerror(errno));
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static int extract_db_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg, const char *entryname)
{
const char *entryname;
mode_t entrymode;
char filename[PATH_MAX]; /* the actual file we're extracting */
int needbackup = 0, notouch = 0;
const char *hash_orig = NULL;
char *entryname_orig = NULL;
int errors = 0;
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
entrymode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
memset(filename, 0, PATH_MAX); /* just to be sure */
const char *dbfile = NULL;
if(strcmp(entryname, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
/* the install script goes inside the db */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/install",
_alpm_db_path(handle->db_local), newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
dbfile = "install";
} else if(strcmp(entryname, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
/* the changelog goes inside the db */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/changelog",
_alpm_db_path(handle->db_local), newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
dbfile = "changelog";
} else if(strcmp(entryname, ".MTREE") == 0) {
dbfile = "mtree";
} else if(*entryname == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
/* reserve all files starting with '.' for future possibilities */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping extraction of '%s'\n", entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 0;
} else {
/* build the new entryname relative to handle->root */
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, entryname);
}
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/%s",
_alpm_db_path(handle->db_local), newpkg->name, newpkg->version, dbfile);
return perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, filename);
}
static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg, alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg)
{
const char *entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
mode_t entrymode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
alpm_backup_t *backup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, newpkg);
char filename[PATH_MAX]; /* the actual file we're extracting */
int needbackup = 0, notouch = 0;
const char *hash_orig = NULL;
int isnewfile = 0, errors = 0;
struct stat lsbuf;
size_t filename_len;
if(*entryname == '.') {
return extract_db_file(handle, archive, entry, newpkg, entryname);
}
if (!alpm_filelist_contains(&newpkg->files, entryname)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("file not found in file list for package %s. skipping extraction of %s\n"),
newpkg->name, entryname);
return 0;
}
/* build the new entryname relative to handle->root */
filename_len = snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, entryname);
if(filename_len >= PATH_MAX) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("unable to extract %s%s: path too long"), handle->root, entryname);
return 1;
}
/* if a file is in NoExtract then we never extract it */
if(alpm_list_find_str(handle->noextract, entryname)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is in NoExtract, skipping extraction\n",
entryname);
alpm_logaction(handle, "note: %s is in NoExtract, skipping extraction\n",
entryname);
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noextract, entryname) == 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is in NoExtract,"
" skipping extraction of %s\n",
entryname, filename);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 0;
}
@@ -183,268 +214,182 @@ static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
* to get 'right'. Here are the possibilities, with the filesystem
* on the left and the package on the top:
* (F=file, N=node, S=symlink, D=dir)
* | F/N | S | D
* non-existent | 1 | 2 | 3
* F/N | 4 | 5 | 6
* S | 7 | 8 | 9
* D | 10 | 11 | 12
* | F/N | D
* non-existent | 1 | 2
* F/N | 3 | 4
* D | 5 | 6
*
* 1,2,3- extract, no magic necessary. lstat (_alpm_lstat) will fail here.
* 4,5,6,7,8- conflict checks should have caught this. either overwrite
* 1,2- extract, no magic necessary. lstat (llstat) will fail here.
* 3,4- conflict checks should have caught this. either overwrite
* or backup the file.
* 9- follow the symlink, hopefully it is a directory, check it.
* 10- file replacing directory- don't allow it.
* 11- don't extract symlink- a dir exists here. we don't want links to
* links, etc.
* 12- skip extraction, dir already exists.
* 5- file replacing directory- don't allow it.
* 6- skip extraction, dir already exists.
*/
/* do both a lstat and a stat, so we can see what symlinks point to */
struct stat lsbuf, sbuf;
if(_alpm_lstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0 || stat(filename, &sbuf) != 0) {
/* cases 1,2,3: couldn't stat an existing file, skip all backup checks */
} else {
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
if(S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 12: existing dir, ignore it */
if(lsbuf.st_mode != entrymode) {
/* if filesystem perms are different than pkg perms, warn user */
mode_t mask = 07777;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n"), entryname, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
alpm_logaction(handle, "warning: directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n", entryname, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping dir extraction of %s\n",
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 0;
} else {
/* case 10/11: trying to overwrite dir with file/symlink, don't allow it */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: not overwriting dir with file %s\n"),
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 1;
}
} else if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 9: existing symlink, dir in package */
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
/* the symlink on FS is to a directory, so we'll use it */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping symlink overwrite of %s\n",
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 0;
} else {
/* this is BAD. symlink was not to a directory */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: symlink %s does not point to dir\n"),
entryname);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 1;
}
} else if(S_ISREG(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 6: trying to overwrite file with dir */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: overwriting file with dir %s\n",
entryname);
} else if(S_ISREG(entrymode)) {
/* case 4,7: */
/* if file is in NoUpgrade, don't touch it */
if(alpm_list_find_str(handle->noupgrade, entryname)) {
notouch = 1;
} else {
alpm_backup_t *backup;
/* go to the backup array and see if our conflict is there */
/* check newpkg first, so that adding backup files is retroactive */
backup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, newpkg);
if(backup) {
/* if we force hash_orig to be non-NULL retroactive backup works */
hash_orig = "";
needbackup = 1;
}
isnewfile = llstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0;
if(isnewfile) {
/* cases 1,2: file doesn't exist, skip all backup checks */
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
#if 0
uid_t entryuid = archive_entry_uid(entry);
gid_t entrygid = archive_entry_gid(entry);
#endif
/* check oldpkg for a backup entry, store the hash if available */
if(oldpkg) {
backup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, oldpkg);
if(backup) {
hash_orig = backup->hash;
needbackup = 1;
}
}
/* case 6: existing dir, ignore it */
if(lsbuf.st_mode != entrymode) {
/* if filesystem perms are different than pkg perms, warn user */
mode_t mask = 07777;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n"), filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: directory permissions differ on %s\n"
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n", filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
entrymode & mask);
}
#if 0
/* Disable this warning until our user management in packages has improved.
Currently many packages have to create users in post_install and chown the
directories. These all resulted in "false-positive" warnings. */
if((entryuid != lsbuf.st_uid) || (entrygid != lsbuf.st_gid)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory ownership differs on %s\n"
"filesystem: %u:%u package: %u:%u\n"), filename,
lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: directory ownership differs on %s\n"
"filesystem: %u:%u package: %u:%u\n", filename,
lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
}
#endif
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping dir extraction of %s\n",
filename);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 0;
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
/* case 5: trying to overwrite dir with file, don't allow it */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: not overwriting dir with file %s\n"),
filename);
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
return 1;
} else if(S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
/* case 4: trying to overwrite file with dir */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: overwriting file with dir %s\n",
filename);
} else {
/* case 3: trying to overwrite file with file */
/* if file is in NoUpgrade, don't touch it */
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noupgrade, entryname) == 0) {
notouch = 1;
} else {
alpm_backup_t *oldbackup;
if(oldpkg && (oldbackup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, oldpkg))) {
hash_orig = oldbackup->hash;
needbackup = 1;
} else if(backup) {
/* allow adding backup files retroactively */
needbackup = 1;
}
}
/* else if(S_ISLNK(entrymode)) */
/* case 5,8: don't need to do anything special */
}
/* we need access to the original entryname later after calls to
* archive_entry_set_pathname(), so we need to dupe it and free() later */
STRDUP(entryname_orig, entryname, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
if(needbackup) {
char checkfile[PATH_MAX];
char *hash_local = NULL, *hash_pkg = NULL;
int ret;
snprintf(checkfile, PATH_MAX, "%s.paccheck", filename);
ret = perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, checkfile, entryname_orig);
if(ret == 1) {
/* error */
FREE(entryname_orig);
if(notouch || needbackup) {
if(filename_len + strlen(".pacnew") >= PATH_MAX) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("unable to extract %s.pacnew: path too long"), filename);
return 1;
}
strcpy(filename + filename_len, ".pacnew");
isnewfile = (llstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
}
hash_local = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
hash_pkg = alpm_compute_md5sum(checkfile);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting %s\n", filename);
if(perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, filename)) {
errors++;
return errors;
}
/* update the md5 hash in newpkg's backup (it will be the new orginal) */
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_backup(newpkg); i; i = i->next) {
alpm_backup_t *backup = i->data;
char *newhash;
if(!backup->name || strcmp(backup->name, entryname_orig) != 0) {
continue;
}
STRDUP(newhash, hash_pkg, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
FREE(backup->hash);
backup->hash = newhash;
}
if(backup) {
FREE(backup->hash);
backup->hash = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking hashes for %s\n", entryname_orig);
if(notouch) {
alpm_event_pacnew_created_t event = {
.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED,
.from_noupgrade = 1,
.oldpkg = oldpkg,
.newpkg = newpkg,
.file = filename
};
/* "remove" the .pacnew suffix */
filename[filename_len] = '\0';
EVENT(handle, &event);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: %s installed as %s.pacnew\n", filename, filename);
} else if(needbackup) {
char *hash_local = NULL, *hash_pkg = NULL;
char origfile[PATH_MAX] = "";
strncat(origfile, filename, filename_len);
hash_local = alpm_compute_md5sum(origfile);
hash_pkg = backup ? backup->hash : alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking hashes for %s\n", origfile);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "current: %s\n", hash_local);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "new: %s\n", hash_pkg);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "original: %s\n", hash_orig);
if(!oldpkg) {
if(hash_local && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) != 0) {
/* looks like we have a local file that has a different hash as the
* file in the package, move it to a .pacorig */
char newpath[PATH_MAX];
snprintf(newpath, PATH_MAX, "%s.pacorig", filename);
/* move the existing file to the "pacorig" */
if(rename(filename, newpath)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
errors++;
} else {
/* rename the file we extracted to the real name */
if(rename(checkfile, filename)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
errors++;
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s saved as %s\n"), filename, newpath);
alpm_logaction(handle, "warning: %s saved as %s\n", filename, newpath);
}
}
} else {
/* local file is identical to pkg one, so just remove pkg one */
unlink(checkfile);
if(hash_local && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* local and new files are the same, updating anyway to get
* correct timestamps */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
origfile);
if(try_rename(handle, filename, origfile)) {
errors++;
}
} else if(hash_orig) {
/* the fun part */
if(hash_local && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_local) == 0) {
/* installed file has NOT been changed by user */
if(hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
entryname_orig);
if(rename(checkfile, filename)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n",
checkfile, filename, strerror(errno));
errors++;
}
} else {
/* no sense in installing the same file twice, install
* ONLY if the original and package hashes differ */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
}
} else if(hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* originally installed file and new file are the same - this
* implies the case above failed - i.e. the file was changed by a
* user */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
} else if(hash_local && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* this would be magical. The above two cases failed, but the
* user changes just so happened to make the new file exactly the
* same as the one in the package... skip it */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: leaving existing file in place\n");
unlink(checkfile);
} else {
char newpath[PATH_MAX];
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: keeping current file and installing"
" new one with .pacnew ending\n");
snprintf(newpath, PATH_MAX, "%s.pacnew", filename);
if(rename(checkfile, newpath)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not install %s as %s (%s)\n"),
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not install %s as %s (%s)\n",
filename, newpath, strerror(errno));
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s installed as %s\n"),
filename, newpath);
alpm_logaction(handle, "warning: %s installed as %s\n",
filename, newpath);
}
} else if(hash_orig && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) == 0) {
/* original and new files are the same, leave the local version alone,
* including any user changes */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"action: leaving existing file in place\n");
if(isnewfile) {
unlink(filename);
}
} else if(hash_orig && hash_local && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_local) == 0) {
/* installed file has NOT been changed by user,
* update to the new version */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
origfile);
if(try_rename(handle, filename, origfile)) {
errors++;
}
}
FREE(hash_local);
FREE(hash_pkg);
} else {
int ret;
/* we didn't need a backup */
if(notouch) {
/* change the path to a .pacnew extension */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is in NoUpgrade -- skipping\n", filename);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("extracting %s as %s.pacnew\n"), filename, filename);
alpm_logaction(handle, "warning: extracting %s as %s.pacnew\n", filename, filename);
strncat(filename, ".pacnew", PATH_MAX - strlen(filename));
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting %s\n", filename);
/* none of the three files matched another, leave the unpacked
* file alongside the local file */
alpm_event_pacnew_created_t event = {
.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED,
.from_noupgrade = 0,
.oldpkg = oldpkg,
.newpkg = newpkg,
.file = origfile
};
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"action: keeping current file and installing"
" new one with .pacnew ending\n");
EVENT(handle, &event);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: %s installed as %s\n", origfile, filename);
}
if(handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE) {
/* if FORCE was used, unlink() each file (whether it's there
* or not) before extracting. This prevents the old "Text file busy"
* error that crops up if forcing a glibc or pacman upgrade. */
unlink(filename);
}
ret = perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, filename, entryname_orig);
if(ret == 1) {
/* error */
FREE(entryname_orig);
return 1;
}
/* calculate an hash if this is in newpkg's backup */
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_backup(newpkg); i; i = i->next) {
alpm_backup_t *backup = i->data;
char *newhash;
if(!backup->name || strcmp(backup->name, entryname_orig) != 0) {
continue;
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "appending backup entry for %s\n", entryname_orig);
newhash = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
FREE(backup->hash);
backup->hash = newhash;
free(hash_local);
if(!backup) {
free(hash_pkg);
}
}
FREE(entryname_orig);
return errors;
}
@@ -452,41 +397,57 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
size_t pkg_current, size_t pkg_count)
{
int i, ret = 0, errors = 0;
int is_upgrade;
int is_upgrade = 0;
alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg = NULL;
alpm_db_t *db = handle->db_local;
alpm_trans_t *trans = handle->trans;
alpm_progress_t progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_ADD_START;
alpm_event_package_operation_t event;
const char *log_msg = "adding";
const char *pkgfile;
ASSERT(trans != NULL, return -1);
/* see if this is an upgrade. if so, remove the old package first */
alpm_pkg_t *local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, newpkg->name);
if(local) {
if((oldpkg = newpkg->oldpkg)) {
int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(newpkg, oldpkg);
if(cmp < 0) {
log_msg = "downgrading";
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_DOWNGRADE_START;
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_DOWNGRADE;
} else if(cmp == 0) {
log_msg = "reinstalling";
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_REINSTALL_START;
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_REINSTALL;
} else {
log_msg = "upgrading";
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START;
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_UPGRADE;
}
is_upgrade = 1;
/* we'll need to save some record for backup checks later */
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(local, &oldpkg) == -1) {
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* copy over the install reason */
newpkg->reason = alpm_pkg_get_reason(local);
EVENT(handle, ALPM_EVENT_UPGRADE_START, newpkg, local);
newpkg->reason = alpm_pkg_get_reason(oldpkg);
} else {
is_upgrade = 0;
EVENT(handle, ALPM_EVENT_ADD_START, newpkg, NULL);
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_INSTALL;
}
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START;
event.oldpkg = oldpkg;
event.newpkg = newpkg;
EVENT(handle, &event);
pkgfile = newpkg->origin_data.file;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s package %s-%s\n",
is_upgrade ? "upgrading" : "adding", newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
log_msg, newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
/* pre_install/pre_upgrade scriptlet */
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg) &&
!(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET)) {
const char *scriptlet_name = is_upgrade ? "pre_upgrade" : "pre_install";
_alpm_runscriptlet(handle, newpkg->origin_data.file,
scriptlet_name, newpkg->version, NULL, 1);
_alpm_runscriptlet(handle, pkgfile, scriptlet_name,
newpkg->version, oldpkg ? oldpkg->version : NULL, 1);
}
/* we override any pre-set reason if we have alldeps or allexplicit set */
@@ -506,9 +467,10 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
}
/* prepare directory for database entries so permission are correct after
changelog/install script installation (FS#12263) */
changelog/install script installation */
if(_alpm_local_db_prepare(db, newpkg)) {
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not create database entry %s-%s\n",
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: could not create database entry %s-%s\n",
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
ret = -1;
@@ -518,31 +480,20 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
if(!(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY)) {
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
int cwdfd;
struct stat buf;
int fd, cwdfd;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting files\n");
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "archive: %s\n", newpkg->origin_data.file);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, newpkg->origin_data.file,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
if(fd < 0) {
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* save the cwd so we can restore it later */
do {
cwdfd = open(".", O_RDONLY);
} while(cwdfd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
OPEN(cwdfd, ".", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
if(cwdfd < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not get current working directory\n"));
}
@@ -551,18 +502,14 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
if(chdir(handle->root) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not change directory to %s (%s)\n"),
handle->root, strerror(errno));
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
close(fd);
ret = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
/* call PROGRESS once with 0 percent, as we sort-of skip that here */
if(is_upgrade) {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START,
newpkg->name, 0, pkg_count, pkg_current);
} else {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
newpkg->name, 0, pkg_count, pkg_current);
}
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, 0, pkg_count, pkg_current);
for(i = 0; archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK; i++) {
int percent;
@@ -571,7 +518,7 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
/* Using compressed size for calculations here, as newpkg->isize is not
* exact when it comes to comparing to the ACTUAL uncompressed size
* (missing metadata sizes) */
int64_t pos = archive_position_compressed(archive);
int64_t pos = _alpm_archive_compressed_ftell(archive);
percent = (pos * 100) / newpkg->size;
if(percent >= 100) {
percent = 100;
@@ -580,18 +527,13 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
percent = 0;
}
if(is_upgrade) {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START,
newpkg->name, percent, pkg_count, pkg_current);
} else {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
newpkg->name, percent, pkg_count, pkg_current);
}
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, percent, pkg_count, pkg_current);
/* extract the next file from the archive */
errors += extract_single_file(handle, archive, entry, newpkg, oldpkg);
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
close(fd);
/* restore the old cwd if we have it */
if(cwdfd >= 0) {
@@ -607,12 +549,14 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
if(is_upgrade) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("problem occurred while upgrading %s\n"),
newpkg->name);
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: problem occurred while upgrading %s\n",
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: problem occurred while upgrading %s\n",
newpkg->name);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("problem occurred while installing %s\n"),
newpkg->name);
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: problem occurred while installing %s\n",
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: problem occurred while installing %s\n",
newpkg->name);
}
}
@@ -627,7 +571,8 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
if(_alpm_local_db_write(db, newpkg, INFRQ_ALL)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not update database entry %s-%s\n"),
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
alpm_logaction(handle, "error: could not update database entry %s-%s\n",
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"error: could not update database entry %s-%s\n",
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
ret = -1;
@@ -639,15 +584,31 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
newpkg->name);
}
if(is_upgrade) {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START,
newpkg->name, 100, pkg_count, pkg_current);
} else {
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_ADD_START,
newpkg->name, 100, pkg_count, pkg_current);
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, 100, pkg_count, pkg_current);
switch(event.operation) {
case ALPM_PACKAGE_INSTALL:
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "installed %s (%s)\n",
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
break;
case ALPM_PACKAGE_DOWNGRADE:
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "downgraded %s (%s -> %s)\n",
newpkg->name, oldpkg->version, newpkg->version);
break;
case ALPM_PACKAGE_REINSTALL:
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "reinstalled %s (%s)\n",
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
break;
case ALPM_PACKAGE_UPGRADE:
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "upgraded %s (%s -> %s)\n",
newpkg->name, oldpkg->version, newpkg->version);
break;
default:
/* we should never reach here */
break;
}
/* run the post-install script if it exists */
/* run the post-install script if it exists */
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg)
&& !(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET)) {
char *scriptlet = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, newpkg, "install");
@@ -658,14 +619,10 @@ static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
free(scriptlet);
}
if(is_upgrade) {
EVENT(handle, ALPM_EVENT_UPGRADE_DONE, newpkg, oldpkg);
} else {
EVENT(handle, ALPM_EVENT_ADD_DONE, newpkg, oldpkg);
}
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE;
EVENT(handle, &event);
cleanup:
_alpm_pkg_free(oldpkg);
return ret;
}
@@ -711,4 +668,4 @@ int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle)
return ret;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* add.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
#endif /* _ALPM_ADD_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
@@ -39,18 +37,20 @@
* @{
*/
/** Initializes the library. This must be called before any other
* functions are called.
/** Initializes the library.
* Creates handle, connects to database and creates lockfile.
* This must be called before any other functions are called.
* @param root the root path for all filesystem operations
* @param dbpath the absolute path to the libalpm database
* @param err an optional variable to hold any error return codes
* @return a context handle on success, NULL on error, err will be set if provided
*/
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
enum _alpm_errno_t *err)
alpm_errno_t *err)
{
enum _alpm_errno_t myerr;
alpm_errno_t myerr;
const char *lf = "db.lck";
char *hookdir;
size_t lockfilelen;
alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
@@ -65,6 +65,16 @@ alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
goto cleanup;
}
/* to contatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
* with a slash) correctly, we skip SYSHOOKDIR[0]; the regular +1 therefore
* disappears from the allocation */
MALLOC(hookdir, strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR), goto cleanup);
sprintf(hookdir, "%s%s", myhandle->root, SYSHOOKDIR + 1);
myhandle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(NULL, hookdir);
/* set default database extension */
STRDUP(myhandle->dbext, ".db", goto cleanup);
lockfilelen = strlen(myhandle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
myhandle->lockfile = calloc(lockfilelen, sizeof(char));
snprintf(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", myhandle->dbpath, lf);
@@ -88,7 +98,9 @@ cleanup:
return NULL;
}
/** Release the library. This should be the last alpm call you make.
/** Release the library.
* Disconnects from the database, removes handle and lockfile
* This should be the last alpm call you make.
* After this returns, handle should be considered invalid and cannot be reused
* in any way.
* @param myhandle the context handle
@@ -108,7 +120,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
myhandle->db_local = NULL;
}
if(alpm_db_unregister_all(myhandle) == -1) {
if(alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(myhandle) == -1) {
ret = -1;
}
@@ -154,4 +166,4 @@ enum alpm_caps SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
| 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm_list.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
* any other libalpm headers.
*/
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
@@ -66,11 +70,13 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
{
alpm_list_t *it = list;
while(it) {
if(fn && it->data) {
fn(it->data);
if(fn) {
while(it) {
if(it->data) {
fn(it->data);
}
it = it->next;
}
it = it->next;
}
}
@@ -87,28 +93,42 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
alpm_list_append(&list, data);
return list;
}
/**
* @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
*
* @param list the list to add to
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
*
* @return the newly added item
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
{
alpm_list_t *ptr;
ptr = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
if(ptr == NULL) {
return list;
return NULL;
}
ptr->data = data;
ptr->next = NULL;
/* Special case: the input list is empty */
if(list == NULL) {
if(*list == NULL) {
*list = ptr;
ptr->prev = ptr;
return ptr;
} else {
alpm_list_t *lp = alpm_list_last(*list);
lp->next = ptr;
ptr->prev = lp;
(*list)->prev = ptr;
}
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
lp->next = ptr;
ptr->prev = lp;
list->prev = ptr;
return list;
return ptr;
}
/**
@@ -204,7 +224,8 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp, *tail_ptr, *left_tail_ptr, *right_tail_ptr;
@@ -273,17 +294,26 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
*
* @return the resultant list
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
{
if(n > 1) {
alpm_list_t *left = list;
alpm_list_t *lastleft = alpm_list_nth(list, n/2 - 1);
alpm_list_t *right = lastleft->next;
/* terminate first list */
lastleft->next = NULL;
size_t half = n / 2;
size_t i = half - 1;
alpm_list_t *left = list, *lastleft = list, *right;
left = alpm_list_msort(left, n/2, fn);
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - (n/2), fn);
while(i--) {
lastleft = lastleft->next;
}
right = lastleft->next;
/* tidy new lists */
lastleft->next = NULL;
right->prev = left->prev;
left->prev = lastleft;
left = alpm_list_msort(left, half, fn);
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - half, fn);
list = alpm_list_mmerge(left, right, fn);
}
return list;
@@ -576,19 +606,6 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
}
}
/**
* @brief Get the data member of a list node.
*
* @param node the list node
*
* @return the contained data, or NULL if none
*/
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
{
if(node == NULL) return NULL;
return node->data;
}
/* Misc */
/**
@@ -787,4 +804,4 @@ void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
/** @} */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* alpm_list.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,6 +22,10 @@
#include <stdlib.h> /* size_t */
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
* any other libalpm headers.
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
@@ -53,6 +57,7 @@ void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
/* item mutators */
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
@@ -71,7 +76,6 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
void *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *entry);
/* misc */
size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
@@ -88,4 +92,4 @@ void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
#endif
#endif /* _ALPM_LIST_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* backup.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -49,11 +47,10 @@ int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup)
*ptr = '\0';
ptr++;
/* now str points to the filename and ptr points to the hash */
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, return -1);
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, return -1);
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, FREE(str); return -1);
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, FREE(str); return -1);
FREE(str);
return 0;
}
return 0;}
/* Look for a filename in a alpm_pkg_t.backup list. If we find it,
* then we return the full backup entry.
@@ -79,9 +76,10 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup)
{
free(backup->name);
free(backup->hash);
free(backup);
ASSERT(backup != NULL, return);
FREE(backup->name);
FREE(backup->hash);
FREE(backup);
}
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
@@ -89,10 +87,15 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
alpm_backup_t *newbackup;
CALLOC(newbackup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, return NULL);
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, goto error);
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, goto error);
return newbackup;
error:
free(newbackup->name);
free(newbackup);
return NULL;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* backup.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup);
#endif /* _ALPM_BACKUP_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -32,8 +32,11 @@
* * removal of SELF_TEST code
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "base64.h"
#if 0
static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
{
'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
@@ -44,6 +47,7 @@ static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
'8', '9', '+', '/'
};
#endif
static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
{
@@ -62,6 +66,7 @@ static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
49, 50, 51, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127
};
#if 0
/*
* Encode a buffer into base64 format
*/
@@ -124,6 +129,7 @@ int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
return( 0 );
}
#endif
/*
* Decode a base64-formatted buffer
@@ -131,8 +137,8 @@ int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
{
size_t i, j, n;
unsigned long x;
size_t i, n;
uint32_t j, x;
unsigned char *p;
for( i = j = n = 0; i < slen; i++ )

View File

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0010 /**< Output buffer too small. */
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0012 /**< Invalid character in input. */
#if 0
/**
* \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
*
@@ -47,6 +48,7 @@
*/
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
#endif
/**
* \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* be_local.c : backend for the local database
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
@@ -28,18 +26,26 @@
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <limits.h> /* PATH_MAX */
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "db.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "filelist.h"
/* local database format version */
size_t ALPM_LOCAL_DB_VERSION = 9;
static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
@@ -57,6 +63,12 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq);
* initialized.
*/
static const char *_cache_get_base(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
return pkg->base;
}
static const char *_cache_get_desc(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
@@ -69,13 +81,13 @@ static const char *_cache_get_url(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
return pkg->url;
}
static time_t _cache_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
static alpm_time_t _cache_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
return pkg->builddate;
}
static time_t _cache_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
static alpm_time_t _cache_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, 0);
return pkg->installdate;
@@ -105,6 +117,12 @@ static alpm_pkgreason_t _cache_get_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
return pkg->reason;
}
static alpm_pkgvalidation_t _cache_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, -1);
return pkg->validation;
}
static alpm_list_t *_cache_get_licenses(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
LAZY_LOAD(INFRQ_DESC, NULL);
@@ -207,6 +225,73 @@ static int _cache_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
return fclose((FILE *)fp);
}
/**
* Open a package mtree file for reading.
* @param pkg the local package to read the changelog of
* @return a archive structure for the package mtree file
*/
static struct archive *_cache_mtree_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
int r;
struct archive *mtree;
alpm_db_t *db = alpm_pkg_get_db(pkg);
char *mtfile = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, pkg, "mtree");
if(access(mtfile, F_OK) != 0) {
/* there is no mtree file for this package */
goto error;
}
if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
if((r = _alpm_archive_read_open_file(mtree, mtfile, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE))) {
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading file %s: %s\n"),
mtfile, archive_error_string(mtree));
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
goto error;
}
free(mtfile);
return mtree;
error:
free(mtfile);
return NULL;
}
/**
* Read next entry from a package mtree file.
* @param pkg the package that the mtree file is being read from
* @param archive the archive structure reading from the mtree file
* @param entry an archive_entry to store the entry header information
* @return 0 if end of archive is reached, non-zero otherwise.
*/
static int _cache_mtree_next(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
struct archive *mtree, struct archive_entry **entry)
{
return archive_read_next_header(mtree, entry);
}
/**
* Close a package mtree file for reading.
* @param pkg the package that the mtree file was read from
* @param mtree the archive structure use for reading from the mtree file
* @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
*/
static int _cache_mtree_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
struct archive *mtree)
{
return _alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
}
static int _cache_force_load(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
return local_db_read(pkg, INFRQ_ALL);
@@ -218,6 +303,7 @@ static int _cache_force_load(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
* logic.
*/
static struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
.get_base = _cache_get_base,
.get_desc = _cache_get_desc,
.get_url = _cache_get_url,
.get_builddate = _cache_get_builddate,
@@ -226,6 +312,7 @@ static struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
.get_arch = _cache_get_arch,
.get_isize = _cache_get_isize,
.get_reason = _cache_get_reason,
.get_validation = _cache_get_validation,
.has_scriptlet = _cache_has_scriptlet,
.get_licenses = _cache_get_licenses,
.get_groups = _cache_get_groups,
@@ -241,6 +328,10 @@ static struct pkg_operations local_pkg_ops = {
.changelog_read = _cache_changelog_read,
.changelog_close = _cache_changelog_close,
.mtree_open = _cache_mtree_open,
.mtree_next = _cache_mtree_next,
.mtree_close = _cache_mtree_close,
.force_load = _cache_force_load,
};
@@ -285,12 +376,48 @@ static int is_dir(const char *path, struct dirent *entry)
return 0;
}
static int local_db_add_version(alpm_db_t UNUSED *db, const char *dbpath)
{
char dbverpath[PATH_MAX];
FILE *dbverfile;
snprintf(dbverpath, PATH_MAX, "%sALPM_DB_VERSION", dbpath);
dbverfile = fopen(dbverpath, "w");
if(dbverfile == NULL) {
return 1;
}
fprintf(dbverfile, "%zu\n", ALPM_LOCAL_DB_VERSION);
fclose(dbverfile);
return 0;
}
static int local_db_create(alpm_db_t *db, const char *dbpath)
{
if(mkdir(dbpath, 0755) != 0) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not create directory %s: %s\n"),
dbpath, strerror(errno));
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE, -1);
}
if(local_db_add_version(db, dbpath) != 0) {
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
static int local_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
const char *dbpath;
DIR *dbdir;
int ret = -1;
char dbverpath[PATH_MAX];
FILE *dbverfile;
int t;
size_t version;
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID) {
return 0;
@@ -303,15 +430,23 @@ static int local_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
if(dbpath == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
dbdir = opendir(dbpath);
if(dbdir == NULL) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
/* database dir doesn't exist yet */
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
return 0;
/* local database dir doesn't exist yet - create it */
if(local_db_create(db, dbpath) == 0) {
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
return 0;
} else {
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
/* pm_errno is set by local_db_create */
return -1;
}
} else {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
@@ -319,37 +454,48 @@ static int local_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
while((ent = readdir(dbdir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
char path[PATH_MAX];
snprintf(dbverpath, PATH_MAX, "%sALPM_DB_VERSION", dbpath);
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
if(!is_dir(dbpath, ent)) {
continue;
if((dbverfile = fopen(dbverpath, "r")) == NULL) {
/* create dbverfile if local database is empty - otherwise version error */
while((ent = readdir(dbdir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
} else {
goto version_error;
}
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s/depends", dbpath, name);
if(access(path, F_OK) == 0) {
/* we found a depends file- bail */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_VERSION;
goto done;
if(local_db_add_version(db, dbpath) != 0) {
goto version_error;
}
goto version_latest;
}
/* we found no depends file after full scan */
t = fscanf(dbverfile, "%zu", &version);
fclose(dbverfile);
if(t != 1) {
goto version_error;
}
if(version != ALPM_LOCAL_DB_VERSION) {
goto version_error;
}
version_latest:
closedir(dbdir);
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
ret = 0;
return 0;
done:
if(dbdir) {
closedir(dbdir);
}
return ret;
version_error:
closedir(dbdir);
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_VERSION;
return -1;
}
static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
@@ -364,7 +510,9 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, -1);
}
/* note: DB_STATUS_MISSING is not fatal for local database */
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(dbpath == NULL) {
@@ -374,12 +522,6 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
dbdir = opendir(dbpath);
if(dbdir == NULL) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
/* no database existing yet is not an error */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
return 0;
}
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
if(fstat(dirfd(dbdir), &buf) != 0) {
@@ -401,12 +543,11 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
rewinddir(dbdir);
}
if(est_count >= 2) {
/* subtract the two extra pointers to get # of children */
/* subtract the '.' and '..' pointers to get # of children */
est_count -= 2;
}
/* initialize hash at 50% full */
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 2);
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count);
if(db->pkgcache == NULL){
closedir(dbdir);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
@@ -445,7 +586,7 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
continue;
}
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_LOCALDB;
pkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
pkg->ops = &local_pkg_ops;
pkg->handle = db->handle;
@@ -475,7 +616,8 @@ static int local_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
}
/* Note: the return value must be freed by the caller */
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename)
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info,
const char *filename)
{
size_t len;
char *pkgpath;
@@ -491,8 +633,8 @@ char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filena
}
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) goto error; \
_alpm_strip_newline(line); \
if(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) goto error; \
_alpm_strip_newline(line, 0); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
@@ -502,27 +644,26 @@ char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filena
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
char *linedup; \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(!feof(fp)) goto error; else break; \
} \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) break; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, 0) == 0) break; \
STRDUP(linedup, line, goto error); \
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL) {\
if(!feof(fp)) goto error; else break; \
} \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, _alpm_splitdep(line)); \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, 0) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, alpm_dep_from_string(line)); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
char line[1024];
char *pkgpath;
alpm_db_t *db = info->origin_data.db;
/* bitmask logic here:
@@ -541,18 +682,10 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION,
"loading package data for %s : level=0x%x\n",
info->name, inforeq);
pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
if(!pkgpath || access(pkgpath, F_OK)) {
/* directory doesn't exist or can't be opened */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot find '%s-%s' in db '%s'\n",
info->name, info->version, db->treename);
goto error;
}
free(pkgpath);
/* clear out 'line', to be certain - and to make valgrind happy */
memset(line, 0, sizeof(line));
@@ -566,10 +699,10 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
}
free(path);
while(!feof(fp)) {
if(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) {
if(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) == NULL && !feof(fp)) {
goto error;
}
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) {
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, 0) == 0) {
/* length of stripped line was zero */
continue;
}
@@ -585,6 +718,8 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, info->name);
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BASE%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->base);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(info->desc);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
@@ -606,6 +741,26 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REASON%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->reason = (alpm_pkgreason_t)atoi(line);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VALIDATION%") == 0) {
alpm_list_t *i, *v = NULL;
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(v);
for(i = v; i; i = alpm_list_next(i))
{
if(strcmp(i->data, "none") == 0) {
info->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
} else if(strcmp(i->data, "md5") == 0) {
info->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
} else if(strcmp(i->data, "sha256") == 0) {
info->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
} else if(strcmp(i->data, "pgp") == 0) {
info->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
} else {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("unknown validation type for package %s: %s\n"),
info->name, (const char *)i->data);
}
}
FREELIST(v);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%SIZE%") == 0) {
READ_NEXT();
info->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
@@ -614,7 +769,7 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->depends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(info->optdepends);
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->optdepends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(info->conflicts);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
@@ -635,43 +790,41 @@ static int local_db_read(alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
goto error;
}
free(path);
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
_alpm_strip_newline(line);
while(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp)) {
_alpm_strip_newline(line, 0);
if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0, len;
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) && _alpm_strip_newline(line)) {
if(files_count >= files_size) {
size_t old_size = files_size;
if(files_size == 0) {
files_size = 8;
} else {
files_size *= 2;
}
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
if(!files) {
ALLOC_FAIL(sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
goto error;
}
/* ensure all new memory is zeroed out, in both the initial
* allocation and later reallocs */
memset(files + old_size, 0,
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * (files_size - old_size));
while(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) &&
(len = _alpm_strip_newline(line, 0))) {
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&files, &files_size,
(files_count ? (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t) : 8 * sizeof(alpm_file_t)))) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, line, goto error);
/* TODO: lstat file, get mode/size */
/* since we know the length of the file string already,
* we can do malloc + memcpy rather than strdup */
len += 1;
MALLOC(files[files_count].name, len, goto error);
memcpy(files[files_count].name, line, len);
files_count++;
}
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
if(files_count > 0) {
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
/* make sure the list is sorted */
qsort(files, files_count, sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
} else {
FREE(files);
}
info->files.count = files_count;
info->files.files = files;
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BACKUP%") == 0) {
while(fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) && _alpm_strip_newline(line)) {
while(safe_fgets(line, sizeof(line), fp) && _alpm_strip_newline(line, 0)) {
alpm_backup_t *backup;
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), goto error);
if(_alpm_split_backup(line, &backup)) {
FREE(backup);
goto error;
}
info->backup = alpm_list_add(info->backup, backup);
@@ -727,6 +880,23 @@ int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info)
return retval;
}
static void write_deps(FILE *fp, const char *header, alpm_list_t *deplist)
{
alpm_list_t *lp;
if(!deplist) {
return;
}
fputs(header, fp);
fputc('\n', fp);
for(lp = deplist; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fputs(depstring, fp);
fputc('\n', fp);
free(depstring);
}
fputc('\n', fp);
}
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq)
{
FILE *fp = NULL;
@@ -744,7 +914,8 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq
/* DESC */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_DESC) {
char *path;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s DESC information back to db\n",
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"writing %s-%s DESC information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "desc");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
@@ -757,48 +928,29 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq
free(path);
fprintf(fp, "%%NAME%%\n%s\n\n"
"%%VERSION%%\n%s\n\n", info->name, info->version);
if(info->base) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BASE%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->base);
}
if(info->desc) {
fprintf(fp, "%%DESC%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->desc);
}
if(info->groups) {
fputs("%GROUPS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->groups; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->replaces) {
fputs("%REPLACES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->replaces; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->url) {
fprintf(fp, "%%URL%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->url);
}
if(info->licenses) {
fputs("%LICENSE%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->licenses; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->arch) {
fprintf(fp, "%%ARCH%%\n"
"%s\n\n", info->arch);
}
if(info->builddate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BUILDDATE%%\n"
"%ld\n\n", info->builddate);
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->builddate);
}
if(info->installdate) {
fprintf(fp, "%%INSTALLDATE%%\n"
"%ld\n\n", info->installdate);
"%jd\n\n", (intmax_t)info->installdate);
}
if(info->packager) {
fprintf(fp, "%%PACKAGER%%\n"
@@ -813,41 +965,45 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq
fprintf(fp, "%%REASON%%\n"
"%u\n\n", info->reason);
}
if(info->depends) {
fputs("%DEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->depends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
if(info->groups) {
fputs("%GROUPS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->groups; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fputs(lp->data, fp);
fputc('\n', fp);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
fputc('\n', fp);
}
if(info->optdepends) {
fputs("%OPTDEPENDS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->optdepends; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", (char *)lp->data);
if(info->licenses) {
fputs("%LICENSE%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->licenses; lp; lp = lp->next) {
fputs(lp->data, fp);
fputc('\n', fp);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
fputc('\n', fp);
}
if(info->conflicts) {
fputs("%CONFLICTS%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->conflicts; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
if(info->validation) {
fputs("%VALIDATION%\n", fp);
if(info->validation & ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE) {
fputs("none\n", fp);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
}
if(info->provides) {
fputs("%PROVIDES%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->provides; lp; lp = lp->next) {
char *depstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(lp->data);
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", depstring);
free(depstring);
if(info->validation & ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM) {
fputs("md5\n", fp);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
if(info->validation & ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM) {
fputs("sha256\n", fp);
}
if(info->validation & ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE) {
fputs("pgp\n", fp);
}
fputc('\n', fp);
}
write_deps(fp, "%REPLACES%", info->replaces);
write_deps(fp, "%DEPENDS%", info->depends);
write_deps(fp, "%OPTDEPENDS%", info->optdepends);
write_deps(fp, "%CONFLICTS%", info->conflicts);
write_deps(fp, "%PROVIDES%", info->provides);
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
@@ -855,7 +1011,8 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq
/* FILES */
if(inforeq & INFRQ_FILES) {
char *path;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "writing %s-%s FILES information back to db\n",
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"writing %s-%s FILES information back to db\n",
info->name, info->version);
path = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, "files");
if(!path || (fp = fopen(path, "w")) == NULL) {
@@ -868,52 +1025,103 @@ int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, alpm_dbinfrq_t inforeq
free(path);
if(info->files.count) {
size_t i;
fprintf(fp, "%%FILES%%\n");
fputs("%FILES%\n", fp);
for(i = 0; i < info->files.count; i++) {
const alpm_file_t *file = info->files.files + i;
fprintf(fp, "%s\n", file->name);
fputs(file->name, fp);
fputc('\n', fp);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
fputc('\n', fp);
}
if(info->backup) {
fprintf(fp, "%%BACKUP%%\n");
fputs("%BACKUP%\n", fp);
for(lp = info->backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
const alpm_backup_t *backup = lp->data;
fprintf(fp, "%s\t%s\n", backup->name, backup->hash);
}
fprintf(fp, "\n");
fputc('\n', fp);
}
fclose(fp);
fp = NULL;
}
/* INSTALL */
/* nothing needed here (script is automatically extracted) */
/* INSTALL and MTREE */
/* nothing needed here (automatically extracted) */
cleanup:
umask(oldmask);
if(fp) {
fclose(fp);
}
return retval;
}
int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info)
{
int ret = 0;
char *pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
DIR *dirp;
struct dirent *dp;
char *pkgpath;
size_t pkgpath_len;
/* TODO explicit file removes and then an rmdir? */
ret = _alpm_rmrf(pkgpath);
free(pkgpath);
if(ret != 0) {
pkgpath = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, info, NULL);
if(!pkgpath) {
return -1;
}
pkgpath_len = strlen(pkgpath);
dirp = opendir(pkgpath);
if(!dirp) {
free(pkgpath);
return -1;
}
/* go through the local DB entry, removing the files within, which we know
* are not nested directories of any kind. */
for(dp = readdir(dirp); dp != NULL; dp = readdir(dirp)) {
if(strcmp(dp->d_name, "..") != 0 && strcmp(dp->d_name, ".") != 0) {
char name[PATH_MAX];
if(pkgpath_len + strlen(dp->d_name) + 2 > PATH_MAX) {
/* file path is too long to remove, hmm. */
ret = -1;
} else {
sprintf(name, "%s/%s", pkgpath, dp->d_name);
if(unlink(name)) {
ret = -1;
}
}
}
}
closedir(dirp);
/* after removing all enclosed files, we can remove the directory itself. */
if(rmdir(pkgpath)) {
ret = -1;
}
free(pkgpath);
return ret;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_set_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_pkgreason_t reason)
{
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin_data.db == pkg->handle->db_local,
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"setting install reason %u for %s\n", reason, pkg->name);
if(alpm_pkg_get_reason(pkg) == reason) {
/* we are done */
return 0;
}
/* set reason (in pkgcache) */
pkg->reason = reason;
/* write DESC */
if(_alpm_local_db_write(pkg->handle->db_local, pkg, INFRQ_DESC)) {
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE, -1);
}
return 0;
}
struct db_operations local_db_ops = {
.validate = local_db_validate,
.populate = local_db_populate,
@@ -933,6 +1141,7 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle)
}
db->ops = &local_db_ops;
db->handle = handle;
db->usage = ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL;
if(local_db_validate(db)) {
/* pm_errno set in local_db_validate() */
@@ -944,4 +1153,4 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle)
return db;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* be_package.c : backend for packages
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,11 +18,12 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
@@ -31,11 +32,19 @@
/* libalpm */
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "handle.h"
#include "package.h"
#include "deps.h" /* _alpm_splitdep */
#include "deps.h"
#include "filelist.h"
#include "util.h"
struct package_changelog {
struct archive *archive;
int fd;
};
/**
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
@@ -47,31 +56,38 @@ static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
struct archive *archive = NULL;
struct package_changelog *changelog;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
struct stat buf;
int fd;
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
fd = _alpm_open_archive(pkg->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
if(fd < 0) {
return NULL;
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
return archive;
changelog = malloc(sizeof(struct package_changelog));
if(!changelog) {
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
close(fd);
return NULL;
}
changelog->archive = archive;
changelog->fd = fd;
return changelog;
}
}
/* we didn't find a changelog */
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
close(fd);
errno = ENOENT;
return NULL;
@@ -89,7 +105,8 @@ static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data((struct archive *)fp, ptr, size);
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data(changelog->archive, ptr, size);
/* Report error (negative values) */
if(sret < 0) {
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 0);
@@ -107,7 +124,12 @@ static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
*/
static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
{
return archive_read_finish((struct archive *)fp);
int ret;
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
ret = _alpm_archive_read_free(changelog->archive);
close(changelog->fd);
free(changelog);
return ret;
}
/** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
@@ -149,28 +171,33 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line);
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size);
linenum++;
if(len == 0 || buf.line[0] == '#') {
key = buf.line;
if(len == 0 || key[0] == '#') {
continue;
}
ptr = buf.line;
key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
/* line is always in this format: "key = value"
* we can be sure the " = " exists, so look for that */
ptr = memchr(key, ' ', len);
if(!ptr || (size_t)(ptr - key + 2) > len || memcmp(ptr, " = ", 3) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
} else {
key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
while(*ptr == ' ') ptr++;
ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
/* NULL the end of the key portion, move ptr to start of value */
*ptr = '\0';
ptr += 3;
if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, return -1);
newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
STRDUP(newpkg->base, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "basever") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
@@ -189,23 +216,28 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
newpkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(ptr);
} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
alpm_depend_t *optdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, optdep);
} else if(strcmp(key, "makedepend") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else if(strcmp(key, "checkdepend") == 0) {
/* not used atm */
} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *conflict = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
alpm_depend_t *conflict = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *replace = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
alpm_depend_t *replace = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, replace);
} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
alpm_depend_t *provide = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
alpm_depend_t *provide = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, provide);
} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
alpm_backup_t *backup;
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, return -1);
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, FREE(backup); return -1);
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
/* deprecated, skip it */
@@ -225,53 +257,6 @@ static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *
return 0;
}
static void files_merge(alpm_file_t a[], alpm_file_t b[], alpm_file_t c[],
size_t m, size_t n)
{
size_t i = 0, j = 0, k = 0;
while(i < m && j < n) {
if(strcmp(a[i].name, b[j].name) < 0) {
c[k++] = a[i++];
} else {
c[k++] = b[j++];
}
}
while(i < m) {
c[k++] = a[i++];
}
while(j < n) {
c[k++] = b[j++];
}
}
static alpm_file_t *files_msort(alpm_file_t *files, size_t n)
{
alpm_file_t *work;
size_t blocksize = 1;
CALLOC(work, n, sizeof(alpm_file_t), return NULL);
for(blocksize = 1; blocksize < n; blocksize *= 2) {
size_t i, max_extent = 0;
for(i = 0; i < n - blocksize; i += 2 * blocksize) {
/* this limits our actual merge to the length of the array, since we will
* not likely be a perfect power of two. */
size_t right_blocksize = blocksize;
if(i + blocksize * 2 > n) {
right_blocksize = n - i - blocksize;
}
files_merge(files + i, files + i + blocksize, work + i,
blocksize, right_blocksize);
max_extent = i + blocksize + right_blocksize;
}
/* ensure we only copy what we actually touched on this merge pass,
* no more, no less */
memcpy(files, work, max_extent * sizeof(alpm_file_t));
}
free(work);
return files;
}
/**
* Validate a package.
* @param handle the context handle
@@ -280,11 +265,12 @@ static alpm_file_t *files_msort(alpm_file_t *files, size_t n)
* sha256sum, and/or base64 signature)
* @param level the required level of signature verification
* @param sigdata signature data from the package to pass back
* @param validation successful validations performed on the package file
* @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
*/
int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, alpm_siglevel_t level,
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata)
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, alpm_pkgvalidation_t *validation)
{
int has_sig;
handle->pm_errno = 0;
@@ -294,8 +280,15 @@ int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
}
/* attempt to access the package file, ensure it exists */
if(access(pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, -1);
if(_alpm_access(handle, NULL, pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
} else {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
}
return -1;
}
/* can we get away with skipping checksums? */
@@ -316,35 +309,239 @@ int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_CSUM_MD5) != 0) {
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
}
if(validation) {
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
}
}
if(syncpkg->sha256sum) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sha256sum: %s\n", syncpkg->sha256sum);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking sha256sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_CSUM_SHA256) != 0) {
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM) != 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
}
if(validation) {
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
}
}
}
/* even if we don't have a sig, run the check code if level tells us to */
if(has_sig || level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
const char *sig = syncpkg ? syncpkg->base64_sig : NULL;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sig data: %s\n", sig ? sig : "<from .sig>");
if(!has_sig && !(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL)) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG;
return -1;
}
if(_alpm_check_pgp_helper(handle, pkgfile, sig,
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_MARGINAL_OK,
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_UNKNOWN_OK, sigdata)) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG;
return -1;
}
if(validation && has_sig) {
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
}
}
if(validation && !*validation) {
*validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Handle the existance of simple paths for _alpm_load_pkg_internal()
* @param pkg package to change
* @param path path to examine
* @return 0 if path doesn't match any rule, 1 if it has been handled
*/
static int handle_simple_path(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, const char *path)
{
if(strcmp(path, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
pkg->scriptlet = 1;
return 1;
} else if(*path == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Add a file to the files list for pkg.
*
* @param pkg package to add the file to
* @param files_size size of pkg->files.files
* @param entry archive entry of the file to add to the list
* @param path path of the file to be added
* @return <0 on error, 0 on success
*/
static int add_entry_to_files_list(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
size_t *files_size, struct archive_entry *entry, const char *path)
{
const size_t files_count = filelist->count;
alpm_file_t *current_file;
mode_t type;
size_t pathlen;
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&filelist->files,
files_size, (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t))) {
return -1;
}
type = archive_entry_filetype(entry);
pathlen = strlen(path);
current_file = filelist->files + files_count;
/* mtree paths don't contain a tailing slash, those we get from
* the archive directly do (expensive way)
* Other code relies on it to detect directories so add it here.*/
if(type == AE_IFDIR && path[pathlen - 1] != '/') {
/* 2 = 1 for / + 1 for \0 */
char *newpath;
MALLOC(newpath, pathlen + 2, return -1);
strcpy(newpath, path);
newpath[pathlen] = '/';
newpath[pathlen + 1] = '\0';
current_file->name = newpath;
} else {
STRDUP(current_file->name, path, return -1);
}
current_file->size = archive_entry_size(entry);
current_file->mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
filelist->count++;
return 0;
}
/**
* Generate a new file list from an mtree file and add it to the package.
* An existing file list will be free()d first.
*
* archive should point to an archive struct which is already at the
* position of the mtree's header.
*
* @param handle
* @param pkg package to add the file list to
* @param archive archive containing the mtree
* @return 0 on success, <0 on error
*/
static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, struct archive *archive)
{
int ret = 0;
size_t i;
size_t mtree_maxsize = 0;
size_t mtree_cursize = 0;
size_t files_size = 0; /* we clean up the existing array so this is fine */
char *mtree_data = NULL;
struct archive *mtree;
struct archive_entry *mtree_entry = NULL;
alpm_filelist_t filelist;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"found mtree for package %s, getting file list\n", pkg->filename);
memset(&filelist, 0, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
/* create a new archive to parse the mtree and load it from archive into memory */
/* TODO: split this into a function */
if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
/* TODO: split this into a function */
while(1) {
ssize_t size;
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&mtree_data, &mtree_maxsize, mtree_cursize + ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
goto error;
}
size = archive_read_data(archive, mtree_data + mtree_cursize, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE);
if(size < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(archive));
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
if(size == 0) {
break;
}
mtree_cursize += size;
}
if(archive_read_open_memory(mtree, mtree_data, mtree_cursize)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
_("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, &mtree_entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *path = archive_entry_pathname(mtree_entry);
/* strip leading "./" from path entries */
if(path[0] == '.' && path[1] == '/') {
path += 2;
}
if(handle_simple_path(pkg, path)) {
continue;
}
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&filelist, &files_size, mtree_entry, path) < 0) {
goto error;
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
goto error;
}
/* throw away any files we loaded directly from the archive */
for(i = 0; i < pkg->files.count; i++) {
free(pkg->files.files[i].name);
}
free(pkg->files.files);
/* copy over new filelist */
memcpy(&pkg->files, &filelist, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
free(mtree_data);
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished mtree reading for %s\n", pkg->filename);
return 0;
error:
/* throw away any files we loaded from the mtree */
for(i = 0; i < filelist.count; i++) {
free(filelist.files[i].name);
}
free(filelist.files);
free(mtree_data);
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
return -1;
}
/**
* Load a package and create the corresponding alpm_pkg_t struct.
* @param handle the context handle
@@ -355,51 +552,45 @@ int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *pkgfile, int full)
{
int ret, config = 0;
int ret, fd;
int config = 0;
int hit_mtree = 0;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
struct stat st;
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
size_t files_size = 0;
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
/* attempt to stat the package file, ensure it exists */
if(stat(pkgfile, &st) == 0) {
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
fd = _alpm_open_archive(handle, pkgfile, &st, &archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
if(fd < 0) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
} else {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
}
newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
} else {
/* couldn't stat the pkgfile, return an error */
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, NULL);
return NULL;
}
/* try to create an archive object to read in the package */
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
if(newpkg == NULL) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
goto error;
}
STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile,
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY; goto error);
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
* metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
* as a verfication of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
* as a verification of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
@@ -418,36 +609,25 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
if(strchr(newpkg->version, '-') == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
goto pkg_invalid;
}
config = 1;
continue;
} else if(strcmp(entry_name, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
newpkg->scriptlet = 1;
} else if(*entry_name == '.') {
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
} else if(full) {
/* Keep track of all files for filelist generation */
if(files_count >= files_size) {
size_t old_size = files_size;
if(files_size == 0) {
files_size = 4;
} else {
files_size *= 2;
}
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
if(!files) {
ALLOC_FAIL(sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_size);
goto error;
}
/* ensure all new memory is zeroed out, in both the initial
* allocation and later reallocs */
memset(files + old_size, 0,
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * (files_size - old_size));
} else if(full && strcmp(entry_name, ".MTREE") == 0) {
/* building the file list: cheap way
* get the filelist from the mtree file rather than scanning
* the whole archive */
hit_mtree = build_filelist_from_mtree(handle, newpkg, archive) == 0;
continue;
} else if(handle_simple_path(newpkg, entry_name)) {
continue;
} else if(full && !hit_mtree) {
/* building the file list: expensive way */
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&newpkg->files, &files_size, entry, entry_name) < 0) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, entry_name, goto error);
files[files_count].size = archive_entry_size(entry);
files[files_count].mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
files_count++;
}
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
@@ -458,12 +638,12 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
}
/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
if(!full && config) {
if((!full || hit_mtree) && config) {
break;
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occured */
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
@@ -475,24 +655,30 @@ alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
goto pkg_invalid;
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
close(fd);
/* internal fields for package struct */
newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_FILE;
newpkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE;
newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
newpkg->handle = handle;
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
newpkg->validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
if(full) {
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
newpkg->files.files = files_msort(files, files_count);
newpkg->files.count = files_count;
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_FILES | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
} else {
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
if(newpkg->files.files) {
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
newpkg->files.files = realloc(newpkg->files.files,
sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count);
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
qsort(newpkg->files.files, newpkg->files.count,
sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
}
newpkg->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
}
return newpkg;
@@ -501,18 +687,89 @@ pkg_invalid:
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
error:
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
if(fd >= 0) {
close(fd);
}
return NULL;
}
static int read_sigfile(const char *sigpath, unsigned char **sig)
{
struct stat st;
FILE *fp;
if(stat(sigpath, &st) != 0) {
return -1;
}
MALLOC(*sig, st.st_size, return -1);
if((fp = fopen(sigpath, "rb")) == NULL) {
free(*sig);
return -1;
}
if(fread(*sig, st.st_size, 1, fp) != 1) {
free(*sig);
fclose(fp);
return -1;
}
fclose(fp);
return st.st_size;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
alpm_siglevel_t level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
{
alpm_pkgvalidation_t validation = 0;
char *sigpath;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL) == -1) {
sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, filename);
if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
alpm_list_t *keys = NULL;
int fail = 0;
unsigned char *sig = NULL;
int len = read_sigfile(sigpath, &sig);
if(len == -1) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed to read signature file: %s\n"), sigpath);
free(sigpath);
return -1;
}
if(alpm_extract_keyid(handle, filename, sig, len, &keys) == 0) {
alpm_list_t *k;
for(k = keys; k; k = k->next) {
char *key = k->data;
if(_alpm_key_in_keychain(handle, key) == 0) {
if(_alpm_key_import(handle, key) == -1) {
fail = 1;
}
}
}
FREELIST(keys);
}
free(sig);
if(fail) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("required key missing from keyring\n"));
return -1;
}
}
}
free(sigpath);
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL,
&validation) == -1) {
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_validate */
return -1;
}
@@ -521,8 +778,9 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int ful
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
return -1;
}
(*pkg)->validation = validation;
return 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* be_sync.c : backend for sync databases
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,10 +18,11 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* libarchive */
@@ -31,6 +32,7 @@
/* libalpm */
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "package.h"
@@ -38,6 +40,7 @@
#include "delta.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "dload.h"
#include "filelist.h"
static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
@@ -86,11 +89,14 @@ static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
}
/* we can skip any validation if the database doesn't exist */
if(access(dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
if(_alpm_access(db->handle, NULL, dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
alpm_event_database_missing_t event = {
.type = ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
.dbname = db->treename
};
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
"database file for '%s' does not exist\n", db->treename);
EVENT(db->handle, &event);
goto valid;
}
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
@@ -142,7 +148,7 @@ valid:
*
* Example:
* @code
* alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_option_get_syncdbs();
* alpm_list_t *syncs = alpm_get_syncdbs();
* for(i = syncs; i; i = alpm_list_next(i)) {
* alpm_db_t *db = alpm_list_getdata(i);
* result = alpm_db_update(0, db);
@@ -169,7 +175,9 @@ valid:
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
{
char *syncpath;
const char *dbext;
alpm_list_t *i;
int updated = 0;
int ret = -1;
mode_t oldmask;
alpm_handle_t *handle;
@@ -182,11 +190,20 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, -1));
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
return 0;
}
syncpath = get_sync_dir(handle);
if(!syncpath) {
return -1;
}
/* force update of invalid databases to fix potential mismatched database/signature */
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
force = 1;
}
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
oldmask = umask(0022);
@@ -199,8 +216,10 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, -1);
}
dbext = db->handle->dbext;
for(i = db->servers; i; i = i->next) {
const char *server = i->data;
const char *server = i->data, *final_db_url = NULL;
struct dload_payload payload;
size_t len;
int sig_ret = 0;
@@ -211,17 +230,19 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
payload.max_size = 25 * 1024 * 1024;
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 5;
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 2;
/* TODO fix leak syncpath and umask unset */
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db", server, db->treename);
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s%s", server, db->treename, dbext);
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = force;
payload.unlink_on_fail = 1;
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL, &final_db_url);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
updated = (updated || ret == 0);
if(ret == 0 && (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE)) {
if(ret != -1 && updated && (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE)) {
/* an existing sig file is no good at this point */
char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, _alpm_db_path(db));
if(!sigpath) {
@@ -231,11 +252,34 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
unlink(sigpath);
free(sigpath);
/* check if the final URL from internal downloader looks reasonable */
if(final_db_url != NULL) {
if(strlen(final_db_url) < 3
|| strcmp(final_db_url + strlen(final_db_url) - strlen(dbext),
dbext) != 0) {
final_db_url = NULL;
}
}
/* if we downloaded a DB, we want the .sig from the same server */
/* print server + filename into a buffer (leave space for .sig) */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + 9;
if(final_db_url != NULL) {
/* print final_db_url into a buffer (leave space for .sig) */
len = strlen(final_db_url) + 5;
} else {
/* print server + filename into a buffer (leave space for separator and .sig) */
len = strlen(server) + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 6;
}
/* TODO fix leak syncpath and umask unset */
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s.db.sig", server, db->treename);
if(final_db_url != NULL) {
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s.sig", final_db_url);
} else {
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s/%s%s.sig", server, db->treename, dbext);
}
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = 1;
payload.errors_ok = (level & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
@@ -243,7 +287,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
/* set hard upper limit of 16KiB */
payload.max_size = 16 * 1024;
sig_ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL);
sig_ret = _alpm_download(&payload, syncpath, NULL, NULL);
/* errors_ok suppresses error messages, but not the return code */
sig_ret = payload.errors_ok ? 0 : sig_ret;
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
@@ -254,37 +298,32 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(int force, alpm_db_t *db)
}
}
if(ret == 1) {
/* files match, do nothing */
handle->pm_errno = 0;
goto cleanup;
} else if(ret == -1) {
if(updated) {
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
/* if the download failed skip validation to preserve the download error */
if(ret != -1 && sync_db_validate(db) != 0) {
/* pm_errno should be set */
ret = -1;
}
}
if(ret == -1) {
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync db: %s\n",
alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
goto cleanup;
} else {
handle->pm_errno = 0;
}
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
if(sync_db_validate(db)) {
/* pm_errno should be set */
ret = -1;
}
cleanup:
if(_alpm_handle_unlock(handle)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not remove lock file %s\n"),
handle->lockfile);
}
_alpm_handle_unlock(handle);
free(syncpath);
umask(oldmask);
return ret;
@@ -294,6 +333,29 @@ cleanup:
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg);
static alpm_pkgvalidation_t _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
if(pkg->validation) {
return pkg->validation;
}
if(pkg->md5sum) {
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
}
if(pkg->sha256sum) {
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
}
if(pkg->base64_sig) {
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
}
if(!pkg->validation) {
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
}
return pkg->validation;
}
static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
const char **entry_filename, alpm_pkg_t *likely_pkg)
{
@@ -316,7 +378,8 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
return NULL;
}
if(likely_pkg && strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
if(likely_pkg && pkgname_hash == likely_pkg->name_hash
&& strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
pkg = likely_pkg;
} else {
pkg = _alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkgname);
@@ -331,9 +394,10 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
pkg->version = pkgver;
pkg->name_hash = pkgname_hash;
pkg->origin = PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
pkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
pkg->ops = &default_pkg_ops;
pkg->ops->get_validation = _sync_get_validation;
pkg->handle = db->handle;
/* add to the collection */
@@ -348,62 +412,40 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
return pkg;
}
/*
* This is the data table used to generate the estimating function below.
* "Weighted Avg" means averaging the bottom table values; thus each repo, big
* or small, will have equal influence. "Unweighted Avg" means averaging the
* sums of the top table columns, thus each package has equal influence. The
* final values are calculated by (surprise) averaging the averages, because
* why the hell not.
*
* Database Pkgs tar bz2 gz xz
* community 2096 5294080 256391 421227 301296
* core 180 460800 25257 36850 29356
* extra 2606 6635520 294647 470818 339392
* multilib 126 327680 16120 23261 18732
* testing 76 204800 10902 14348 12100
*
* Bytes Per Package
* community 2096 2525.80 122.32 200.97 143.75
* core 180 2560.00 140.32 204.72 163.09
* extra 2606 2546.25 113.06 180.67 130.23
* multilib 126 2600.63 127.94 184.61 148.67
* testing 76 2694.74 143.45 188.79 159.21
* Weighted Avg 2585.48 129.42 191.95 148.99
* Unweighted Avg 2543.39 118.74 190.16 137.93
* Average of Avgs 2564.44 124.08 191.06 143.46
*/
/* This function doesn't work as well as one might think, as size of database
* entries varies considerably. Adding signatures nearly doubles the size of a
* single entry; deltas also can make for large variations in size. These
* current values are heavily influenced by Arch Linux; databases with no
* deltas and a single signature per package. */
static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
{
unsigned int per_package;
int per_package;
switch(archive_compression(archive)) {
switch(_alpm_archive_filter_code(archive)) {
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_NONE:
per_package = 2564;
per_package = 3015;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_GZIP:
per_package = 191;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
per_package = 464;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_BZIP2:
per_package = 124;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
per_package = 193;
per_package = 394;
break;
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_LZMA:
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_XZ:
per_package = 143;
per_package = 400;
break;
#ifdef ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU:
per_package = 3543;
per_package = 3015 * 4 / 3;
break;
#endif
default:
/* assume it is at least somewhat compressed */
per_package = 200;
per_package = 500;
}
return (size_t)((st->st_size / per_package) + 1);
}
@@ -411,7 +453,7 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
{
const char *dbpath;
size_t est_count;
int count = 0;
int count, fd;
struct stat buf;
struct archive *archive;
struct archive_entry *entry;
@@ -423,38 +465,30 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
}
if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, -1);
}
archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
if(!dbpath) {
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "opening database archive %s\n", dbpath);
if(archive_read_open_filename(archive, dbpath,
ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"), dbpath,
archive_error_string(archive));
archive_read_finish(archive);
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
}
if(stat(dbpath, &buf) != 0) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, -1);
fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, dbpath, &buf,
&archive, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN);
if(fd < 0) {
return -1;
}
est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
/* initialize hash at 66% full */
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count * 3 / 2);
/* currently only .files dbs contain file lists - make flexible when required*/
if(strcmp(db->handle->dbext, ".files") == 0) {
/* files databases are about four times larger on average */
est_count /= 4;
}
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count);
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
count = -1;
goto cleanup;
}
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
@@ -473,21 +507,53 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
}
count = alpm_list_count(db->pkgcache->list);
if(count > 0) {
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list, (size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list,
(size_t)count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
}
archive_read_finish(archive);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "added %d packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"added %d packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
count, db->treename);
cleanup:
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
if(fd >= 0) {
close(fd);
}
return count;
}
/* This function validates %FILENAME%. filename must be between 3 and
* PATH_MAX characters and cannot be contain a path */
static int _alpm_validate_filename(alpm_db_t *db, const char *pkgname,
const char *filename)
{
size_t len = strlen(filename);
if(filename[0] == '.') {
errno = EINVAL;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
return -1;
} else if(memchr(filename, '/', len) != NULL) {
errno = EINVAL;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
return -1;
} else if(len > PATH_MAX) {
errno = EINVAL;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
"of package %s is too long\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
return -1;
}
return 0;
}
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
line = buf.line; \
_alpm_strip_newline(line); \
_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size); \
} while(0)
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
@@ -498,15 +564,15 @@ static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
char *linedup; \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
STRDUP(linedup, buf.line, goto error); \
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, _alpm_splitdep(line)); \
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
f = alpm_list_add(f, alpm_dep_from_string(line)); \
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
@@ -539,12 +605,21 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
return -1;
}
if(filename == NULL) {
/* A file exists outside of a subdirectory. This isn't a read error, so return
* success and try to continue on. */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("unknown database file: %s\n"),
filename);
return 0;
}
if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
|| strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
|| strcmp(filename, "files") == 0
|| (strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0 && db->handle->deltaratio > 0.0) ) {
int ret;
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
char *line = buf.line;
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line) == 0) {
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
/* length of stripped line was zero */
continue;
}
@@ -563,6 +638,11 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->filename);
if(_alpm_validate_filename(db, pkg->name, pkg->filename) < 0) {
return -1;
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BASE%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->base);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->desc);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
@@ -595,7 +675,19 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->depends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->optdepends);
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->optdepends);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MAKEDEPENDS%") == 0) {
/* currently unused */
while(1) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CHECKDEPENDS%") == 0) {
/* currently unused */
while(1) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->conflicts);
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
@@ -605,16 +697,48 @@ static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
while(1) {
READ_NEXT();
if(strlen(line) == 0) break;
pkg->deltas = alpm_list_add(pkg->deltas, _alpm_delta_parse(line));
pkg->deltas = alpm_list_add(pkg->deltas,
_alpm_delta_parse(db->handle, line));
}
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
/* TODO: this could lazy load if there is future demand */
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
while(1) {
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
goto error;
}
line = buf.line;
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
break;
}
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&files, &files_size,
(files_count ? (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t) : 8 * sizeof(alpm_file_t)))) {
goto error;
}
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, line, goto error);
files_count++;
}
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
if(files_count > 0) {
files = realloc(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count);
/* make sure the list is sorted */
qsort(files, files_count, sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
} else {
FREE(files);
}
pkg->files.count = files_count;
pkg->files.files = files;
}
}
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
goto error;
}
*likely_pkg = pkg;
} else if(strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
/* currently do nothing with this file */
} else if(strcmp(filename, "deltas") == 0) {
/* skip reading delta files if UseDelta is unset */
} else {
/* unknown database file */
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
@@ -641,7 +765,7 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
#ifndef HAVE_LIBGPGME
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
if(level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
}
#endif
@@ -660,4 +784,4 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
return db;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* conflict.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -40,30 +38,45 @@
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "deps.h"
#include "filelist.h"
/**
* @brief Creates a new conflict.
*/
static alpm_conflict_t *conflict_new(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2,
alpm_depend_t *reason)
{
alpm_conflict_t *conflict;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
conflict->package1_hash = pkg1->name_hash;
conflict->package2_hash = pkg2->name_hash;
STRDUP(conflict->package1, pkg1->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(conflict->package2, pkg2->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(conflict->package1, pkg1->name, goto error);
STRDUP(conflict->package2, pkg2->name, goto error);
conflict->reason = reason;
return conflict;
error:
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
return NULL;
}
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
/**
* @brief Free a conflict and its members.
*/
void SYMEXPORT alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
{
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
FREE(conflict->package2);
FREE(conflict->package1);
FREE(conflict);
}
/**
* @brief Creates a copy of a conflict.
*/
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
{
alpm_conflict_t *newconflict;
@@ -71,13 +84,25 @@ alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
newconflict->package1_hash = conflict->package1_hash;
newconflict->package2_hash = conflict->package2_hash;
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, return NULL);
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, return NULL);
STRDUP(newconflict->package1, conflict->package1, goto error);
STRDUP(newconflict->package2, conflict->package2, goto error);
newconflict->reason = conflict->reason;
return newconflict;
error:
alpm_conflict_free(newconflict);
return NULL;
}
/**
* @brief Searches for a conflict in a list.
*
* @param needle conflict to search for
* @param haystack list of conflicts to search
*
* @return 1 if needle is in haystack, 0 otherwise
*/
static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
@@ -94,12 +119,16 @@ static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
return 0;
}
/** Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
/**
* @brief Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param baddeps list to add conflict to
* @param pkg1 first package
* @param pkg2 package causing conflict
* @param reason reason for this conflict
*
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
*/
static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2, alpm_depend_t *reason)
@@ -115,16 +144,18 @@ static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
pkg1->name, pkg2->name, conflict_str);
free(conflict_str);
} else {
_alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
}
return 0;
}
/** Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
* This looks at the conflicts fields of all packages from list1, and sees
* if they match packages from list2.
* If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found, it is added to the baddeps list
* in this order if order >= 0, or reverse order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
/**
* @brief Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
*
* @details This looks at the conflicts fields of all packages from list1, and
* sees if they match packages from list2. If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found,
* it is added to the baddeps list in this order if order >= 0, or reverse
* order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param list1 first list of packages
@@ -134,7 +165,8 @@ static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
*/
static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order) {
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
if(!baddeps) {
@@ -169,7 +201,14 @@ static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
}
}
/* Check for inter-conflicts */
/**
* @brief Check for inter-conflicts in a list of packages.
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param packages list of packages to check
*
* @return list of conflicts
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
{
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
@@ -180,7 +219,9 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
return baddeps;
}
/* Check for target vs (db - target) conflicts */
/**
* @brief Returns a list of conflicts between a db and a list of packages.
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
{
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
@@ -202,10 +243,12 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
return baddeps;
}
/** Check the package conflicts in a database
/**
* @brief Check the package conflicts in a database
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param pkglist the list of packages to check
*
* @return an alpm_list_t of alpm_conflict_t
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
@@ -215,76 +258,23 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
return _alpm_innerconflicts(handle, pkglist);
}
static const int DIFFERENCE = 0;
static const int INTERSECT = 1;
/* Returns a set operation on the provided two lists of files.
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
/**
* @brief Creates and adds a file conflict to a conflict list.
*
* Operations:
* DIFFERENCE - a difference operation is performed. filesA - filesB.
* INTERSECT - an intersection operation is performed. filesA & filesB.
*/
static alpm_list_t *filelist_operation(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB, int operation)
{
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
alpm_file_t *fileB = filesB->files + ctrB;
const char *strA = fileA->name;
const char *strB = fileB->name;
/* skip directories, we don't care about them */
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] == '/') {
ctrA++;
} else if(strB[strlen(strB)-1] == '/') {
ctrB++;
} else {
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
if(cmp < 0) {
if(operation == DIFFERENCE) {
/* item only in filesA, qualifies as a difference */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
ctrA++;
} else if(cmp > 0) {
ctrB++;
} else {
if(operation == INTERSECT) {
/* item in both, qualifies as an intersect */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
ctrA++;
ctrB++;
}
}
}
/* if doing a difference, ensure we have completely emptied pA */
while(operation == DIFFERENCE && ctrA < filesA->count) {
alpm_file_t *fileA = filesA->files + ctrA;
const char *strA = fileA->name;
/* skip directories */
if(strA[strlen(strA)-1] != '/') {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, fileA);
}
ctrA++;
}
return ret;
}
/* Adds alpm_fileconflict_t to a conflicts list. Pass the conflicts list, the
* conflicting file path, and either two packages or one package and NULL.
* @param handle the context handle
* @param conflicts the list of conflicts to append to
* @param filestr the conflicting file path
* @param pkg1 package that wishes to install the file
* @param pkg2 package that currently owns the file, or NULL if unowned
*
* @return the updated conflict list
*/
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *conflicts, const char *filestr,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
{
alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict;
MALLOC(conflict, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
STRDUP(conflict->target, pkg1->name, goto error);
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, goto error);
@@ -303,91 +293,125 @@ static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
return conflicts;
error:
alpm_fileconflict_free(conflict);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, conflicts);
}
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
/**
* @brief Frees a conflict and its members.
*/
void SYMEXPORT alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
{
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
FREE(conflict->file);
FREE(conflict->target);
FREE(conflict);
}
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
const char *name)
/**
* @brief Recursively checks if a set of packages own all subdirectories and
* files in a directory.
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param dirpath path of the directory to check
* @param pkgs packages being checked against
*
* @return 1 if a package owns all subdirectories and files, 0 otherwise
*/
static int dir_belongsto_pkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *dirpath,
alpm_list_t *pkgs)
{
size_t i;
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files;
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
if(strcmp(file->name, name) == 0) {
return file;
}
file++;
}
return NULL;
}
static int dir_belongsto_pkg(const char *root, const char *dirpath,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
struct stat sbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
char abspath[PATH_MAX];
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
char path[PATH_MAX], full_path[PATH_MAX];
DIR *dir;
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, dirpath);
dir = opendir(abspath);
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, dirpath);
dir = opendir(full_path);
if(dir == NULL) {
return 1;
return 0;
}
while((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
const char *name = ent->d_name;
int owned = 0, is_dir = 0;
alpm_list_t *i;
struct stat sbuf;
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s/%s", dirpath, name);
snprintf(abspath, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", root, path);
if(stat(abspath, &sbuf) != 0) {
continue;
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", handle->root, dirpath, name);
if(lstat(full_path, &sbuf) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "could not stat %s\n", full_path);
closedir(dir);
return 0;
}
if(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
if(dir_belongsto_pkg(root, path, pkg)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return 0;
}
} else {
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg), path)) {
continue;
} else {
closedir(dir);
return 0;
is_dir = S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode);
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", dirpath, name, is_dir ? "/" : "");
for(i = pkgs; i && !owned; i = i->next) {
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
owned = 1;
}
}
if(owned && is_dir) {
owned = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, path, pkgs);
}
if(!owned) {
closedir(dir);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"unowned file %s found in directory\n", path);
return 0;
}
}
closedir(dir);
return 1;
}
/* Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction with two checks:
* 1: check every target against every target
* 2: check every target against the filesystem */
static alpm_list_t *alpm_db_find_file_owners(alpm_db_t* db, const char *path)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *owners = NULL;
for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
owners = alpm_list_add(owners, i->data);
}
}
return owners;
}
/**
* @brief Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction.
*
* @details Performs two checks:
* 1. check every target against every target
* 2. check every target against the filesystem
*
* @param handle the context handle
* @param upgrade list of packages being installed
* @param rem list of packages being removed
*
* @return list of file conflicts
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove)
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *rem)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *conflicts = NULL;
size_t numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
size_t current;
size_t rootlen;
if(!upgrade) {
return NULL;
}
rootlen = strlen(handle->root);
/* TODO this whole function needs a huge change, which hopefully will
* be possible with real transactions. Right now we only do half as much
* here as we do when we actually extract files in add.c with our 12
@@ -395,32 +419,51 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
alpm_pkg_t *p1 = i->data;
alpm_list_t *j;
alpm_filelist_t tmpfiles;
alpm_list_t *tmpfiles = NULL;
alpm_pkg_t *dbpkg;
size_t filenum;
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", percent,
numtargs, current);
/* CHECK 1: check every target against every target */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
p1->name);
for(j = i->next; j; j = j->next) {
alpm_list_t *common_files;
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = j->data;
common_files = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(p2), INTERSECT);
alpm_filelist_t *p1_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
alpm_filelist_t *p2_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p2);
common_files = _alpm_filelist_intersection(p1_files, p2_files);
if(common_files) {
alpm_list_t *k;
char path[PATH_MAX];
for(k = common_files; k; k = k->next) {
alpm_file_t *file = k->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, file->name);
char *filename = k->data;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
/* can skip file-file conflicts when forced *
* checking presence in p2_files detects dir-file or file-dir
* conflicts as the path from p1 is returned */
if((handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE) &&
alpm_filelist_contains(p2_files, filename)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"%s exists in both '%s' and '%s'\n", filename,
p1->name, p2->name);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"file-file conflict being forced\n");
continue;
}
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, p2);
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
FREELIST(conflicts);
FREELIST(common_files);
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
alpm_list_free(common_files);
return NULL;
}
}
@@ -439,148 +482,183 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
* that the former list needs to be freed while the latter list should NOT
* be freed. */
if(dbpkg) {
alpm_list_t *difference;
/* older ver of package currently installed */
difference = filelist_operation(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), DIFFERENCE);
tmpfiles.count = alpm_list_count(difference);
tmpfiles.files = alpm_list_to_array(difference, tmpfiles.count,
sizeof(alpm_file_t));
alpm_list_free(difference);
tmpfiles = _alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg));
} else {
/* no version of package currently installed */
tmpfiles = *alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
alpm_filelist_t *fl = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
size_t filenum;
for(filenum = 0; filenum < fl->count; filenum++) {
tmpfiles = alpm_list_add(tmpfiles, fl->files[filenum].name);
}
}
for(filenum = 0; filenum < tmpfiles.count; filenum++) {
alpm_file_t *file = tmpfiles.files + filenum;
const char *filestr = file->name;
for(j = tmpfiles; j; j = j->next) {
const char *filestr = j->data;
const char *relative_path;
alpm_list_t *k;
/* have we acted on this conflict? */
int resolved_conflict = 0;
struct stat lsbuf;
char path[PATH_MAX];
size_t pathlen;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
pathlen = snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
relative_path = path + rootlen;
/* stat the file - if it exists, do some checks */
if(_alpm_lstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
if(llstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
continue;
}
if(S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
struct stat sbuf;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
if(path[pathlen - 1] == '/') {
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is a directory, not a conflict\n", path);
continue;
}
stat(path, &sbuf);
if(S_ISLNK(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"%s is a symlink to a dir, hopefully not a conflict\n", path);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "file is a directory, not a conflict\n");
continue;
}
/* if we made it to here, we want all subsequent path comparisons to
* not include the trailing slash. This allows things like file ->
* directory replacements. */
path[strlen(path) - 1] = '\0';
path[pathlen - 1] = '\0';
/* Check if the directory was a file in dbpkg */
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_path)) {
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"replacing package file with a directory, not a conflict\n");
resolved_conflict = 1;
/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
break;
}
}
}
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
relative_path = path + strlen(handle->root);
/* Check remove list (will we remove the conflicting local file?) */
for(k = remove; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
for(k = rem; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
if(rempkg && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
if(rempkg && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
relative_path)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"local file will be removed, not a conflict: %s\n", path);
"local file will be removed, not a conflict\n");
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
for(k = upgrade; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = k->data;
if(!p2 || strcmp(p1->name, p2->name) == 0) {
alpm_pkg_t *localp2, *p2 = k->data;
if(!p2 || p1 == p2) {
/* skip p1; both p1 and p2 come directly from the upgrade list
* so they can be compared directly */
continue;
}
alpm_pkg_t *localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
/* localp2->files will be removed (target conflicts are handled by CHECK 1) */
if(localp2 && _alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), filestr)) {
if(localp2 && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), relative_path)) {
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
handle->trans->skip_remove =
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(filestr));
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(relative_path));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist: %s\n", path);
"file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist\n");
resolved_conflict = 1;
if(filestr[fslen - 1] == '/') {
/* replacing a file with a directory:
* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
break;
}
}
}
}
}
/* check if all files of the dir belong to the installed pkg */
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && dbpkg) {
char *dir = malloc(strlen(filestr) + 2);
sprintf(dir, "%s/", filestr);
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), dir)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"check if all files in %s belongs to %s\n",
dir, dbpkg->name);
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkg(handle->root, filestr, dbpkg);
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
alpm_list_t *owners;
char *dir = malloc(strlen(relative_path) + 2);
sprintf(dir, "%s/", relative_path);
owners = alpm_db_find_file_owners(handle->db_local, dir);
if(owners) {
alpm_list_t *pkgs = NULL, *diff;
if(dbpkg) {
pkgs = alpm_list_add(pkgs, dbpkg);
}
pkgs = alpm_list_join(pkgs, alpm_list_copy(rem));
if((diff = alpm_list_diff(owners, pkgs, _alpm_pkg_cmp))) {
/* dir is owned by files we aren't removing */
/* TODO: with better commit ordering, we may be able to check
* against upgrades as well */
alpm_list_free(diff);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"checking if all files in %s belong to removed packages\n",
dir);
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, dir, owners);
}
alpm_list_free(pkgs);
alpm_list_free(owners);
}
free(dir);
}
if(!resolved_conflict && dbpkg) {
char *rpath = calloc(PATH_MAX, sizeof(char));
const char *relative_rpath;
if(!realpath(path, rpath)) {
free(rpath);
continue;
}
relative_rpath = rpath + strlen(handle->root);
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_rpath)) {
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
free(rpath);
}
/* is the file unowned and in the backup list of the new package? */
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(filestr, p1)) {
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(relative_path, p1)) {
alpm_list_t *local_pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
int found = 0;
for(k = local_pkgs; k && !found; k = k->next) {
if(_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), filestr)) {
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), relative_path)) {
found = 1;
}
}
if(!found) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"file was unowned but in new backup list: %s\n", path);
"file was unowned but in new backup list\n");
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
}
/* skip file-file conflicts when being forced */
if((handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE) &&
!S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"conflict with file on filesystem being forced\n");
resolved_conflict = 1;
}
if(!resolved_conflict) {
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, NULL);
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
FREELIST(conflicts);
if(dbpkg) {
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
free(tmpfiles.files);
}
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
alpm_list_free(tmpfiles);
return NULL;
}
}
}
if(dbpkg) {
/* only freed if it was generated from filelist_operation() */
free(tmpfiles.files);
}
alpm_list_free(tmpfiles);
}
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
numtargs, current);
@@ -588,4 +666,4 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
return conflicts;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* conflict.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,17 +25,11 @@
#include "package.h"
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
void _alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
void _alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict);
const alpm_file_t *_alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
const char *name);
#endif /* _ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* db.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -45,16 +43,30 @@
*/
/** Register a sync database of packages. */
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_register_syncdb(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const char *treename, alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
/* Sanity checks */
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
ASSERT(treename != NULL && strlen(treename) != 0,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
ASSERT(!strchr(treename, '/'), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
/* ensure database name is unique */
if(strcmp(treename, "local") == 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
}
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_db_t *d = i->data;
if(strcmp(treename, d->treename) == 0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
}
}
return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, level);
}
@@ -70,7 +82,7 @@ void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
}
/** Unregister all package databases. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister_all(alpm_handle_t *handle)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
alpm_db_t *db;
@@ -109,7 +121,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
} else {
/* Warning : this function shouldn't be used to unregister all sync
* databases by walking through the list returned by
* alpm_option_get_syncdbs, because the db is removed from that list here.
* alpm_get_syncdbs, because the db is removed from that list here.
*/
void *data;
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_remove(handle->dbs_sync,
@@ -138,7 +150,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *servers)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
if(db->servers) FREELIST(db->servers);
FREELIST(db->servers);
db->servers = servers;
return 0;
}
@@ -190,6 +202,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
{
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
int ret = 1;
/* Sanity checks */
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
@@ -200,16 +213,18 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
if(!newurl) {
return -1;
}
db->servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->servers, newurl, &vdata);
free(newurl);
if(vdata) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
db->treename, newurl);
free(vdata);
return 0;
ret = 0;
}
return 1;
free(newurl);
return ret;
}
/** Get the name of a package database. */
@@ -263,7 +278,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
}
/** Get a group entry from a package database. */
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_readgroup(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
@@ -283,7 +298,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
}
/** Searches a database. */
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
@@ -291,33 +306,24 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t* needles)
return _alpm_db_search(db, needles);
}
/** Set install reason for a package in db. */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_pkgreason(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
alpm_pkgreason_t reason)
/** Sets the usage bitmask for a repo */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_usage(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_db_usage_t usage)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin == PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT(pkg->origin_data.db == handle->db_local,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"setting install reason %u for %s\n", reason, pkg->name);
if(alpm_pkg_get_reason(pkg) == reason) {
/* we are done */
return 0;
}
/* set reason (in pkgcache) */
pkg->reason = reason;
/* write DESC */
if(_alpm_local_db_write(handle->db_local, pkg, INFRQ_DESC)) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE, -1);
}
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
db->usage = usage;
return 0;
}
/** Gets the usage bitmask for a repo */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_db_usage_t *usage)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(usage != NULL, return -1);
*usage = db->usage;
return 0;
}
/** @} */
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
@@ -325,18 +331,20 @@ alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
alpm_db_t *db;
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(alpm_db_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, return NULL);
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, FREE(db); return NULL);
if(is_local) {
db->status |= DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
} else {
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
}
db->usage = ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL;
return db;
}
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db)
{
ASSERT(db != NULL, return);
/* cleanup pkgcache */
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
/* cleanup server list */
@@ -368,10 +376,12 @@ const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db)
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
sprintf(db->_path, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
} else {
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + 4;
const char *dbext = db->handle->dbext;
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s.db", dbpath, db->treename);
sprintf(db->_path, "%ssync/%s%s", dbpath, db->treename, dbext);
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
db->treename, db->_path);
@@ -390,6 +400,11 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
{
const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SEARCH)) {
return NULL;
}
/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
alpm_list_t *list = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
@@ -429,7 +444,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
alpm_depend_t *provide = k->data;
if(regexec(&reg, provide->name, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
matched = k->data;
matched = provide->name;
break;
}
}
@@ -445,8 +460,9 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles)
}
if(matched != NULL) {
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, " search target '%s' matched '%s'\n",
targ, matched);
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"search target '%s' matched '%s' on package '%s'\n",
targ, matched, name);
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, pkg);
}
}
@@ -529,7 +545,10 @@ alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db)
}
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
load_pkgcache(db);
if(load_pkgcache(db)) {
/* handle->error set in local/sync-db-populate */
return NULL;
}
}
return db->pkgcache;
@@ -549,18 +568,27 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
/* "duplicate" pkg then add it to pkgcache */
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
return -1;
}
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg, &newpkg)) {
/* we return memory on "non-fatal" error in _alpm_pkg_dup */
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
newpkg->name, db->treename);
if(newpkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
free(newpkg->origin_data.file);
}
newpkg->origin = (db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL)
? ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB
: ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
newpkg->origin_data.db = db;
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(db->pkgcache, newpkg);
free_groupcache(db);
@@ -696,4 +724,4 @@ alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
return NULL;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* db.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -22,8 +22,6 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_DB_H
#define _ALPM_DB_H
#include <time.h>
/* libarchive */
#include <archive.h>
#include <archive_entry.h>
@@ -34,13 +32,14 @@
/* Database entries */
typedef enum _alpm_dbinfrq_t {
INFRQ_BASE = 1,
INFRQ_BASE = (1 << 0),
INFRQ_DESC = (1 << 1),
INFRQ_FILES = (1 << 2),
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = (1 << 3),
INFRQ_DSIZE = (1 << 4),
/* ALL should be info stored in the package or database */
INFRQ_ALL = 0x1F,
INFRQ_ALL = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_FILES |
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET | INFRQ_DSIZE,
INFRQ_ERROR = (1 << 31)
} alpm_dbinfrq_t;
@@ -75,6 +74,7 @@ struct __alpm_db_t {
/* flags determining validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
enum _alpm_dbstatus_t status;
alpm_siglevel_t siglevel;
alpm_db_usage_t usage;
};
@@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
#endif /* _ALPM_DB_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* delta.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdint.h> /* intmax_t */
@@ -266,66 +264,78 @@ static alpm_list_t *find_unused(alpm_list_t *deltas, const char *to, off_t quota
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_unused_deltas(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
{
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
return find_unused(pkg->deltas, pkg->filename, pkg->size * MAX_DELTA_RATIO);
return find_unused(pkg->deltas, pkg->filename,
pkg->size * pkg->handle->deltaratio);
}
/** @} */
#define NUM_MATCHES 6
/** Parses the string representation of a alpm_delta_t object.
* This function assumes that the string is in the correct format.
* This format is as follows:
* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile
* @param handle the context handle
* @param line the string to parse
* @return A pointer to the new alpm_delta_t object
*/
/* TODO this does not really belong here, but in a parsing lib */
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line)
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *line)
{
alpm_delta_t *delta;
char *tmp = line, *tmp2;
regex_t reg;
size_t len;
regmatch_t pmatch[NUM_MATCHES];
char filesize[32];
regcomp(&reg,
"^[^[:space:]]* [[:xdigit:]]{32} [[:digit:]]*"
" [^[:space:]]* [^[:space:]]*$",
REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_NEWLINE);
if(regexec(&reg, line, 0, 0, 0) != 0) {
/* this is so we only have to compile the pattern once */
if(!handle->delta_regex_compiled) {
/* $deltafile $deltamd5 $deltasize $oldfile $newfile*/
regcomp(&handle->delta_regex,
"^([^[:space:]]+) ([[:xdigit:]]{32}) ([[:digit:]]+)"
" ([^[:space:]]+) ([^[:space:]]+)$",
REG_EXTENDED | REG_NEWLINE);
handle->delta_regex_compiled = 1;
}
if(regexec(&handle->delta_regex, line, NUM_MATCHES, pmatch, 0) != 0) {
/* delta line is invalid, return NULL */
regfree(&reg);
return NULL;
}
regfree(&reg);
CALLOC(delta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->delta, tmp2, return NULL);
/* start at index 1 -- match 0 is the entire match */
len = pmatch[1].rm_eo - pmatch[1].rm_so;
STRNDUP(delta->delta, &line[pmatch[1].rm_so], len, goto error);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->delta_md5, tmp2, return NULL);
len = pmatch[2].rm_eo - pmatch[2].rm_so;
STRNDUP(delta->delta_md5, &line[pmatch[2].rm_so], len, goto error);
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
delta->delta_size = _alpm_strtoofft(tmp2);
len = pmatch[3].rm_eo - pmatch[3].rm_so;
if(len < sizeof(filesize)) {
strncpy(filesize, &line[pmatch[3].rm_so], len);
filesize[len] = '\0';
delta->delta_size = _alpm_strtoofft(filesize);
}
tmp2 = tmp;
tmp = strchr(tmp, ' ');
*(tmp++) = '\0';
STRDUP(delta->from, tmp2, return NULL);
len = pmatch[4].rm_eo - pmatch[4].rm_so;
STRNDUP(delta->from, &line[pmatch[4].rm_so], len, goto error);
tmp2 = tmp;
STRDUP(delta->to, tmp2, return NULL);
len = pmatch[5].rm_eo - pmatch[5].rm_so;
STRNDUP(delta->to, &line[pmatch[5].rm_so], len, goto error);
return delta;
error:
_alpm_delta_free(delta);
return NULL;
}
#undef NUM_MATCHES
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta)
{
ASSERT(delta != NULL, return);
FREE(delta->delta);
FREE(delta->delta_md5);
FREE(delta->from);
@@ -337,14 +347,18 @@ alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta)
{
alpm_delta_t *newdelta;
CALLOC(newdelta, 1, sizeof(alpm_delta_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta, delta->delta, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta_md5, delta->delta_md5, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->from, delta->from, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->to, delta->to, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta, delta->delta, goto error);
STRDUP(newdelta->delta_md5, delta->delta_md5, goto error);
STRDUP(newdelta->from, delta->from, goto error);
STRDUP(newdelta->to, delta->to, goto error);
newdelta->delta_size = delta->delta_size;
newdelta->download_size = delta->download_size;
return newdelta;
error:
_alpm_delta_free(newdelta);
return NULL;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* delta.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,21 +20,16 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_DELTA_H
#define _ALPM_DELTA_H
#include "config.h" /* ensure off_t is correct length */
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm.h"
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(char *line);
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_parse(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *line);
void _alpm_delta_free(alpm_delta_t *delta);
alpm_delta_t *_alpm_delta_dup(const alpm_delta_t *delta);
off_t _alpm_shortest_delta_path(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deltas,
const char *to, alpm_list_t **path);
/* max percent of package size to download deltas */
#define MAX_DELTA_RATIO 0.7
#endif /* _ALPM_DELTA_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* deps.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -37,10 +35,12 @@
#include "handle.h"
#include "trans.h"
void _alpm_dep_free(alpm_depend_t *dep)
void SYMEXPORT alpm_dep_free(alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return);
FREE(dep->name);
FREE(dep->version);
FREE(dep->desc);
FREE(dep);
}
@@ -49,25 +49,30 @@ static alpm_depmissing_t *depmiss_new(const char *target, alpm_depend_t *dep,
{
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
MALLOC(miss, sizeof(alpm_depmissing_t), return NULL);
CALLOC(miss, 1, sizeof(alpm_depmissing_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(miss->target, target, return NULL);
STRDUP(miss->target, target, goto error);
miss->depend = _alpm_dep_dup(dep);
STRDUP(miss->causingpkg, causingpkg, return NULL);
STRDUP(miss->causingpkg, causingpkg, goto error);
return miss;
error:
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
return NULL;
}
void _alpm_depmiss_free(alpm_depmissing_t *miss)
void SYMEXPORT alpm_depmissing_free(alpm_depmissing_t *miss)
{
_alpm_dep_free(miss->depend);
ASSERT(miss != NULL, return);
alpm_dep_free(miss->depend);
FREE(miss->target);
FREE(miss->causingpkg);
FREE(miss);
}
/* Does pkg1 depend on pkg2, ie. does pkg2 satisfy a dependency of pkg1? */
static int _alpm_dep_edge(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
/** Check if pkg2 satisfies a dependency of pkg1 */
static int _alpm_pkg_depends_on(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_depends(pkg1); i; i = i->next) {
@@ -78,15 +83,38 @@ static int _alpm_dep_edge(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
return 0;
}
static alpm_pkg_t *find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = pkgs; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg, dep)) {
return pkg;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Convert a list of alpm_pkg_t * to a graph structure,
* with a edge for each dependency.
* Returns a list of vertices (one vertex = one package)
* (used by alpm_sortbydeps)
*/
static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
alpm_list_t *localpkgs = alpm_list_diff(
alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local), targets, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
if(ignore) {
alpm_list_t *oldlocal = localpkgs;
localpkgs = alpm_list_diff(oldlocal, ignore, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
alpm_list_free(oldlocal);
}
/* We create the vertices */
for(i = targets; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_graph_t *vertex = _alpm_graph_new();
@@ -102,13 +130,31 @@ static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
alpm_graph_t *vertex_j = j->data;
alpm_pkg_t *p_j = vertex_j->data;
if(_alpm_dep_edge(p_i, p_j)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(p_i, p_j)) {
vertex_i->children =
alpm_list_add(vertex_i->children, vertex_j);
}
}
/* lazily add local packages to the dep graph so they don't
* get resolved unnecessarily */
j = localpkgs;
while(j) {
alpm_list_t *next = j->next;
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(p_i, j->data)) {
alpm_graph_t *vertex_j = _alpm_graph_new();
vertex_j->data = (void *)j->data;
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, vertex_j);
vertex_i->children = alpm_list_add(vertex_i->children, vertex_j);
localpkgs = alpm_list_remove_item(localpkgs, j);
free(j);
}
j = next;
}
vertex_i->childptr = vertex_i->children;
}
alpm_list_free(localpkgs);
return vertices;
}
@@ -121,13 +167,15 @@ static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_list_t *targets)
*
* Should be re-ordered to C,A,B,D
*
* packages listed in ignore will not be used to detect indirect dependencies
*
* if reverse is > 0, the dependency order will be reversed.
*
* This function returns the new alpm_list_t* target list.
*
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse)
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore, int reverse)
{
alpm_list_t *newtargs = NULL;
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
@@ -140,7 +188,7 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started sorting dependencies\n");
vertices = dep_graph_init(targets);
vertices = dep_graph_init(handle, targets, ignore);
vptr = vertices;
vertex = vertices->data;
@@ -155,32 +203,56 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
found = 1;
nextchild->parent = vertex;
vertex = nextchild;
}
else if(nextchild->state == -1) {
alpm_pkg_t *vertexpkg = vertex->data;
alpm_pkg_t *childpkg = nextchild->data;
const char *message;
} else if(nextchild->state == -1) {
/* child is an ancestor of vertex */
alpm_graph_t *transvertex = vertex;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
if(reverse) {
message =_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n");
} else {
message =_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n");
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, nextchild->data)) {
/* child is not part of the transaction, not a problem */
continue;
}
/* find the nearest parent that's part of the transaction */
while(transvertex) {
if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, transvertex->data)) {
break;
}
transvertex = transvertex->parent;
}
if(!transvertex || transvertex == nextchild) {
/* no transaction package in our ancestry or the package has
* a circular dependency with itself, not a problem */
} else {
alpm_pkg_t *transpkg = transvertex->data;
alpm_pkg_t *childpkg = nextchild->data;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
if(reverse) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n"),
transpkg->name, childpkg->name);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n"),
transpkg->name, childpkg->name);
}
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, message, vertexpkg->name, childpkg->name);
}
}
if(!found) {
newtargs = alpm_list_add(newtargs, vertex->data);
if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, vertex->data)) {
newtargs = alpm_list_add(newtargs, vertex->data);
}
/* mark that we've left this vertex */
vertex->state = 1;
vertex = vertex->parent;
if(!vertex) {
vptr = vptr->next;
while(vptr) {
/* top level vertex reached, move to the next unprocessed vertex */
for( vptr = vptr->next; vptr; vptr = vptr->next) {
vertex = vptr->data;
if(vertex->state == 0) break;
vptr = vptr->next;
if(vertex->state == 0) {
break;
}
}
}
}
@@ -204,39 +276,10 @@ alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
static int no_dep_version(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
int flags = alpm_trans_get_flags(handle);
return flags != -1 && (flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION);
}
static alpm_depend_t *filtered_depend(alpm_depend_t *dep, int nodepversion)
{
if(nodepversion) {
alpm_depend_t *newdep = _alpm_dep_dup(dep);
ASSERT(newdep, return dep);
newdep->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
dep = newdep;
if(!handle->trans) {
return 0;
}
return dep;
}
static void release_filtered_depend(alpm_depend_t *dep, int nodepversion)
{
if(nodepversion) {
free(dep);
}
}
static alpm_pkg_t *find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = pkgs; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg, dep)) {
return pkg;
}
}
return NULL;
return (handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION);
}
/** Find a package satisfying a specified dependency.
@@ -247,12 +290,12 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, alpm_depend_t *dep)
*/
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstring)
{
alpm_depend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(depstring);
alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(depstring);
if(!dep) {
return NULL;
}
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = find_dep_satisfier(pkgs, dep);
_alpm_dep_free(dep);
alpm_dep_free(dep);
return pkg;
}
@@ -266,7 +309,7 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstri
* @return an alpm_list_t* of alpm_depmissing_t pointers.
*/
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *pkglist, alpm_list_t *remove, alpm_list_t *upgrade,
alpm_list_t *pkglist, alpm_list_t *rem, alpm_list_t *upgrade,
int reversedeps)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
@@ -278,7 +321,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
for(i = pkglist; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_pkg_find(remove, pkg->name) || _alpm_pkg_find(upgrade, pkg->name)) {
if(alpm_pkg_find(rem, pkg->name) || alpm_pkg_find(upgrade, pkg->name)) {
modified = alpm_list_add(modified, pkg);
} else {
dblist = alpm_list_add(dblist, pkg);
@@ -295,11 +338,16 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(tp); j; j = j->next) {
alpm_depend_t *depend = j->data;
depend = filtered_depend(depend, nodepversion);
alpm_depmod_t orig_mod = depend->mod;
if(nodepversion) {
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
}
/* 1. we check the upgrade list */
/* 2. we check database for untouched satisfying packages */
/* 3. we check the dependency ignore list */
if(!find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend)) {
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend) &&
!_alpm_depcmp_provides(depend, handle->assumeinstalled)) {
/* Unsatisfied dependency in the upgrade list */
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
@@ -309,7 +357,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
miss = depmiss_new(tp->name, depend, NULL);
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
}
release_filtered_depend(depend, nodepversion);
depend->mod = orig_mod;
}
}
@@ -320,14 +368,19 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_pkg_t *lp = i->data;
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(lp); j; j = j->next) {
alpm_depend_t *depend = j->data;
depend = filtered_depend(depend, nodepversion);
alpm_depmod_t orig_mod = depend->mod;
if(nodepversion) {
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
}
alpm_pkg_t *causingpkg = find_dep_satisfier(modified, depend);
/* we won't break this depend, if it is already broken, we ignore it */
/* 1. check upgrade list for satisfiers */
/* 2. check dblist for satisfiers */
/* 3. we check the dependency ignore list */
if(causingpkg &&
!find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend)) {
!find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend) &&
!_alpm_depcmp_provides(depend, handle->assumeinstalled)) {
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: transaction would break '%s' dependency of '%s'\n",
@@ -336,7 +389,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
miss = depmiss_new(lp->name, depend, causingpkg->name);
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
}
release_filtered_depend(depend, nodepversion);
depend->mod = orig_mod;
}
}
}
@@ -378,24 +431,25 @@ int _alpm_depcmp_literal(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
return dep_vercmp(pkg->version, dep->mod, dep->version);
}
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
/**
* @param dep dependency to check agains the provision list
* @param provisions provision list
* @return 1 if provider is found, 0 otherwise
*/
int _alpm_depcmp_provides(alpm_depend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *provisions)
{
int satisfy = 0;
alpm_list_t *i;
int satisfy = _alpm_depcmp_literal(pkg, dep);
if(satisfy) {
return satisfy;
}
/* check provisions, name and version if available */
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); i && !satisfy; i = i->next) {
for(i = provisions; i && !satisfy; i = i->next) {
alpm_depend_t *provision = i->data;
if(dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY) {
/* any version will satisfy the requirement */
satisfy = (provision->name_hash == dep->name_hash
&& strcmp(provision->name, dep->name) == 0);
} else if (provision->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ) {
} else if(provision->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ) {
/* provision specifies a version, so try it out */
satisfy = (provision->name_hash == dep->name_hash
&& strcmp(provision->name, dep->name) == 0
@@ -406,18 +460,34 @@ int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
return satisfy;
}
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring)
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
return _alpm_depcmp_literal(pkg, dep)
|| _alpm_depcmp_provides(dep, alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg));
}
alpm_depend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_from_string(const char *depstring)
{
alpm_depend_t *depend;
const char *ptr, *version;
const char *ptr, *version, *desc;
size_t deplen;
if(depstring == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
MALLOC(depend, sizeof(alpm_depend_t), return NULL);
deplen = strlen(depstring);
CALLOC(depend, 1, sizeof(alpm_depend_t), return NULL);
/* Note the extra space in ": " to avoid matching the epoch */
if((desc = strstr(depstring, ": ")) != NULL) {
STRDUP(depend->desc, desc + 2, goto error);
deplen = desc - depstring;
} else {
/* no description- point desc at NULL at end of string for later use */
depend->desc = NULL;
deplen = strlen(depstring);
desc = depstring + deplen;
}
/* Find a version comparator if one exists. If it does, set the type and
* increment the ptr accordingly so we can copy the right strings. */
@@ -442,24 +512,25 @@ alpm_depend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring)
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ;
version = ptr + 1;
} else {
/* no version specified, leave ptr NULL and set version to NULL */
/* no version specified, set ptr to end of string and version to NULL */
ptr = depstring + deplen;
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
depend->version = NULL;
version = NULL;
}
/* copy the right parts to the right places */
if(ptr) {
STRNDUP(depend->name, depstring, ptr - depstring, return NULL);
} else {
STRDUP(depend->name, depstring, return NULL);
}
STRNDUP(depend->name, depstring, ptr - depstring, goto error);
depend->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(depend->name);
if(version) {
STRDUP(depend->version, version, return NULL);
STRNDUP(depend->version, version, desc - version, goto error);
}
return depend;
error:
alpm_dep_free(depend);
return NULL;
}
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
@@ -467,24 +538,29 @@ alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
alpm_depend_t *newdep;
CALLOC(newdep, 1, sizeof(alpm_depend_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(newdep->name, dep->name, return NULL);
STRDUP(newdep->name, dep->name, goto error);
STRDUP(newdep->version, dep->version, goto error);
STRDUP(newdep->desc, dep->desc, goto error);
newdep->name_hash = dep->name_hash;
STRDUP(newdep->version, dep->version, return NULL);
newdep->mod = dep->mod;
return newdep;
error:
alpm_dep_free(newdep);
return NULL;
}
/* These parameters are messy. We check if this package, given a list of
* targets and a db is safe to remove. We do NOT remove it if it is in the
* target list, or if if the package was explictly installed and
* target list, or if the package was explicitly installed and
* include_explicit == 0 */
static int can_remove_package(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
alpm_list_t *targets, int include_explicit)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
if(_alpm_pkg_find(targets, pkg->name)) {
if(alpm_pkg_find(targets, pkg->name)) {
return 0;
}
@@ -506,7 +582,7 @@ static int can_remove_package(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
/* see if other packages need it */
for(i = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *lpkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_dep_edge(lpkg, pkg) && !_alpm_pkg_find(targets, lpkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(lpkg, pkg) && !alpm_pkg_find(targets, lpkg->name)) {
return 0;
}
}
@@ -526,7 +602,7 @@ static int can_remove_package(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
* @param include_explicit if 0, explicitly installed packages are not included
* @return 0 on success, -1 on errors
*/
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit)
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **targs, int include_explicit)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
@@ -534,20 +610,22 @@ int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit)
return -1;
}
for(i = targs; i; i = i->next) {
for(i = *targs; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *deppkg = j->data;
if(_alpm_dep_edge(pkg, deppkg)
&& can_remove_package(db, deppkg, targs, include_explicit)) {
alpm_pkg_t *copy;
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(pkg, deppkg)
&& can_remove_package(db, deppkg, *targs, include_explicit)) {
alpm_pkg_t *copy = NULL;
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding '%s' to the targets\n",
deppkg->name);
/* add it to the target list */
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(deppkg, &copy)) {
/* we return memory on "non-fatal" error in _alpm_pkg_dup */
_alpm_pkg_free(copy);
return -1;
}
targs = alpm_list_add(targs, copy);
*targs = alpm_list_add(*targs, copy);
}
}
}
@@ -578,19 +656,29 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
/* 1. literals */
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(i->data, dep->name);
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
if(!(db->usage & (ALPM_DB_USAGE_INSTALL|ALPM_DB_USAGE_UPGRADE))) {
continue;
}
pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, dep->name);
if(pkg && _alpm_depcmp_literal(pkg, dep)
&& !_alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
int install = 0;
&& !alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t question = {
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
.install = 0,
.pkg = pkg
};
if(prompt) {
QUESTION(handle, ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG, pkg,
NULL, NULL, &install);
QUESTION(handle, &question);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"),
pkg->name, pkg->version);
}
if(!install) {
if(!question.install) {
ignored = 1;
continue;
}
@@ -600,22 +688,29 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
}
/* 2. satisfiers (skip literals here) */
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(i->data); j; j = j->next) {
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
if(!(db->usage & (ALPM_DB_USAGE_INSTALL|ALPM_DB_USAGE_UPGRADE))) {
continue;
}
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = j->data;
/* with hash != hash, we can even skip the strcmp() as we know they can't
* possibly be the same string */
if(pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash && _alpm_depcmp(pkg, dep)
&& !_alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
int install = 0;
&& !alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
if(alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t question = {
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
.install = 0,
.pkg = pkg
};
if(prompt) {
QUESTION(handle, ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
pkg, NULL, NULL, &install);
QUESTION(handle, &question);
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"),
pkg->name, pkg->version);
}
if(!install) {
if(!question.install) {
ignored = 1;
continue;
}
@@ -631,22 +726,26 @@ static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
/* first check if one provider is already installed locally */
for(i = providers; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_pkghash_find(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(handle->db_local), pkg->name)) {
if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name)) {
alpm_list_free(providers);
return pkg;
}
}
count = alpm_list_count(providers);
if(count >= 1) {
/* default to first provider if there is no QUESTION callback */
int index = 0;
alpm_question_select_provider_t question = {
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_SELECT_PROVIDER,
/* default to first provider if there is no QUESTION callback */
.use_index = 0,
.providers = providers,
.depend = dep
};
if(count > 1) {
/* if there is more than one provider, we ask the user */
QUESTION(handle, ALPM_QUESTION_SELECT_PROVIDER,
providers, dep, NULL, &index);
QUESTION(handle, &question);
}
if(index >= 0 && index < count) {
alpm_list_t *nth = alpm_list_nth(providers, index);
if(question.use_index >= 0 && question.use_index < count) {
alpm_list_t *nth = alpm_list_nth(providers, question.use_index);
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = nth->data;
alpm_list_free(providers);
return pkg;
@@ -681,10 +780,10 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_handle_t *handle,
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
ASSERT(dbs, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
dep = _alpm_splitdep(depstring);
dep = alpm_dep_from_string(depstring);
ASSERT(dep, return NULL);
pkg = resolvedep(handle, dep, dbs, NULL, 1);
_alpm_dep_free(dep);
alpm_dep_free(dep);
return pkg;
}
@@ -711,24 +810,18 @@ alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_handle_t *handle,
*/
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs,
alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages,
alpm_list_t *remove, alpm_list_t **data)
alpm_list_t *rem, alpm_list_t **data)
{
int ret = 0;
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
alpm_list_t *j;
alpm_list_t *targ;
alpm_list_t *deps = NULL;
alpm_list_t *packages_copy;
if(_alpm_pkg_find(*packages, pkg->name) != NULL) {
if(alpm_pkg_find(*packages, pkg->name) != NULL) {
return 0;
}
if(handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSE) {
/* removing local packages from the equation causes the entire dep chain to
* get pulled for each target- e.g., pactree -u output */
localpkgs = NULL;
}
/* Create a copy of the packages list, so that it can be restored
on error */
packages_copy = alpm_list_copy(*packages);
@@ -737,72 +830,50 @@ int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs,
*packages = alpm_list_add(*packages, pkg);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started resolving dependencies\n");
for(i = alpm_list_last(*packages); i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *tpkg = i->data;
targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, tpkg);
deps = alpm_checkdeps(handle, localpkgs, remove, targ, 0);
targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, pkg);
deps = alpm_checkdeps(handle, localpkgs, rem, targ, 0);
alpm_list_free(targ);
targ = NULL;
for(j = deps; j; j = j->next) {
alpm_depmissing_t *miss = j->data;
alpm_depend_t *missdep = miss->depend;
/* check if one of the packages in the [*packages] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
if(find_dep_satisfier(*packages, missdep)) {
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
continue;
}
/* check if one of the packages in the [preferred] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
alpm_pkg_t *spkg = find_dep_satisfier(preferred, missdep);
if(!spkg) {
/* find a satisfier package in the given repositories */
spkg = resolvedep(handle, missdep, handle->dbs_sync, *packages, 0);
}
if(spkg && _alpm_resolvedeps(handle, localpkgs, spkg, preferred, packages, rem, data) == 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"pulling dependency %s (needed by %s)\n",
spkg->name, pkg->name);
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
} else if(resolvedep(handle, missdep, (targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, handle->db_local)), rem, 0)) {
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
} else {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(missdep);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("cannot resolve \"%s\", a dependency of \"%s\"\n"),
missdepstring, pkg->name);
free(missdepstring);
if(data) {
*data = alpm_list_add(*data, miss);
}
ret = -1;
}
alpm_list_free(targ);
for(j = deps; j; j = j->next) {
alpm_depmissing_t *miss = j->data;
alpm_depend_t *missdep = miss->depend;
/* check if one of the packages in the [*packages] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
if(find_dep_satisfier(*packages, missdep)) {
_alpm_depmiss_free(miss);
continue;
}
/* check if one of the packages in the [preferred] list already satisfies
* this dependency */
alpm_pkg_t *spkg = find_dep_satisfier(preferred, missdep);
if(!spkg) {
/* find a satisfier package in the given repositories */
spkg = resolvedep(handle, missdep, handle->dbs_sync, *packages, 0);
}
if(!spkg) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS;
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(missdep);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("cannot resolve \"%s\", a dependency of \"%s\"\n"),
missdepstring, tpkg->name);
free(missdepstring);
if(data) {
*data = alpm_list_add(*data, miss);
}
ret = -1;
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"pulling dependency %s (needed by %s)\n",
spkg->name, tpkg->name);
*packages = alpm_list_add(*packages, spkg);
_alpm_depmiss_free(miss);
}
}
alpm_list_free(deps);
}
if(handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NEEDED) {
/* remove any deps that were pulled that match installed version */
/* odd loop syntax so we can modify the list as we iterate */
i = *packages;
while(i) {
alpm_pkg_t *tpkg = i->data;
alpm_pkg_t *local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(
handle->db_local, tpkg->name);
if(local && _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(tpkg, local) == 0) {
/* with the NEEDED flag, packages up to date are not reinstalled */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"not adding dep %s-%s as it is not needed, same version\n",
local->name, local->version);
j = i;
i = i->next;
*packages = alpm_list_remove_item(*packages, j);
free(j);
} else {
i = i->next;
}
}
targ = NULL;
}
alpm_list_free(deps);
if(ret != 0) {
alpm_list_free(*packages);
@@ -821,7 +892,7 @@ int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs,
*/
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
const char *name, *opr, *ver;
const char *name, *opr, *ver, *desc_delim, *desc;
char *str;
size_t len;
@@ -863,13 +934,22 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
ver = "";
}
if(dep->desc) {
desc_delim = ": ";
desc = dep->desc;
} else {
desc_delim = "";
desc = "";
}
/* we can always compute len and print the string like this because opr
* and ver will be empty when ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY is the depend type. the
* reassignments above also ensure we do not do a strlen(NULL). */
len = strlen(name) + strlen(opr) + strlen(ver) + 1;
len = strlen(name) + strlen(opr) + strlen(ver)
+ strlen(desc_delim) + strlen(desc) + 1;
MALLOC(str, len, return NULL);
snprintf(str, len, "%s%s%s", name, opr, ver);
snprintf(str, len, "%s%s%s%s%s", name, opr, ver, desc_delim, desc);
return str;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* deps.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -27,18 +27,17 @@
#include "package.h"
#include "alpm.h"
void _alpm_dep_free(alpm_depend_t *dep);
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep);
void _alpm_depmiss_free(alpm_depmissing_t *miss);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *targets, int reverse);
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *targs, int include_explicit);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore, int reverse);
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **targs, int include_explicit);
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages, alpm_list_t *remove,
alpm_list_t **data);
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_splitdep(const char *depstring);
int _alpm_depcmp_literal(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
int _alpm_depcmp_provides(alpm_depend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *provisions);
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
#endif /* _ALPM_DEPS_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* diskspace.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,12 +17,15 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#if defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
#include <mntent.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MNTTAB_H)
#include <sys/mnttab.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
#endif
@@ -55,57 +58,111 @@ static int mount_point_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
return -strcmp(mp1->mount_dir, mp2->mount_dir);
}
static void mount_point_list_free(alpm_list_t *mount_points)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
FREE(data->mount_dir);
}
FREELIST(mount_points);
}
static int mount_point_load_fsinfo(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_mountpoint_t *mountpoint)
{
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT)
/* grab the filesystem usage */
if(statvfs(mountpoint->mount_dir, &(mountpoint->fsp)) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get filesystem information for %s: %s\n"),
mountpoint->mount_dir, strerror(errno));
mountpoint->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL;
return -1;
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading fsinfo for %s\n", mountpoint->mount_dir);
mountpoint->read_only = mountpoint->fsp.f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
mountpoint->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED;
#else
(void)handle;
(void)mountpoint;
#endif
return 0;
}
static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points = NULL, *ptr;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
#if defined HAVE_GETMNTENT
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT) && defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
/* Linux */
struct mntent *mnt;
FILE *fp;
struct statvfs fsp;
fp = setmntent(MOUNTED, "r");
if(fp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file: %s: %s\n"),
MOUNTED, strerror(errno));
return NULL;
}
while((mnt = getmntent(fp))) {
if(!mnt) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("could not get filesystem information\n"));
continue;
}
if(statvfs(mnt->mnt_dir, &fsp) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get filesystem information for %s: %s\n"),
mnt->mnt_dir, strerror(errno));
continue;
}
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_dir, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), &fsp, sizeof(struct statvfs));
mp->read_only = fsp.f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
endmntent(fp);
#elif defined HAVE_GETMNTINFO
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT) && defined(HAVE_MNTTAB_H)
/* Solaris, Illumos */
struct mnttab mnt;
FILE *fp;
int ret;
fp = fopen("/etc/mnttab", "r");
if(fp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"),
"/etc/mnttab", strerror(errno));
return NULL;
}
while((ret = getmntent(fp, &mnt)) == 0) {
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_mountp, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
/* -1 == EOF */
if(ret != -1) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get filesystem information\n"));
}
fclose(fp);
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO)
/* FreeBSD (statfs), NetBSD (statvfs), OpenBSD (statfs), OS X (statfs) */
int entries;
FSSTATSTYPE *fsp;
entries = getmntinfo(&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
if(entries < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("could not get filesystem information\n"));
return NULL;
}
for(; entries-- > 0; fsp++) {
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir = strdup(fsp->f_mntonname);
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, fsp->f_mntonname, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), fsp, sizeof(FSSTATSTYPE));
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATVFS) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FLAG)
@@ -114,6 +171,9 @@ static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flags & MNT_RDONLY;
#endif
/* we don't support lazy loading on this platform */
mp->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED;
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
}
#endif
@@ -122,7 +182,7 @@ static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
mount_point_cmp);
for(ptr = mount_points; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next) {
mp = ptr->data;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "mountpoint: %s\n", mp->mount_dir);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "discovered mountpoint: %s\n", mp->mount_dir);
}
return mount_points;
}
@@ -135,8 +195,20 @@ static alpm_mountpoint_t *match_mount_point(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
for(mp = mount_points; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = mp->data;
/* first, check if the prefix matches */
if(strncmp(data->mount_dir, real_path, data->mount_dir_len) == 0) {
return data;
/* now, the hard work- a file like '/etc/myconfig' shouldn't map to a
* mountpoint '/e', but only '/etc'. If the mountpoint ends in a trailing
* slash, we know we didn't have a mismatch, otherwise we have to do some
* more sanity checks. */
if(data->mount_dir[data->mount_dir_len - 1] == '/') {
return data;
} else if(strlen(real_path) >= data->mount_dir_len) {
const char next = real_path[data->mount_dir_len];
if(next == '/' || next == '\0') {
return data;
}
}
}
}
@@ -159,10 +231,18 @@ static int calculate_removed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
struct stat st;
char path[PATH_MAX];
blkcnt_t remove_size;
const char *filename = file->name;
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
_alpm_lstat(path, &st);
if(llstat(path, &st) == -1) {
if(alpm_option_match_noextract(handle, filename)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not get file information for %s\n"), filename);
}
continue;
}
/* skip directories and symlinks to be consistent with libarchive that
* reports them to be zero size */
@@ -177,9 +257,21 @@ static int calculate_removed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
continue;
}
/* don't check a mount that we know we can't stat */
if(mp && mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL) {
continue;
}
/* lazy load filesystem info */
if(mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, mp) < 0) {
continue;
}
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed -=
(st.st_size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
remove_size = (st.st_size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->blocks_needed -= remove_size;
mp->used |= USED_REMOVE;
}
@@ -200,6 +292,7 @@ static int calculate_installed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files + i;
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
char path[PATH_MAX];
blkcnt_t install_size;
const char *filename = file->name;
/* libarchive reports these as zero size anyways */
@@ -223,15 +316,108 @@ static int calculate_installed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
continue;
}
/* don't check a mount that we know we can't stat */
if(mp && mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL) {
continue;
}
/* lazy load filesystem info */
if(mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, mp) < 0) {
continue;
}
}
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
mp->blocks_needed +=
(file->size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
install_size = (file->size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
mp->blocks_needed += install_size;
mp->used |= USED_INSTALL;
}
return 0;
}
static int check_mountpoint(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_mountpoint_t *mp)
{
/* cushion is roughly min(5% capacity, 20MiB) */
fsblkcnt_t fivepc = (mp->fsp.f_blocks / 20) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t twentymb = (20 * 1024 * 1024 / mp->fsp.f_bsize) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t cushion = fivepc < twentymb ? fivepc : twentymb;
blkcnt_t needed = mp->max_blocks_needed + cushion;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"partition %s, needed %jd, cushion %ju, free %ju\n",
mp->mount_dir, (intmax_t)mp->max_blocks_needed,
(uintmax_t)cushion, (uintmax_t)mp->fsp.f_bfree);
if(needed >= 0 && (fsblkcnt_t)needed > mp->fsp.f_bfree) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Partition %s too full: %jd blocks needed, %ju blocks free\n"),
mp->mount_dir, (intmax_t)needed, (uintmax_t)mp->fsp.f_bfree);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
size_t num_files, off_t *file_sizes)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points;
alpm_mountpoint_t *cachedir_mp;
char resolved_cachedir[PATH_MAX];
size_t j;
int error = 0;
/* resolve the cachedir path to ensure we check the right mountpoint. We
* handle failures silently, and continue to use the possibly unresolved
* path. */
if(realpath(cachedir, resolved_cachedir) != NULL) {
cachedir = resolved_cachedir;
}
mount_points = mount_point_list(handle);
if(mount_points == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine filesystem mount points\n"));
return -1;
}
cachedir_mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, cachedir);
if(cachedir_mp == NULL) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine cachedir mount point %s\n"),
cachedir);
error = 1;
goto finish;
}
if(cachedir_mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, cachedir_mp)) {
error = 1;
goto finish;
}
}
/* there's no need to check for a R/O mounted filesystem here, as
* _alpm_filecache_setup will never give us a non-writable directory */
/* round up the size of each file to the nearest block and accumulate */
for(j = 0; j < num_files; j++) {
cachedir_mp->max_blocks_needed += (file_sizes[j] + cachedir_mp->fsp.f_bsize + 1) /
cachedir_mp->fsp.f_bsize;
}
if(check_mountpoint(handle, cachedir_mp)) {
error = 1;
}
finish:
mount_point_list_free(mount_points);
if(error) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
}
return 0;
}
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
alpm_list_t *mount_points, *i;
@@ -300,32 +486,13 @@ int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("Partition %s is mounted read only\n"),
data->mount_dir);
error = 1;
} else if(data->used & USED_INSTALL) {
/* cushion is roughly min(5% capacity, 20MiB) */
fsblkcnt_t fivepc = (data->fsp.f_blocks / 20) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t twentymb = (20 * 1024 * 1024 / data->fsp.f_bsize) + 1;
fsblkcnt_t cushion = fivepc < twentymb ? fivepc : twentymb;
blkcnt_t needed = data->max_blocks_needed + cushion;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"partition %s, needed %jd, cushion %ju, free %ju\n",
data->mount_dir, (intmax_t)data->max_blocks_needed,
(uintmax_t)cushion, (uintmax_t)data->fsp.f_bfree);
if(needed >= 0 && (fsblkcnt_t)needed > data->fsp.f_bfree) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Partition %s too full: %jd blocks needed, %jd blocks free\n"),
data->mount_dir, (intmax_t)needed, (uintmax_t)data->fsp.f_bfree);
error = 1;
}
} else if(data->used & USED_INSTALL && check_mountpoint(handle, data)) {
error = 1;
}
}
finish:
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
FREE(data->mount_dir);
}
FREELIST(mount_points);
mount_point_list_free(mount_points);
if(error) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
@@ -334,4 +501,4 @@ finish:
return 0;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* diskspace.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,6 +37,12 @@ enum mount_used_level {
USED_INSTALL = (1 << 1),
};
enum mount_fsinfo {
MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED = 0,
MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED,
MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL,
};
typedef struct __alpm_mountpoint_t {
/* mount point information */
char *mount_dir;
@@ -46,11 +52,14 @@ typedef struct __alpm_mountpoint_t {
blkcnt_t max_blocks_needed;
enum mount_used_level used;
int read_only;
enum mount_fsinfo fsinfo_loaded;
FSSTATSTYPE fsp;
} alpm_mountpoint_t;
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle);
int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
size_t num_files, off_t *file_sizes);
#endif /* _ALPM_DISKSPACE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* download.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,18 +18,24 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/socket.h> /* setsockopt, SO_KEEPALIVE */
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <signal.h>
#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
#include <netinet/in.h> /* IPPROTO_TCP */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
#include <netinet/tcp.h> /* TCP_KEEPINTVL, TCP_KEEPIDLE */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
@@ -84,12 +90,17 @@ static void inthandler(int UNUSED signum)
dload_interrupted = ABORT_SIGINT;
}
static int curl_progress(void *file, double dltotal, double dlnow,
static int dload_progress_cb(void *file, double dltotal, double dlnow,
double UNUSED ultotal, double UNUSED ulnow)
{
struct dload_payload *payload = (struct dload_payload *)file;
off_t current_size, total_size;
/* avoid displaying progress bar for redirects with a body */
if(payload->respcode >= 300) {
return 0;
}
/* SIGINT sent, abort by alerting curl */
if(dload_interrupted) {
return 1;
@@ -120,20 +131,23 @@ static int curl_progress(void *file, double dltotal, double dlnow,
payload->handle->dlcb(payload->remote_name, 0, (off_t)dltotal);
}
payload->handle->dlcb(payload->remote_name, current_size, total_size);
/* do NOT include initial_size since it wasn't part of the package's
* download_size (nor included in the total download size callback) */
payload->handle->dlcb(payload->remote_name, (off_t)dlnow, (off_t)dltotal);
payload->prevprogress = current_size;
return 0;
}
static int curl_gethost(const char *url, char *buffer)
static int curl_gethost(const char *url, char *buffer, size_t buf_len)
{
size_t hostlen;
char *p, *q;
if(strncmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0) {
strcpy(buffer, _("disk"));
p = _("disk");
hostlen = strlen(p);
} else {
p = strstr(url, "//");
if(!p) {
@@ -154,14 +168,15 @@ static int curl_gethost(const char *url, char *buffer)
hostlen -= q - p + 1;
p = q + 1;
}
if(hostlen > 255) {
/* buffer overflow imminent */
return 1;
}
snprintf(buffer, hostlen + 1, "%s", p);
}
if(hostlen > buf_len - 1) {
/* buffer overflow imminent */
return 1;
}
memcpy(buffer, p, hostlen);
buffer[hostlen] = '\0';
return 0;
}
@@ -176,13 +191,22 @@ static int utimes_long(const char *path, long seconds)
return 0;
}
static size_t parse_headers(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *user)
/* prefix to avoid possible future clash with getumask(3) */
static mode_t _getumask(void)
{
mode_t mask = umask(0);
umask(mask);
return mask;
}
static size_t dload_parseheader_cb(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *user)
{
size_t realsize = size * nmemb;
const char *fptr, *endptr = NULL;
const char * const cd_header = "Content-Disposition:";
const char * const fn_key = "filename=";
struct dload_payload *payload = (struct dload_payload *)user;
long respcode;
if(_alpm_raw_ncmp(cd_header, ptr, strlen(cd_header)) == 0) {
if((fptr = strstr(ptr, fn_key))) {
@@ -204,9 +228,55 @@ static size_t parse_headers(void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *user)
}
}
curl_easy_getinfo(payload->handle->curl, CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE, &respcode);
if(payload->respcode != respcode) {
payload->respcode = respcode;
}
return realsize;
}
static int dload_sockopt_cb(void *userdata, curl_socket_t curlfd,
curlsocktype purpose)
{
alpm_handle_t *handle = userdata;
int optval = 1;
/* this whole method is to prevent FTP control connections from going sour
* during a long data transfer; crappy firewalls love to drop otherwise idle
* connections if there is no traffic. */
if(purpose != CURLSOCKTYPE_IPCXN) {
return 0;
}
/* don't abort operation if any setsockopt fails, just log to debug */
if(setsockopt(curlfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_KEEPALIVE, (void *)&optval,
sizeof(optval)) < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"Failed to set SO_KEEPALIVE on fd %d\n", curlfd);
}
else {
#ifdef TCP_KEEPIDLE
optval = 60;
if(setsockopt(curlfd, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_KEEPIDLE, (void *)&optval,
sizeof(optval)) < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"Failed to set TCP_KEEPIDLE on fd %d\n", curlfd);
}
#endif
#ifdef TCP_KEEPINTVL
optval = 60;
if(setsockopt(curlfd, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_KEEPINTVL, (void *)&optval,
sizeof(optval)) < 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"Failed to set TCP_KEEPINTVL on fd %d\n", curlfd);
}
#endif
}
return 0;
}
static void curl_set_handle_opts(struct dload_payload *payload,
CURL *curl, char *error_buffer)
{
@@ -218,19 +288,21 @@ static void curl_set_handle_opts(struct dload_payload *payload,
* to reset the handle's parameters for each time it's used. */
curl_easy_reset(curl);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_URL, payload->fileurl);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FAILONERROR, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER, error_buffer);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_CONNECTTIMEOUT, 10L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FILETIME, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS, 0L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_FOLLOWLOCATION, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION, curl_progress);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION, dload_progress_cb);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA, (void *)payload);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, 1024L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_LOW_SPEED_TIME, 10L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION, parse_headers);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION, dload_parseheader_cb);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER, (void *)payload);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NETRC, CURL_NETRC_OPTIONAL);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_SOCKOPTFUNCTION, dload_sockopt_cb);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_SOCKOPTDATA, (void *)handle);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_HTTPAUTH, CURLAUTH_ANY);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "url: %s\n", payload->fileurl);
@@ -251,7 +323,7 @@ static void curl_set_handle_opts(struct dload_payload *payload,
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_TIMECONDITION, CURL_TIMECOND_IFMODSINCE);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_TIMEVALUE, (long)st.st_mtime);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"using time condition: %lu\n", (long)st.st_mtime);
"using time condition: %ld\n", (long)st.st_mtime);
} else if(stat(payload->tempfile_name, &st) == 0 && payload->allow_resume) {
/* a previous partial download exists, resume from end of file. */
payload->tempfile_openmode = "ab";
@@ -263,7 +335,7 @@ static void curl_set_handle_opts(struct dload_payload *payload,
}
}
static void mask_signal(int signal, void (*handler)(int),
static void mask_signal(int signum, void (*handler)(int),
struct sigaction *origaction)
{
struct sigaction newaction;
@@ -272,13 +344,13 @@ static void mask_signal(int signal, void (*handler)(int),
sigemptyset(&newaction.sa_mask);
newaction.sa_flags = 0;
sigaction(signal, NULL, origaction);
sigaction(signal, &newaction, NULL);
sigaction(signum, NULL, origaction);
sigaction(signum, &newaction, NULL);
}
static void unmask_signal(int signal, struct sigaction sa)
static void unmask_signal(int signum, struct sigaction *sa)
{
sigaction(signal, &sa, NULL);
sigaction(signum, sa, NULL);
}
static FILE *create_tempfile(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath)
@@ -293,11 +365,13 @@ static FILE *create_tempfile(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpat
MALLOC(randpath, len, RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(randpath, len, "%salpmtmp.XXXXXX", localpath);
if((fd = mkstemp(randpath)) == -1 ||
fchmod(fd, ~(_getumask()) & 0666) ||
!(fp = fdopen(fd, payload->tempfile_openmode))) {
unlink(randpath);
close(fd);
_alpm_log(payload->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed to create temporary file for download\n"));
free(randpath);
return NULL;
}
/* fp now points to our alpmtmp.XXXXXX */
@@ -305,22 +379,24 @@ static FILE *create_tempfile(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpat
payload->tempfile_name = randpath;
free(payload->remote_name);
STRDUP(payload->remote_name, strrchr(randpath, '/') + 1,
RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
fclose(fp); RET_ERR(payload->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
return fp;
}
/* RFC1123 states applications should support this length */
#define HOSTNAME_SIZE 256
static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
const char *localpath, char **final_file)
const char *localpath, char **final_file, const char **final_url)
{
int ret = -1;
FILE *localf = NULL;
char *effective_url;
/* RFC1123 states applications should support this length */
char hostname[256];
char hostname[HOSTNAME_SIZE];
char error_buffer[CURL_ERROR_SIZE] = {0};
struct stat st;
long timecond, respcode = 0, remote_time = -1;
long timecond, remote_time = -1;
double remote_size, bytes_dl;
struct sigaction orig_sig_pipe, orig_sig_int;
/* shortcut to our handle within the payload */
@@ -328,16 +404,23 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
CURL *curl = get_libcurl_handle(handle);
handle->pm_errno = 0;
/* make sure these are NULL */
FREE(payload->tempfile_name);
FREE(payload->destfile_name);
FREE(payload->content_disp_name);
payload->tempfile_openmode = "wb";
if(!payload->remote_name) {
payload->remote_name = strdup(get_filename(payload->fileurl));
STRDUP(payload->remote_name, get_filename(payload->fileurl),
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
}
if(!payload->remote_name || curl_gethost(payload->fileurl, hostname) != 0) {
if(curl_gethost(payload->fileurl, hostname, sizeof(hostname)) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("url '%s' is invalid\n"), payload->fileurl);
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL, -1);
}
if(strlen(payload->remote_name) > 0 && strcmp(payload->remote_name, ".sig") != 0) {
if(payload->remote_name && strlen(payload->remote_name) > 0 &&
strcmp(payload->remote_name, ".sig") != 0) {
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->remote_name, "");
payload->tempfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->remote_name, ".part");
if(!payload->destfile_name || !payload->tempfile_name) {
@@ -359,6 +442,10 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
if(localf == NULL) {
localf = fopen(payload->tempfile_name, payload->tempfile_openmode);
if(localf == NULL) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_RETRIEVE;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("could not open file %s: %s\n"),
payload->tempfile_name, strerror(errno));
goto cleanup;
}
}
@@ -369,17 +456,19 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_WRITEDATA, localf);
/* ignore any SIGPIPE signals- these may occur if our FTP socket dies or
* something along those lines. Store the old signal handler first. */
/* Ignore any SIGPIPE signals. With libcurl, these shouldn't be happening,
* but better safe than sorry. Store the old signal handler first. */
mask_signal(SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN, &orig_sig_pipe);
mask_signal(SIGINT, &inthandler, &orig_sig_int);
/* perform transfer */
payload->curlerr = curl_easy_perform(curl);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "curl returned error %d from transfer\n",
payload->curlerr);
/* disconnect relationships from the curl handle for things that might go out
* of scope, but could still be touched on connection teardown. This really
* only applies to FTP transfers. See FS#26327 for an example. */
* of scope, but could still be touched on connection teardown. This really
* only applies to FTP transfers. */
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_NOPROGRESS, 1L);
curl_easy_setopt(curl, CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER, (char *)NULL);
@@ -387,9 +476,17 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
switch(payload->curlerr) {
case CURLE_OK:
/* get http/ftp response code */
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE, &respcode);
if(respcode >= 400) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "response code: %ld\n", payload->respcode);
if(payload->respcode >= 400) {
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
if(!payload->errors_ok) {
/* non-translated message is same as libcurl */
snprintf(error_buffer, sizeof(error_buffer),
"The requested URL returned error: %ld", payload->respcode);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
payload->remote_name, hostname, error_buffer);
}
goto cleanup;
}
break;
@@ -397,16 +494,16 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
/* handle the interrupt accordingly */
if(dload_interrupted == ABORT_OVER_MAXFILESIZE) {
payload->curlerr = CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED;
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_LIBCURL;
/* the hardcoded 'size exceeded' message is same as libcurl's normal */
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : %s\n"),
payload->remote_name, hostname, "Maximum file size exceeded");
_("failed retrieving file '%s' from %s : expected download size exceeded\n"),
payload->remote_name, hostname);
}
goto cleanup;
default:
/* delete zero length downloads */
if(stat(payload->tempfile_name, &st) == 0 && st.st_size == 0) {
if(fstat(fileno(localf), &st) == 0 && st.st_size == 0) {
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
}
if(!payload->errors_ok) {
@@ -429,6 +526,10 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_CONDITION_UNMET, &timecond);
curl_easy_getinfo(curl, CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL, &effective_url);
if(final_url != NULL) {
*final_url = effective_url;
}
/* time condition was met and we didn't download anything. we need to
* clean up the 0 byte .part file that's left behind. */
if(timecond == 1 && DOUBLE_EQ(bytes_dl, 0)) {
@@ -449,23 +550,25 @@ static int curl_download_internal(struct dload_payload *payload,
goto cleanup;
}
if(payload->content_disp_name) {
/* content-disposition header has a better name for our file */
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->content_disp_name, "");
} else {
const char *effective_filename = strrchr(effective_url, '/');
if(effective_filename && strlen(effective_filename) > 2) {
effective_filename++;
if(payload->trust_remote_name) {
if(payload->content_disp_name) {
/* content-disposition header has a better name for our file */
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, payload->content_disp_name, "");
} else {
const char *effective_filename = strrchr(effective_url, '/');
if(effective_filename && strlen(effective_filename) > 2) {
effective_filename++;
/* if destfile was never set, we wrote to a tempfile. even if destfile is
* set, we may have followed some redirects and the effective url may
* have a better suggestion as to what to name our file. in either case,
* refactor destfile to this newly derived name. */
if(!payload->destfile_name || strcmp(effective_filename,
strrchr(payload->destfile_name, '/') + 1) != 0) {
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, effective_filename, "");
/* if destfile was never set, we wrote to a tempfile. even if destfile is
* set, we may have followed some redirects and the effective url may
* have a better suggestion as to what to name our file. in either case,
* refactor destfile to this newly derived name. */
if(!payload->destfile_name || strcmp(effective_filename,
strrchr(payload->destfile_name, '/') + 1) != 0) {
free(payload->destfile_name);
payload->destfile_name = get_fullpath(localpath, effective_filename, "");
}
}
}
}
@@ -500,8 +603,8 @@ cleanup:
}
/* restore the old signal handlers */
unmask_signal(SIGINT, orig_sig_int);
unmask_signal(SIGPIPE, orig_sig_pipe);
unmask_signal(SIGINT, &orig_sig_int);
unmask_signal(SIGPIPE, &orig_sig_pipe);
/* if we were interrupted, trip the old handler */
if(dload_interrupted) {
raise(SIGINT);
@@ -519,14 +622,17 @@ cleanup:
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly if errors_ok == 0)
*/
int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
char **final_file)
char **final_file, const char **final_url)
{
alpm_handle_t *handle = payload->handle;
if(handle->fetchcb == NULL) {
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
return curl_download_internal(payload, localpath, final_file);
return curl_download_internal(payload, localpath, final_file, final_url);
#else
/* work around unused warnings when building without libcurl */
(void)final_file;
(void)final_url;
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD, -1);
#endif
} else {
@@ -538,14 +644,30 @@ int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
}
}
static char *filecache_find_url(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *url)
{
const char *filebase = strrchr(url, '/');
if(filebase == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
filebase++;
if(*filebase == '\0') {
return NULL;
}
return _alpm_filecache_find(handle, filebase);
}
/** Fetch a remote pkg. */
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *url)
{
char *filepath;
const char *cachedir;
const char *cachedir, *final_pkg_url = NULL;
char *final_file = NULL;
struct dload_payload payload;
int ret;
int ret = 0;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
ASSERT(url, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
@@ -554,48 +676,65 @@ char SYMEXPORT *alpm_fetch_pkgurl(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *url)
cachedir = _alpm_filecache_setup(handle);
memset(&payload, 0, sizeof(struct dload_payload));
payload.handle = handle;
STRDUP(payload.fileurl, url, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
payload.allow_resume = 1;
/* download the file */
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &final_file);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
if(ret == -1) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("failed to download %s\n"), url);
free(final_file);
return NULL;
/* attempt to find the file in our pkgcache */
filepath = filecache_find_url(handle, url);
if(filepath == NULL) {
STRDUP(payload.fileurl, url, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
payload.allow_resume = 1;
payload.handle = handle;
payload.trust_remote_name = 1;
/* download the file */
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &final_file, &final_pkg_url);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
if(ret == -1) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("failed to download %s\n"), url);
free(final_file);
return NULL;
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "successfully downloaded %s\n", url);
}
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "successfully downloaded %s\n", url);
/* attempt to download the signature */
if(ret == 0 && (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE)) {
char *sig_final_file = NULL;
if(ret == 0 && final_pkg_url && (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE)) {
char *sig_filepath, *sig_final_file = NULL;
size_t len;
len = strlen(url) + 5;
len = strlen(final_pkg_url) + 5;
MALLOC(payload.fileurl, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s.sig", url);
payload.handle = handle;
payload.force = 1;
payload.errors_ok = (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL);
snprintf(payload.fileurl, len, "%s.sig", final_pkg_url);
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &sig_final_file);
if(ret == -1 && !payload.errors_ok) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("failed to download %s\n"), payload.fileurl);
/* Warn now, but don't return NULL. We will fail later during package
* load time. */
} else if(ret == 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"successfully downloaded %s\n", payload.fileurl);
sig_filepath = filecache_find_url(handle, payload.fileurl);
if(sig_filepath == NULL) {
payload.handle = handle;
payload.trust_remote_name = 1;
payload.force = 1;
payload.errors_ok = (handle->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL);
/* set hard upper limit of 16KiB */
payload.max_size = 16 * 1024;
ret = _alpm_download(&payload, cachedir, &sig_final_file, NULL);
if(ret == -1 && !payload.errors_ok) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("failed to download %s\n"), payload.fileurl);
/* Warn now, but don't return NULL. We will fail later during package
* load time. */
} else if(ret == 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
"successfully downloaded %s\n", payload.fileurl);
}
FREE(sig_final_file);
}
FREE(sig_final_file);
free(sig_filepath);
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(&payload);
}
/* we should be able to find the file the second time around */
filepath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, final_file);
if(filepath == NULL) {
filepath = _alpm_filecache_find(handle, final_file);
}
free(final_file);
return filepath;
@@ -610,6 +749,7 @@ void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload)
FREE(payload->destfile_name);
FREE(payload->content_disp_name);
FREE(payload->fileurl);
memset(payload, '\0', sizeof(*payload));
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* dload.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include <time.h>
struct dload_payload {
alpm_handle_t *handle;
const char *tempfile_openmode;
@@ -33,6 +31,8 @@ struct dload_payload {
char *destfile_name;
char *content_disp_name;
char *fileurl;
alpm_list_t *servers;
long respcode;
off_t initial_size;
off_t max_size;
off_t prevprogress;
@@ -40,14 +40,17 @@ struct dload_payload {
int allow_resume;
int errors_ok;
int unlink_on_fail;
int trust_remote_name;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
CURLcode curlerr; /* last error produced by curl */
#endif
};
void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload);
int _alpm_download(struct dload_payload *payload, const char *localpath,
char **final_file);
char **final_file, const char **final_url);
#endif /* _ALPM_DLOAD_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* error.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
@@ -29,12 +27,12 @@
#include "alpm.h"
#include "handle.h"
enum _alpm_errno_t SYMEXPORT alpm_errno(alpm_handle_t *handle)
alpm_errno_t SYMEXPORT alpm_errno(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
return handle->pm_errno;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
{
switch(err) {
/* System */
@@ -43,7 +41,7 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
case ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM:
return _("unexpected system error");
case ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS:
return _("insufficient privileges");
return _("permission denied");
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_FILE:
return _("could not find or read file");
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR:
@@ -102,6 +100,8 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
return _("operation not compatible with the transaction type");
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED:
return _("transaction commit attempt when database is not locked");
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED:
return _("failed to run transaction hooks");
/* Packages */
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND:
return _("could not find or read package");
@@ -113,6 +113,8 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
return _("invalid or corrupted package (checksum)");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG:
return _("invalid or corrupted package (PGP signature)");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG:
return _("package missing required signature");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN:
return _("cannot open package file");
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE:
@@ -163,4 +165,4 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(enum _alpm_errno_t err)
}
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

136
lib/libalpm/filelist.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
* filelist.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2012-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* libalpm */
#include "filelist.h"
#include "util.h"
/* Returns the difference of the provided two lists of files.
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB)
{
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
char *strA = filesA->files[ctrA].name;
char *strB = filesB->files[ctrB].name;
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
if(cmp < 0) {
/* item only in filesA, qualifies as a difference */
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, strA);
ctrA++;
} else if(cmp > 0) {
ctrB++;
} else {
ctrA++;
ctrB++;
}
}
/* ensure we have completely emptied pA */
while(ctrA < filesA->count) {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, filesA->files[ctrA].name);
ctrA++;
}
return ret;
}
static int _alpm_filelist_pathcmp(const char *p1, const char *p2)
{
while(*p1 && *p1 == *p2) {
p1++;
p2++;
}
/* skip trailing '/' */
if(*p1 == '\0' && *p2 == '/') {
p2++;
} else if(*p2 == '\0' && *p1 == '/') {
p1++;
}
return *p1 - *p2;
}
/* Returns the intersection of the provided two lists of files.
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
*/
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB)
{
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
alpm_file_t *arrA = filesA->files, *arrB = filesB->files;
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
const char *strA = arrA[ctrA].name, *strB = arrB[ctrB].name;
int cmp = _alpm_filelist_pathcmp(strA, strB);
if(cmp < 0) {
ctrA++;
} else if(cmp > 0) {
ctrB++;
} else {
/* when not directories, item in both qualifies as an intersect */
if(strA[strlen(strA) - 1] != '/' || strB[strlen(strB) - 1] != '/') {
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, arrA[ctrA].name);
}
ctrA++;
ctrB++;
}
}
return ret;
}
/* Helper function for comparing files list entries
*/
int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2)
{
const alpm_file_t *file1 = f1;
const alpm_file_t *file2 = f2;
return strcmp(file1->name, file2->name);
}
alpm_file_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
const char *path)
{
alpm_file_t key;
if(!filelist) {
return NULL;
}
key.name = (char *)path;
return bsearch(&key, filelist->files, filelist->count,
sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
}
/* vim: set noet: */

34
lib/libalpm/filelist.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* filelist.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2012-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_FILELIST_H
#define _ALPM_FILELIST_H
#include "alpm.h"
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB);
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
alpm_filelist_t *filesB);
int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2);
#endif /* _ALPM_FILELIST_H */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* graph.c - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,8 +17,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "graph.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
@@ -33,9 +31,10 @@ alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
{
ASSERT(data != NULL, return);
alpm_graph_t *graph = data;
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
free(graph);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* graph.h - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2007-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,19 +19,17 @@
#ifndef _ALPM_GRAPH_H
#define _ALPM_GRAPH_H
#include "config.h" /* ensure off_t is correct length */
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
#include "alpm_list.h"
typedef struct __alpm_graph_t {
char state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
void *data;
struct __alpm_graph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
alpm_list_t *children;
alpm_list_t *childptr; /* points to a child in children list */
off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
signed char state; /* 0: untouched, -1: entered, other: leaving time */
} alpm_graph_t;
alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void);
@@ -39,4 +37,4 @@ void _alpm_graph_free(void *data);
#endif /* _ALPM_GRAPH_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* group.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,8 +18,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -32,7 +30,7 @@
alpm_group_t *_alpm_group_new(const char *name)
{
alpm_group_t* grp;
alpm_group_t *grp;
CALLOC(grp, 1, sizeof(alpm_group_t), return NULL);
STRDUP(grp->name, name, free(grp); return NULL);
@@ -52,4 +50,4 @@ void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp)
FREE(grp);
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* group.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp);
#endif /* _ALPM_GROUP_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* handle.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@@ -36,14 +34,18 @@
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "util.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "delta.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "alpm.h"
#include "deps.h"
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void)
{
alpm_handle_t *handle;
CALLOC(handle, 1, sizeof(alpm_handle_t), return NULL);
handle->deltaratio = 0.0;
handle->lockfd = -1;
return handle;
}
@@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle)
/* close logfile */
if(handle->logstream) {
fclose(handle->logstream);
handle->logstream= NULL;
handle->logstream = NULL;
}
if(handle->usesyslog) {
handle->usesyslog = 0;
@@ -69,31 +71,41 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle)
curl_easy_cleanup(handle->curl);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
FREELIST(handle->known_keys);
#endif
regfree(&handle->delta_regex);
/* free memory */
_alpm_trans_free(handle->trans);
FREE(handle->root);
FREE(handle->dbpath);
FREE(handle->dbext);
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
FREELIST(handle->hookdirs);
FREE(handle->logfile);
FREE(handle->lockfile);
FREE(handle->arch);
FREE(handle->gpgdir);
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
FREELIST(handle->noextract);
FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
FREELIST(handle->ignoregroup);
alpm_list_free_inner(handle->assumeinstalled, (alpm_list_fn_free)alpm_dep_free);
alpm_list_free(handle->assumeinstalled);
FREE(handle);
}
/** Lock the database */
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
int fd;
char *dir, *ptr;
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(handle->lckstream == NULL, return 0);
ASSERT(handle->lockfd < 0, return 0);
/* create the dir of the lockfile first */
dir = strdup(handle->lockfile);
@@ -108,31 +120,51 @@ int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
FREE(dir);
do {
fd = open(handle->lockfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0000);
} while(fd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
if(fd >= 0) {
FILE *f = fdopen(fd, "w");
fprintf(f, "%ld\n", (long)getpid());
fflush(f);
fsync(fd);
handle->lckstream = f;
return 0;
}
return -1;
handle->lockfd = open(handle->lockfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_CLOEXEC, 0000);
} while(handle->lockfd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
return (handle->lockfd >= 0 ? 0 : -1);
}
/** Remove the database lock file
* @param handle the context handle
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* @note Safe to call from inside signal handlers.
*/
int SYMEXPORT alpm_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return 0);
ASSERT(handle->lockfd >= 0, return 0);
close(handle->lockfd);
handle->lockfd = -1;
if(unlink(handle->lockfile) != 0) {
RET_ERR_ASYNC_SAFE(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
} else {
return 0;
}
}
/** Remove a lock file */
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return -1);
ASSERT(handle->lckstream != NULL, return 0);
fclose(handle->lckstream);
handle->lckstream = NULL;
if(unlink(handle->lockfile) && errno != ENOENT) {
return -1;
if(alpm_unlock(handle) != 0) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("lock file missing %s\n"), handle->lockfile);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: lock file missing %s\n", handle->lockfile);
return 0;
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("could not remove lock file %s\n"), handle->lockfile);
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
"warning: could not remove lock file %s\n", handle->lockfile);
return -1;
}
}
return 0;
}
@@ -191,6 +223,12 @@ const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbpath(alpm_handle_t *handle)
return handle->dbpath;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_hookdirs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->hookdirs;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_cachedirs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
@@ -245,16 +283,22 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle)
return handle->ignoregroup;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->assumeinstalled;
}
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_arch(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->arch;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usedelta(alpm_handle_t *handle)
double SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_deltaratio(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
return handle->usedelta;
return handle->deltaratio;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
@@ -263,16 +307,10 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
return handle->checkspace;
}
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_localdb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbext(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->db_local;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->dbs_sync;
return handle->dbext;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_log cb)
@@ -324,7 +362,8 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_progresscb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_progress
return 0;
}
static char *canonicalize_path(const char *path) {
static char *canonicalize_path(const char *path)
{
char *new_path;
size_t len;
@@ -339,11 +378,11 @@ static char *canonicalize_path(const char *path) {
return new_path;
}
enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
char **storage, int must_exist)
{
{
struct stat st;
char *real = NULL;
char real[PATH_MAX];
const char *path;
path = value;
@@ -354,9 +393,7 @@ enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
if(stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
}
CALLOC(real, PATH_MAX, sizeof(char), return ALPM_ERR_MEMORY);
if(!realpath(path, real)) {
free(real);
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
}
path = real;
@@ -369,7 +406,58 @@ enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
if(!*storage) {
return ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
}
free(real);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_hookdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *hookdir)
{
char *newhookdir;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(hookdir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
newhookdir = canonicalize_path(hookdir);
if(!newhookdir) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
handle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(handle->hookdirs, newhookdir);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'hookdir' = %s\n", newhookdir);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_hookdirs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *hookdirs)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->hookdirs) {
FREELIST(handle->hookdirs);
}
for(i = hookdirs; i; i = i->next) {
int ret = alpm_option_add_hookdir(handle, i->data);
if(ret) {
return ret;
}
}
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_hookdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *hookdir)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
char *newhookdir;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(hookdir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
newhookdir = canonicalize_path(hookdir);
if(!newhookdir) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
}
handle->hookdirs = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->hookdirs, newhookdir, &vdata);
FREE(newhookdir);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
@@ -437,7 +525,7 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *logfile
return -1;
}
handle->logfile = strdup(logfile);
STRDUP(handle->logfile, logfile, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
/* free the old logfile path string, and close the stream so logaction
* will reopen a new stream on the new logfile */
@@ -454,17 +542,11 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *logfile
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_gpgdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *gpgdir)
{
int err;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(!gpgdir) {
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
return -1;
if((err = _alpm_set_directory_option(gpgdir, &(handle->gpgdir), 0))) {
RET_ERR(handle, err, -1);
}
if(handle->gpgdir) {
FREE(handle->gpgdir);
}
handle->gpgdir = strdup(gpgdir);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'gpgdir' = %s\n", handle->gpgdir);
return 0;
}
@@ -476,111 +558,169 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(alpm_handle_t *handle, int usesyslog)
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
static int _alpm_option_strlist_add(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, const char *str)
{
char *dup;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
STRDUP(dup, str, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
*list = alpm_list_add(*list, dup);
return 0;
}
static int _alpm_option_strlist_set(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, alpm_list_t *newlist)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_add(handle->noupgrade, strdup(pkg));
FREELIST(*list);
*list = alpm_list_strdup(newlist);
return 0;
}
static int _alpm_option_strlist_rem(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, const char *str)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
*list = alpm_list_remove_str(*list, str, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), pkg);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noupgrade)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->noupgrade) FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_strdup(noupgrade);
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), noupgrade);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noupgrade = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noupgrade, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), pkg);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_match_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noextract = alpm_list_add(handle->noextract, strdup(pkg));
return 0;
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noupgrade, path);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
{
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->noextract), path);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noextract)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->noextract) FREELIST(handle->noextract);
handle->noextract = alpm_list_strdup(noextract);
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->noextract), noextract);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->noextract = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->noextract, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->noextract), path);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_match_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
{
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noextract, path);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_add(handle->ignorepkg, strdup(pkg));
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), pkg);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->ignorepkg) FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_strdup(ignorepkgs);
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), ignorepkgs);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignorepkg = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignorepkg, pkg, &vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), pkg);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_add(handle->ignoregroup, strdup(grp));
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), grp);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignoregrps)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->ignoregroup) FREELIST(handle->ignoregroup);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_strdup(ignoregrps);
return 0;
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), ignoregrps);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
{
char *vdata = NULL;
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), grp);
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, const alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
alpm_depend_t *depcpy;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->ignoregroup = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->ignoregroup, grp, &vdata);
ASSERT(dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ || dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY,
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
ASSERT((depcpy = _alpm_dep_dup(dep)), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
/* fill in name_hash in case dep was built by hand */
depcpy->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(dep->name);
handle->assumeinstalled = alpm_list_add(handle->assumeinstalled, depcpy);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deps)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->assumeinstalled) {
alpm_list_free_inner(handle->assumeinstalled, (alpm_list_fn_free)alpm_dep_free);
alpm_list_free(handle->assumeinstalled);
}
while(deps) {
if(alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled(handle, deps->data) != 0) {
return -1;
}
deps = deps->next;
}
return 0;
}
static int assumeinstalled_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
{
const alpm_depend_t *dep1 = d1;
const alpm_depend_t *dep2 = d2;
if(dep1->name_hash != dep2->name_hash
|| strcmp(dep1->name, dep2->name) != 0) {
return -1;
}
if(dep1->version && dep2->version
&& strcmp(dep1->version, dep2->version) == 0) {
return 0;
}
if(dep1->version == NULL && dep2->version == NULL) {
return 0;
}
return -1;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, const alpm_depend_t *dep)
{
alpm_depend_t *vdata = NULL;
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->assumeinstalled = alpm_list_remove(handle->assumeinstalled, dep, &assumeinstalled_cmp, (void **)&vdata);
if(vdata != NULL) {
FREE(vdata);
alpm_dep_free(vdata);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
@@ -588,21 +728,32 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_arch(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *arch)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->arch) FREE(handle->arch);
if(arch) {
handle->arch = strdup(arch);
} else {
handle->arch = NULL;
}
STRDUP(handle->arch, arch, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usedelta(alpm_handle_t *handle, int usedelta)
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_deltaratio(alpm_handle_t *handle, double ratio)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
handle->usedelta = usedelta;
if(ratio < 0.0 || ratio > 2.0) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
}
handle->deltaratio = ratio;
return 0;
}
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_get_localdb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->db_local;
}
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_get_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
return handle->dbs_sync;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, int checkspace)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
@@ -610,6 +761,21 @@ int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, int checkspace)
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dbext(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *dbext)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
ASSERT(dbext, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
if(handle->dbext) {
FREE(handle->dbext);
}
STRDUP(handle->dbext, dbext, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'dbext' = %s\n", handle->dbext);
return 0;
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
@@ -630,4 +796,52 @@ alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle
return handle->siglevel;
}
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
handle->localfilesiglevel = level;
#else
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
}
#endif
return 0;
}
alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->localfilesiglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
return handle->siglevel;
} else {
return handle->localfilesiglevel;
}
}
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
alpm_siglevel_t level)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
handle->remotefilesiglevel = level;
#else
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
}
#endif
return 0;
}
alpm_siglevel_t SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
{
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
if(handle->remotefilesiglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
return handle->siglevel;
} else {
return handle->remotefilesiglevel;
}
}
/* vim: set noet: */

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/*
* handle.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2006-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <regex.h>
#include "alpm_list.h"
#include "alpm.h"
@@ -30,16 +31,16 @@
#include <curl/curl.h>
#endif
#define EVENT(h, e, d1, d2) \
#define EVENT(h, e) \
do { \
if((h)->eventcb) { \
(h)->eventcb(e, d1, d2); \
(h)->eventcb((alpm_event_t *) (e)); \
} \
} while(0)
#define QUESTION(h, q, d1, d2, d3, r) \
#define QUESTION(h, q) \
do { \
if((h)->questioncb) { \
(h)->questioncb(q, d1, d2, d3, r); \
(h)->questioncb((alpm_question_t *) (q)); \
} \
} while(0)
#define PROGRESS(h, e, p, per, n, r) \
@@ -51,10 +52,9 @@ do { \
struct __alpm_handle_t {
/* internal usage */
alpm_db_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
alpm_db_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync; /* List of (alpm_db_t *) */
FILE *logstream; /* log file stream pointer */
FILE *lckstream; /* lock file stream pointer if one exists */
alpm_trans_t *trans;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
@@ -62,11 +62,15 @@ struct __alpm_handle_t {
CURL *curl; /* reusable curl_easy handle */
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
alpm_list_t *known_keys; /* keys verified to be in our keychain */
#endif
/* callback functions */
alpm_cb_log logcb; /* Log callback function */
alpm_cb_download dlcb; /* Download callback function */
alpm_cb_log logcb; /* Log callback function */
alpm_cb_download dlcb; /* Download callback function */
alpm_cb_totaldl totaldlcb; /* Total download callback function */
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
alpm_cb_event eventcb;
alpm_cb_question questioncb;
alpm_cb_progress progresscb;
@@ -78,22 +82,36 @@ struct __alpm_handle_t {
char *lockfile; /* Name of the lock file */
char *gpgdir; /* Directory where GnuPG files are stored */
alpm_list_t *cachedirs; /* Paths to pacman cache directories */
alpm_list_t *hookdirs; /* Paths to hook directories */
/* package lists */
alpm_list_t *noupgrade; /* List of packages NOT to be upgraded */
alpm_list_t *noextract; /* List of files NOT to extract */
alpm_list_t *ignorepkg; /* List of packages to ignore */
alpm_list_t *ignoregroup; /* List of groups to ignore */
alpm_list_t *assumeinstalled; /* List of virtual packages used to satisfy dependencies */
/* options */
int usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
char *arch; /* Architecture of packages we should allow */
int usedelta; /* Download deltas if possible */
double deltaratio; /* Download deltas if possible; a ratio value */
int usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
int checkspace; /* Check disk space before installing */
char *dbext; /* Sync DB extension */
alpm_siglevel_t siglevel; /* Default signature verification level */
alpm_siglevel_t localfilesiglevel; /* Signature verification level for local file
upgrade operations */
alpm_siglevel_t remotefilesiglevel; /* Signature verification level for remote file
upgrade operations */
/* error code */
enum _alpm_errno_t pm_errno;
alpm_errno_t pm_errno;
/* lock file descriptor */
int lockfd;
/* for delta parsing efficiency */
int delta_regex_compiled;
regex_t delta_regex;
};
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void);
@@ -102,9 +120,9 @@ void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle);
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
enum _alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
char **storage, int must_exist);
#endif /* _ALPM_HANDLE_H */
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
/* vim: set noet: */

772
lib/libalpm/hook.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,772 @@
/*
* hook.c
*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <ctype.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "handle.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ini.h"
#include "log.h"
#include "trans.h"
#include "util.h"
enum _alpm_hook_op_t {
ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL = (1 << 0),
ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE = (1 << 1),
ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE = (1 << 2),
};
enum _alpm_trigger_type_t {
ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE = 1,
ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_FILE,
};
struct _alpm_trigger_t {
enum _alpm_hook_op_t op;
enum _alpm_trigger_type_t type;
alpm_list_t *targets;
};
struct _alpm_hook_t {
char *name;
char *desc;
alpm_list_t *triggers;
alpm_list_t *depends;
char **cmd;
alpm_list_t *matches;
alpm_hook_when_t when;
int abort_on_fail, needs_targets;
};
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx {
alpm_handle_t *handle;
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook;
};
static void _alpm_trigger_free(struct _alpm_trigger_t *trigger)
{
if(trigger) {
FREELIST(trigger->targets);
free(trigger);
}
}
static void _alpm_wordsplit_free(char **ws)
{
if(ws) {
char **c;
for(c = ws; *c; c++) {
free(*c);
}
free(ws);
}
}
static void _alpm_hook_free(struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
{
if(hook) {
free(hook->name);
free(hook->desc);
_alpm_wordsplit_free(hook->cmd);
alpm_list_free_inner(hook->triggers, (alpm_list_fn_free) _alpm_trigger_free);
alpm_list_free(hook->triggers);
alpm_list_free(hook->matches);
FREELIST(hook->depends);
free(hook);
}
}
static int _alpm_trigger_validate(alpm_handle_t *handle,
struct _alpm_trigger_t *trigger, const char *file)
{
int ret = 0;
if(trigger->targets == NULL) {
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Missing trigger targets in hook: %s\n"), file);
}
if(trigger->type == 0) {
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Missing trigger type in hook: %s\n"), file);
}
if(trigger->op == 0) {
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Missing trigger operation in hook: %s\n"), file);
}
return ret;
}
static int _alpm_hook_validate(alpm_handle_t *handle,
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, const char *file)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int ret = 0;
if(hook->triggers == NULL) {
/* special case: allow triggerless hooks as a way of creating dummy
* hooks that can be used to mask lower priority hooks */
return 0;
}
for(i = hook->triggers; i; i = i->next) {
if(_alpm_trigger_validate(handle, i->data, file) != 0) {
ret = -1;
}
}
if(hook->cmd == NULL) {
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Missing Exec option in hook: %s\n"), file);
}
if(hook->when == 0) {
ret = -1;
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("Missing When option in hook: %s\n"), file);
} else if(hook->when != ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION && hook->abort_on_fail) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
_("AbortOnFail set for PostTransaction hook: %s\n"), file);
}
return ret;
}
static char **_alpm_wordsplit(char *str)
{
char *c = str, *end;
char **out = NULL, **outsave;
size_t count = 0;
if(str == NULL) {
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
for(c = str; isspace(*c); c++);
while(*c) {
size_t wordlen = 0;
/* extend our array */
outsave = out;
if((out = realloc(out, (count + 1) * sizeof(char*))) == NULL) {
out = outsave;
goto error;
}
/* calculate word length and check for unbalanced quotes */
for(end = c; *end && !isspace(*end); end++) {
if(*end == '\'' || *end == '"') {
char quote = *end;
while(*(++end) && *end != quote) {
if(*end == '\\' && *(end + 1) == quote) {
end++;
}
wordlen++;
}
if(*end != quote) {
errno = EINVAL;
goto error;
}
} else {
if(*end == '\\' && (end[1] == '\'' || end[1] == '"')) {
end++; /* skip the '\\' */
}
wordlen++;
}
}
if(wordlen == (size_t) (end - c)) {
/* no internal quotes or escapes, copy it the easy way */
if((out[count++] = strndup(c, wordlen)) == NULL) {
goto error;
}
} else {
/* manually copy to remove quotes and escapes */
char *dest = out[count++] = malloc(wordlen + 1);
if(dest == NULL) { goto error; }
while(c < end) {
if(*c == '\'' || *c == '"') {
char quote = *c;
/* we know there must be a matching end quote,
* no need to check for '\0' */
for(c++; *c != quote; c++) {
if(*c == '\\' && *(c + 1) == quote) {
c++;
}
*(dest++) = *c;
}
c++;
} else {
if(*c == '\\' && (c[1] == '\'' || c[1] == '"')) {
c++; /* skip the '\\' */
}
*(dest++) = *(c++);
}
}
*dest = '\0';
}
if(*end == '\0') {
break;
} else {
for(c = end + 1; isspace(*c); c++);
}
}
outsave = out;
if((out = realloc(out, (count + 1) * sizeof(char*))) == NULL) {
out = outsave;
goto error;
}
out[count++] = NULL;
return out;
error:
/* can't use wordsplit_free here because NULL has not been appended */
while(count) {
free(out[--count]);
}
free(out);
return NULL;
}
static int _alpm_hook_parse_cb(const char *file, int line,
const char *section, char *key, char *value, void *data)
{
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx *ctx = data;
alpm_handle_t *handle = ctx->handle;
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = ctx->hook;
#define error(...) _alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, __VA_ARGS__); return 1;
if(!section && !key) {
error(_("error while reading hook %s: %s\n"), file, strerror(errno));
} else if(!section) {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
} else if(!key) {
/* beginning a new section */
if(strcmp(section, "Trigger") == 0) {
struct _alpm_trigger_t *t;
CALLOC(t, sizeof(struct _alpm_trigger_t), 1, return 1);
hook->triggers = alpm_list_add(hook->triggers, t);
} else if(strcmp(section, "Action") == 0) {
/* no special processing required */
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid section %s\n"), file, line, section);
}
} else if(strcmp(section, "Trigger") == 0) {
struct _alpm_trigger_t *t = hook->triggers->prev->data;
if(strcmp(key, "Operation") == 0) {
if(strcmp(value, "Install") == 0) {
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL;
} else if(strcmp(value, "Upgrade") == 0) {
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE;
} else if(strcmp(value, "Remove") == 0) {
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE;
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
}
} else if(strcmp(key, "Type") == 0) {
if(strcmp(value, "Package") == 0) {
t->type = ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE;
} else if(strcmp(value, "File") == 0) {
t->type = ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_FILE;
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
}
} else if(strcmp(key, "Target") == 0) {
char *val;
STRDUP(val, value, return 1);
t->targets = alpm_list_add(t->targets, val);
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
}
} else if(strcmp(section, "Action") == 0) {
if(strcmp(key, "When") == 0) {
if(strcmp(value, "PreTransaction") == 0) {
hook->when = ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION;
} else if(strcmp(value, "PostTransaction") == 0) {
hook->when = ALPM_HOOK_POST_TRANSACTION;
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
}
} else if(strcmp(key, "Description") == 0) {
STRDUP(hook->desc, value, return 1);
} else if(strcmp(key, "Depends") == 0) {
char *val;
STRDUP(val, value, return 1);
hook->depends = alpm_list_add(hook->depends, val);
} else if(strcmp(key, "AbortOnFail") == 0) {
hook->abort_on_fail = 1;
} else if(strcmp(key, "NeedsTargets") == 0) {
hook->needs_targets = 1;
} else if(strcmp(key, "Exec") == 0) {
if((hook->cmd = _alpm_wordsplit(value)) == NULL) {
if(errno == EINVAL) {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: unable to set option (%s)\n"),
file, line, strerror(errno));
}
}
} else {
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
}
}
#undef error
return 0;
}
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match_file(alpm_handle_t *handle,
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *install = NULL, *upgrade = NULL, *remove = NULL;
size_t isize = 0, rsize = 0;
int ret = 0;
/* check if file will be installed */
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
size_t f;
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
if(alpm_option_match_noextract(handle, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
continue;
}
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
install = alpm_list_add(install, filelist.files[f].name);
isize++;
}
}
}
/* check if file will be removed due to package upgrade */
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *spkg = i->data;
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = spkg->oldpkg;
if(pkg) {
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
size_t f;
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, filelist.files[f].name);
rsize++;
}
}
}
}
/* check if file will be removed due to package removal */
for(i = handle->trans->remove; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
size_t f;
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, filelist.files[f].name);
rsize++;
}
}
}
i = install = alpm_list_msort(install, isize, (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
j = remove = alpm_list_msort(remove, rsize, (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
while(i) {
while(j && strcmp(i->data, j->data) > 0) {
j = j->next;
}
if(j == NULL) {
break;
}
if(strcmp(i->data, j->data) == 0) {
char *path = i->data;
upgrade = alpm_list_add(upgrade, path);
while(i && strcmp(i->data, path) == 0) {
alpm_list_t *next = i->next;
install = alpm_list_remove_item(install, i);
free(i);
i = next;
}
while(j && strcmp(j->data, path) == 0) {
alpm_list_t *next = j->next;
remove = alpm_list_remove_item(remove, j);
free(j);
j = next;
}
} else {
i = i->next;
}
}
ret = (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL && install)
|| (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE && upgrade)
|| (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE && remove);
if(hook->needs_targets) {
#define _save_matches(_op, _matches) \
if(t->op & _op && _matches) { \
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, _matches); \
} else { \
alpm_list_free(_matches); \
}
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL, install);
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE, upgrade);
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE, remove);
#undef _save_matches
} else {
alpm_list_free(install);
alpm_list_free(upgrade);
alpm_list_free(remove);
}
return ret;
}
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle,
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
{
alpm_list_t *install = NULL, *upgrade = NULL, *remove = NULL;
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL || t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE) {
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, pkg->name) == 0) {
if(pkg->oldpkg) {
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE) {
if(hook->needs_targets) {
upgrade = alpm_list_add(upgrade, pkg->name);
} else {
return 1;
}
}
} else {
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL) {
if(hook->needs_targets) {
install = alpm_list_add(install, pkg->name);
} else {
return 1;
}
}
}
}
}
}
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE) {
alpm_list_t *i;
for(i = handle->trans->remove; i; i = i->next) {
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
if(pkg && _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, pkg->name) == 0) {
if(!alpm_list_find(handle->trans->add, pkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp)) {
if(hook->needs_targets) {
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, pkg->name);
} else {
return 1;
}
}
}
}
}
/* if we reached this point we either need the target lists or we didn't
* match anything and the following calls will all be no-ops */
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, install);
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, upgrade);
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, remove);
return install || upgrade || remove;
}
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match(alpm_handle_t *handle,
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
{
return t->type == ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE
? _alpm_hook_trigger_match_pkg(handle, hook, t)
: _alpm_hook_trigger_match_file(handle, hook, t);
}
static int _alpm_hook_triggered(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
{
alpm_list_t *i;
int ret = 0;
for(i = hook->triggers; i; i = i->next) {
if(_alpm_hook_trigger_match(handle, hook, i->data)) {
if(!hook->needs_targets) {
return 1;
} else {
ret = 1;
}
}
}
return ret;
}
static int _alpm_hook_cmp(struct _alpm_hook_t *h1, struct _alpm_hook_t *h2)
{
return strcmp(h1->name, h2->name);
}
static alpm_list_t *find_hook(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle)
{
while(haystack) {
struct _alpm_hook_t *h = haystack->data;
if(h && strcmp(h->name, needle) == 0) {
return haystack;
}
haystack = haystack->next;
}
return NULL;
}
static ssize_t _alpm_hook_feed_targets(char *buf, ssize_t needed, alpm_list_t **pos)
{
size_t remaining = needed, written = 0;;
size_t len;
while(*pos && (len = strlen((*pos)->data)) + 1 <= remaining) {
memcpy(buf, (*pos)->data, len);
buf[len++] = '\n';
*pos = (*pos)->next;
buf += len;
remaining -= len;
written += len;
}
if(*pos && remaining) {
memcpy(buf, (*pos)->data, remaining);
(*pos)->data = (char*) (*pos)->data + remaining;
written += remaining;
}
return written;
}
static alpm_list_t *_alpm_strlist_dedup(alpm_list_t *list)
{
alpm_list_t *i = list;
while(i) {
alpm_list_t *next = i->next;
while(next && strcmp(i->data, next->data) == 0) {
list = alpm_list_remove_item(list, next);
free(next);
next = i->next;
}
i = next;
}
return list;
}
static int _alpm_hook_run_hook(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
{
alpm_list_t *i, *pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
for(i = hook->depends; i; i = i->next) {
if(!alpm_find_satisfier(pkgs, i->data)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("unable to run hook %s: %s\n"),
hook->name, _("could not satisfy dependencies"));
return -1;
}
}
if(hook->needs_targets) {
alpm_list_t *ctx;
hook->matches = alpm_list_msort(hook->matches,
alpm_list_count(hook->matches), (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
/* hooks with multiple triggers could have duplicate matches */
ctx = hook->matches = _alpm_strlist_dedup(hook->matches);
return _alpm_run_chroot(handle, hook->cmd[0], hook->cmd,
(_alpm_cb_io) _alpm_hook_feed_targets, &ctx);
} else {
return _alpm_run_chroot(handle, hook->cmd[0], hook->cmd, NULL, NULL);
}
}
int _alpm_hook_run(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_hook_when_t when)
{
alpm_event_hook_t event = { .when = when };
alpm_event_hook_run_t hook_event;
alpm_list_t *i, *hooks = NULL, *hooks_triggered = NULL;
const char *suffix = ".hook";
size_t suflen = strlen(suffix), triggered = 0;
int ret = 0;
for(i = alpm_list_last(handle->hookdirs); i; i = alpm_list_previous(i)) {
int err;
char path[PATH_MAX];
size_t dirlen;
struct dirent entry, *result;
DIR *d;
if((dirlen = strlen(i->data)) >= PATH_MAX) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open directory: %s: %s\n"),
(char *)i->data, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
ret = -1;
continue;
}
memcpy(path, i->data, dirlen + 1);
if(!(d = opendir(path))) {
if(errno == ENOENT) {
continue;
} else {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("could not open directory: %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
continue;
}
}
while((err = readdir_r(d, &entry, &result)) == 0 && result) {
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx ctx = { handle, NULL };
struct stat buf;
size_t name_len;
if(strcmp(entry.d_name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(entry.d_name, "..") == 0) {
continue;
}
if((name_len = strlen(entry.d_name)) >= PATH_MAX - dirlen) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file: %s%s: %s\n"),
path, entry.d_name, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
ret = -1;
continue;
}
memcpy(path + dirlen, entry.d_name, name_len + 1);
if(name_len < suflen
|| strcmp(entry.d_name + name_len - suflen, suffix) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping non-hook file %s\n", path);
continue;
}
if(find_hook(hooks, entry.d_name)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping overridden hook %s\n", path);
continue;
}
if(fstatat(dirfd(d), entry.d_name, &buf, 0) != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
_("could not stat file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
continue;
}
if(S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping directory %s\n", path);
continue;
}
CALLOC(ctx.hook, sizeof(struct _alpm_hook_t), 1,
ret = -1; closedir(d); goto cleanup);
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "parsing hook file %s\n", path);
if(parse_ini(path, _alpm_hook_parse_cb, &ctx) != 0
|| _alpm_hook_validate(handle, ctx.hook, path)) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "parsing hook file %s failed\n", path);
_alpm_hook_free(ctx.hook);
ret = -1;
continue;
}
STRDUP(ctx.hook->name, entry.d_name, ret = -1; closedir(d); goto cleanup);
hooks = alpm_list_add(hooks, ctx.hook);
}
if(err != 0) {
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not read directory: %s: %s\n"),
(char *) i->data, strerror(errno));
ret = -1;
}
closedir(d);
}
if(ret != 0 && when == ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION) {
goto cleanup;
}
hooks = alpm_list_msort(hooks, alpm_list_count(hooks),
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)_alpm_hook_cmp);
for(i = hooks; i; i = i->next) {
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = i->data;
if(hook && hook->when == when && _alpm_hook_triggered(handle, hook)) {
hooks_triggered = alpm_list_add(hooks_triggered, hook);
triggered++;
}
}
if(hooks_triggered != NULL) {
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START;
EVENT(handle, (void *)&event);
hook_event.position = 1;
hook_event.total = triggered;
for(i = hooks_triggered; i; i = i->next, hook_event.position++) {
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = i->data;
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "running '%s'...\n", hook->name);
hook_event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START;
hook_event.name = hook->name;
hook_event.desc = hook->desc;
EVENT(handle, &hook_event);
if(_alpm_hook_run_hook(handle, hook) != 0 && hook->abort_on_fail) {
ret = -1;
}
hook_event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE;
EVENT(handle, &hook_event);
if(ret != 0 && when == ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION) {
break;
}
}
alpm_list_free(hooks_triggered);
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE;
EVENT(handle, (void *)&event);
}
cleanup:
alpm_list_free_inner(hooks, (alpm_list_fn_free) _alpm_hook_free);
alpm_list_free(hooks);
return ret;
}
/* vim: set noet: */

29
lib/libalpm/hook.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/*
* hook.h
*
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#ifndef _ALPM_HOOK_H
#define _ALPM_HOOK_H
#include "alpm.h"
int _alpm_hook_run(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_hook_when_t when);
#endif /* _ALPM_HOOK_H */
/* vim: set noet: */

1
lib/libalpm/ini.c Symbolic link
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../../src/common/ini.c

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More